diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'thirdparties/iphone/include')
162 files changed, 35068 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/basic_op.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/basic_op.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21c19be --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/basic_op.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/*___________________________________________________________________________ + | | + | Constants and Globals | + |___________________________________________________________________________| +*/ +extern Flag Overflow; +extern Flag Carry; + +#define MAX_32 (Word32)0x7fffffffL +#define MIN_32 (Word32)0x80000000L + +#define MAX_16 (Word16)0x7fff +#define MIN_16 (Word16)0x8000 + + +/*___________________________________________________________________________ + | | + | Operators prototypes | + |___________________________________________________________________________| +*/ + +Word16 sature(Word32 L_var1); /* Limit to 16 bits, 1 */ +Word16 add(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short add, 1 */ +Word16 sub(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short sub, 1 */ +Word16 abs_s(Word16 var1); /* Short abs, 1 */ +Word16 shl(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short shift left, 1 */ +Word16 shr(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short shift right, 1 */ +Word16 mult(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short mult, 1 */ +Word32 L_mult(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Long mult, 1 */ +Word16 negate(Word16 var1); /* Short negate, 1 */ +Word16 extract_h(Word32 L_var1); /* Extract high, 1 */ +Word16 extract_l(Word32 L_var1); /* Extract low, 1 */ +Word16 round(Word32 L_var1); /* Round, 1 */ +Word32 L_mac(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Mac, 1 */ +Word32 L_msu(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Msu, 1 */ +Word32 L_macNs(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2);/* Mac without sat, 1*/ +Word32 L_msuNs(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2);/* Msu without sat, 1*/ + +Word32 L_add(Word32 L_var1, Word32 L_var2); /* Long add, 2 */ +Word32 L_sub(Word32 L_var1, Word32 L_var2); /* Long sub, 2 */ +Word32 L_add_c(Word32 L_var1, Word32 L_var2); /*Long add with c, 2 */ +Word32 L_sub_c(Word32 L_var1, Word32 L_var2); /*Long sub with c, 2 */ +Word32 L_negate(Word32 L_var1); /* Long negate, 2 */ +Word16 mult_r(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Mult with round, 2 */ +Word32 L_shl(Word32 L_var1, Word16 var2); /* Long shift left, 2 */ +Word32 L_shr(Word32 L_var1, Word16 var2); /* Long shift right, 2 */ +Word16 shr_r(Word16 var1, Word16 var2);/* Shift right with round, 2 */ +Word16 mac_r(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2);/* Mac with rounding, 2*/ +Word16 msu_r(Word32 L_var3, Word16 var1, Word16 var2);/* Msu with rounding, 2*/ +Word32 L_deposit_h(Word16 var1); /* 16 bit var1 -> MSB, 2 */ +Word32 L_deposit_l(Word16 var1); /* 16 bit var1 -> LSB, 2 */ + +Word32 L_shr_r(Word32 L_var1, Word16 var2);/* Long shift right with round, 3*/ +Word32 L_abs(Word32 L_var1); /* Long abs, 3 */ + +Word32 L_sat(Word32 L_var1); /* Long saturation, 4 */ + +Word16 norm_s(Word16 var1); /* Short norm, 15 */ + +Word16 div_s(Word16 var1, Word16 var2); /* Short division, 18 */ + +Word16 norm_l(Word32 L_var1); /* Long norm, 30 */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/dtx.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/dtx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0cc6ac --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/dtx.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Annex B ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.3 Last modified: August 1997 + Copyright (c) 1996, France Telecom, Rockwell International, + Universite de Sherbrooke. + All rights reserved. +*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * Prototypes for DTX/CNG * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Encoder DTX/CNG functions */ +void Init_Cod_cng(void); +void Cod_cng( + Word16 *exc, /* (i/o) : excitation array */ + Word16 pastVad, /* (i) : previous VAD decision */ + Word16 *lsp_old_q, /* (i/o) : previous quantized lsp */ + Word16 *Aq, /* (o) : set of interpolated LPC coefficients */ + Word16 *ana, /* (o) : coded SID parameters */ + Word16 freq_prev[MA_NP][M], + /* (i/o) : previous LPS for quantization */ + Word16 *seed /* (i/o) : random generator seed */ +); +void Update_cng( + Word16 *r_h, /* (i) : MSB of frame autocorrelation */ + Word16 exp_r, /* (i) : scaling factor associated */ + Word16 Vad /* (i) : current Vad decision */ +); + +/* SID gain Quantization */ +void Qua_Sidgain( + Word16 *ener, /* (i) array of energies */ + Word16 *sh_ener, /* (i) corresponding scaling factors */ + Word16 nb_ener, /* (i) number of energies or */ + Word16 *enerq, /* (o) decoded energies in dB */ + Word16 *idx /* (o) SID gain quantization index */ +); + +/* CNG excitation generation */ +void Calc_exc_rand( + Word16 cur_gain, /* (i) : target sample gain */ + Word16 *exc, /* (i/o) : excitation array */ + Word16 *seed, /* (i) : current Vad decision */ + Flag flag_cod /* (i) : encoder/decoder flag */ +); + +/* SID LSP Quantization */ +void Get_freq_prev(Word16 x[MA_NP][M]); +void Update_freq_prev(Word16 x[MA_NP][M]); +void Get_decfreq_prev(Word16 x[MA_NP][M]); +void Update_decfreq_prev(Word16 x[MA_NP][M]); + +/* Decoder CNG generation */ +void Init_Dec_cng(void); +void Dec_cng( + Word16 past_ftyp, /* (i) : past frame type */ + Word16 sid_sav, /* (i) : energy to recover SID gain */ + Word16 sh_sid_sav, /* (i) : corresponding scaling factor */ + Word16 *parm, /* (i) : coded SID parameters */ + Word16 *exc, /* (i/o) : excitation array */ + Word16 *lsp_old, /* (i/o) : previous lsp */ + Word16 *A_t, /* (o) : set of interpolated LPC coefficients */ + Word16 *seed, /* (i/o) : random generator seed */ + Word16 freq_prev[MA_NP][M] + /* (i/o) : previous LPS for quantization */ +); +Word16 read_frame(FILE *f_serial, Word16 *parm); + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * Constants for DTX/CNG * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* DTX constants */ +#define FLAG_COD (Flag)1 +#define FLAG_DEC (Flag)0 +#define INIT_SEED 11111 +#define FR_SID_MIN 3 +#define NB_SUMACF 3 +#define NB_CURACF 2 +#define NB_GAIN 2 +#define FRAC_THRESH1 4855 +#define FRAC_THRESH2 3161 +#define A_GAIN0 28672 + +#define SIZ_SUMACF (NB_SUMACF * MP1) +#define SIZ_ACF (NB_CURACF * MP1) +#define A_GAIN1 4096 /* 32768L - A_GAIN0 */ + +#define RATE_8000 80 /* Full rate (8000 bit/s) */ +#define RATE_SID 15 /* SID */ +#define RATE_0 0 /* 0 bit/s rate */ + +/* CNG excitation generation constant */ + /* alpha = 0.5 */ +#define FRAC1 19043 /* (sqrt(40)xalpha/2 - 1) * 32768 */ +#define K0 24576 /* (1 - alpha ** 2) in Q15 */ +#define G_MAX 5000 + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/ld8a.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/ld8a.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f95011 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/ld8a.h @@ -0,0 +1,629 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Speech Coder with Annex B ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.3 Last modified: August 1997 + + Copyright (c) 1996, + AT&T, France Telecom, NTT, Universite de Sherbrooke, Lucent Technologies, + Rockwell International + All rights reserved. +*/ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------* + * LD8A.H * + * ~~~~~~ * + * Function prototypes and constants use for G.729A 8kb/s coder. * + * * + *---------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * Codec constant parameters (coder, decoder, and postfilter) * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define L_TOTAL 240 /* Total size of speech buffer. */ +#define L_WINDOW 240 /* Window size in LP analysis. */ +#define L_NEXT 40 /* Lookahead in LP analysis. */ +#define L_FRAME 80 /* Frame size. */ +#define L_SUBFR 40 /* Subframe size. */ +#define M 10 /* Order of LP filter. */ +#define MP1 (M+1) /* Order of LP filter + 1 */ +#define PIT_MIN 20 /* Minimum pitch lag. */ +#define PIT_MAX 143 /* Maximum pitch lag. */ +#define L_INTERPOL (10+1) /* Length of filter for interpolation. */ +#define GAMMA1 24576 /* Bandwitdh factor = 0.75 in Q15 */ + +#define PRM_SIZE 11 /* Size of vector of analysis parameters. */ +#define SERIAL_SIZE (80+2) /* bfi+ number of speech bits */ + +#define SHARPMAX 13017 /* Maximum value of pitch sharpening 0.8 Q14 */ +#define SHARPMIN 3277 /* Minimum value of pitch sharpening 0.2 Q14 */ + + +/*-------------------------------* + * Mathematic functions. * + *-------------------------------*/ + +Word32 Inv_sqrt( /* (o) Q30 : output value (range: 0<=val<1) */ + Word32 L_x /* (i) Q0 : input value (range: 0<=val<=7fffffff) */ +); + +void Log2( + Word32 L_x, /* (i) Q0 : input value */ + Word16 *exponent, /* (o) Q0 : Integer part of Log2. (range: 0<=val<=30) */ + Word16 *fraction /* (o) Q15: Fractionnal part of Log2. (range: 0<=val<1) */ +); + +Word32 Pow2( /* (o) Q0 : result (range: 0<=val<=0x7fffffff) */ + Word16 exponent, /* (i) Q0 : Integer part. (range: 0<=val<=30) */ + Word16 fraction /* (i) Q15 : Fractionnal part. (range: 0.0<=val<1.0) */ +); + +/*-------------------------------* + * Pre and post-process. * + *-------------------------------*/ + +void Init_Pre_Process(void); +void Init_Post_Process(void); + +void Pre_Process( + Word16 signal[], /* Input/output signal */ + Word16 lg /* Length of signal */ +); + +void Post_Process( + Word16 signal[], /* Input/output signal */ + Word16 lg /* Length of signal */ +); + +/*----------------------------------* + * Main coder and decoder functions * + *----------------------------------*/ + +void Init_Coder_ld8a(void); + +void Coder_ld8a( + Word16 ana[], /* output : Analysis parameters */ + Word16 frame, + Word16 vad_enable +); + +void Init_Decod_ld8a(void); + +void Decod_ld8a( + Word16 parm[], /* (i) : vector of synthesis parameters + parm[0] = bad frame indicator (bfi) */ + Word16 synth[], /* (o) : synthesis speech */ + Word16 A_t[], /* (o) : decoded LP filter in 2 subframes */ + Word16 *T2, /* (o) : decoded pitch lag in 2 subframes */ + Word16 *Vad /* (o) : VAD */ +); + +/*-------------------------------* + * LPC analysis and filtering. * + *-------------------------------*/ + +void Autocorr( + Word16 x[], /* (i) : Input signal */ + Word16 m, /* (i) : LPC order */ + Word16 r_h[], /* (o) : Autocorrelations (msb) */ + Word16 r_l[], /* (o) : Autocorrelations (lsb) */ + Word16 *exp_R0 +); + +void Lag_window( + Word16 m, /* (i) : LPC order */ + Word16 r_h[], /* (i/o) : Autocorrelations (msb) */ + Word16 r_l[] /* (i/o) : Autocorrelations (lsb) */ +); + +void Levinson( + Word16 Rh[], /* (i) : Rh[m+1] Vector of autocorrelations (msb) */ + Word16 Rl[], /* (i) : Rl[m+1] Vector of autocorrelations (lsb) */ + Word16 A[], /* (o) Q12 : A[m] LPC coefficients (m = 10) */ + Word16 rc[], /* (o) Q15 : rc[M] Relection coefficients. */ + Word16 *Err /* (o) : Residual energy */ +); + +void Az_lsp( + Word16 a[], /* (i) Q12 : predictor coefficients */ + Word16 lsp[], /* (o) Q15 : line spectral pairs */ + Word16 old_lsp[] /* (i) : old lsp[] (in case not found 10 roots) */ +); + +void Lsp_Az( + Word16 lsp[], /* (i) Q15 : line spectral frequencies */ + Word16 a[] /* (o) Q12 : predictor coefficients (order = 10) */ +); + +void Lsf_lsp( + Word16 lsf[], /* (i) Q15 : lsf[m] normalized (range: 0.0<=val<=0.5) */ + Word16 lsp[], /* (o) Q15 : lsp[m] (range: -1<=val<1) */ + Word16 m /* (i) : LPC order */ +); + +void Lsp_lsf( + Word16 lsp[], /* (i) Q15 : lsp[m] (range: -1<=val<1) */ + Word16 lsf[], /* (o) Q15 : lsf[m] normalized (range: 0.0<=val<=0.5) */ + Word16 m /* (i) : LPC order */ +); + +void Int_qlpc( + Word16 lsp_old[], /* input : LSP vector of past frame */ + Word16 lsp_new[], /* input : LSP vector of present frame */ + Word16 Az[] /* output: interpolated Az() for the 2 subframes */ +); + +void Weight_Az( + Word16 a[], /* (i) Q12 : a[m+1] LPC coefficients */ + Word16 gamma, /* (i) Q15 : Spectral expansion factor. */ + Word16 m, /* (i) : LPC order. */ + Word16 ap[] /* (o) Q12 : Spectral expanded LPC coefficients */ +); + +void Residu( + Word16 a[], /* (i) Q12 : prediction coefficients */ + Word16 x[], /* (i) : speech (values x[-m..-1] are needed (m=10) */ + Word16 y[], /* (o) : residual signal */ + Word16 lg /* (i) : size of filtering */ +); + +void Syn_filt( + Word16 a[], /* (i) Q12 : a[m+1] prediction coefficients (m=10) */ + Word16 x[], /* (i) : input signal */ + Word16 y[], /* (o) : output signal */ + Word16 lg, /* (i) : size of filtering */ + Word16 mem[], /* (i/o) : memory associated with this filtering. */ + Word16 update /* (i) : 0=no update, 1=update of memory. */ +); + +void Convolve( + Word16 x[], /* (i) : input vector */ + Word16 h[], /* (i) Q12 : impulse response */ + Word16 y[], /* (o) : output vector */ + Word16 L /* (i) : vector size */ +); + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * LTP constant parameters * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define UP_SAMP 3 +#define L_INTER10 10 +#define FIR_SIZE_SYN (UP_SAMP*L_INTER10+1) + +/*-----------------------* + * Pitch functions. * + *-----------------------*/ + +Word16 Pitch_ol_fast( /* output: open loop pitch lag */ + Word16 signal[], /* input : signal used to compute the open loop pitch */ + /* signal[-pit_max] to signal[-1] should be known */ + Word16 pit_max, /* input : maximum pitch lag */ + Word16 L_frame /* input : length of frame to compute pitch */ +); + +Word16 Pitch_fr3_fast(/* (o) : pitch period. */ + Word16 exc[], /* (i) : excitation buffer */ + Word16 xn[], /* (i) : target vector */ + Word16 h[], /* (i) Q12 : impulse response of filters. */ + Word16 L_subfr, /* (i) : Length of subframe */ + Word16 t0_min, /* (i) : minimum value in the searched range. */ + Word16 t0_max, /* (i) : maximum value in the searched range. */ + Word16 i_subfr, /* (i) : indicator for first subframe. */ + Word16 *pit_frac /* (o) : chosen fraction. */ +); + +Word16 G_pitch( /* (o) Q14 : Gain of pitch lag saturated to 1.2 */ + Word16 xn[], /* (i) : Pitch target. */ + Word16 y1[], /* (i) : Filtered adaptive codebook. */ + Word16 g_coeff[], /* (i) : Correlations need for gain quantization. */ + Word16 L_subfr /* (i) : Length of subframe. */ +); + +Word16 Enc_lag3( /* output: Return index of encoding */ + Word16 T0, /* input : Pitch delay */ + Word16 T0_frac, /* input : Fractional pitch delay */ + Word16 *T0_min, /* in/out: Minimum search delay */ + Word16 *T0_max, /* in/out: Maximum search delay */ + Word16 pit_min, /* input : Minimum pitch delay */ + Word16 pit_max, /* input : Maximum pitch delay */ + Word16 pit_flag /* input : Flag for 1st subframe */ +); + +void Dec_lag3( /* output: return integer pitch lag */ + Word16 index, /* input : received pitch index */ + Word16 pit_min, /* input : minimum pitch lag */ + Word16 pit_max, /* input : maximum pitch lag */ + Word16 i_subfr, /* input : subframe flag */ + Word16 *T0, /* output: integer part of pitch lag */ + Word16 *T0_frac /* output: fractional part of pitch lag */ +); + +Word16 Interpol_3( /* (o) : interpolated value */ + Word16 *x, /* (i) : input vector */ + Word16 frac /* (i) : fraction */ +); + +void Pred_lt_3( + Word16 exc[], /* in/out: excitation buffer */ + Word16 T0, /* input : integer pitch lag */ + Word16 frac, /* input : fraction of lag */ + Word16 L_subfr /* input : subframe size */ +); + +Word16 Parity_Pitch( /* output: parity bit (XOR of 6 MSB bits) */ + Word16 pitch_index /* input : index for which parity to compute */ +); + +Word16 Check_Parity_Pitch( /* output: 0 = no error, 1= error */ + Word16 pitch_index, /* input : index of parameter */ + Word16 parity /* input : parity bit */ +); + +void Cor_h_X( + Word16 h[], /* (i) Q12 :Impulse response of filters */ + Word16 X[], /* (i) :Target vector */ + Word16 D[] /* (o) :Correlations between h[] and D[] */ + /* Normalized to 13 bits */ +); + +/*-----------------------* + * Innovative codebook. * + *-----------------------*/ + +#define DIM_RR 616 /* size of correlation matrix */ +#define NB_POS 8 /* Number of positions for each pulse */ +#define STEP 5 /* Step betweem position of the same pulse. */ +#define MSIZE 64 /* Size of vectors for cross-correlation between 2 pulses*/ + +/* The following constants are Q15 fractions. + These fractions is used to keep maximum precision on "alp" sum */ + +#define _1_2 (Word16)(16384) +#define _1_4 (Word16)( 8192) +#define _1_8 (Word16)( 4096) +#define _1_16 (Word16)( 2048) + +Word16 ACELP_Code_A( /* (o) :index of pulses positions */ + Word16 x[], /* (i) :Target vector */ + Word16 h[], /* (i) Q12 :Inpulse response of filters */ + Word16 T0, /* (i) :Pitch lag */ + Word16 pitch_sharp, /* (i) Q14 :Last quantized pitch gain */ + Word16 code[], /* (o) Q13 :Innovative codebook */ + Word16 y[], /* (o) Q12 :Filtered innovative codebook */ + Word16 *sign /* (o) :Signs of 4 pulses */ +); + +void Decod_ACELP( + Word16 sign, /* (i) : signs of 4 pulses. */ + Word16 index, /* (i) : Positions of the 4 pulses. */ + Word16 cod[] /* (o) Q13 : algebraic (fixed) codebook excitation */ +); +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * LSP constant parameters * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define NC 5 /* NC = M/2 */ +#define MA_NP 4 /* MA prediction order for LSP */ +#define MODE 2 /* number of modes for MA prediction */ +#define NC0_B 7 /* number of first stage bits */ +#define NC1_B 5 /* number of second stage bits */ +#define NC0 (1<<NC0_B) +#define NC1 (1<<NC1_B) + +#define L_LIMIT 40 /* Q13:0.005 */ +#define M_LIMIT 25681 /* Q13:3.135 */ + +#define GAP1 10 /* Q13 */ +#define GAP2 5 /* Q13 */ +#define GAP3 321 /* Q13 */ +#define GRID_POINTS 50 + +#define PI04 ((Word16)1029) /* Q13 pi*0.04 */ +#define PI92 ((Word16)23677) /* Q13 pi*0.92 */ +#define CONST10 ((Word16)10*(1<<11)) /* Q11 10.0 */ +#define CONST12 ((Word16)19661) /* Q14 1.2 */ + +/*-------------------------------* + * LSP VQ functions. * + *-------------------------------*/ + +void Lsf_lsp2( + Word16 lsf[], /* (i) Q13 : lsf[m] (range: 0.0<=val<PI) */ + Word16 lsp[], /* (o) Q15 : lsp[m] (range: -1<=val<1) */ + Word16 m /* (i) : LPC order */ +); + +void Lsp_lsf2( + Word16 lsp[], /* (i) Q15 : lsp[m] (range: -1<=val<1) */ + Word16 lsf[], /* (o) Q13 : lsf[m] (range: 0.0<=val<PI) */ + Word16 m /* (i) : LPC order */ +); + +void Qua_lsp( + Word16 lsp[], /* (i) Q15 : Unquantized LSP */ + Word16 lsp_q[], /* (o) Q15 : Quantized LSP */ + Word16 ana[] /* (o) : indexes */ +); + +void Get_wegt( + Word16 flsp[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 wegt[] /* Q11 -> normalized */ +); + +void Lsp_encw_reset( + void +); + +void Lsp_qua_cs( + Word16 flsp_in[M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspq_out[M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 *code +); + +void Lsp_expand_1( + Word16 buf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 gap /* Q13 */ +); + +void Lsp_expand_2( + Word16 buf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 gap /* Q13 */ +); + +void Lsp_expand_1_2( + Word16 buf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 gap /* Q13 */ +); + +void Lsp_get_quant( + Word16 lspcb1[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb2[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 code0, + Word16 code1, + Word16 code2, + Word16 fg[][M], /* Q15 */ + Word16 freq_prev[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspq[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg_sum[] /* Q15 */ +); + +void Lsp_get_tdist( + Word16 wegt[], /* normalized */ + Word16 buf[], /* Q13 */ + Word32 *L_tdist, /* Q27 */ + Word16 rbuf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg_sum[] /* Q15 */ +); + +void Lsp_last_select( + Word32 L_tdist[], /* Q27 */ + Word16 *mode_index +); + +void Lsp_pre_select( + Word16 rbuf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb1[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 *cand +); + +void Lsp_select_1( + Word16 rbuf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb1[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 wegt[], /* normalized */ + Word16 lspcb2[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 *index +); + +void Lsp_select_2( + Word16 rbuf[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb1[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 wegt[], /* normalized */ + Word16 lspcb2[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 *index +); + +void Lsp_stability( + Word16 buf[] /* Q13 */ +); + +void Relspwed( + Word16 lsp[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 wegt[], /* normalized */ + Word16 lspq[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb1[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lspcb2[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg[MODE][MA_NP][M], /* Q15 */ + Word16 freq_prev[MA_NP][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg_sum[MODE][M], /* Q15 */ + Word16 fg_sum_inv[MODE][M], /* Q12 */ + Word16 code_ana[] +); + +void D_lsp( + Word16 prm[], /* (i) : indexes of the selected LSP */ + Word16 lsp_q[], /* (o) Q15 : Quantized LSP parameters */ + Word16 erase /* (i) : frame erase information */ +); + +void Lsp_decw_reset( + void +); + +void Lsp_iqua_cs( + Word16 prm[], /* input : codes of the selected LSP*/ + Word16 lsp_q[], /* output: Quantized LSP parameters*/ + Word16 erase /* input : frame erase information */ +); + +void Lsp_prev_compose( + Word16 lsp_ele[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lsp[], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg[][M], /* Q15 */ + Word16 freq_prev[][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg_sum[] /* Q15 */ +); + +void Lsp_prev_extract( + Word16 lsp[M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 lsp_ele[M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg[MA_NP][M], /* Q15 */ + Word16 freq_prev[MA_NP][M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 fg_sum_inv[M] /* Q12 */ +); + +void Lsp_prev_update( + Word16 lsp_ele[M], /* Q13 */ + Word16 freq_prev[MA_NP][M] /* Q13 */ +); + +/*-------------------------------* + * gain VQ constants. * + *-------------------------------*/ + +#define NCODE1_B 3 /* number of Codebook-bit */ +#define NCODE2_B 4 /* number of Codebook-bit */ +#define NCODE1 (1<<NCODE1_B) /* Codebook 1 size */ +#define NCODE2 (1<<NCODE2_B) /* Codebook 2 size */ +#define NCAN1 4 /* Pre-selecting order for #1 */ +#define NCAN2 8 /* Pre-selecting order for #2 */ +#define INV_COEF -17103 /* Q19 */ + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * gain VQ functions. * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +Word16 Qua_gain( + Word16 code[], /* (i) Q13 : Innovative vector. */ + Word16 g_coeff[], /* (i) : Correlations <xn y1> -2<y1 y1> */ + /* <y2,y2>, -2<xn,y2>, 2<y1,y2> */ + Word16 exp_coeff[],/* (i) : Q-Format g_coeff[] */ + Word16 L_subfr, /* (i) : Subframe length. */ + Word16 *gain_pit, /* (o) Q14 : Pitch gain. */ + Word16 *gain_cod, /* (o) Q1 : Code gain. */ + Word16 tameflag /* (i) : flag set to 1 if taming is needed */ +); + +void Dec_gain( + Word16 index, /* (i) : Index of quantization. */ + Word16 code[], /* (i) Q13 : Innovative vector. */ + Word16 L_subfr, /* (i) : Subframe length. */ + Word16 bfi, /* (i) : Bad frame indicator */ + Word16 *gain_pit, /* (o) Q14 : Pitch gain. */ + Word16 *gain_cod /* (o) Q1 : Code gain. */ +); + +void Gain_predict( + Word16 past_qua_en[],/* (i) Q10 :Past quantized energies */ + Word16 code[], /* (i) Q13 : Innovative vector. */ + Word16 L_subfr, /* (i) : Subframe length. */ + Word16 *gcode0, /* (o) Qxx : Predicted codebook gain */ + Word16 *exp_gcode0 /* (o) : Q-Format(gcode0) */ +); + +void Gain_update( + Word16 past_qua_en[],/* (i) Q10 :Past quantized energies */ + Word32 L_gbk12 /* (i) Q13 : gbk1[indice1][1]+gbk2[indice2][1] */ +); + +void Gain_update_erasure( + Word16 past_qua_en[]/* (i) Q10 :Past quantized energies */ +); + +void Corr_xy2( + Word16 xn[], /* (i) Q0 :Target vector. */ + Word16 y1[], /* (i) Q0 :Adaptive codebook. */ + Word16 y2[], /* (i) Q12 :Filtered innovative vector. */ + Word16 g_coeff[], /* (o) Q[exp]:Correlations between xn,y1,y2 */ + Word16 exp_g_coeff[] /* (o) :Q-format of g_coeff[] */ +); + +/*-----------------------* + * Bitstream function * + *-----------------------*/ + +void prm2bits_ld8k(Word16 prm[], Word16 bits[]); +void bits2prm_ld8k(Word16 bits[], Word16 prm[]); +#define BIT_0 (short)0x007f /* definition of zero-bit in bit-stream */ +#define BIT_1 (short)0x0081 /* definition of one-bit in bit-stream */ +#define SYNC_WORD (short)0x6b21 /* definition of frame erasure flag */ +#define SIZE_WORD (short)80 /* number of speech bits */ + + +/*-----------------------------------* + * Post-filter functions. * + *-----------------------------------*/ + +#define L_H 22 /* size of truncated impulse response of A(z/g1)/A(z/g2) */ + +#define GAMMAP 16384 /* 0.5 (Q15) */ +#define INV_GAMMAP 21845 /* 1/(1+GAMMAP) (Q15) */ +#define GAMMAP_2 10923 /* GAMMAP/(1+GAMMAP) (Q15) */ + +#define GAMMA2_PST 18022 /* Formant postfilt factor (numerator) 0.55 Q15 */ +#define GAMMA1_PST 22938 /* Formant postfilt factor (denominator) 0.70 Q15 */ + +#define MU 26214 /* Factor for tilt compensation filter 0.8 Q15 */ +#define AGC_FAC 29491 /* Factor for automatic gain control 0.9 Q15 */ +#define AGC_FAC1 (Word16)(32767 - AGC_FAC) /* 1-AGC_FAC in Q15 */ + + +void Init_Post_Filter(void); + +void Post_Filter( + Word16 *syn, /* in/out: synthesis speech (postfiltered is output) */ + Word16 *Az_4, /* input : interpolated LPC parameters in all subframes */ + Word16 *T, /* input : decoded pitch lags in all subframes */ + Word16 Vad +); + +void pit_pst_filt( + Word16 *signal, /* (i) : input signal */ + Word16 *scal_sig, /* (i) : input signal (scaled, divided by 4) */ + Word16 t0_min, /* (i) : minimum value in the searched range */ + Word16 t0_max, /* (i) : maximum value in the searched range */ + Word16 L_subfr, /* (i) : size of filtering */ + Word16 *signal_pst /* (o) : harmonically postfiltered signal */ +); + +void preemphasis( + Word16 *signal, /* (i/o) : input signal overwritten by the output */ + Word16 g, /* (i) Q15 : preemphasis coefficient */ + Word16 L /* (i) : size of filtering */ +); + +void agc( + Word16 *sig_in, /* (i) : postfilter input signal */ + Word16 *sig_out, /* (i/o) : postfilter output signal */ + Word16 l_trm /* (i) : subframe size */ +); + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * Constants and prototypes for taming procedure. * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#define GPCLIP 15564 /* Maximum pitch gain if taming is needed Q14*/ +#define GPCLIP2 481 /* Maximum pitch gain if taming is needed Q9 */ +#define GP0999 16383 /* Maximum pitch gain if taming is needed */ +#define L_THRESH_ERR 983040000L /* Error threshold taming 16384. * 60000. */ + +void Init_exc_err(void); +void update_exc_err(Word16 gain_pit, Word16 t0); +Word16 test_err(Word16 t0, Word16 t0_frac); + +/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------* + * Prototypes for auxiliary functions. * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +void Copy( + Word16 x[], /* (i) : input vector */ + Word16 y[], /* (o) : output vector */ + Word16 L /* (i) : vector length */ +); + +void Set_zero( + Word16 x[], /* (o) : vector to clear */ + Word16 L /* (i) : length of vector */ +); + +Word16 Random(Word16 *seed); + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/octet.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/octet.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e75827a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/octet.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Annex B ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.3 Last modified: August 1997 + Copyright (c) 1996, France Telecom, Rockwell International, + Universite de Sherbrooke. + All rights reserved. +*/ + +/* Definition for Octet Transmission mode */ +/* When Annex B is used for transmission systems that operate on octet boundary, + an extra bit (with value zero) will be packed at the end of a SID bit stream. + This will change the number of bits in a SID bit stream from 15 bits to + 16 bits (i.e., 2 bytes). +*/ + +#define OCTET_TX_MODE +#define RATE_SID_OCTET 16 /* number of bits in Octet Transmission mode */ + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/oper_32b.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/oper_32b.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a6e8e45 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/oper_32b.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.1 Last modified: September 1996 + + Copyright (c) 1996, + AT&T, France Telecom, NTT, Universite de Sherbrooke, Lucent Technologies + All rights reserved. +*/ + +/* Double precision operations */ + +void L_Extract(Word32 L_32, Word16 *hi, Word16 *lo); +Word32 L_Comp(Word16 hi, Word16 lo); +Word32 Mpy_32(Word16 hi1, Word16 lo1, Word16 hi2, Word16 lo2); +Word32 Mpy_32_16(Word16 hi, Word16 lo, Word16 n); +Word32 Div_32(Word32 L_num, Word16 denom_hi, Word16 denom_lo); + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/sid.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/sid.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3aae1eb --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/sid.h @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Annex B ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.3 Last modified: August 1997 + Copyright (c) 1996, France Telecom, Rockwell International, + Universite de Sherbrooke. + All rights reserved. +*/ + +#define TRUE 1 +#define FALSE 0 +#define sqr(a) ((a)*(a)) +#define R_LSFQ 10 + +void Init_lsfq_noise(void); +void lsfq_noise(Word16 *lsp_new, Word16 *lspq, + Word16 freq_prev[MA_NP][M], Word16 *idx); +void sid_lsfq_decode(Word16 *index, Word16 *lspq, + Word16 freq_prev[MA_NP][M]); + + + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/tab_dtx.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/tab_dtx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..befce68 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/tab_dtx.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Annex B ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.3 Last modified: August 1997 + Copyright (c) 1996, France Telecom, Rockwell International, + Universite de Sherbrooke. + All rights reserved. +*/ + +/* VAD constants */ +extern Word16 lbf_corr[NP+1]; +extern Word16 shift_fx[33]; +extern Word16 factor_fx[33]; + +/* SID LSF quantization */ +extern Word16 noise_fg[MODE][MA_NP][M]; +extern Word16 noise_fg_sum[MODE][M]; +extern Word16 noise_fg_sum_inv[MODE][M]; +extern Word16 PtrTab_1[32]; +extern Word16 PtrTab_2[2][16]; +extern Word16 Mp[MODE]; + +/* SID gain quantization */ +extern Word16 fact[NB_GAIN+1]; +extern Word16 marg[NB_GAIN+1]; +extern Word16 tab_Sidgain[32]; + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/tab_ld8a.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/tab_ld8a.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cb1b3e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/tab_ld8a.h @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Speech Coder with Annex B ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.3 Last modified: August 1997 + + Copyright (c) 1996, + AT&T, France Telecom, NTT, Universite de Sherbrooke, Lucent Technologies, + Rockwell International + All rights reserved. +*/ + +extern Word16 hamwindow[L_WINDOW]; +extern Word16 lag_h[M+2]; +extern Word16 lag_l[M+2]; +extern Word16 table[65]; +extern Word16 slope[64]; +extern Word16 table2[64]; +extern Word16 slope_cos[64]; +extern Word16 slope_acos[64]; +extern Word16 lspcb1[NC0][M]; +extern Word16 lspcb2[NC1][M]; +extern Word16 fg[2][MA_NP][M]; +extern Word16 fg_sum[2][M]; +extern Word16 fg_sum_inv[2][M]; +extern Word16 grid[GRID_POINTS+1]; +extern Word16 freq_prev_reset[M]; +extern Word16 inter_3l[FIR_SIZE_SYN]; +extern Word16 pred[4]; +extern Word16 gbk1[NCODE1][2]; +extern Word16 gbk2[NCODE2][2]; +extern Word16 map1[NCODE1]; +extern Word16 map2[NCODE2]; +extern Word16 coef[2][2]; +extern Word32 L_coef[2][2]; +extern Word16 thr1[NCODE1-NCAN1]; +extern Word16 thr2[NCODE2-NCAN2]; +extern Word16 imap1[NCODE1]; +extern Word16 imap2[NCODE2]; +extern Word16 b100[3]; +extern Word16 a100[3]; +extern Word16 b140[3]; +extern Word16 a140[3]; +extern Word16 bitsno[PRM_SIZE]; +extern Word16 bitsno2[4]; +extern Word16 tabpow[33]; +extern Word16 tablog[33]; +extern Word16 tabsqr[49]; +extern Word16 tab_zone[PIT_MAX+L_INTERPOL-1]; + + + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/typedef.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/typedef.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..60b7a33 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/typedef.h @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Speech Coder ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.1 Last modified: September 1996 + + Copyright (c) 1996, + AT&T, France Telecom, NTT, Universite de Sherbrooke, Lucent Technologies + All rights reserved. +*/ + +/* WARNING: Make sure that the proper flags are defined for your system */ + +/* + Types definitions +*/ + +typedef short Word16; +typedef int Word32; +typedef int Flag; diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/vad.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/vad.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb7a67e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/g729b/vad.h @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +/* + ITU-T G.729A Annex B ANSI-C Source Code + Version 1.3 Last modified: August 1997 + Copyright (c) 1996, France Telecom, Rockwell International, + Universite de Sherbrooke. + All rights reserved. +*/ + +#define NP 12 /* Increased LPC order */ +#define NOISE 0 +#define VOICE 1 +#define INIT_FRAME 32 +#define INIT_COUNT 20 +#define ZC_START 120 +#define ZC_END 200 + +void vad_init(void); + +void vad( + Word16 rc, + Word16 *lsf, + Word16 *r_h, + Word16 *r_l, + Word16 exp_R0, + Word16 *sigpp, + Word16 frm_count, + Word16 prev_marker, + Word16 pprev_marker, + Word16 *marker); + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/gsm.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/gsm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4714ab6 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/gsm.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1992 by Jutta Degener and Carsten Bormann, Technische + * Universitaet Berlin. See the accompanying file "COPYRIGHT" for + * details. THERE IS ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY FOR THIS SOFTWARE. + */ + +/*$Header: /home/kbs/jutta/src/gsm/gsm-1.0/inc/RCS/gsm.h,v 1.11 1996/07/05 18:02:56 jutta Exp $*/ + +#ifndef GSM_H +#define GSM_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +# define NeedFunctionPrototypes 1 +#endif + +#if __STDC__ +# define NeedFunctionPrototypes 1 +#endif + +#ifdef _NO_PROTO +# undef NeedFunctionPrototypes +#endif + +#ifdef NeedFunctionPrototypes +# include <stdio.h> /* for FILE * */ +#endif + +#undef GSM_P +#if NeedFunctionPrototypes +# define GSM_P( protos ) protos +#else +# define GSM_P( protos ) ( /* protos */ ) +#endif + +/* + * Interface + */ + +typedef struct gsm_state * gsm; +typedef short gsm_signal; /* signed 16 bit */ +typedef unsigned char gsm_byte; +typedef gsm_byte gsm_frame[33]; /* 33 * 8 bits */ + +#define GSM_MAGIC 0xD /* 13 kbit/s RPE-LTP */ + +#define GSM_PATCHLEVEL 10 +#define GSM_MINOR 0 +#define GSM_MAJOR 1 + +#define GSM_OPT_VERBOSE 1 +#define GSM_OPT_FAST 2 +#define GSM_OPT_LTP_CUT 3 +#define GSM_OPT_WAV49 4 +#define GSM_OPT_FRAME_INDEX 5 +#define GSM_OPT_FRAME_CHAIN 6 + +extern gsm gsm_create GSM_P((void)); +extern void gsm_destroy GSM_P((gsm)); + +extern int gsm_print GSM_P((FILE *, gsm, gsm_byte *)); +extern int gsm_option GSM_P((gsm, int, int *)); + +extern void gsm_encode GSM_P((gsm, gsm_signal *, gsm_byte *)); +extern int gsm_decode GSM_P((gsm, gsm_byte *, gsm_signal *)); + +extern int gsm_explode GSM_P((gsm, gsm_byte *, gsm_signal *)); +extern void gsm_implode GSM_P((gsm, gsm_signal *, gsm_byte *)); + +#undef GSM_P + +#endif /* GSM_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc317dc --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,4925 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H +#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H + +/** + * @file + * external API header + */ + +#include <errno.h> +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/cpu.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "libavutil/audioconvert.h" + +#include "libavcodec/version.h" +/** + * @defgroup libavc Encoding/Decoding Library + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs + * @{ + * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures. + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities, + * allocating core structures, etc. + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream. + * The principle is roughly: + * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams. + * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams. + * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation + * details. + * + * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that + * 1. no value of a existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI), + * 2. Give it a value which when taken as ASCII is recognized uniquely by a human as this specific codec. + * This ensures that 2 forks can independently add AVCodecIDs without producing conflicts. + * + * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec + * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version. + */ +enum AVCodecID { + AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, + + /* video codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO_XVMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_H261, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV10, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV20, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, + AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263P, + AV_CODEC_ID_H263I, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1, + AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_H264, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP3, + AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, + AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA, + AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, + AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, + AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN, + AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PNG, + AV_CODEC_ID_PPM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGM, + AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_PAM, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV30, + AV_CODEC_ID_RV40, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3, + AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_AASC, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMP, + AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV, + AV_CODEC_ID_AVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_NUV, + AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, + AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS, + AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP5, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F, + AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF, + AV_CODEC_ID_GIF, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXA, + AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_SGI, + AV_CODEC_ID_C93, + AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, + AV_CODEC_ID_PTX, + AV_CODEC_ID_TXD, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_VB, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCX, + AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4, + AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5, + AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC, + AV_CODEC_ID_RL2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, + AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_BFI, + AV_CODEC_ID_CMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGV, + AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TQI, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA, + AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210X, + AV_CODEC_ID_TMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_V210, + AV_CODEC_ID_DPX, + AV_CODEC_ID_MAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, + AV_CODEC_ID_R210, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANM, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1, + AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_YOP, + AV_CODEC_ID_VP8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR, + AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, + AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, + AV_CODEC_ID_R10K, + AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, + AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES, + AV_CODEC_ID_JV, + AV_CODEC_ID_DFA, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, + AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, + AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY, + AV_CODEC_ID_V410, + AV_CODEC_ID_XWD, + AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL, + AV_CODEC_ID_XBM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2, + AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P = MKBETAG('Y','4','1','P'), + AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130 = MKBETAG('E','1','3','0'), + AV_CODEC_ID_EXR = MKBETAG('0','E','X','R'), + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP = MKBETAG('A','V','R','P'), + + AV_CODEC_ID_G2M = MKBETAG( 0 ,'G','2','M'), + AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI = MKBETAG('A','V','U','I'), + AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV = MKBETAG('A','Y','U','V'), + AV_CODEC_ID_V308 = MKBETAG('V','3','0','8'), + AV_CODEC_ID_V408 = MKBETAG('V','4','0','8'), + AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4 = MKBETAG('Y','U','V','4'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SANM = MKBETAG('S','A','N','M'), + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO = MKBETAG('P','A','F','V'), + AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN = MKBETAG('A','V','R','n'), + AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA = MKBETAG('C','P','I','A'), + + /* various PCM "codecs" */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, + AV_CODEC_ID_S302M, + AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, + + /* various ADPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, + AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, + AV_CODEC_ID_VIMA = MKBETAG('V','I','M','A'), + + /* AMR */ + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000, + AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, + + /* RealAudio codecs*/ + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000, + AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288, + + /* various DPCM codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000, + AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, + AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, + + /* audio codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_AC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_DTS, + AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3, + AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6, + AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, + AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, + AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format + AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2, + AV_CODEC_ID_COOK, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, + AV_CODEC_ID_TTA, + AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP, + AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, + AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_IMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, + AV_CODEC_ID_MLP, + AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */ + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_VOXWARE, + AV_CODEC_ID_APE, + AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, + AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, + AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, + AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, + AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3, + AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP1, + AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, + AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, + AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, + AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, + AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, + AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC, + AV_CODEC_ID_CELT, + AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1, + AV_CODEC_ID_G729, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, + AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, + AV_CODEC_ID_RALF, + AV_CODEC_ID_IAC, + AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC, + AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS_DEPRECATED, + AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = MKBETAG('F','F','W','S'), + AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_RAW = MKBETAG('8','S','V','X'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC = MKBETAG('S','O','N','C'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS = MKBETAG('S','O','N','L'), + AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO = MKBETAG('P','A','F','A'), + AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS = MKBETAG('O','P','U','S'), + + /* subtitle codecs */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text + AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB, + AV_CODEC_ID_SSA, + AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, + AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, + AV_CODEC_ID_SRT, + AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = MKBETAG('m','D','V','D'), + AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608 = MKBETAG('c','6','0','8'), + AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB = MKBETAG('J','S','U','B'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI = MKBETAG('S','A','M','I'), + AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT = MKBETAG('R','T','X','T'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER = MKBETAG('S','u','b','V'), + AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP = MKBETAG('S','R','i','p'), + AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT = MKBETAG('W','V','T','T'), + + /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. + AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000, + AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = MKBETAG('B','T','X','T'), + AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN = MKBETAG('X','B','I','N'), + AV_CODEC_ID_IDF = MKBETAG( 0 ,'I','D','F'), + AV_CODEC_ID_OTF = MKBETAG( 0 ,'O','T','F'), + + AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it + + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information. + +#if FF_API_CODEC_ID +#include "old_codec_ids.h" +#endif +}; + +#if FF_API_CODEC_ID +#define CodecID AVCodecID +#endif + +/** + * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an + * AVCodecID. + * @see avcodec_get_descriptor() + */ +typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor { + enum AVCodecID id; + enum AVMediaType type; + /** + * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and + * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric + * characters and '_' only. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL. + */ + const char *long_name; + /** + * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags. + */ + int props; +} AVCodecDescriptor; + +/** + * Codec uses only intra compression. + * Video codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0) +/** + * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only. + * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless + * compression modes + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1) +/** + * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only. + */ +#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2) + +#if FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO +/* in bytes */ +#define AVCODEC_MAX_AUDIO_FRAME_SIZE 192000 // 1 second of 48khz 32bit audio +#endif + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding. + * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read + * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.<br> + * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged + * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault. + */ +#define FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 16 + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + * minimum encoding buffer size + * Used to avoid some checks during header writing. + */ +#define FF_MIN_BUFFER_SIZE 16384 + + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + * motion estimation type. + */ +enum Motion_Est_ID { + ME_ZERO = 1, ///< no search, that is use 0,0 vector whenever one is needed + ME_FULL, + ME_LOG, + ME_PHODS, + ME_EPZS, ///< enhanced predictive zonal search + ME_X1, ///< reserved for experiments + ME_HEX, ///< hexagon based search + ME_UMH, ///< uneven multi-hexagon search + ME_ITER, ///< iterative search + ME_TESA, ///< transformed exhaustive search algorithm +}; + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_decoding + */ +enum AVDiscard{ + /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some + * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */ + AVDISCARD_NONE =-16, ///< discard nothing + AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi + AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference + AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames + AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes + AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all +}; + +enum AVColorPrimaries{ + AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, + AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC + AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above + AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, + AVCOL_PRI_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic{ + AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 + AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM + AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG + AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_TRC_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +enum AVColorSpace{ + AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, + AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B + AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, + AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, + AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above + AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, + AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16 + AVCOL_SPC_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; +#define AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG + +enum AVColorRange{ + AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges + AVCOL_RANGE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * X X 3 4 X X are luma samples, + * 1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions + * X X 5 6 X 0 is undefined/unknown position + */ +enum AVChromaLocation{ + AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, + AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< mpeg2/4, h264 default + AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< mpeg1, jpeg, h263 + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< DV + AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, + AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, + AVCHROMA_LOC_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +enum AVAudioServiceType { + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8, + AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI +}; + +/** + * @ingroup lavc_encoding + */ +typedef struct RcOverride{ + int start_frame; + int end_frame; + int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead. + float quality_factor; +} RcOverride; + +#define FF_MAX_B_FRAMES 16 + +/* encoding support + These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization. + Note: Not everything is supported yet. +*/ + +#define CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE 0x0002 ///< Use fixed qscale. +#define CODEC_FLAG_4MV 0x0004 ///< 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263. +#define CODEC_FLAG_QPEL 0x0010 ///< Use qpel MC. +#define CODEC_FLAG_GMC 0x0020 ///< Use GMC. +#define CODEC_FLAG_MV0 0x0040 ///< Always try a MB with MV=<0,0>. +/** + * The parent program guarantees that the input for B-frames containing + * streams is not written to for at least s->max_b_frames+1 frames, if + * this is not set the input will be copied. + */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_INPUT_PRESERVED 0x0100 +#define CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 0x0200 ///< Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode. +#define CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 0x0400 ///< Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode. +#define CODEC_FLAG_GRAY 0x2000 ///< Only decode/encode grayscale. +#define CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE 0x4000 ///< Don't draw edges. +#define CODEC_FLAG_PSNR 0x8000 ///< error[?] variables will be set during encoding. +#define CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED 0x00010000 /** Input bitstream might be truncated at a random + location instead of only at frame boundaries. */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_NORMALIZE_AQP 0x00020000 ///< Normalize adaptive quantization. +#define CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT 0x00040000 ///< Use interlaced DCT. +#define CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY 0x00080000 ///< Force low delay. +#define CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER 0x00400000 ///< Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe. +#define CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT 0x00800000 ///< Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT). +/* Fx : Flag for h263+ extra options */ +#define CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED 0x01000000 ///< H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction +#define CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER 0x00000800 ///< loop filter +#define CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME 0x20000000 ///< interlaced motion estimation +#define CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP 0x80000000 +#define CODEC_FLAG2_FAST 0x00000001 ///< Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks. +#define CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT 0x00000004 ///< Skip bitstream encoding. +#define CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER 0x00000008 ///< Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata. +#define CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE 0x00002000 ///< timecode is in drop frame format. DEPRECATED!!!! +#if FF_API_MPV_GLOBAL_OPTS +#define CODEC_FLAG_CBP_RD 0x04000000 ///< Use rate distortion optimization for cbp. +#define CODEC_FLAG_QP_RD 0x08000000 ///< Use rate distortion optimization for qp selectioon. +#define CODEC_FLAG2_STRICT_GOP 0x00000002 ///< Strictly enforce GOP size. +#define CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_RD 0x00004000 ///< RD optimal MB level residual skipping +#endif +#define CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS 0x00008000 ///< Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries instead of only at frame boundaries. +#define CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL 0x00400000 ///< Show all frames before the first keyframe + +/* Unsupported options : + * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC) + * Reference Picture Selection + * Independent Segment Decoding */ +/* /Fx */ +/* codec capabilities */ + +#define CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND 0x0001 ///< Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. +/** + * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators. + * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that + * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_DR1 0x0002 +#define CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED 0x0008 +/* Codec can export data for HW decoding (XvMC). */ +#define CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL 0x0010 +/** + * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to + * give the complete and correct output. + * + * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with + * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode + * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec + * unless this flag is set. + * + * Decoders: + * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer + * returns frames. + * + * Encoders: + * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the + * encoder no longer returns data. + * + * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this + * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for + * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will + * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_DELAY 0x0020 +/** + * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. + * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME 0x0040 +/** + * Codec can export data for HW decoding (VDPAU). + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_HWACCEL_VDPAU 0x0080 +/** + * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket + * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do + * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. + * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a + * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming + * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carring such bitstreams thus + * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like + * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered + * as a last resort. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES 0x0100 +/** + * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental + * encoders + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200 +/** + * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF 0x0400 + +/** + * Codec is able to deal with negative linesizes + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_NEG_LINESIZES 0x0800 + +/** + * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS 0x1000 +/** + * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS 0x2000 +/** + * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE 0x4000 +/** + * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto). + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS 0x8000 +/** + * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE 0x10000 +/** + * Codec is intra only. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY 0x40000000 +/** + * Codec is lossless. + */ +#define CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS 0x80000000 + +//The following defines may change, don't expect compatibility if you use them. +#define MB_TYPE_INTRA4x4 0x0001 +#define MB_TYPE_INTRA16x16 0x0002 //FIXME H.264-specific +#define MB_TYPE_INTRA_PCM 0x0004 //FIXME H.264-specific +#define MB_TYPE_16x16 0x0008 +#define MB_TYPE_16x8 0x0010 +#define MB_TYPE_8x16 0x0020 +#define MB_TYPE_8x8 0x0040 +#define MB_TYPE_INTERLACED 0x0080 +#define MB_TYPE_DIRECT2 0x0100 //FIXME +#define MB_TYPE_ACPRED 0x0200 +#define MB_TYPE_GMC 0x0400 +#define MB_TYPE_SKIP 0x0800 +#define MB_TYPE_P0L0 0x1000 +#define MB_TYPE_P1L0 0x2000 +#define MB_TYPE_P0L1 0x4000 +#define MB_TYPE_P1L1 0x8000 +#define MB_TYPE_L0 (MB_TYPE_P0L0 | MB_TYPE_P1L0) +#define MB_TYPE_L1 (MB_TYPE_P0L1 | MB_TYPE_P1L1) +#define MB_TYPE_L0L1 (MB_TYPE_L0 | MB_TYPE_L1) +#define MB_TYPE_QUANT 0x00010000 +#define MB_TYPE_CBP 0x00020000 +//Note bits 24-31 are reserved for codec specific use (h264 ref0, mpeg1 0mv, ...) + +/** + * Pan Scan area. + * This specifies the area which should be displayed. + * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame. + */ +typedef struct AVPanScan{ + /** + * id + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int id; + + /** + * width and height in 1/16 pel + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int width; + int height; + + /** + * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int16_t position[3][2]; +}AVPanScan; + +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_MPEG1 0 +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_MPEG2 1 +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_H264 2 +#define FF_QSCALE_TYPE_VP56 3 + +#define FF_BUFFER_TYPE_INTERNAL 1 +#define FF_BUFFER_TYPE_USER 2 ///< direct rendering buffers (image is (de)allocated by user) +#define FF_BUFFER_TYPE_SHARED 4 ///< Buffer from somewhere else; don't deallocate image (data/base), all other tables are not shared. +#define FF_BUFFER_TYPE_COPY 8 ///< Just a (modified) copy of some other buffer, don't deallocate anything. + +#define FF_BUFFER_HINTS_VALID 0x01 // Buffer hints value is meaningful (if 0 ignore). +#define FF_BUFFER_HINTS_READABLE 0x02 // Codec will read from buffer. +#define FF_BUFFER_HINTS_PRESERVE 0x04 // User must not alter buffer content. +#define FF_BUFFER_HINTS_REUSABLE 0x08 // Codec will reuse the buffer (update). + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket + * + * Types and functions for working with AVPacket. + * @{ + */ +enum AVPacketSideDataType { + AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE, + AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le param_flags + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT) + * s32le channel_count + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT) + * u64le channel_layout + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE) + * s32le sample_rate + * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS) + * s32le width + * s32le height + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of + * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the + * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190). + * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks, + * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller + * than the target payload size. + * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows: + * @code + * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet + * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock + * u8 GOB number + * u16le macroblock address within the GOB + * u8 horizontal MV predictor + * u8 vertical MV predictor + * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3 + * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3 + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO, + + /** + * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples + * @code + * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet + * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet + * u8 reason for start skip + * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES=70, + + /** + * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that + * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV + * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used. + * @code + * u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both) + * @endcode + */ + AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO, +}; + +typedef struct AVPacket { + /** + * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before + * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse + * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps + * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket. + */ + int64_t pts; + /** + * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which + * the packet is decompressed. + * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. + */ + int64_t dts; + uint8_t *data; + int size; + int stream_index; + /** + * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values + */ + int flags; + /** + * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container. + * Packet can contain several types of side information. + */ + struct { + uint8_t *data; + int size; + enum AVPacketSideDataType type; + } *side_data; + int side_data_elems; + + /** + * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order. + */ + int duration; + void (*destruct)(struct AVPacket *); + void *priv; + int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown + + /** + * Time difference in AVStream->time_base units from the pts of this + * packet to the point at which the output from the decoder has converged + * independent from the availability of previous frames. That is, the + * frames are virtually identical no matter if decoding started from + * the very first frame or from this keyframe. + * Is AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. + * This field is not the display duration of the current packet. + * This field has no meaning if the packet does not have AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY + * set. + * + * The purpose of this field is to allow seeking in streams that have no + * keyframes in the conventional sense. It corresponds to the + * recovery point SEI in H.264 and match_time_delta in NUT. It is also + * essential for some types of subtitle streams to ensure that all + * subtitles are correctly displayed after seeking. + */ + int64_t convergence_duration; +} AVPacket; +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe +#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted + +enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags { + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004, + AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008, +}; +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Audio Video Frame. + * New fields can be added to the end of AVFRAME with minor version + * bumps. Similarly fields that are marked as to be only accessed by + * av_opt_ptr() can be reordered. This allows 2 forks to add fields + * without breaking compatibility with each other. + * Removal, reordering and changes in the remaining cases require + * a major version bump. + * sizeof(AVFrame) must not be used outside libavcodec. + */ +typedef struct AVFrame { +#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8 + /** + * pointer to the picture/channel planes. + * This might be different from the first allocated byte + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: set by AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + */ + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * Size, in bytes, of the data for each picture/channel plane. + * + * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel + * plane must be the same size. + * + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: set by AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + */ + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data will always be set by get_buffer(), + * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, + * extended_data must be used by the decoder in order to access all + * channels. + * + * encoding: unused + * decoding: set by AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + */ + uint8_t **extended_data; + + /** + * width and height of the video frame + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + int nb_samples; + + /** + * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset + * Values correspond to enum PixelFormat for video frames, + * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int format; + + /** + * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int key_frame; + + /** + * Picture type of the frame, see ?_TYPE below. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. for coded_picture (and set by user for input). + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVPictureType pict_type; + + /** + * pointer to the first allocated byte of the picture. Can be used in get_buffer/release_buffer. + * This isn't used by libavcodec unless the default get/release_buffer() is used. + * - encoding: + * - decoding: + */ + uint8_t *base[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user) + * If AV_NOPTS_VALUE then frame_rate = 1/time_base will be assumed. + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int64_t pts; + + /** + * reordered pts from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_pts; + + /** + * dts from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_dts; + + /** + * picture number in bitstream order + * - encoding: set by + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int coded_picture_number; + /** + * picture number in display order + * - encoding: set by + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int display_picture_number; + + /** + * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. for coded_picture (and set by user for input). + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int quality; + + /** + * is this picture used as reference + * The values for this are the same as the MpegEncContext.picture_structure + * variable, that is 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame/both fields. + * Set to 4 for delayed, non-reference frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (before get_buffer() call)). + */ + int reference; + + /** + * QP table + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int8_t *qscale_table; + /** + * QP store stride + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int qstride; + + /** + * + */ + int qscale_type; + + /** + * mbskip_table[mb]>=1 if MB didn't change + * stride= mb_width = (width+15)>>4 + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + uint8_t *mbskip_table; + + /** + * motion vector table + * @code + * example: + * int mv_sample_log2= 4 - motion_subsample_log2; + * int mb_width= (width+15)>>4; + * int mv_stride= (mb_width << mv_sample_log2) + 1; + * motion_val[direction][x + y*mv_stride][0->mv_x, 1->mv_y]; + * @endcode + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int16_t (*motion_val[2])[2]; + + /** + * macroblock type table + * mb_type_base + mb_width + 2 + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + uint32_t *mb_type; + + /** + * DCT coefficients + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + short *dct_coeff; + + /** + * motion reference frame index + * the order in which these are stored can depend on the codec. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int8_t *ref_index[2]; + + /** + * for some private data of the user + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * error + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. if flags&CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. + * - decoding: unused + */ + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * type of the buffer (to keep track of who has to deallocate data[*]) + * - encoding: Set by the one who allocates it. + * - decoding: Set by the one who allocates it. + * Note: User allocated (direct rendering) & internal buffers cannot coexist currently. + */ + int type; + + /** + * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed. + * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int repeat_pict; + + /** + * The content of the picture is interlaced. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (default 0) + */ + int interlaced_frame; + + /** + * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int top_field_first; + + /** + * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. + * - encoding: ??? (no palette-enabled encoder yet) + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (default 0). + */ + int palette_has_changed; + + /** + * codec suggestion on buffer type if != 0 + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. (before get_buffer() call)). + */ + int buffer_hints; + + /** + * Pan scan. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVPanScan *pan_scan; + + /** + * reordered opaque 64bit (generally an integer or a double precision float + * PTS but can be anything). + * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at + * that time, + * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque + * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t reordered_opaque; + + /** + * hardware accelerator private data (FFmpeg-allocated) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + void *hwaccel_picture_private; + + /** + * the AVCodecContext which ff_thread_get_buffer() was last called on + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + struct AVCodecContext *owner; + + /** + * used by multithreading to store frame-specific info + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + void *thread_opaque; + + /** + * log2 of the size of the block which a single vector in motion_val represents: + * (4->16x16, 3->8x8, 2-> 4x4, 1-> 2x2) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + uint8_t motion_subsample_log2; + + /** + * Sample rate of the audio data. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: read by user + */ + int sample_rate; + + /** + * Channel layout of the audio data. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: read by user. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + + /** + * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int64_t best_effort_timestamp; + + /** + * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_pkt_pos(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_pos; + + /** + * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in + * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_pkt_duration(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t pkt_duration; + + /** + * metadata. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_metadata(frame) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of + * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there + * were errors during the decoding. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_decode_error_flags(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. + */ + int decode_error_flags; +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1 +#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2 + + /** + * number of audio channels, only used for audio. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * av_frame_get_channels(frame) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user. + */ + int64_t channels; +} AVFrame; + +/** + * Accessors for some AVFrame fields. + * The position of these field in the structure is not part of the ABI, + * they should not be accessed directly outside libavcodec. + */ +int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_pkt_duration (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_pkt_pos (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_channel_layout (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); +int av_frame_get_channels (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_channels (AVFrame *frame, int val); +int av_frame_get_sample_rate (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_sample_rate (AVFrame *frame, int val); +AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_metadata (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val); +int av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (const AVFrame *frame); +void av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (AVFrame *frame, int val); + +struct AVCodecInternal; + +enum AVFieldOrder { + AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN, + AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE, + AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first + AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first + AV_FIELD_BT, //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first +}; + +/** + * main external API structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * Please use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user + * applications. + * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVCodecContext { + /** + * information on struct for av_log + * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3 + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + int log_level_offset; + + enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */ + const struct AVCodec *codec; + char codec_name[32]; + enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */ + + /** + * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). + * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. + * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec. + * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one + * which maximizes the information about the used codec. + * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should + * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new + * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated + * first. + * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used. + * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init. + */ + unsigned int codec_tag; + + /** + * fourcc from the AVI stream header (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). + * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init. + */ + unsigned int stream_codec_tag; + +#if FF_API_SUB_ID + /** + * @deprecated this field is unused + */ + attribute_deprecated int sub_id; +#endif + + void *priv_data; + + /** + * Private context used for internal data. + * + * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general + * libavcodec functions. + */ + struct AVCodecInternal *internal; + + /** + * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + void *opaque; + + /** + * the average bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. 0 or some bitrate if this info is available in the stream. + */ + int bit_rate; + + /** + * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference. + * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2) + * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bit_rate_tolerance; + + /** + * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame. + * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int global_quality; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int compression_level; +#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1 + + /** + * CODEC_FLAG_*. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * CODEC_FLAG2_* + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int flags2; + + /** + * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables. + * mjpeg: Huffman tables + * rv10: additional flags + * mpeg4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here) + * The allocated memory should be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger + * than extradata_size to avoid prolems if it is read with the bitstream reader. + * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user. + */ + uint8_t *extradata; + int extradata_size; + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content, + * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be + * identically 1. + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate. + * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration + * if no telecine is used ... + * + * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2. + */ + int ticks_per_frame; + + /** + * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to + * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec) + * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder + * as specified in the spec would produce. + * + * Video: + * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the + * encoded input. + * + * Audio: + * Number of "priming" samples added to the beginning of the stream + * during encoding. The decoded output will be delayed by this many + * samples relative to the input to the encoder. Note that this field is + * purely informational and does not directly affect the pts output by + * the encoder, which should always be based on the actual presentation + * time, including any delay. + * + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int delay; + + + /* video only */ + /** + * picture width / height. + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + * Note: For compatibility it is possible to set this instead of + * coded_width/height before decoding. + */ + int width, height; + + /** + * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height if lowres enabled. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user before init if known. Codec should override / dynamically change if needed. + */ + int coded_width, coded_height; + +#define FF_ASPECT_EXTENDED 15 + + /** + * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int gop_size; + + /** + * Pixel format, see PIX_FMT_xxx. + * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers. + * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec if known + */ + enum PixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * Motion estimation algorithm used for video coding. + * 1 (zero), 2 (full), 3 (log), 4 (phods), 5 (epzs), 6 (x1), 7 (hex), + * 8 (umh), 9 (iter), 10 (tesa) [7, 8, 10 are x264 specific, 9 is snow specific] + * - encoding: MUST be set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_method; + + /** + * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec + * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not + * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities + * beforehand. + * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads + * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame, + * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn + * in order. + * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs. + * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass + * the data needed for hardware render. + * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to + * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application + * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress + * or mark state. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @param height the height of the slice + * @param y the y position of the slice + * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame + * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read + */ + void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext *s, + const AVFrame *src, int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS], + int y, int type, int height); + + /** + * callback to negotiate the pixelFormat + * @param fmt is the list of formats which are supported by the codec, + * it is terminated by -1 as 0 is a valid format, the formats are ordered by quality. + * The first is always the native one. + * @return the chosen format + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user, if not set the native format will be chosen. + */ + enum PixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum PixelFormat * fmt); + + /** + * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames + * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_b_frames; + + /** + * qscale factor between IP and B-frames + * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_factor; + + /** obsolete FIXME remove */ + int rc_strategy; +#define FF_RC_STRATEGY_XVID 1 + + int b_frame_strategy; + +#if FF_API_MPV_GLOBAL_OPTS + /** + * luma single coefficient elimination threshold + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + attribute_deprecated int luma_elim_threshold; + + /** + * chroma single coeff elimination threshold + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + attribute_deprecated int chroma_elim_threshold; +#endif + + /** + * qscale offset between IP and B-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float b_quant_offset; + + /** + * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder. + * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int has_b_frames; + + /** + * 0-> h263 quant 1-> mpeg quant + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mpeg_quant; + + /** + * qscale factor between P and I-frames + * If > 0 then the last p frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). + * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_factor; + + /** + * qscale offset between P and I-frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float i_quant_offset; + + /** + * luminance masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float lumi_masking; + + /** + * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float temporal_cplx_masking; + + /** + * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float spatial_cplx_masking; + + /** + * p block masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float p_masking; + + /** + * darkness masking (0-> disabled) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float dark_masking; + + /** + * slice count + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user (or 0). + */ + int slice_count; + /** + * prediction method (needed for huffyuv) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int prediction_method; +#define FF_PRED_LEFT 0 +#define FF_PRED_PLANE 1 +#define FF_PRED_MEDIAN 2 + + /** + * slice offsets in the frame in bytes + * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL). + */ + int *slice_offset; + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel. + * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + /** + * motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_cmp; + /** + * subpixel motion estimation comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_sub_cmp; + /** + * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_cmp; + /** + * interlaced DCT comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int ildct_cmp; +#define FF_CMP_SAD 0 +#define FF_CMP_SSE 1 +#define FF_CMP_SATD 2 +#define FF_CMP_DCT 3 +#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4 +#define FF_CMP_BIT 5 +#define FF_CMP_RD 6 +#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7 +#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8 +#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9 +#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10 +#define FF_CMP_W53 11 +#define FF_CMP_W97 12 +#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13 +#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14 +#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256 + + /** + * ME diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dia_size; + + /** + * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int last_predictor_count; + + /** + * prepass for motion estimation + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int pre_me; + + /** + * motion estimation prepass comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_pre_cmp; + + /** + * ME prepass diamond size & shape + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int pre_dia_size; + + /** + * subpel ME quality + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_subpel_quality; + + /** + * DTG active format information (additional aspect ratio + * information only used in DVB MPEG-2 transport streams) + * 0 if not set. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by decoder. + */ + int dtg_active_format; +#define FF_DTG_AFD_SAME 8 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_4_3 9 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_16_9 10 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_14_9 11 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 13 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 14 +#define FF_DTG_AFD_SP_4_3 15 + + /** + * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units + * If 0 then no limit. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_range; + + /** + * intra quantizer bias + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int intra_quant_bias; +#define FF_DEFAULT_QUANT_BIAS 999999 + + /** + * inter quantizer bias + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int inter_quant_bias; + +#if FF_API_COLOR_TABLE_ID + /** + * color table ID + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Which clrtable should be used for 8bit RGB images. + * Tables have to be stored somewhere. FIXME + */ + attribute_deprecated int color_table_id; +#endif + + /** + * slice flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int slice_flags; +#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG2 field pics) +#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1) + + /** + * XVideo Motion Acceleration + * - encoding: forbidden + * - decoding: set by decoder + */ + int xvmc_acceleration; + + /** + * macroblock decision mode + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_decision; +#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp +#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits +#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion + + /** + * custom intra quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *intra_matrix; + + /** + * custom inter quantization matrix + * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + uint16_t *inter_matrix; + + /** + * scene change detection threshold + * 0 is default, larger means fewer detected scene changes. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int scenechange_threshold; + + /** + * noise reduction strength + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int noise_reduction; + +#if FF_API_INTER_THRESHOLD + /** + * @deprecated this field is unused + */ + attribute_deprecated int inter_threshold; +#endif + +#if FF_API_MPV_GLOBAL_OPTS + /** + * @deprecated use mpegvideo private options instead + */ + attribute_deprecated int quantizer_noise_shaping; +#endif + + /** + * Motion estimation threshold below which no motion estimation is + * performed, but instead the user specified motion vectors are used. + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_threshold; + + /** + * Macroblock threshold below which the user specified macroblock types will be used. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_threshold; + + /** + * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8 + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int intra_dc_precision; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_top; + + /** + * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int skip_bottom; + + /** + * Border processing masking, raises the quantizer for mbs on the borders + * of the picture. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float border_masking; + + /** + * minimum MB lagrange multipler + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmin; + + /** + * maximum MB lagrange multipler + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mb_lmax; + + /** + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int me_penalty_compensation; + + /** + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int bidir_refine; + + /** + * + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int brd_scale; + + /** + * minimum GOP size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int keyint_min; + + /** + * number of reference frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by lavc. + */ + int refs; + + /** + * chroma qp offset from luma + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int chromaoffset; + + /** + * Multiplied by qscale for each frame and added to scene_change_score. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int scenechange_factor; + + /** + * + * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int mv0_threshold; + + /** + * Adjust sensitivity of b_frame_strategy 1. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int b_sensitivity; + + /** + * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; + + /** + * Color Transfer Characteristic. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; + + /** + * YUV colorspace type. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorSpace colorspace; + + /** + * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVColorRange color_range; + + /** + * This defines the location of chroma samples. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location; + + /** + * Number of slices. + * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized + * decoding. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + int slices; + + /** Field order + * - encoding: set by libavcodec + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + enum AVFieldOrder field_order; + + /* audio only */ + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + int channels; ///< number of audio channels + + /** + * audio sample format + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format + + /* The following data should not be initialized. */ + /** + * Samples per packet, initialized when calling 'init'. + */ + int frame_size; + + /** + * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. + * + * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. + * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. + * + * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in + * an error. + */ + int frame_number; + + /** + * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0 + * Used by some WAV based audio codecs. + */ + int block_align; + + /** + * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic") + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int cutoff; + +#if FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS + /** + * Decoder should decode to this many channels if it can (0 for default) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of request_channel_layout. + */ + int request_channels; +#endif + + /** + * Audio channel layout. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. + */ + uint64_t channel_layout; + + /** + * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default) + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + uint64_t request_channel_layout; + + /** + * Type of service that the audio stream conveys. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type; + + /** + * desired sample format + * - encoding: Not used. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Decoder will decode to this format if it can. + */ + enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt; + + /** + * Called at the beginning of each frame to get a buffer for it. + * + * The function will set AVFrame.data[], AVFrame.linesize[]. + * AVFrame.extended_data[] must also be set, but it should be the same as + * AVFrame.data[] except for planar audio with more channels than can fit + * in AVFrame.data[]. In that case, AVFrame.data[] shall still contain as + * many data pointers as it can hold. + * + * if CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer() must call + * avcodec_default_get_buffer() instead of providing buffers allocated by + * some other means. + * + * AVFrame.data[] should be 32- or 16-byte-aligned unless the CPU doesn't + * need it. avcodec_default_get_buffer() aligns the output buffer properly, + * but if get_buffer() is overridden then alignment considerations should + * be taken into account. + * + * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer() + * + * Video: + * + * If pic.reference is set then the frame will be read later by libavcodec. + * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and + * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16. + * + * If frame multithreading is used and thread_safe_callbacks is set, + * it may be called from a different thread, but not from more than one at + * once. Does not need to be reentrant. + * + * @see release_buffer(), reget_buffer() + * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2() + * + * Audio: + * + * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting + * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer(). The decoder may, + * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples + * to a smaller value in the output frame. + * + * Decoders cannot use the buffer after returning from + * avcodec_decode_audio4(), so they will not call release_buffer(), as it + * is assumed to be released immediately upon return. + * + * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and + * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer() + * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and + * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio + * since all planes must be the same size. + * + * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays() + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*get_buffer)(struct AVCodecContext *c, AVFrame *pic); + + /** + * Called to release buffers which were allocated with get_buffer. + * A released buffer can be reused in get_buffer(). + * pic.data[*] must be set to NULL. + * May be called from a different thread if frame multithreading is used, + * but not by more than one thread at once, so does not need to be reentrant. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + void (*release_buffer)(struct AVCodecContext *c, AVFrame *pic); + + /** + * Called at the beginning of a frame to get cr buffer for it. + * Buffer type (size, hints) must be the same. libavcodec won't check it. + * libavcodec will pass previous buffer in pic, function should return + * same buffer or new buffer with old frame "painted" into it. + * If pic.data[0] == NULL must behave like get_buffer(). + * if CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then reget_buffer() must call + * avcodec_default_reget_buffer() instead of providing buffers allocated by + * some other means. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*reget_buffer)(struct AVCodecContext *c, AVFrame *pic); + + + /* - encoding parameters */ + float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0) + float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0) + + /** + * minimum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmin; + + /** + * maximum quantizer + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int qmax; + + /** + * maximum quantizer difference between frames + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_qdiff; + + /** + * ratecontrol qmin qmax limiting method + * 0-> clipping, 1-> use a nice continuous function to limit qscale wthin qmin/qmax. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float rc_qsquish; + + float rc_qmod_amp; + int rc_qmod_freq; + + /** + * decoder bitstream buffer size + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_buffer_size; + + /** + * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_override_count; + RcOverride *rc_override; + + /** + * rate control equation + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: unused + */ + const char *rc_eq; + + /** + * maximum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_max_rate; + + /** + * minimum bitrate + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_min_rate; + + float rc_buffer_aggressivity; + + /** + * initial complexity for pass1 ratecontrol + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + float rc_initial_cplx; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, <value> of what can be used without an underflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_max_available_vbv_use; + + /** + * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, <value> times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use; + + /** + * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy; + +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_VLC 0 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_AC 1 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RAW 2 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RLE 3 +#define FF_CODER_TYPE_DEFLATE 4 + /** + * coder type + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int coder_type; + + /** + * context model + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int context_model; + + /** + * minimum Lagrange multipler + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int lmin; + + /** + * maximum Lagrange multipler + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int lmax; + + /** + * frame skip threshold + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int frame_skip_threshold; + + /** + * frame skip factor + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int frame_skip_factor; + + /** + * frame skip exponent + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int frame_skip_exp; + + /** + * frame skip comparison function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int frame_skip_cmp; + + /** + * trellis RD quantization + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int trellis; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int min_prediction_order; + + /** + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_prediction_order; + + /** + * GOP timecode frame start number + * - encoding: Set by user, in non drop frame format + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec (timecode in the 25 bits format, -1 if unset) + */ + int64_t timecode_frame_start; + + /* The RTP callback: This function is called */ + /* every time the encoder has a packet to send. */ + /* It depends on the encoder if the data starts */ + /* with a Start Code (it should). H.263 does. */ + /* mb_nb contains the number of macroblocks */ + /* encoded in the RTP payload. */ + void (*rtp_callback)(struct AVCodecContext *avctx, void *data, int size, int mb_nb); + + int rtp_payload_size; /* The size of the RTP payload: the coder will */ + /* do its best to deliver a chunk with size */ + /* below rtp_payload_size, the chunk will start */ + /* with a start code on some codecs like H.263. */ + /* This doesn't take account of any particular */ + /* headers inside the transmitted RTP payload. */ + + /* statistics, used for 2-pass encoding */ + int mv_bits; + int header_bits; + int i_tex_bits; + int p_tex_bits; + int i_count; + int p_count; + int skip_count; + int misc_bits; + + /** + * number of bits used for the previously encoded frame + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int frame_bits; + + /** + * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_out; + + /** + * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer + * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here. + * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + char *stats_in; + + /** + * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically. + * - encoding: Set by user + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + int workaround_bugs; +#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection +#define FF_BUG_OLD_MSMPEG4 2 +#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4 +#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8 +#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16 +#define FF_BUG_AMV 32 +#define FF_BUG_AC_VLC 0 ///< Will be removed, libavcodec can now handle these non-compliant files by default. +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64 +#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128 +#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256 +#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512 +#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024 +#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048 +#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096 +#define FF_BUG_MS 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders. +#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384 + + /** + * strictly follow the standard (MPEG4, ...). + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will + * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower + * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all + * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal, + * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things + * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly + * (=strictly conform to the specs) + */ + int strict_std_compliance; +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences. +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0 +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions +#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things. + + /** + * error concealment flags + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int error_concealment; +#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1 +#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2 + + /** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1 +#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2 +#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4 +#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8 +#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16 +#define FF_DEBUG_MV 32 +#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040 +#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080 +#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100 +#define FF_DEBUG_PTS 0x00000200 +#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400 +#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800 +#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000 +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_QP 0x00002000 +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MB_TYPE 0x00004000 +#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000 +#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000 + + /** + * debug + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int debug_mv; +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 //visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 //visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames +#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 //visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames + + /** + * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int err_recognition; +#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0) +#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) +#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) +#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) + +#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) +#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) +#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) + + + /** + * opaque 64bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and + * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque + * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int64_t reordered_opaque; + + /** + * Hardware accelerator in use + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + struct AVHWAccel *hwaccel; + + /** + * Hardware accelerator context. + * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be + * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent + * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the + * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this + * is. e.g. for VA API, this is a struct vaapi_context. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + void *hwaccel_context; + + /** + * error + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags&CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. + * - decoding: unused + */ + uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + + /** + * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int dct_algo; +#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1 +#define FF_DCT_INT 2 +#define FF_DCT_MMX 3 +#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5 +#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6 + + /** + * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int idct_algo; +#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0 +#define FF_IDCT_INT 1 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3 +#define FF_IDCT_LIBMPEG2MMX 4 +#define FF_IDCT_MMI 5 +#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7 +#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8 +#define FF_IDCT_SH4 9 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10 +#define FF_IDCT_H264 11 +#define FF_IDCT_VP3 12 +#define FF_IDCT_IPP 13 +#define FF_IDCT_XVIDMMX 14 +#define FF_IDCT_CAVS 15 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEVIS 18 +#define FF_IDCT_WMV2 19 +#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20 +#define FF_IDCT_EA 21 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22 +#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEALPHA 23 +#define FF_IDCT_BINK 24 + +#if FF_API_DSP_MASK + /** + * Unused. + * @deprecated use av_set_cpu_flags_mask() instead. + */ + attribute_deprecated unsigned dsp_mask; +#endif + + /** + * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv). + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int bits_per_coded_sample; + + /** + * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format. + * - encoding: set by user. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + int bits_per_raw_sample; + + /** + * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int lowres; + + /** + * the picture in the bitstream + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + AVFrame *coded_frame; + + /** + * thread count + * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute() + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_count; + + /** + * Which multithreading methods to use. + * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread, + * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it. + * + * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. + */ + int thread_type; +#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once +#define FF_THREAD_SLICE 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once + + /** + * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int active_thread_type; + + /** + * Set by the client if its custom get_buffer() callback can be called + * synchronously from another thread, which allows faster multithreaded decoding. + * draw_horiz_band() will be called from other threads regardless of this setting. + * Ignored if the default get_buffer() is used. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int thread_safe_callbacks; + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * @param count the number of things to execute + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg), void *arg2, int *ret, int count, int size); + + /** + * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. + * It will return only after finishing all tasks. + * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, + * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. + * Also see avcodec_thread_init and e.g. the --enable-pthread configure option. + * @param c context passed also to func + * @param count the number of things to execute + * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func + * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL. + * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1. + * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no + * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr. + * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func + * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. + */ + int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr), void *arg2, int *ret, int count); + + /** + * thread opaque + * Can be used by execute() to store some per AVCodecContext stuff. + * - encoding: set by execute() + * - decoding: set by execute() + */ + void *thread_opaque; + + /** + * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparsion function + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int nsse_weight; + + /** + * profile + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int profile; +#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99 +#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100 + +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22 +#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38 + +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50 +#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5 + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag + +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244 +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) +#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44 + +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3 + +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14 +#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15 + + /** + * level + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. + */ + int level; +#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99 + + /** + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter; + + /** + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_idct; + + /** + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + enum AVDiscard skip_frame; + + /** + * Header containing style information for text subtitles. + * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS + * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and + * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line. + * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2()) + * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2()) + */ + uint8_t *subtitle_header; + int subtitle_header_size; + + /** + * Simulates errors in the bitstream to test error concealment. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: unused + */ + int error_rate; + + /** + * Current packet as passed into the decoder, to avoid having + * to pass the packet into every function. Currently only valid + * inside lavc and get/release_buffer callbacks. + * - decoding: set by avcodec_decode_*, read by get_buffer() for setting pkt_pts + * - encoding: unused + */ + AVPacket *pkt; + + /** + * VBV delay coded in the last frame (in periods of a 27 MHz clock). + * Used for compliant TS muxing. + * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. + * - decoding: unused. + */ + uint64_t vbv_delay; + + /** + * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are. + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * avcodec_set_pkt_timebase(avctx) + * - encoding unused. + * - decodimg set by user + */ + AVRational pkt_timebase; + + /** + * AVCodecDescriptor + * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using: + * avcodec_get_codec_descriptior(avctx) + * - encoding: unused. + * - decoding: set by libavcodec. + */ + const AVCodecDescriptor *codec_descriptor; + + /** + * Current statistics for PTS correction. + * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps + * - encoding: unused + */ + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far + int64_t pts_correction_last_pts; /// PTS of the last frame + int64_t pts_correction_last_dts; /// DTS of the last frame +} AVCodecContext; + +AVRational av_codec_get_pkt_timebase (const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_pkt_timebase (AVCodecContext *avctx, AVRational val); + +const AVCodecDescriptor *av_codec_get_codec_descriptor(const AVCodecContext *avctx); +void av_codec_set_codec_descriptor(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodecDescriptor *desc); + +/** + * AVProfile. + */ +typedef struct AVProfile { + int profile; + const char *name; ///< short name for the profile +} AVProfile; + +typedef struct AVCodecDefault AVCodecDefault; + +struct AVSubtitle; + +/** + * AVCodec. + */ +typedef struct AVCodec { + /** + * Name of the codec implementation. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective. + */ + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name. + * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + enum AVMediaType type; + enum AVCodecID id; + /** + * Codec capabilities. + * see CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0} + const enum PixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + const int *supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0 + const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 + const uint64_t *channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0 + uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN} + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + int priv_data_size; + struct AVCodec *next; + /** + * @name Frame-level threading support functions + * @{ + */ + /** + * If defined, called on thread contexts when they are created. + * If the codec allocates writable tables in init(), re-allocate them here. + * priv_data will be set to a copy of the original. + */ + int (*init_thread_copy)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Copy necessary context variables from a previous thread context to the current one. + * If not defined, the next thread will start automatically; otherwise, the codec + * must call ff_thread_finish_setup(). + * + * dst and src will (rarely) point to the same context, in which case memcpy should be skipped. + */ + int (*update_thread_context)(AVCodecContext *dst, const AVCodecContext *src); + /** @} */ + + /** + * Private codec-specific defaults. + */ + const AVCodecDefault *defaults; + + /** + * Initialize codec static data, called from avcodec_register(). + */ + void (*init_static_data)(struct AVCodec *codec); + + int (*init)(AVCodecContext *); + int (*encode_sub)(AVCodecContext *, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const struct AVSubtitle *sub); + /** + * Encode data to an AVPacket. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket (may contain a user-provided buffer) + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw data to be encoded + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr encoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a + * non-empty packet was returned in avpkt. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ + int (*encode2)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, const AVFrame *frame, + int *got_packet_ptr); + int (*decode)(AVCodecContext *, void *outdata, int *outdata_size, AVPacket *avpkt); + int (*close)(AVCodecContext *); + /** + * Flush buffers. + * Will be called when seeking + */ + void (*flush)(AVCodecContext *); +} AVCodec; + +/** + * AVHWAccel. + */ +typedef struct AVHWAccel { + /** + * Name of the hardware accelerated codec. + * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an + * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx + */ + enum AVMediaType type; + + /** + * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. + * + * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx + */ + enum AVCodecID id; + + /** + * Supported pixel format. + * + * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here. + */ + enum PixelFormat pix_fmt; + + /** + * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities. + * see FF_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_* + */ + int capabilities; + + struct AVHWAccel *next; + + /** + * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture. + * + * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0. + * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the frame data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Callback for each slice. + * + * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to + * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param buf the slice data buffer base + * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); + + /** + * Called at the end of each frame or field picture. + * + * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent + * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise + */ + int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx); + + /** + * Size of HW accelerator private data. + * + * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before + * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after + * AVCodecContext.release_buffer(). + */ + int priv_data_size; +} AVHWAccel; + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_picture AVPicture + * + * Functions for working with AVPicture + * @{ + */ + +/** + * four components are given, that's all. + * the last component is alpha + */ +typedef struct AVPicture { + uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; + int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< number of bytes per line +} AVPicture; + +/** + * @} + */ + +enum AVSubtitleType { + SUBTITLE_NONE, + + SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set + + /** + * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_TEXT, + + /** + * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is + * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations. + */ + SUBTITLE_ASS, +}; + +typedef struct AVSubtitleRect { + int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set + int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set + + /** + * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle. + * can be set for text/ass as well once they where rendered + */ + AVPicture pict; + enum AVSubtitleType type; + + char *text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text + + /** + * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line. + * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this + * struct. + */ + char *ass; + + /** + * 1 indicates this subtitle is a forced subtitle. + * A forced subtitle should be displayed even when subtitles are hidden. + */ + int forced; +} AVSubtitleRect; + +typedef struct AVSubtitle { + uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */ + uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ + unsigned num_rects; + AVSubtitleRect **rects; + int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE +} AVSubtitle; + +/** + * If c is NULL, returns the first registered codec, + * if c is non-NULL, returns the next registered codec after c, + * or NULL if c is the last one. + */ +AVCodec *av_codec_next(const AVCodec *c); + +/** + * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avcodec_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avcodec_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavcodec license. + */ +const char *avcodec_license(void); + +/** + * Register the codec codec and initialize libavcodec. + * + * @warning either this function or avcodec_register_all() must be called + * before any other libavcodec functions. + * + * @see avcodec_register_all() + */ +void avcodec_register(AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Register all the codecs, parsers and bitstream filters which were enabled at + * configuration time. If you do not call this function you can select exactly + * which formats you want to support, by using the individual registration + * functions. + * + * @see avcodec_register + * @see av_register_codec_parser + * @see av_register_bitstream_filter + */ +void avcodec_register_all(void); + + +#if FF_API_ALLOC_CONTEXT +/** + * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The + * resulting struct can be deallocated by simply calling av_free(). + * + * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * @see avcodec_get_context_defaults + * + * @deprecated use avcodec_alloc_context3() + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context(void); + +/** THIS FUNCTION IS NOT YET PART OF THE PUBLIC API! + * we WILL change its arguments and name a few times! */ +attribute_deprecated +AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context2(enum AVMediaType); + +/** + * Set the fields of the given AVCodecContext to default values. + * + * @param s The AVCodecContext of which the fields should be set to default values. + * @deprecated use avcodec_get_context_defaults3 + */ +attribute_deprecated +void avcodec_get_context_defaults(AVCodecContext *s); + +/** THIS FUNCTION IS NOT YET PART OF THE PUBLIC API! + * we WILL change its arguments and name a few times! */ +attribute_deprecated +void avcodec_get_context_defaults2(AVCodecContext *s, enum AVMediaType); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The + * resulting struct can be deallocated by calling avcodec_close() on it followed + * by av_free(). + * + * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults + * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2() + * with a different codec. + * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized, + * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is + * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264). + * + * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * @see avcodec_get_context_defaults + */ +AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Set the fields of the given AVCodecContext to default values corresponding + * to the given codec (defaults may be codec-dependent). + * + * Do not call this function if a non-NULL codec has been passed + * to avcodec_alloc_context3() that allocated this AVCodecContext. + * If codec is non-NULL, it is illegal to call avcodec_open2() with a + * different codec on this AVCodecContext. + */ +int avcodec_get_context_defaults3(AVCodecContext *s, const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_class(void); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVFrame. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_frame_class(void); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void); + +/** + * Copy the settings of the source AVCodecContext into the destination + * AVCodecContext. The resulting destination codec context will be + * unopened, i.e. you are required to call avcodec_open2() before you + * can use this AVCodecContext to decode/encode video/audio data. + * + * @param dest target codec context, should be initialized with + * avcodec_alloc_context3(), but otherwise uninitialized + * @param src source codec context + * @return AVERROR() on error (e.g. memory allocation error), 0 on success + */ +int avcodec_copy_context(AVCodecContext *dest, const AVCodecContext *src); + +/** + * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting + * struct must be freed using avcodec_free_frame(). + * + * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure. + * @see avcodec_get_frame_defaults + */ +AVFrame *avcodec_alloc_frame(void); + +/** + * Set the fields of the given AVFrame to default values. + * + * @param frame The AVFrame of which the fields should be set to default values. + */ +void avcodec_get_frame_defaults(AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it, + * e.g. extended_data. + * + * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. + * + * @warning this function does NOT free the data buffers themselves + * (it does not know how, since they might have been allocated with + * a custom get_buffer()). + */ +void avcodec_free_frame(AVFrame **frame); + +#if FF_API_AVCODEC_OPEN +/** + * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this + * function the context has to be allocated. + * + * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), + * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for + * retrieving a codec. + * + * @warning This function is not thread safe! + * + * @code + * avcodec_register_all(); + * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); + * if (!codec) + * exit(1); + * + * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); + * + * if (avcodec_open(context, codec) < 0) + * exit(1); + * @endcode + * + * @param avctx The context which will be set up to use the given codec. + * @param codec The codec to use within the context. + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + * @see avcodec_alloc_context3, avcodec_find_decoder, avcodec_find_encoder, avcodec_close + * + * @deprecated use avcodec_open2 + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_open(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVCodec *codec); +#endif + +/** + * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this + * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3(). + * + * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), + * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for + * retrieving a codec. + * + * @warning This function is not thread safe! + * + * @code + * avcodec_register_all(); + * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0); + * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); + * if (!codec) + * exit(1); + * + * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); + * + * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0) + * exit(1); + * @endcode + * + * @param avctx The context to initialize. + * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been + * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or + * avcodec_get_context_defaults3() for this context, then this + * parameter MUST be either NULL or equal to the previously passed + * codec. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options. + * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value on error + * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(), + * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find(). + */ +int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodec *codec, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it + * (but not the AVCodecContext itself). + * + * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free + * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() / + * avcodec_get_context_defaults3() with a non-NULL codec. Subsequent calls will + * do nothing. + */ +int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +/** + * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct. + * + * @param sub AVSubtitle to free. + */ +void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle *sub); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_packet + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Default packet destructor. + */ +void av_destruct_packet(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values. + * + * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be + * initialized separately. + * + * @param pkt packet + */ +void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with + * default values. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size wanted payload size + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size new size + */ +void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/** + * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet + */ +int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by); + +/** + * @warning This is a hack - the packet memory allocation stuff is broken. The + * packet is allocated if it was not really allocated. + */ +int av_dup_packet(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Copy packet, including contents + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail + */ +int av_copy_packet(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src); + +/** + * Free a packet. + * + * @param pkt packet to free + */ +void av_free_packet(AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Allocate new information of a packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size side information size + * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type side information type + * @param size new side information size + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure + */ +int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int size); + +/** + * Get side information from packet. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param type desired side information type + * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) + * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise + */ +uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, + int *size); + +int av_packet_merge_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + +int av_packet_split_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered decoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested decoder + * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name); + +int avcodec_default_get_buffer(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *pic); +void avcodec_default_release_buffer(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *pic); +int avcodec_default_reget_buffer(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *pic); + +/** + * Return the amount of padding in pixels which the get_buffer callback must + * provide around the edge of the image for codecs which do not have the + * CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE flag. + * + * @return Required padding in pixels. + */ +unsigned avcodec_get_edge_width(void); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal + * padding. + * + * May only be used if a codec with CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + * If CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE is not set, the dimensions must have been increased + * according to avcodec_get_edge_width() before. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height); + +/** + * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory + * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all + * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i]. + * + * May only be used if a codec with CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. + * If CODEC_FLAG_EMU_EDGE is not set, the dimensions must have been increased + * according to avcodec_get_edge_width() before. + */ +void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height, + int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]); + +#if FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO +/** + * Wrapper function which calls avcodec_decode_audio4. + * + * @deprecated Use avcodec_decode_audio4 instead. + * + * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into samples. + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame. In this case, + * avcodec_decode_audio3 has to be called again with an AVPacket that contains + * the remaining data in order to decode the second frame etc. + * If no frame + * could be outputted, frame_size_ptr is zero. Otherwise, it is the + * decompressed frame size in bytes. + * + * @warning You must set frame_size_ptr to the allocated size of the + * output buffer before calling avcodec_decode_audio3(). + * + * @warning The input buffer must be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than + * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64 + * bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @warning The end of the input buffer avpkt->data should be set to 0 to ensure that + * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams. + * + * @warning You must not provide a custom get_buffer() when using + * avcodec_decode_audio3(). Doing so will override it with + * avcodec_default_get_buffer. Use avcodec_decode_audio4() instead, + * which does allow the application to provide a custom get_buffer(). + * + * @note You might have to align the input buffer avpkt->data and output buffer + * samples. The alignment requirements depend on the CPU: On some CPUs it isn't + * necessary at all, on others it won't work at all if not aligned and on others + * it will work but it will have an impact on performance. + * + * In practice, avpkt->data should have 4 byte alignment at minimum and + * samples should be 16 byte aligned unless the CPU doesn't need it + * (AltiVec and SSE do). + * + * @note Codecs which have the CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay + * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] samples the output buffer, sample type in avctx->sample_fmt + * If the sample format is planar, each channel plane will + * be the same size, with no padding between channels. + * @param[in,out] frame_size_ptr the output buffer size in bytes + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting + * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields. + * All decoders are designed to use the least fields possible though. + * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes + * used or zero if no frame data was decompressed (used) from the input AVPacket. + */ +attribute_deprecated int avcodec_decode_audio3(AVCodecContext *avctx, int16_t *samples, + int *frame_size_ptr, + AVPacket *avpkt); +#endif + +/** + * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into frame. + * + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket. Such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame. In this case, + * avcodec_decode_audio4 has to be called again with an AVPacket containing + * the remaining data in order to decode the second frame, etc... + * Even if no frames are returned, the packet needs to be fed to the decoder + * with remaining data until it is completely consumed or an error occurs. + * + * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE + * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream + * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @note You might have to align the input buffer. The alignment requirements + * depend on the CPU and the decoder. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] frame The AVFrame in which to store decoded audio samples. + * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting + * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer(). The + * decoder may, however, only utilize part of the buffer by + * setting AVFrame.nb_samples to a smaller value in the + * output frame. + * @param[out] got_frame_ptr Zero if no frame could be decoded, otherwise it is + * non-zero. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + * At least avpkt->data and avpkt->size should be set. Some + * decoders might also require additional fields to be set. + * @return A negative error code is returned if an error occurred during + * decoding, otherwise the number of bytes consumed from the input + * AVPacket is returned. + */ +int avcodec_decode_audio4(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame, + int *got_frame_ptr, const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Decode the video frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into picture. + * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such + * decoders would then just decode the first frame. + * + * @warning The input buffer must be FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than + * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64 + * bits at once and could read over the end. + * + * @warning The end of the input buffer buf should be set to 0 to ensure that + * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams. + * + * @note You might have to align the input buffer avpkt->data. + * The alignment requirements depend on the CPU: on some CPUs it isn't + * necessary at all, on others it won't work at all if not aligned and on others + * it will work but it will have an impact on performance. + * + * In practice, avpkt->data should have 4 byte alignment at minimum. + * + * @note Codecs which have the CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay + * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, + * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] picture The AVFrame in which the decoded video frame will be stored. + * Use avcodec_alloc_frame to get an AVFrame, the codec will + * allocate memory for the actual bitmap. + * with default get/release_buffer(), the decoder frees/reuses the bitmap as it sees fit. + * with overridden get/release_buffer() (needs CODEC_CAP_DR1) the user decides into what buffer the decoder + * decodes and the decoder tells the user once it does not need the data anymore, + * the user app can at this point free/reuse/keep the memory as it sees fit. + * + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVpacket containing the input buffer. + * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting + * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields like + * flags&AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY. All decoders are designed to use the least + * fields possible. + * @param[in,out] got_picture_ptr Zero if no frame could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes + * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed. + */ +int avcodec_decode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *picture, + int *got_picture_ptr, + const AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * Decode a subtitle message. + * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used. + * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero. + * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub. + * Note that CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for + * simplicity, because the performance difference is expect to be negligible + * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly + * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] sub The AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored, must be + freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set. + * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. + * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. + */ +int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVSubtitle *sub, + int *got_sub_ptr, + AVPacket *avpkt); + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVCodecParserContext { + void *priv_data; + struct AVCodecParser *parser; + int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */ + int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset + (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */ + int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */ + /* video info */ + int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + /** + * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf. + * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame + * is compared to normal frame duration. + * + * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base + * + * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material. + */ + int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ + int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */ + int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */ + + /* private data */ + int64_t last_pts; + int64_t last_dts; + int fetch_timestamp; + +#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4 + int cur_frame_start_index; + int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + int flags; +#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001 +#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002 +/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset +#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004 +#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000 + + int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start + int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames. + * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag, + * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames + * will be used. + */ + int key_frame; + + /** + * Time difference in stream time base units from the pts of this + * packet to the point at which the output from the decoder has converged + * independent from the availability of previous frames. That is, the + * frames are virtually identical no matter if decoding started from + * the very first frame or from this keyframe. + * Is AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. + * This field is not the display duration of the current frame. + * This field has no meaning if the packet does not have AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY + * set. + * + * The purpose of this field is to allow seeking in streams that have no + * keyframes in the conventional sense. It corresponds to the + * recovery point SEI in H.264 and match_time_delta in NUT. It is also + * essential for some types of subtitle streams to ensure that all + * subtitles are correctly displayed after seeking. + */ + int64_t convergence_duration; + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation. + * + * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined + * (default). + * + * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period + * SEI message. + */ + int dts_sync_point; + + /** + * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in + * units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain a valid timestamp offset. + * + * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero + * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of + * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay. + */ + int dts_ref_dts_delta; + + /** + * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + * + * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must + * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame + * must not lie in the past). + * + * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation + * time of the frame. + * + * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay. + */ + int pts_dts_delta; + + /** + * Position of the packet in file. + * + * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts + */ + int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; + + /** + * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream. + */ + int64_t pos; + + /** + * Previous frame byte position. + */ + int64_t last_pos; + + /** + * Duration of the current frame. + * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate. + * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. + */ + int duration; +} AVCodecParserContext; + +typedef struct AVCodecParser { + int codec_ids[5]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */ + int priv_data_size; + int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + const uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext *s); + int (*split)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + struct AVCodecParser *next; +} AVCodecParser; + +AVCodecParser *av_parser_next(AVCodecParser *c); + +void av_register_codec_parser(AVCodecParser *parser); +AVCodecParserContext *av_parser_init(int codec_id); + +/** + * Parse a packet. + * + * @param s parser context. + * @param avctx codec context. + * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished. + * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished. + * @param buf input buffer. + * @param buf_size input length, to signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame can be output). + * @param pts input presentation timestamp. + * @param dts input decoding timestamp. + * @param pos input byte position in stream. + * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used. + * + * Example: + * @code + * while(in_len){ + * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size, + * in_data, in_len, + * pts, dts, pos); + * in_data += len; + * in_len -= len; + * + * if(size) + * decode_frame(data, size); + * } + * @endcode + */ +int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + int64_t pts, int64_t dts, + int64_t pos); + +int av_parser_change(AVCodecParserContext *s, + AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); +void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext *s); + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_encoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID. + * + * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Find a registered encoder with the specified name. + * + * @param name name of the requested encoder + * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. + */ +AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name); + +#if FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO +/** + * Encode an audio frame from samples into buf. + * + * @deprecated Use avcodec_encode_audio2 instead. + * + * @note The output buffer should be at least FF_MIN_BUFFER_SIZE bytes large. + * However, for codecs with avctx->frame_size equal to 0 (e.g. PCM) the user + * will know how much space is needed because it depends on the value passed + * in buf_size as described below. In that case a lower value can be used. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] buf the output buffer + * @param[in] buf_size the output buffer size + * @param[in] samples the input buffer containing the samples + * The number of samples read from this buffer is frame_size*channels, + * both of which are defined in avctx. + * For codecs which have avctx->frame_size equal to 0 (e.g. PCM) the number of + * samples read from samples is equal to: + * buf_size * 8 / (avctx->channels * av_get_bits_per_sample(avctx->codec_id)) + * This also implies that av_get_bits_per_sample() must not return 0 for these + * codecs. + * @return On error a negative value is returned, on success zero or the number + * of bytes used to encode the data read from the input buffer. + */ +int attribute_deprecated avcodec_encode_audio(AVCodecContext *avctx, + uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const short *samples); +#endif + +/** + * Encode a frame of audio. + * + * Takes input samples from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay, split, and combine input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. If avpkt->data and + * avpkt->size are set, avpkt->destruct must also be set. All + * other AVPacket fields will be reset by the encoder using + * av_init_packet(). If avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will + * allocate it. The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size + * of the output packet. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_free_packet() (i.e. avpkt->destruct will be + * called to free the user supplied buffer). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * If CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame + * can have any number of samples. + * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to + * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. + * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ +int avcodec_encode_audio2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, + const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); + +#if FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_VIDEO +/** + * @deprecated use avcodec_encode_video2() instead. + * + * Encode a video frame from pict into buf. + * The input picture should be + * stored using a specific format, namely avctx.pix_fmt. + * + * @param avctx the codec context + * @param[out] buf the output buffer for the bitstream of encoded frame + * @param[in] buf_size the size of the output buffer in bytes + * @param[in] pict the input picture to encode + * @return On error a negative value is returned, on success zero or the number + * of bytes used from the output buffer. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avcodec_encode_video(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const AVFrame *pict); +#endif + +/** + * Encode a frame of video. + * + * Takes input raw video data from frame and writes the next output packet, if + * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for + * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay and reorder input frames + * internally as needed. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param avpkt output AVPacket. + * The user can supply an output buffer by setting + * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the + * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not + * large enough, encoding will fail. All other AVPacket fields + * will be reset by the encoder using av_init_packet(). If + * avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will allocate it. + * The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size of the + * output packet. The returned data (if any) belongs to the + * caller, he is responsible for freeing it. + * + * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be + * freed using av_free_packet() (i.e. avpkt->destruct will be + * called to free the user supplied buffer). + * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw video data to be encoded. + * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the + * CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. + * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the + * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is + * empty. If the function returns an error, the + * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the + * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should + * not be used. + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ +int avcodec_encode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, + const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); + +int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + const AVSubtitle *sub); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_resample Audio resampling + * @ingroup libavc + * + * @{ + */ +struct ReSampleContext; +struct AVResampleContext; + +typedef struct ReSampleContext ReSampleContext; + +/** + * Initialize audio resampling context. + * + * @param output_channels number of output channels + * @param input_channels number of input channels + * @param output_rate output sample rate + * @param input_rate input sample rate + * @param sample_fmt_out requested output sample format + * @param sample_fmt_in input sample format + * @param filter_length length of each FIR filter in the filterbank relative to the cutoff frequency + * @param log2_phase_count log2 of the number of entries in the polyphase filterbank + * @param linear if 1 then the used FIR filter will be linearly interpolated + between the 2 closest, if 0 the closest will be used + * @param cutoff cutoff frequency, 1.0 corresponds to half the output sampling rate + * @return allocated ReSampleContext, NULL if error occurred + */ +ReSampleContext *av_audio_resample_init(int output_channels, int input_channels, + int output_rate, int input_rate, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt_out, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt_in, + int filter_length, int log2_phase_count, + int linear, double cutoff); + +int audio_resample(ReSampleContext *s, short *output, short *input, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Free resample context. + * + * @param s a non-NULL pointer to a resample context previously + * created with av_audio_resample_init() + */ +void audio_resample_close(ReSampleContext *s); + + +/** + * Initialize an audio resampler. + * Note, if either rate is not an integer then simply scale both rates up so they are. + * @param filter_length length of each FIR filter in the filterbank relative to the cutoff freq + * @param log2_phase_count log2 of the number of entries in the polyphase filterbank + * @param linear If 1 then the used FIR filter will be linearly interpolated + between the 2 closest, if 0 the closest will be used + * @param cutoff cutoff frequency, 1.0 corresponds to half the output sampling rate + */ +struct AVResampleContext *av_resample_init(int out_rate, int in_rate, int filter_length, int log2_phase_count, int linear, double cutoff); + +/** + * Resample an array of samples using a previously configured context. + * @param src an array of unconsumed samples + * @param consumed the number of samples of src which have been consumed are returned here + * @param src_size the number of unconsumed samples available + * @param dst_size the amount of space in samples available in dst + * @param update_ctx If this is 0 then the context will not be modified, that way several channels can be resampled with the same context. + * @return the number of samples written in dst or -1 if an error occurred + */ +int av_resample(struct AVResampleContext *c, short *dst, short *src, int *consumed, int src_size, int dst_size, int update_ctx); + + +/** + * Compensate samplerate/timestamp drift. The compensation is done by changing + * the resampler parameters, so no audible clicks or similar distortions occur + * @param compensation_distance distance in output samples over which the compensation should be performed + * @param sample_delta number of output samples which should be output less + * + * example: av_resample_compensate(c, 10, 500) + * here instead of 510 samples only 500 samples would be output + * + * note, due to rounding the actual compensation might be slightly different, + * especially if the compensation_distance is large and the in_rate used during init is small + */ +void av_resample_compensate(struct AVResampleContext *c, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance); +void av_resample_close(struct AVResampleContext *c); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavc_picture + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Allocate memory for a picture. Call avpicture_free() to free it. + * + * @see avpicture_fill() + * + * @param picture the picture to be filled in + * @param pix_fmt the format of the picture + * @param width the width of the picture + * @param height the height of the picture + * @return zero if successful, a negative value if not + */ +int avpicture_alloc(AVPicture *picture, enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Free a picture previously allocated by avpicture_alloc(). + * The data buffer used by the AVPicture is freed, but the AVPicture structure + * itself is not. + * + * @param picture the AVPicture to be freed + */ +void avpicture_free(AVPicture *picture); + +/** + * Fill in the AVPicture fields, always assume a linesize alignment of + * 1. + * + * @see av_image_fill_arrays() + */ +int avpicture_fill(AVPicture *picture, uint8_t *ptr, + enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Copy pixel data from an AVPicture into a buffer, always assume a + * linesize alignment of 1. + * + * @see av_image_copy_to_buffer() + */ +int avpicture_layout(const AVPicture* src, enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, + unsigned char *dest, int dest_size); + +/** + * Calculate the size in bytes that a picture of the given width and height + * would occupy if stored in the given picture format. + * Always assume a linesize alignment of 1. + * + * @see av_image_get_buffer_size(). + */ +int avpicture_get_size(enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * deinterlace - if not supported return -1 + */ +int avpicture_deinterlace(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, + enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); +/** + * Copy image src to dst. Wraps av_image_copy(). + */ +void av_picture_copy(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, + enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Crop image top and left side. + */ +int av_picture_crop(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, + enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int top_band, int left_band); + +/** + * Pad image. + */ +int av_picture_pad(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, int height, int width, enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, + int padtop, int padbottom, int padleft, int padright, int *color); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavc + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding + * (or neither). + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats + * + * Functions for working with pixel formats. + * @{ + */ + +void avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int *h_shift, int *v_shift); + +/** + * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the + * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be + * found. + */ +unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum PixelFormat pix_fmt); + +#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */ +#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */ +#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */ +#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */ +#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */ + +/** + * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific + * pixel format to another. + * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. + * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will + * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to + * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of + * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss + * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. + * avcodec_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses + * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur + * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). + */ +int avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum PixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, enum PixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha); + +#if FF_API_FIND_BEST_PIX_FMT +/** + * @deprecated use avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() instead. + * + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss + * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color + * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from + * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt() searches which of + * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. + * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the + * pix_fmt_mask parameter. + * + * Note, only the first 64 pixel formats will fit in pix_fmt_mask. + * + * @code + * src_pix_fmt = PIX_FMT_YUV420P; + * pix_fmt_mask = (1 << PIX_FMT_YUV422P) | (1 << PIX_FMT_RGB24); + * dst_pix_fmt = avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt(pix_fmt_mask, src_pix_fmt, alpha, &loss); + * @endcode + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt_mask bitmask determining which pixel format to choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + */ +attribute_deprecated +enum PixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt(int64_t pix_fmt_mask, enum PixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); +#endif /* FF_API_FIND_BEST_PIX_FMT */ + +/** + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss + * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color + * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from + * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of + * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. + * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the + * pix_fmt_list parameter. + * + * + * @param[in] pix_fmt_list PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + */ +enum PixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(enum PixelFormat *pix_fmt_list, + enum PixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +/** + * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel + * format and a selection of two destination pixel formats. When converting from + * one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. For example, when converting + * from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when + * converting from some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() selects which of + * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. + * + * If one of the destination formats is PIX_FMT_NONE the other pixel format (if valid) will be + * returned. + * + * @code + * src_pix_fmt = PIX_FMT_YUV420P; + * dst_pix_fmt1= PIX_FMT_RGB24; + * dst_pix_fmt2= PIX_FMT_GRAY8; + * dst_pix_fmt3= PIX_FMT_RGB8; + * loss= FF_LOSS_CHROMA; // don't care about chroma loss, so chroma loss will be ignored. + * dst_pix_fmt = avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(dst_pix_fmt1, dst_pix_fmt2, src_pix_fmt, alpha, &loss); + * dst_pix_fmt = avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(dst_pix_fmt, dst_pix_fmt3, src_pix_fmt, alpha, &loss); + * @endcode + * + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt1 One of the two destination pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt2 The other of the two destination pixel formats to choose from + * @param[in] src_pix_fmt Source pixel format + * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. + * @param[in, out] loss_ptr Combination of loss flags. In: selects which of the losses to ignore, i.e. + * NULL or value of zero means we care about all losses. Out: the loss + * that occurs when converting from src to selected dst pixel format. + * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. + */ +enum PixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum PixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum PixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum PixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); + +attribute_deprecated +#if AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_FORK_ABI +enum PixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(enum PixelFormat *pix_fmt_list, + enum PixelFormat src_pix_fmt, + int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); +#else +enum PixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(enum PixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum PixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, + enum PixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); +#endif + + +enum PixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum PixelFormat * fmt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +void avcodec_set_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int width, int height); + +/** + * Put a string representing the codec tag codec_tag in buf. + * + * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated if + * enough space had been available, excluding the trailing null + */ +size_t av_get_codec_tag_string(char *buf, size_t buf_size, unsigned int codec_tag); + +void avcodec_string(char *buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext *enc, int encode); + +/** + * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. + * + * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile + * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested + * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. + */ +const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile); + +int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2),void *arg, int *ret, int count, int size); +int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2, int, int),void *arg, int *ret, int count); +//FIXME func typedef + +/** + * Fill audio frame data and linesize. + * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for + * planar audio. + * + * @param frame the AVFrame + * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the + * function. This function fills in frame->data, + * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0]. + * @param nb_channels channel count + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param buf buffer to use for frame data + * @param buf_size size of buffer + * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default) + * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure + */ +int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame *frame, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t *buf, + int buf_size, int align); + +/** + * Flush buffers, should be called when seeking or when switching to a different stream. + */ +void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext *avctx); + +void avcodec_default_free_buffers(AVCodecContext *s); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format. + * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big, + * -1 (or anything else) for native + * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE + */ +enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be); + +/** + * Return codec bits per sample. + * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an + * approximation. + * + * @param[in] codec_id the codec + * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. + */ +int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Return audio frame duration. + * + * @param avctx codec context + * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown + * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to + * determine. + */ +int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext *avctx, int frame_bytes); + + +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilterContext { + void *priv_data; + struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; + AVCodecParserContext *parser; + struct AVBitStreamFilterContext *next; +} AVBitStreamFilterContext; + + +typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter { + const char *name; + int priv_data_size; + int (*filter)(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc, + AVCodecContext *avctx, const char *args, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); + void (*close)(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc); + struct AVBitStreamFilter *next; +} AVBitStreamFilter; + +void av_register_bitstream_filter(AVBitStreamFilter *bsf); +AVBitStreamFilterContext *av_bitstream_filter_init(const char *name); +int av_bitstream_filter_filter(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc, + AVCodecContext *avctx, const char *args, + uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, + const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); +void av_bitstream_filter_close(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsf); + +AVBitStreamFilter *av_bitstream_filter_next(AVBitStreamFilter *f); + +/* memory */ + +/** + * Reallocate the given block if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing. + * + * @see av_realloc + */ +void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. + * + * Contrary to av_fast_realloc the current buffer contents might not be + * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special + * handling to avoid memleaks is necessary. + * + * @param ptr pointer to pointer to already allocated buffer, overwritten with pointer to new buffer + * @param size size of the buffer *ptr points to + * @param min_size minimum size of *ptr buffer after returning, *ptr will be NULL and + * *size 0 if an error occurred. + */ +void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional + * FF_INPUT_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will will always be 0. + * + * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes + * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear. + */ +void av_fast_padded_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always + * be 0-initialized after call. + */ +void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); + +/** + * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs. + * + * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long + * @param v size of extradata in bytes + * @return number of bytes written to the buffer. + */ +unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v); + +/** + * Log a generic warning message about a missing feature. This function is + * intended to be used internally by FFmpeg (libavcodec, libavformat, etc.) + * only, and would normally not be used by applications. + * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is + * a pointer to an AVClass struct + * @param[in] feature string containing the name of the missing feature + * @param[in] want_sample indicates if samples are wanted which exhibit this feature. + * If want_sample is non-zero, additional verbage will be added to the log + * message which tells the user how to report samples to the development + * mailing list. + */ +void av_log_missing_feature(void *avc, const char *feature, int want_sample); + +/** + * Log a generic warning message asking for a sample. This function is + * intended to be used internally by FFmpeg (libavcodec, libavformat, etc.) + * only, and would normally not be used by applications. + * @param[in] avc a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is + * a pointer to an AVClass struct + * @param[in] msg string containing an optional message, or NULL if no message + */ +void av_log_ask_for_sample(void *avc, const char *msg, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Register the hardware accelerator hwaccel. + */ +void av_register_hwaccel(AVHWAccel *hwaccel); + +/** + * If hwaccel is NULL, returns the first registered hardware accelerator, + * if hwaccel is non-NULL, returns the next registered hardware accelerator + * after hwaccel, or NULL if hwaccel is the last one. + */ +AVHWAccel *av_hwaccel_next(AVHWAccel *hwaccel); + + +/** + * Lock operation used by lockmgr + */ +enum AVLockOp { + AV_LOCK_CREATE, ///< Create a mutex + AV_LOCK_OBTAIN, ///< Lock the mutex + AV_LOCK_RELEASE, ///< Unlock the mutex + AV_LOCK_DESTROY, ///< Free mutex resources +}; + +/** + * Register a user provided lock manager supporting the operations + * specified by AVLockOp. mutex points to a (void *) where the + * lockmgr should store/get a pointer to a user allocated mutex. It's + * NULL upon AV_LOCK_CREATE and != NULL for all other ops. + * + * @param cb User defined callback. Note: FFmpeg may invoke calls to this + * callback during the call to av_lockmgr_register(). + * Thus, the application must be prepared to handle that. + * If cb is set to NULL the lockmgr will be unregistered. + * Also note that during unregistration the previously registered + * lockmgr callback may also be invoked. + */ +int av_lockmgr_register(int (*cb)(void **mutex, enum AVLockOp op)); + +/** + * Get the type of the given codec. + */ +enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id); + +/** + * Get the name of a codec. + * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL + */ +const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it + * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise. + */ +int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext *s); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise + */ +int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec); + +/** + * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id); + +/** + * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec. + * + * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. + * + * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev); + +/** + * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor + * exists. + */ +const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/avfft.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/avfft.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d20a45 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/avfft.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H +#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_fft + * FFT functions + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions + * @ingroup lavc_misc + * + * @{ + */ + +typedef float FFTSample; + +typedef struct FFTComplex { + FFTSample re, im; +} FFTComplex; + +typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a complex FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse + */ +FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse); + +/** + * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc(). + */ +void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +/** + * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The + * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done. + */ +void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); + +void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s); + +FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale); +void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); +void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s); + +/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */ + +enum RDFTransformType { + DFT_R2C, + IDFT_C2R, + IDFT_R2C, + DFT_C2R, +}; + +typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext; + +/** + * Set up a real FFT. + * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array + * @param trans the type of transform + */ +RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans); +void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s); + +/* Discrete Cosine Transform */ + +typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext; + +enum DCTTransformType { + DCT_II = 0, + DCT_III, + DCT_I, + DST_I, +}; + +/** + * Set up DCT. + * @param nbits size of the input array: + * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I + * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I + * + * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored + */ +DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type); +void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data); +void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7d27ca5 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + * DXVA2 HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA_H +#define AVCODEC_DXVA_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 + * Public libavcodec DXVA2 header. + */ + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include <d3d9.h> +#include <dxva2api.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2 + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards + +/** + * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data + * to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + */ +struct dxva_context { + /** + * DXVA2 decoder object + */ + IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder; + + /** + * DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder + */ + const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg; + + /** + * The number of surface in the surface array + */ + unsigned surface_count; + + /** + * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder + */ + LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface; + + /** + * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder + */ + uint64_t workaround; + + /** + * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation + */ + unsigned report_id; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/old_codec_ids.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/old_codec_ids.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ded4cc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/old_codec_ids.h @@ -0,0 +1,398 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_OLD_CODEC_IDS_H +#define AVCODEC_OLD_CODEC_IDS_H + +#include "libavutil/common.h" + +/* + * This header exists to prevent new codec IDs from being accidentally added to + * the deprecated list. + * Do not include it directly. It will be removed on next major bump + * + * Do not add new items to this list. Use the AVCodecID enum instead. + */ + + CODEC_ID_NONE = AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, + + /* video codecs */ + CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, + CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding + CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO_XVMC, + CODEC_ID_H261, + CODEC_ID_H263, + CODEC_ID_RV10, + CODEC_ID_RV20, + CODEC_ID_MJPEG, + CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, + CODEC_ID_LJPEG, + CODEC_ID_SP5X, + CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, + CODEC_ID_MPEG4, + CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, + CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, + CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, + CODEC_ID_WMV1, + CODEC_ID_WMV2, + CODEC_ID_H263P, + CODEC_ID_H263I, + CODEC_ID_FLV1, + CODEC_ID_SVQ1, + CODEC_ID_SVQ3, + CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, + CODEC_ID_CYUV, + CODEC_ID_H264, + CODEC_ID_INDEO3, + CODEC_ID_VP3, + CODEC_ID_THEORA, + CODEC_ID_ASV1, + CODEC_ID_ASV2, + CODEC_ID_FFV1, + CODEC_ID_4XM, + CODEC_ID_VCR1, + CODEC_ID_CLJR, + CODEC_ID_MDEC, + CODEC_ID_ROQ, + CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, + CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, + CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, + CODEC_ID_RPZA, + CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, + CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, + CODEC_ID_MSRLE, + CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, + CODEC_ID_IDCIN, + CODEC_ID_8BPS, + CODEC_ID_SMC, + CODEC_ID_FLIC, + CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, + CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_MSZH, + CODEC_ID_ZLIB, + CODEC_ID_QTRLE, + CODEC_ID_SNOW, + CODEC_ID_TSCC, + CODEC_ID_ULTI, + CODEC_ID_QDRAW, + CODEC_ID_VIXL, + CODEC_ID_QPEG, + CODEC_ID_PNG, + CODEC_ID_PPM, + CODEC_ID_PBM, + CODEC_ID_PGM, + CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, + CODEC_ID_PAM, + CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, + CODEC_ID_RV30, + CODEC_ID_RV40, + CODEC_ID_VC1, + CODEC_ID_WMV3, + CODEC_ID_LOCO, + CODEC_ID_WNV1, + CODEC_ID_AASC, + CODEC_ID_INDEO2, + CODEC_ID_FRAPS, + CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, + CODEC_ID_BMP, + CODEC_ID_CSCD, + CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_ZMBV, + CODEC_ID_AVS, + CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_NUV, + CODEC_ID_KMVC, + CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, + CODEC_ID_CAVS, + CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, + CODEC_ID_VMNC, + CODEC_ID_VP5, + CODEC_ID_VP6, + CODEC_ID_VP6F, + CODEC_ID_TARGA, + CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_TIFF, + CODEC_ID_GIF, + CODEC_ID_DXA, + CODEC_ID_DNXHD, + CODEC_ID_THP, + CODEC_ID_SGI, + CODEC_ID_C93, + CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, + CODEC_ID_PTX, + CODEC_ID_TXD, + CODEC_ID_VP6A, + CODEC_ID_AMV, + CODEC_ID_VB, + CODEC_ID_PCX, + CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, + CODEC_ID_INDEO4, + CODEC_ID_INDEO5, + CODEC_ID_MIMIC, + CODEC_ID_RL2, + CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, + CODEC_ID_DIRAC, + CODEC_ID_BFI, + CODEC_ID_CMV, + CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, + CODEC_ID_TGV, + CODEC_ID_TGQ, + CODEC_ID_TQI, + CODEC_ID_AURA, + CODEC_ID_AURA2, + CODEC_ID_V210X, + CODEC_ID_TMV, + CODEC_ID_V210, + CODEC_ID_DPX, + CODEC_ID_MAD, + CODEC_ID_FRWU, + CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, + CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, + CODEC_ID_R210, + CODEC_ID_ANM, + CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, + CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1, + CODEC_ID_KGV1, + CODEC_ID_YOP, + CODEC_ID_VP8, + CODEC_ID_PICTOR, + CODEC_ID_ANSI, + CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, + CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, + CODEC_ID_R10K, + CODEC_ID_MXPEG, + CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, + CODEC_ID_PRORES, + CODEC_ID_JV, + CODEC_ID_DFA, + CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, + CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, + CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, + CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, + CODEC_ID_VBLE, + CODEC_ID_DXTORY, + CODEC_ID_V410, + CODEC_ID_XWD, + CODEC_ID_CDXL, + CODEC_ID_XBM, + CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, + CODEC_ID_MSS1, + CODEC_ID_MSA1, + CODEC_ID_TSCC2, + CODEC_ID_MTS2, + CODEC_ID_CLLC, + CODEC_ID_Y41P = MKBETAG('Y','4','1','P'), + CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130 = MKBETAG('E','1','3','0'), + CODEC_ID_EXR = MKBETAG('0','E','X','R'), + CODEC_ID_AVRP = MKBETAG('A','V','R','P'), + + CODEC_ID_G2M = MKBETAG( 0 ,'G','2','M'), + CODEC_ID_AVUI = MKBETAG('A','V','U','I'), + CODEC_ID_AYUV = MKBETAG('A','Y','U','V'), + CODEC_ID_V308 = MKBETAG('V','3','0','8'), + CODEC_ID_V408 = MKBETAG('V','4','0','8'), + CODEC_ID_YUV4 = MKBETAG('Y','U','V','4'), + CODEC_ID_SANM = MKBETAG('S','A','N','M'), + CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO = MKBETAG('P','A','F','V'), + + /* various PCM "codecs" */ + CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs + CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, + CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, + CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, + CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, + CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, + CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, + CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, + CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, + CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, + CODEC_ID_S302M, + CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, + + /* various ADPCM codecs */ + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, + CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, + CODEC_ID_VIMA = MKBETAG('V','I','M','A'), + + /* AMR */ + CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000, + CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, + + /* RealAudio codecs*/ + CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000, + CODEC_ID_RA_288, + + /* various DPCM codecs */ + CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000, + CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, + CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, + CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, + + /* audio codecs */ + CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000, + CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 + CODEC_ID_AAC, + CODEC_ID_AC3, + CODEC_ID_DTS, + CODEC_ID_VORBIS, + CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, + CODEC_ID_WMAV1, + CODEC_ID_WMAV2, + CODEC_ID_MACE3, + CODEC_ID_MACE6, + CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, + CODEC_ID_FLAC, + CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, + CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, + CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, + CODEC_ID_ALAC, + CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, + CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format + CODEC_ID_QDM2, + CODEC_ID_COOK, + CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, + CODEC_ID_TTA, + CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, + CODEC_ID_QCELP, + CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, + CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, + CODEC_ID_IMC, + CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, + CODEC_ID_MLP, + CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */ + CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, + CODEC_ID_VOXWARE, + CODEC_ID_APE, + CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, + CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, + CODEC_ID_SPEEX, + CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, + CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, + CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, + CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, + CODEC_ID_EAC3, + CODEC_ID_SIPR, + CODEC_ID_MP1, + CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, + CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, + CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, + CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, + CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, + CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, + CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, + CODEC_ID_QDMC, + CODEC_ID_CELT, + CODEC_ID_G723_1, + CODEC_ID_G729, + CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, + CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, + CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, + CODEC_ID_RALF, + CODEC_ID_IAC, + CODEC_ID_ILBC, + CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = MKBETAG('F','F','W','S'), + CODEC_ID_8SVX_RAW = MKBETAG('8','S','V','X'), + CODEC_ID_SONIC = MKBETAG('S','O','N','C'), + CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS = MKBETAG('S','O','N','L'), + CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO = MKBETAG('P','A','F','A'), + CODEC_ID_OPUS = MKBETAG('O','P','U','S'), + + /* subtitle codecs */ + CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. + CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, + CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, + CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text + CODEC_ID_XSUB, + CODEC_ID_SSA, + CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, + CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, + CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, + CODEC_ID_SRT, + CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = MKBETAG('m','D','V','D'), + CODEC_ID_EIA_608 = MKBETAG('c','6','0','8'), + CODEC_ID_JACOSUB = MKBETAG('J','S','U','B'), + CODEC_ID_SAMI = MKBETAG('S','A','M','I'), + CODEC_ID_REALTEXT = MKBETAG('R','T','X','T'), + CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER = MKBETAG('S','u','b','V'), + + /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ + CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. + CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000, + CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = MKBETAG('B','T','X','T'), + CODEC_ID_XBIN = MKBETAG('X','B','I','N'), + CODEC_ID_IDF = MKBETAG( 0 ,'I','D','F'), + CODEC_ID_OTF = MKBETAG( 0 ,'O','T','F'), + + CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it + + CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems + * stream (only used by libavformat) */ + CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information. + +#endif /* AVCODEC_OLD_CODEC_IDS_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/opt.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/opt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f0da72 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/opt.h @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +/* + * AVOptions + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_OPT_H +#define AVCODEC_OPT_H + +/** + * @file + * AVOptions + */ + +#include "libavutil/rational.h" +#include "avcodec.h" + +enum AVOptionType{ + FF_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, + FF_OPT_TYPE_INT, + FF_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + FF_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + FF_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + FF_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + FF_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + FF_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length + FF_OPT_TYPE_CONST=128, +}; + +/** + * AVOption + */ +typedef struct AVOption { + const char *name; + + /** + * short English help text + * @todo What about other languages? + */ + const char *help; + + /** + * The offset relative to the context structure where the option + * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. + */ + int offset; + enum AVOptionType type; + + /** + * the default value for scalar options + */ + double default_val; + double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option + double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option + + int flags; +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA 4 ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ... +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32 +//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags + + /** + * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant + * options and corresponding named constants share the same + * unit. May be NULL. + */ + const char *unit; +} AVOption; + +/** + * AVOption2. + * THIS IS NOT PART OF THE API/ABI YET! + * This is identical to AVOption except that default_val was replaced by + * an union, it should be compatible with AVOption on normal platforms. + */ +typedef struct AVOption2 { + const char *name; + + /** + * short English help text + * @todo What about other languages? + */ + const char *help; + + /** + * The offset relative to the context structure where the option + * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. + */ + int offset; + enum AVOptionType type; + + /** + * the default value for scalar options + */ + union { + double dbl; + const char *str; + } default_val; + + double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option + double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option + + int flags; +/* +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA 4 ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ... +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32 +*/ +//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags + + /** + * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant + * options and corresponding named constants share the same + * unit. May be NULL. + */ + const char *unit; +} AVOption2; + + +/** + * Look for an option in obj. Look only for the options which + * have the flags set as specified in mask and flags (that is, + * for which it is the case that opt->flags & mask == flags). + * + * @param[in] obj a pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass + * @param[in] name the name of the option to look for + * @param[in] unit the unit of the option to look for, or any if NULL + * @return a pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * has been found + */ +const AVOption *av_find_opt(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, int mask, int flags); + +#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 53 +/** + * @see av_set_string2() + */ +attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_string(void *obj, const char *name, const char *val); + +/** + * @return a pointer to the AVOption corresponding to the field set or + * NULL if no matching AVOption exists, or if the value val is not + * valid + * @see av_set_string3() + */ +attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_string2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int alloc); +#endif + +/** + * Set the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an + * AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. If the field is not of a string + * type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * @param[out] o_out if non-NULL put here a pointer to the AVOption + * found + * @param alloc when 1 then the old value will be av_freed() and the + * new av_strduped() + * when 0 then no av_free() nor av_strdup() will be used + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR(ENOENT) if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + */ +int av_set_string3(void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int alloc, const AVOption **o_out); + +const AVOption *av_set_double(void *obj, const char *name, double n); +const AVOption *av_set_q(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational n); +const AVOption *av_set_int(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t n); +double av_get_double(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out); +AVRational av_get_q(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out); +int64_t av_get_int(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out); +const char *av_get_string(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out, char *buf, int buf_len); +const AVOption *av_next_option(void *obj, const AVOption *last); +int av_opt_show(void *obj, void *av_log_obj); +void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s); +void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags); + +#endif /* AVCODEC_OPT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..815a27e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/* + * Video Acceleration API (shared data between FFmpeg and the video player) + * HW decode acceleration for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 and VC-1 + * + * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Splitted-Desktop Systems + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H +#define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi + * Public libavcodec VA API header. + */ + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * @{ + */ + +/** + * This structure is used to share data between the FFmpeg library and + * the client video application. + * This shall be zero-allocated and available as + * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. All user members can be set once + * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() + * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling + * decoding functions. + */ +struct vaapi_context { + /** + * Window system dependent data + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + void *display; + + /** + * Configuration ID + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + uint32_t config_id; + + /** + * Context ID (video decode pipeline) + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user + */ + uint32_t context_id; + + /** + * VAPictureParameterBuffer ID + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + uint32_t pic_param_buf_id; + + /** + * VAIQMatrixBuffer ID + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + uint32_t iq_matrix_buf_id; + + /** + * VABitPlaneBuffer ID (for VC-1 decoding) + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + uint32_t bitplane_buf_id; + + /** + * Slice parameter/data buffer IDs + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + uint32_t *slice_buf_ids; + + /** + * Number of effective slice buffer IDs to send to the HW + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned int n_slice_buf_ids; + + /** + * Size of pre-allocated slice_buf_ids + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned int slice_buf_ids_alloc; + + /** + * Pointer to VASliceParameterBuffers + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + void *slice_params; + + /** + * Size of a VASliceParameterBuffer element + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned int slice_param_size; + + /** + * Size of pre-allocated slice_params + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned int slice_params_alloc; + + /** + * Number of slices currently filled in + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + unsigned int slice_count; + + /** + * Pointer to slice data buffer base + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + const uint8_t *slice_data; + + /** + * Current size of slice data + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by libavcodec + */ + uint32_t slice_data_size; +}; + +/* @} */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/vda.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/vda.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ccbf375 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/vda.h @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ +/* + * VDA HW acceleration + * + * copyright (c) 2011 Sebastien Zwickert + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VDA_H +#define AVCODEC_VDA_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda + * Public libavcodec VDA header. + */ + +#include "libavcodec/version.h" + +#if FF_API_VDA_ASYNC +#include <pthread.h> +#endif + +#include <stdint.h> + +// emmintrin.h is unable to compile with -std=c99 -Werror=missing-prototypes +// http://openradar.appspot.com/8026390 +#undef __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ + +#define Picture QuickdrawPicture +#include <VideoDecodeAcceleration/VDADecoder.h> +#undef Picture + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda VDA + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#if FF_API_VDA_ASYNC +/** + * This structure is used to store decoded frame information and data. + * + * @deprecated Use synchronous decoding mode. + */ +typedef struct { + /** + * The PTS of the frame. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + int64_t pts; + + /** + * The CoreVideo buffer that contains the decoded data. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + CVPixelBufferRef cv_buffer; + + /** + * A pointer to the next frame. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + struct vda_frame *next_frame; +} vda_frame; +#endif + +/** + * This structure is used to provide the necessary configurations and data + * to the VDA FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. + * + * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. + */ +struct vda_context { + /** + * VDA decoder object. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + VDADecoder decoder; + + /** + * The Core Video pixel buffer that contains the current image data. + * + * encoding: unused + * decoding: Set by libavcodec. Unset by user. + */ + CVPixelBufferRef cv_buffer; + + /** + * Use the hardware decoder in synchronous mode. + * + * encoding: unused + * decoding: Set by user. + */ + int use_sync_decoding; + +#if FF_API_VDA_ASYNC + /** + * VDA frames queue ordered by presentation timestamp. + * + * @deprecated Use synchronous decoding mode. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + vda_frame *queue; + + /** + * Mutex for locking queue operations. + * + * @deprecated Use synchronous decoding mode. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + pthread_mutex_t queue_mutex; +#endif + + /** + * The frame width. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + int width; + + /** + * The frame height. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + int height; + + /** + * The frame format. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + int format; + + /** + * The pixel format for output image buffers. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by user. + */ + OSType cv_pix_fmt_type; + + /** + * The current bitstream buffer. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + uint8_t *priv_bitstream; + + /** + * The current size of the bitstream. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + int priv_bitstream_size; + + /** + * The reference size used for fast reallocation. + * + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec. + */ + int priv_allocated_size; +}; + +/** Create the video decoder. */ +int ff_vda_create_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx, + uint8_t *extradata, + int extradata_size); + +/** Destroy the video decoder. */ +int ff_vda_destroy_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx); + +#if FF_API_VDA_ASYNC +/** + * Return the top frame of the queue. + * + * @deprecated Use synchronous decoding mode. + */ +vda_frame *ff_vda_queue_pop(struct vda_context *vda_ctx); + +/** + * Release the given frame. + * + * @deprecated Use synchronous decoding mode. + */ +void ff_vda_release_vda_frame(vda_frame *frame); +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VDA_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..23394b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for + * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1. + * + * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H +#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau + * Public libavcodec VDPAU header. + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules + * - VDPAU decoding + * - VDPAU presentation + * + * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg + * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding. + * + * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding + * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU + * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module. + * + * @{ + */ + +#include <vdpau/vdpau.h> +#include <vdpau/vdpau_x11.h> + +/** @brief The videoSurface is used for rendering. */ +#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_RENDER 1 + +/** + * @brief The videoSurface is needed for reference/prediction. + * The codec manipulates this. + */ +#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_REFERENCE 2 + +/** + * @brief This structure is used as a callback between the FFmpeg + * decoder (vd_) and presentation (vo_) module. + * This is used for defining a video frame containing surface, + * picture parameter, bitstream information etc which are passed + * between the FFmpeg decoder and its clients. + */ +struct vdpau_render_state { + VdpVideoSurface surface; ///< Used as rendered surface, never changed. + + int state; ///< Holds FF_VDPAU_STATE_* values. + + /** Describe size/location of the compressed video data. + Set to 0 when freeing bitstream_buffers. */ + int bitstream_buffers_allocated; + int bitstream_buffers_used; + /** The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep(). */ + VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers; + + /** picture parameter information for all supported codecs */ + union VdpPictureInfo { + VdpPictureInfoH264 h264; + VdpPictureInfoMPEG1Or2 mpeg; + VdpPictureInfoVC1 vc1; + VdpPictureInfoMPEG4Part2 mpeg4; + } info; +}; + +/* @}*/ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/version.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d4bc5f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/* + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H +#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavc + * Libavcodec version macros. + */ + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 54 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 60 +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS +#define FF_API_REQUEST_CHANNELS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ALLOC_CONTEXT +#define FF_API_ALLOC_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVCODEC_OPEN +#define FF_API_AVCODEC_OPEN (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO +#define FF_API_OLD_DECODE_AUDIO (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_TIMECODE +#define FF_API_OLD_TIMECODE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif + +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO +#define FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_AUDIO (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_VIDEO +#define FF_API_OLD_ENCODE_VIDEO (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_MPV_GLOBAL_OPTS +#define FF_API_MPV_GLOBAL_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_COLOR_TABLE_ID +#define FF_API_COLOR_TABLE_ID (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_INTER_THRESHOLD +#define FF_API_INTER_THRESHOLD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_SUB_ID +#define FF_API_SUB_ID (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_DSP_MASK +#define FF_API_DSP_MASK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FIND_BEST_PIX_FMT +#define FF_API_FIND_BEST_PIX_FMT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_ID +#define FF_API_CODEC_ID (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_VDA_ASYNC +#define FF_API_VDA_ASYNC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif + +#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2bf518 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H +#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc + * Public libavcodec XvMC header. + */ + +#include <X11/extensions/XvMC.h> + +#include "avcodec.h" + +/** + * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC + * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct + the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */ + +struct xvmc_pix_fmt { + /** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID. + It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API, + and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int xvmc_id; + + /** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks(). + The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks(). + Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential + pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT. + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array + */ + short* data_blocks; + + /** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by + XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks(). + - application - set the pointer during initialization + - libavcodec - fills description data into the array + */ + XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks; + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks + array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_mv_blocks; + + /** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int allocated_data_blocks; + + /** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT + coefficients and perform IDCT on them. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int idct; + + /** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in + unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int unsigned_intra; + + /** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface(). + It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit. + It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware. + - application - set during initialization + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + XvMCSurface* p_surface; + +/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(), + needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */ +//@{ + /** Pointer to the surface used as past reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_past_surface; + + /** Pointer to the surface used as future reference + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + XvMCSurface* p_future_surface; + + /** top/bottom field or frame + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int picture_structure; + + /** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence + - application - unchanged + - libavcodec - set + */ + unsigned int flags; +//}@ + + /** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array + that have already been passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it + with filled_mb_block_num or zero both. + - libavcodec - unchanged + */ + int start_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after + start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be + passed to the hardware. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful + ff_draw_horiz_band(). + - libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB + */ + int filled_mv_blocks_num; + + /** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of + 64 short values in the data_blocks array. + All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their + position into the corresponding block description structure field, + that are part of the mv_blocks array. + - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). + A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together + with start_mb_blocks_num. + - libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number + of coded blocks it contains. + */ + int next_free_data_block_num; +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavdevice/avdevice.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavdevice/avdevice.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..93a044f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavdevice/avdevice.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H +#define AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H + +#include "version.h" + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavd + * Main libavdevice API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavd Special devices muxing/demuxing library + * @{ + * Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It + * provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for + * grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the + * (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own + * I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not + * refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific + * meaning - e.g. for x11grab it is the display name. + * + * To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all + * compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API. + * @} + */ + +#include "libavformat/avformat.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avdevice_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavdevice build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avdevice_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavdevice license. + */ +const char *avdevice_license(void); + +/** + * Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices. + * @warning This function is not thread safe. + */ +void avdevice_register_all(void); + +#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavdevice/version.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavdevice/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d8aa94f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavdevice/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVDEVICE_VERSION_H +#define AVDEVICE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavd + * Libavdevice version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 54 +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 2 +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 101 + +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVDEVICE_BUILD LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/asrc_abuffer.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/asrc_abuffer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa34461 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/asrc_abuffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_ASRC_ABUFFER_H +#define AVFILTER_ASRC_ABUFFER_H + +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * @file + * memory buffer source for audio + * + * @deprecated use buffersrc.h instead. + */ + +/** + * Queue an audio buffer to the audio buffer source. + * + * @param abuffersrc audio source buffer context + * @param data pointers to the samples planes + * @param linesize linesizes of each audio buffer plane + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param sample_fmt sample format of the audio data + * @param ch_layout channel layout of the audio data + * @param planar flag to indicate if audio data is planar or packed + * @param pts presentation timestamp of the audio buffer + * @param flags unused + * + * @deprecated use av_buffersrc_add_ref() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_asrc_buffer_add_samples(AVFilterContext *abuffersrc, + uint8_t *data[8], int linesize[8], + int nb_samples, int sample_rate, + int sample_fmt, int64_t ch_layout, int planar, + int64_t pts, int av_unused flags); + +/** + * Queue an audio buffer to the audio buffer source. + * + * This is similar to av_asrc_buffer_add_samples(), but the samples + * are stored in a buffer with known size. + * + * @param abuffersrc audio source buffer context + * @param buf pointer to the samples data, packed is assumed + * @param size the size in bytes of the buffer, it must contain an + * integer number of samples + * @param sample_fmt sample format of the audio data + * @param ch_layout channel layout of the audio data + * @param pts presentation timestamp of the audio buffer + * @param flags unused + * + * @deprecated use av_buffersrc_add_ref() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_asrc_buffer_add_buffer(AVFilterContext *abuffersrc, + uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, + int sample_rate, + int sample_fmt, int64_t ch_layout, int planar, + int64_t pts, int av_unused flags); + +/** + * Queue an audio buffer to the audio buffer source. + * + * @param abuffersrc audio source buffer context + * @param samplesref buffer ref to queue + * @param flags unused + * + * @deprecated use av_buffersrc_add_ref() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_asrc_buffer_add_audio_buffer_ref(AVFilterContext *abuffersrc, + AVFilterBufferRef *samplesref, + int av_unused flags); + +#endif /* AVFILTER_ASRC_ABUFFER_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/avcodec.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/avcodec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f4209a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/avcodec.h @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_AVCODEC_H +#define AVFILTER_AVCODEC_H + +/** + * @file + * libavcodec/libavfilter gluing utilities + * + * This should be included in an application ONLY if the installed + * libavfilter has been compiled with libavcodec support, otherwise + * symbols defined below will not be available. + */ + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" // AVFrame +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * Copy the frame properties of src to dst, without copying the actual + * image data. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative number on error. + */ +int avfilter_copy_frame_props(AVFilterBufferRef *dst, const AVFrame *src); + +/** + * Copy the frame properties and data pointers of src to dst, without copying + * the actual data. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative number on error. + */ +int avfilter_copy_buf_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFilterBufferRef *src); + +/** + * Create and return a picref reference from the data and properties + * contained in frame. + * + * @param perms permissions to assign to the new buffer reference + */ +AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_get_video_buffer_ref_from_frame(const AVFrame *frame, int perms); + + +/** + * Create and return a picref reference from the data and properties + * contained in frame. + * + * @param perms permissions to assign to the new buffer reference + */ +AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_get_audio_buffer_ref_from_frame(const AVFrame *frame, + int perms); + +/** + * Create and return a buffer reference from the data and properties + * contained in frame. + * + * @param perms permissions to assign to the new buffer reference + */ +AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_get_buffer_ref_from_frame(enum AVMediaType type, + const AVFrame *frame, + int perms); + +#ifdef FF_API_FILL_FRAME +/** + * Fill an AVFrame with the information stored in samplesref. + * + * @param frame an already allocated AVFrame + * @param samplesref an audio buffer reference + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + * @deprecated Use avfilter_copy_buf_props() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avfilter_fill_frame_from_audio_buffer_ref(AVFrame *frame, + const AVFilterBufferRef *samplesref); + +/** + * Fill an AVFrame with the information stored in picref. + * + * @param frame an already allocated AVFrame + * @param picref a video buffer reference + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + * @deprecated Use avfilter_copy_buf_props() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avfilter_fill_frame_from_video_buffer_ref(AVFrame *frame, + const AVFilterBufferRef *picref); + +/** + * Fill an AVFrame with information stored in ref. + * + * @param frame an already allocated AVFrame + * @param ref a video or audio buffer reference + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + * @deprecated Use avfilter_copy_buf_props() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int avfilter_fill_frame_from_buffer_ref(AVFrame *frame, + const AVFilterBufferRef *ref); +#endif + +/** + * Add frame data to buffer_src. + * + * @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context + * @param frame a frame, or NULL to mark EOF + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_* + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code + * in case of failure + */ +int av_buffersrc_add_frame(AVFilterContext *buffer_src, + const AVFrame *frame, int flags); + +#endif /* AVFILTER_AVCODEC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/avfilter.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/avfilter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d66bc00 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/avfilter.h @@ -0,0 +1,863 @@ +/* + * filter layer + * Copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H +#define AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H + +#include <stddef.h> + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "libavutil/rational.h" + +#include "libavfilter/version.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avfilter_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavfilter build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avfilter_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavfilter license. + */ +const char *avfilter_license(void); + +/** + * Get the class for the AVFilterContext struct. + */ +const AVClass *avfilter_get_class(void); + +typedef struct AVFilterContext AVFilterContext; +typedef struct AVFilterLink AVFilterLink; +typedef struct AVFilterPad AVFilterPad; +typedef struct AVFilterFormats AVFilterFormats; + +/** + * A reference-counted buffer data type used by the filter system. Filters + * should not store pointers to this structure directly, but instead use the + * AVFilterBufferRef structure below. + */ +typedef struct AVFilterBuffer { + uint8_t *data[8]; ///< buffer data for each plane/channel + + /** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data will always be set, but for planar + * audio with more channels that can fit in data, extended_data must be used + * in order to access all channels. + */ + uint8_t **extended_data; + int linesize[8]; ///< number of bytes per line + + /** private data to be used by a custom free function */ + void *priv; + /** + * A pointer to the function to deallocate this buffer if the default + * function is not sufficient. This could, for example, add the memory + * back into a memory pool to be reused later without the overhead of + * reallocating it from scratch. + */ + void (*free)(struct AVFilterBuffer *buf); + + int format; ///< media format + int w, h; ///< width and height of the allocated buffer + unsigned refcount; ///< number of references to this buffer +} AVFilterBuffer; + +#define AV_PERM_READ 0x01 ///< can read from the buffer +#define AV_PERM_WRITE 0x02 ///< can write to the buffer +#define AV_PERM_PRESERVE 0x04 ///< nobody else can overwrite the buffer +#define AV_PERM_REUSE 0x08 ///< can output the buffer multiple times, with the same contents each time +#define AV_PERM_REUSE2 0x10 ///< can output the buffer multiple times, modified each time +#define AV_PERM_NEG_LINESIZES 0x20 ///< the buffer requested can have negative linesizes +#define AV_PERM_ALIGN 0x40 ///< the buffer must be aligned + +#define AVFILTER_ALIGN 16 //not part of ABI + +/** + * Audio specific properties in a reference to an AVFilterBuffer. Since + * AVFilterBufferRef is common to different media formats, audio specific + * per reference properties must be separated out. + */ +typedef struct AVFilterBufferRefAudioProps { + uint64_t channel_layout; ///< channel layout of audio buffer + int nb_samples; ///< number of audio samples per channel + int sample_rate; ///< audio buffer sample rate +} AVFilterBufferRefAudioProps; + +/** + * Video specific properties in a reference to an AVFilterBuffer. Since + * AVFilterBufferRef is common to different media formats, video specific + * per reference properties must be separated out. + */ +typedef struct AVFilterBufferRefVideoProps { + int w; ///< image width + int h; ///< image height + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< sample aspect ratio + int interlaced; ///< is frame interlaced + int top_field_first; ///< field order + enum AVPictureType pict_type; ///< picture type of the frame + int key_frame; ///< 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not + int qp_table_linesize; ///< qp_table stride + int qp_table_size; ///< qp_table size + int8_t *qp_table; ///< array of Quantization Parameters +} AVFilterBufferRefVideoProps; + +/** + * A reference to an AVFilterBuffer. Since filters can manipulate the origin of + * a buffer to, for example, crop image without any memcpy, the buffer origin + * and dimensions are per-reference properties. Linesize is also useful for + * image flipping, frame to field filters, etc, and so is also per-reference. + * + * TODO: add anything necessary for frame reordering + */ +typedef struct AVFilterBufferRef { + AVFilterBuffer *buf; ///< the buffer that this is a reference to + uint8_t *data[8]; ///< picture/audio data for each plane + /** + * pointers to the data planes/channels. + * + * For video, this should simply point to data[]. + * + * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and + * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. + * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] + * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. + * + * Note: Both data and extended_data will always be set, but for planar + * audio with more channels that can fit in data, extended_data must be used + * in order to access all channels. + */ + uint8_t **extended_data; + int linesize[8]; ///< number of bytes per line + + AVFilterBufferRefVideoProps *video; ///< video buffer specific properties + AVFilterBufferRefAudioProps *audio; ///< audio buffer specific properties + + /** + * presentation timestamp. The time unit may change during + * filtering, as it is specified in the link and the filter code + * may need to rescale the PTS accordingly. + */ + int64_t pts; + int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown + + int format; ///< media format + + int perms; ///< permissions, see the AV_PERM_* flags + + enum AVMediaType type; ///< media type of buffer data +} AVFilterBufferRef; + +/** + * Copy properties of src to dst, without copying the actual data + */ +void avfilter_copy_buffer_ref_props(AVFilterBufferRef *dst, AVFilterBufferRef *src); + +/** + * Add a new reference to a buffer. + * + * @param ref an existing reference to the buffer + * @param pmask a bitmask containing the allowable permissions in the new + * reference + * @return a new reference to the buffer with the same properties as the + * old, excluding any permissions denied by pmask + */ +AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_ref_buffer(AVFilterBufferRef *ref, int pmask); + +/** + * Remove a reference to a buffer. If this is the last reference to the + * buffer, the buffer itself is also automatically freed. + * + * @param ref reference to the buffer, may be NULL + * + * @note it is recommended to use avfilter_unref_bufferp() instead of this + * function + */ +void avfilter_unref_buffer(AVFilterBufferRef *ref); + +/** + * Remove a reference to a buffer and set the pointer to NULL. + * If this is the last reference to the buffer, the buffer itself + * is also automatically freed. + * + * @param ref pointer to the buffer reference + */ +void avfilter_unref_bufferp(AVFilterBufferRef **ref); + +#if FF_API_AVFILTERPAD_PUBLIC +/** + * A filter pad used for either input or output. + * + * See doc/filter_design.txt for details on how to implement the methods. + * + * @warning this struct might be removed from public API. + * users should call avfilter_pad_get_name() and avfilter_pad_get_type() + * to access the name and type fields; there should be no need to access + * any other fields from outside of libavfilter. + */ +struct AVFilterPad { + /** + * Pad name. The name is unique among inputs and among outputs, but an + * input may have the same name as an output. This may be NULL if this + * pad has no need to ever be referenced by name. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * AVFilterPad type. + */ + enum AVMediaType type; + + /** + * Input pads: + * Minimum required permissions on incoming buffers. Any buffer with + * insufficient permissions will be automatically copied by the filter + * system to a new buffer which provides the needed access permissions. + * + * Output pads: + * Guaranteed permissions on outgoing buffers. Any buffer pushed on the + * link must have at least these permissions; this fact is checked by + * asserts. It can be used to optimize buffer allocation. + */ + int min_perms; + + /** + * Input pads: + * Permissions which are not accepted on incoming buffers. Any buffer + * which has any of these permissions set will be automatically copied + * by the filter system to a new buffer which does not have those + * permissions. This can be used to easily disallow buffers with + * AV_PERM_REUSE. + * + * Output pads: + * Permissions which are automatically removed on outgoing buffers. It + * can be used to optimize buffer allocation. + */ + int rej_perms; + + /** + * Callback called before passing the first slice of a new frame. If + * NULL, the filter layer will default to storing a reference to the + * picture inside the link structure. + * + * The reference given as argument is also available in link->cur_buf. + * It can be stored elsewhere or given away, but then clearing + * link->cur_buf is advised, as it is automatically unreferenced. + * The reference must not be unreferenced before end_frame(), as it may + * still be in use by the automatic copy mechanism. + * + * Input video pads only. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. picref will be + * unreferenced by the caller in case of error. + */ + int (*start_frame)(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterBufferRef *picref); + + /** + * Callback function to get a video buffer. If NULL, the filter system will + * use avfilter_default_get_video_buffer(). + * + * Input video pads only. + */ + AVFilterBufferRef *(*get_video_buffer)(AVFilterLink *link, int perms, int w, int h); + + /** + * Callback function to get an audio buffer. If NULL, the filter system will + * use avfilter_default_get_audio_buffer(). + * + * Input audio pads only. + */ + AVFilterBufferRef *(*get_audio_buffer)(AVFilterLink *link, int perms, + int nb_samples); + + /** + * Callback called after the slices of a frame are completely sent. If + * NULL, the filter layer will default to releasing the reference stored + * in the link structure during start_frame(). + * + * Input video pads only. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ + int (*end_frame)(AVFilterLink *link); + + /** + * Slice drawing callback. This is where a filter receives video data + * and should do its processing. + * + * Input video pads only. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ + int (*draw_slice)(AVFilterLink *link, int y, int height, int slice_dir); + + /** + * Samples filtering callback. This is where a filter receives audio data + * and should do its processing. + * + * Input audio pads only. + * + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. This function + * must ensure that samplesref is properly unreferenced on error if it + * hasn't been passed on to another filter. + */ + int (*filter_samples)(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterBufferRef *samplesref); + + /** + * Frame poll callback. This returns the number of immediately available + * samples. It should return a positive value if the next request_frame() + * is guaranteed to return one frame (with no delay). + * + * Defaults to just calling the source poll_frame() method. + * + * Output pads only. + */ + int (*poll_frame)(AVFilterLink *link); + + /** + * Frame request callback. A call to this should result in at least one + * frame being output over the given link. This should return zero on + * success, and another value on error. + * See ff_request_frame() for the error codes with a specific + * meaning. + * + * Output pads only. + */ + int (*request_frame)(AVFilterLink *link); + + /** + * Link configuration callback. + * + * For output pads, this should set the following link properties: + * video: width, height, sample_aspect_ratio, time_base + * audio: sample_rate. + * + * This should NOT set properties such as format, channel_layout, etc which + * are negotiated between filters by the filter system using the + * query_formats() callback before this function is called. + * + * For input pads, this should check the properties of the link, and update + * the filter's internal state as necessary. + * + * For both input and output pads, this should return zero on success, + * and another value on error. + */ + int (*config_props)(AVFilterLink *link); + + /** + * The filter expects a fifo to be inserted on its input link, + * typically because it has a delay. + * + * input pads only. + */ + int needs_fifo; +}; +#endif + +/** + * Get the name of an AVFilterPad. + * + * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads + * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array it; is the caller's + * responsibility to ensure the index is valid + * + * @return name of the pad_idx'th pad in pads + */ +const char *avfilter_pad_get_name(AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx); + +/** + * Get the type of an AVFilterPad. + * + * @param pads an array of AVFilterPads + * @param pad_idx index of the pad in the array; it is the caller's + * responsibility to ensure the index is valid + * + * @return type of the pad_idx'th pad in pads + */ +enum AVMediaType avfilter_pad_get_type(AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx); + +/** + * Filter definition. This defines the pads a filter contains, and all the + * callback functions used to interact with the filter. + */ +typedef struct AVFilter { + const char *name; ///< filter name + + /** + * A description for the filter. You should use the + * NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. + */ + const char *description; + + const AVFilterPad *inputs; ///< NULL terminated list of inputs. NULL if none + const AVFilterPad *outputs; ///< NULL terminated list of outputs. NULL if none + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Filter initialization function. Args contains the user-supplied + * parameters. FIXME: maybe an AVOption-based system would be better? + */ + int (*init)(AVFilterContext *ctx, const char *args); + + /** + * Filter uninitialization function. Should deallocate any memory held + * by the filter, release any buffer references, etc. This does not need + * to deallocate the AVFilterContext->priv memory itself. + */ + void (*uninit)(AVFilterContext *ctx); + + /** + * Queries formats/layouts supported by the filter and its pads, and sets + * the in_formats/in_chlayouts for links connected to its output pads, + * and out_formats/out_chlayouts for links connected to its input pads. + * + * @return zero on success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ + int (*query_formats)(AVFilterContext *); + + int priv_size; ///< size of private data to allocate for the filter + + /** + * Make the filter instance process a command. + * + * @param cmd the command to process, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. This must not change when the command is not supported. + * @param flags if AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST is set and the command would be + * time consuming then a filter should treat it like an unsupported command + * + * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands + */ + int (*process_command)(AVFilterContext *, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + + /** + * Filter initialization function, alternative to the init() + * callback. Args contains the user-supplied parameters, opaque is + * used for providing binary data. + */ + int (*init_opaque)(AVFilterContext *ctx, const char *args, void *opaque); + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< private class, containing filter specific options +} AVFilter; + +/** An instance of a filter */ +struct AVFilterContext { + const AVClass *av_class; ///< needed for av_log() + + AVFilter *filter; ///< the AVFilter of which this is an instance + + char *name; ///< name of this filter instance + + AVFilterPad *input_pads; ///< array of input pads + AVFilterLink **inputs; ///< array of pointers to input links +#if FF_API_FOO_COUNT + unsigned input_count; ///< @deprecated use nb_inputs +#endif + unsigned nb_inputs; ///< number of input pads + + AVFilterPad *output_pads; ///< array of output pads + AVFilterLink **outputs; ///< array of pointers to output links +#if FF_API_FOO_COUNT + unsigned output_count; ///< @deprecated use nb_outputs +#endif + unsigned nb_outputs; ///< number of output pads + + void *priv; ///< private data for use by the filter + + struct AVFilterCommand *command_queue; +}; + +/** + * A link between two filters. This contains pointers to the source and + * destination filters between which this link exists, and the indexes of + * the pads involved. In addition, this link also contains the parameters + * which have been negotiated and agreed upon between the filter, such as + * image dimensions, format, etc. + */ +struct AVFilterLink { + AVFilterContext *src; ///< source filter + AVFilterPad *srcpad; ///< output pad on the source filter + + AVFilterContext *dst; ///< dest filter + AVFilterPad *dstpad; ///< input pad on the dest filter + + enum AVMediaType type; ///< filter media type + + /* These parameters apply only to video */ + int w; ///< agreed upon image width + int h; ///< agreed upon image height + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< agreed upon sample aspect ratio + /* These parameters apply only to audio */ + uint64_t channel_layout; ///< channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/audioconvert.h) + int sample_rate; ///< samples per second + + int format; ///< agreed upon media format + + /** + * Define the time base used by the PTS of the frames/samples + * which will pass through this link. + * During the configuration stage, each filter is supposed to + * change only the output timebase, while the timebase of the + * input link is assumed to be an unchangeable property. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + /** + * Lists of formats and channel layouts supported by the input and output + * filters respectively. These lists are used for negotiating the format + * to actually be used, which will be loaded into the format and + * channel_layout members, above, when chosen. + * + */ + AVFilterFormats *in_formats; + AVFilterFormats *out_formats; + + /** + * Lists of channel layouts and sample rates used for automatic + * negotiation. + */ + AVFilterFormats *in_samplerates; + AVFilterFormats *out_samplerates; + struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *in_channel_layouts; + struct AVFilterChannelLayouts *out_channel_layouts; + + /** + * Audio only, the destination filter sets this to a non-zero value to + * request that buffers with the given number of samples should be sent to + * it. AVFilterPad.needs_fifo must also be set on the corresponding input + * pad. + * Last buffer before EOF will be padded with silence. + */ + int request_samples; + + /** stage of the initialization of the link properties (dimensions, etc) */ + enum { + AVLINK_UNINIT = 0, ///< not started + AVLINK_STARTINIT, ///< started, but incomplete + AVLINK_INIT ///< complete + } init_state; + + /** + * The buffer reference currently being sent across the link by the source + * filter. This is used internally by the filter system to allow + * automatic copying of buffers which do not have sufficient permissions + * for the destination. This should not be accessed directly by the + * filters. + */ + AVFilterBufferRef *src_buf; + + /** + * The buffer reference to the frame sent across the link by the + * source filter, which is read by the destination filter. It is + * automatically set up by ff_start_frame(). + * + * Depending on the permissions, it may either be the same as + * src_buf or an automatic copy of it. + * + * It is automatically freed by the filter system when calling + * ff_end_frame(). In case you save the buffer reference + * internally (e.g. if you cache it for later reuse), or give it + * away (e.g. if you pass the reference to the next filter) it + * must be set to NULL before calling ff_end_frame(). + */ + AVFilterBufferRef *cur_buf; + + /** + * The buffer reference to the frame which is sent to output by + * the source filter. + * + * If no start_frame callback is defined on a link, + * ff_start_frame() will automatically request a new buffer on the + * first output link of the destination filter. The reference to + * the buffer so obtained is stored in the out_buf field on the + * output link. + * + * It can also be set by the filter code in case the filter needs + * to access the output buffer later. For example the filter code + * may set it in a custom start_frame, and access it in + * draw_slice. + * + * It is automatically freed by the filter system in + * ff_end_frame(). + */ + AVFilterBufferRef *out_buf; + + struct AVFilterPool *pool; + + /** + * Graph the filter belongs to. + */ + struct AVFilterGraph *graph; + + /** + * Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent + * frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units. + */ + int64_t current_pts; + + /** + * Index in the age array. + */ + int age_index; + + /** + * Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown; + * if left to 0/0, will be automatically be copied from the first input + * of the source filter if it exists. + * + * Sources should set it to the best estimation of the real frame rate. + * Filters should update it if necessary depending on their function. + * Sinks can use it to set a default output frame rate. + * It is similar to the r_frame_rate field in AVStream. + */ + AVRational frame_rate; + + /** + * Buffer partially filled with samples to achieve a fixed/minimum size. + */ + AVFilterBufferRef *partial_buf; + + /** + * Size of the partial buffer to allocate. + * Must be between min_samples and max_samples. + */ + int partial_buf_size; + + /** + * Minimum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_samples() is + * called with fewer samples, it will accumulate them in partial_buf. + * This field and the related ones must not be changed after filtering + * has started. + * If 0, all related fields are ignored. + */ + int min_samples; + + /** + * Maximum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_samples() is + * called with more samples, it will split them. + */ + int max_samples; + + /** + * The buffer reference currently being received across the link by the + * destination filter. This is used internally by the filter system to + * allow automatic copying of buffers which do not have sufficient + * permissions for the destination. This should not be accessed directly + * by the filters. + */ + AVFilterBufferRef *cur_buf_copy; + + /** + * True if the link is closed. + * If set, all attemps of start_frame, filter_samples or request_frame + * will fail with AVERROR_EOF, and if necessary the reference will be + * destroyed. + * If request_frame returns AVERROR_EOF, this flag is set on the + * corresponding link. + * It can be set also be set by either the source or the destination + * filter. + */ + int closed; +}; + +/** + * Link two filters together. + * + * @param src the source filter + * @param srcpad index of the output pad on the source filter + * @param dst the destination filter + * @param dstpad index of the input pad on the destination filter + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_link(AVFilterContext *src, unsigned srcpad, + AVFilterContext *dst, unsigned dstpad); + +/** + * Free the link in *link, and set its pointer to NULL. + */ +void avfilter_link_free(AVFilterLink **link); + +/** + * Set the closed field of a link. + */ +void avfilter_link_set_closed(AVFilterLink *link, int closed); + +/** + * Negotiate the media format, dimensions, etc of all inputs to a filter. + * + * @param filter the filter to negotiate the properties for its inputs + * @return zero on successful negotiation + */ +int avfilter_config_links(AVFilterContext *filter); + +/** + * Create a buffer reference wrapped around an already allocated image + * buffer. + * + * @param data pointers to the planes of the image to reference + * @param linesize linesizes for the planes of the image to reference + * @param perms the required access permissions + * @param w the width of the image specified by the data and linesize arrays + * @param h the height of the image specified by the data and linesize arrays + * @param format the pixel format of the image specified by the data and linesize arrays + */ +AVFilterBufferRef * +avfilter_get_video_buffer_ref_from_arrays(uint8_t * const data[4], const int linesize[4], int perms, + int w, int h, enum PixelFormat format); + +/** + * Create an audio buffer reference wrapped around an already + * allocated samples buffer. + * + * @param data pointers to the samples plane buffers + * @param linesize linesize for the samples plane buffers + * @param perms the required access permissions + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param sample_fmt the format of each sample in the buffer to allocate + * @param channel_layout the channel layout of the buffer + */ +AVFilterBufferRef *avfilter_get_audio_buffer_ref_from_arrays(uint8_t **data, + int linesize, + int perms, + int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, + uint64_t channel_layout); + + +#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE 1 ///< Stop once a filter understood the command (for target=all for example), fast filters are favored automatically +#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST 2 ///< Only execute command when its fast (like a video out that supports contrast adjustment in hw) + +/** + * Make the filter instance process a command. + * It is recommended to use avfilter_graph_send_command(). + */ +int avfilter_process_command(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + +/** Initialize the filter system. Register all builtin filters. */ +void avfilter_register_all(void); + +/** Uninitialize the filter system. Unregister all filters. */ +void avfilter_uninit(void); + +/** + * Register a filter. This is only needed if you plan to use + * avfilter_get_by_name later to lookup the AVFilter structure by name. A + * filter can still by instantiated with avfilter_open even if it is not + * registered. + * + * @param filter the filter to register + * @return 0 if the registration was successful, a negative value + * otherwise + */ +int avfilter_register(AVFilter *filter); + +/** + * Get a filter definition matching the given name. + * + * @param name the filter name to find + * @return the filter definition, if any matching one is registered. + * NULL if none found. + */ +AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name); + +/** + * If filter is NULL, returns a pointer to the first registered filter pointer, + * if filter is non-NULL, returns the next pointer after filter. + * If the returned pointer points to NULL, the last registered filter + * was already reached. + */ +AVFilter **av_filter_next(AVFilter **filter); + +/** + * Create a filter instance. + * + * @param filter_ctx put here a pointer to the created filter context + * on success, NULL on failure + * @param filter the filter to create an instance of + * @param inst_name Name to give to the new instance. Can be NULL for none. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int avfilter_open(AVFilterContext **filter_ctx, AVFilter *filter, const char *inst_name); + +/** + * Initialize a filter. + * + * @param filter the filter to initialize + * @param args A string of parameters to use when initializing the filter. + * The format and meaning of this string varies by filter. + * @param opaque Any extra non-string data needed by the filter. The meaning + * of this parameter varies by filter. + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_init_filter(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *args, void *opaque); + +/** + * Free a filter context. + * + * @param filter the filter to free + */ +void avfilter_free(AVFilterContext *filter); + +/** + * Insert a filter in the middle of an existing link. + * + * @param link the link into which the filter should be inserted + * @param filt the filter to be inserted + * @param filt_srcpad_idx the input pad on the filter to connect + * @param filt_dstpad_idx the output pad on the filter to connect + * @return zero on success + */ +int avfilter_insert_filter(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterContext *filt, + unsigned filt_srcpad_idx, unsigned filt_dstpad_idx); + +#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTER_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/avfiltergraph.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/avfiltergraph.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0518124 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/avfiltergraph.h @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +/* + * Filter graphs + * copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H +#define AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H + +#include "avfilter.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +typedef struct AVFilterGraph { + const AVClass *av_class; + unsigned filter_count; + AVFilterContext **filters; + + char *scale_sws_opts; ///< sws options to use for the auto-inserted scale filters + + /** + * Private fields + * + * The following fields are for internal use only. + * Their type, offset, number and semantic can change without notice. + */ + + AVFilterLink **sink_links; + int sink_links_count; + + unsigned disable_auto_convert; +} AVFilterGraph; + +/** + * Allocate a filter graph. + */ +AVFilterGraph *avfilter_graph_alloc(void); + +/** + * Get a filter instance with name name from graph. + * + * @return the pointer to the found filter instance or NULL if it + * cannot be found. + */ +AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_get_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, char *name); + +/** + * Add an existing filter instance to a filter graph. + * + * @param graphctx the filter graph + * @param filter the filter to be added + */ +int avfilter_graph_add_filter(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, AVFilterContext *filter); + +/** + * Create and add a filter instance into an existing graph. + * The filter instance is created from the filter filt and inited + * with the parameters args and opaque. + * + * In case of success put in *filt_ctx the pointer to the created + * filter instance, otherwise set *filt_ctx to NULL. + * + * @param name the instance name to give to the created filter instance + * @param graph_ctx the filter graph + * @return a negative AVERROR error code in case of failure, a non + * negative value otherwise + */ +int avfilter_graph_create_filter(AVFilterContext **filt_ctx, AVFilter *filt, + const char *name, const char *args, void *opaque, + AVFilterGraph *graph_ctx); + +/** + * Enable or disable automatic format conversion inside the graph. + * + * Note that format conversion can still happen inside explicitly inserted + * scale and aconvert filters. + * + * @param flags any of the AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_* constants + */ +void avfilter_graph_set_auto_convert(AVFilterGraph *graph, unsigned flags); + +enum { + AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_ALL = 0, /**< all automatic conversions enabled */ + AVFILTER_AUTO_CONVERT_NONE = -1, /**< all automatic conversions disabled */ +}; + +/** + * Check validity and configure all the links and formats in the graph. + * + * @param graphctx the filter graph + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int avfilter_graph_config(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Free a graph, destroy its links, and set *graph to NULL. + * If *graph is NULL, do nothing. + */ +void avfilter_graph_free(AVFilterGraph **graph); + +/** + * A linked-list of the inputs/outputs of the filter chain. + * + * This is mainly useful for avfilter_graph_parse() / avfilter_graph_parse2(), + * where it is used to communicate open (unlinked) inputs and outputs from and + * to the caller. + * This struct specifies, per each not connected pad contained in the graph, the + * filter context and the pad index required for establishing a link. + */ +typedef struct AVFilterInOut { + /** unique name for this input/output in the list */ + char *name; + + /** filter context associated to this input/output */ + AVFilterContext *filter_ctx; + + /** index of the filt_ctx pad to use for linking */ + int pad_idx; + + /** next input/input in the list, NULL if this is the last */ + struct AVFilterInOut *next; +} AVFilterInOut; + +/** + * Allocate a single AVFilterInOut entry. + * Must be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return allocated AVFilterInOut on success, NULL on failure. + */ +AVFilterInOut *avfilter_inout_alloc(void); + +/** + * Free the supplied list of AVFilterInOut and set *inout to NULL. + * If *inout is NULL, do nothing. + */ +void avfilter_inout_free(AVFilterInOut **inout); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * @param graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param filters string to be parsed + * @param inputs pointer to a linked list to the inputs of the graph, may be NULL. + * If non-NULL, *inputs is updated to contain the list of open inputs + * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param outputs pointer to a linked list to the outputs of the graph, may be NULL. + * If non-NULL, *outputs is updated to contain the list of open outputs + * after the parsing, should be freed with avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return non negative on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, AVFilterInOut **outputs, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Add a graph described by a string to a graph. + * + * @param[in] graph the filter graph where to link the parsed graph context + * @param[in] filters string to be parsed + * @param[out] inputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) inputs of the + * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed + * by the caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @param[out] outputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) outputs of the + * parsed graph will be returned here. It is to be freed by the + * caller using avfilter_inout_free(). + * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on error + * + * @note the difference between avfilter_graph_parse2() and + * avfilter_graph_parse() is that in avfilter_graph_parse(), the caller provides + * the lists of inputs and outputs, which therefore must be known before calling + * the function. On the other hand, avfilter_graph_parse2() \em returns the + * inputs and outputs that are left unlinked after parsing the graph and the + * caller then deals with them. Another difference is that in + * avfilter_graph_parse(), the inputs parameter describes inputs of the + * <em>already existing</em> part of the graph; i.e. from the point of view of + * the newly created part, they are outputs. Similarly the outputs parameter + * describes outputs of the already existing filters, which are provided as + * inputs to the parsed filters. + * avfilter_graph_parse2() takes the opposite approach -- it makes no reference + * whatsoever to already existing parts of the graph and the inputs parameter + * will on return contain inputs of the newly parsed part of the graph. + * Analogously the outputs parameter will contain outputs of the newly created + * filters. + */ +int avfilter_graph_parse2(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters, + AVFilterInOut **inputs, + AVFilterInOut **outputs); + + +/** + * Send a command to one or more filter instances. + * + * @param graph the filter graph + * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent + * "all" sends to all filters + * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name + * which will send the command to all matching filters. + * @param cmd the command to sent, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanumeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param res a buffer with size res_size where the filter(s) can return a response. + * + * @returns >=0 on success otherwise an error code. + * AVERROR(ENOSYS) on unsupported commands + */ +int avfilter_graph_send_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags); + +/** + * Queue a command for one or more filter instances. + * + * @param graph the filter graph + * @param target the filter(s) to which the command should be sent + * "all" sends to all filters + * otherwise it can be a filter or filter instance name + * which will send the command to all matching filters. + * @param cmd the command to sent, for handling simplicity all commands must be alphanummeric only + * @param arg the argument for the command + * @param ts time at which the command should be sent to the filter + * + * @note As this executes commands after this function returns, no return code + * from the filter is provided, also AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE is not supported. + */ +int avfilter_graph_queue_command(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *target, const char *cmd, const char *arg, int flags, double ts); + + +/** + * Dump a graph into a human-readable string representation. + * + * @param graph the graph to dump + * @param options formatting options; currently ignored + * @return a string, or NULL in case of memory allocation failure; + * the string must be freed using av_free + */ +char *avfilter_graph_dump(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *options); + +/** + * Request a frame on the oldest sink link. + * + * If the request returns AVERROR_EOF, try the next. + * + * Note that this function is not meant to be the sole scheduling mechanism + * of a filtergraph, only a convenience function to help drain a filtergraph + * in a balanced way under normal circumstances. + * + * Also note that AVERROR_EOF does not mean that frames did not arrive on + * some of the sinks during the process. + * When there are multiple sink links, in case the requested link + * returns an EOF, this may cause a filter to flush pending frames + * which are sent to another sink link, although unrequested. + * + * @return the return value of ff_request_frame(), + * or AVERROR_EOF if all links returned AVERROR_EOF + */ +int avfilter_graph_request_oldest(AVFilterGraph *graph); + +#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/buffersink.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/buffersink.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..acafa76 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/buffersink.h @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H +#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H + +/** + * @file + * memory buffer sink API for audio and video + */ + +#include "avfilter.h" + +/** + * Struct to use for initializing a buffersink context. + */ +typedef struct { + const enum PixelFormat *pixel_fmts; ///< list of allowed pixel formats, terminated by PIX_FMT_NONE +} AVBufferSinkParams; + +/** + * Create an AVBufferSinkParams structure. + * + * Must be freed with av_free(). + */ +AVBufferSinkParams *av_buffersink_params_alloc(void); + +/** + * Struct to use for initializing an abuffersink context. + */ +typedef struct { + const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< list of allowed sample formats, terminated by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + const int64_t *channel_layouts; ///< list of allowed channel layouts, terminated by -1 +} AVABufferSinkParams; + +/** + * Create an AVABufferSinkParams structure. + * + * Must be freed with av_free(). + */ +AVABufferSinkParams *av_abuffersink_params_alloc(void); + +/** + * Set the frame size for an audio buffer sink. + * + * All calls to av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref will return a buffer with + * exactly the specified number of samples, or AVERROR(EAGAIN) if there is + * not enough. The last buffer at EOF will be padded with 0. + */ +void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size); + +/** + * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() to read video/samples buffer + * reference, but not remove it from the buffer. This is useful if you + * need only to read a video/samples buffer, without to fetch it. + */ +#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_PEEK 1 + +/** + * Tell av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref() not to request a frame from its input. + * If a frame is already buffered, it is read (and removed from the buffer), + * but if no frame is present, return AVERROR(EAGAIN). + */ +#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_NO_REQUEST 2 + +/** + * Get an audio/video buffer data from buffer_sink and put it in bufref. + * + * This function works with both audio and video buffer sinks. + * + * @param buffer_sink pointer to a buffersink or abuffersink context + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_* flags + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + */ +int av_buffersink_get_buffer_ref(AVFilterContext *buffer_sink, + AVFilterBufferRef **bufref, int flags); + + +/** + * Get the number of immediately available frames. + */ +int av_buffersink_poll_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx); + +/** + * Get the frame rate of the input. + */ +AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate(AVFilterContext *ctx); + +/** + * @defgroup libav_api Libav API + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get a buffer with filtered data from sink and put it in buf. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a context of a buffersink or abuffersink AVFilter. + * @param buf pointer to the buffer will be written here if buf is non-NULL. buf + * must be freed by the caller using avfilter_unref_buffer(). + * Buf may also be NULL to query whether a buffer is ready to be + * output. + * + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure. + */ +int av_buffersink_read(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFilterBufferRef **buf); + +/** + * Same as av_buffersink_read, but with the ability to specify the number of + * samples read. This function is less efficient than av_buffersink_read(), + * because it copies the data around. + * + * @param ctx pointer to a context of the abuffersink AVFilter. + * @param buf pointer to the buffer will be written here if buf is non-NULL. buf + * must be freed by the caller using avfilter_unref_buffer(). buf + * will contain exactly nb_samples audio samples, except at the end + * of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples. + * Buf may also be NULL to query whether a buffer is ready to be + * output. + * + * @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_read(). Use only one or + * the other with a single sink, not both. + */ +int av_buffersink_read_samples(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFilterBufferRef **buf, + int nb_samples); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSINK_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/buffersrc.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/buffersrc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f3c8d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/buffersrc.h @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/* + * + * This file is part of Libav. + * + * Libav is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * Libav is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with Libav; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H +#define AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H + +/** + * @file + * Memory buffer source API. + */ + +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" +#include "avfilter.h" + +enum { + + /** + * Do not check for format changes. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_CHECK_FORMAT = 1, + + /** + * Do not copy buffer data. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_COPY = 2, + + /** + * Immediately push the frame to the output. + */ + AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_PUSH = 4, + +}; + +/** + * Add buffer data in picref to buffer_src. + * + * @param buffer_src pointer to a buffer source context + * @param picref a buffer reference, or NULL to mark EOF + * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_* + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code + * in case of failure + */ +int av_buffersrc_add_ref(AVFilterContext *buffer_src, + AVFilterBufferRef *picref, int flags); + +/** + * Get the number of failed requests. + * + * A failed request is when the request_frame method is called while no + * frame is present in the buffer. + * The number is reset when a frame is added. + */ +unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src); + +#ifdef FF_API_BUFFERSRC_BUFFER +/** + * Add a buffer to the filtergraph s. + * + * @param buf buffer containing frame data to be passed down the filtergraph. + * This function will take ownership of buf, the user must not free it. + * A NULL buf signals EOF -- i.e. no more frames will be sent to this filter. + * @deprecated Use av_buffersrc_add_ref(s, picref, AV_BUFFERSRC_FLAG_NO_COPY) instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_buffersrc_buffer(AVFilterContext *s, AVFilterBufferRef *buf); +#endif + +/** + * Add a frame to the buffer source. + * + * @param s an instance of the buffersrc filter. + * @param frame frame to be added. + * + * @warning frame data will be memcpy()ed, which may be a big performance + * hit. Use av_buffersrc_buffer() to avoid copying the data. + */ +int av_buffersrc_write_frame(AVFilterContext *s, const AVFrame *frame); + +#endif /* AVFILTER_BUFFERSRC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/version.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d3d1c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavfilter/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFILTER_VERSION_H +#define AVFILTER_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * Libavfilter version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 3 +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 17 +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFILTER_BUILD LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ALL_FORMATS_API +#define FF_API_OLD_ALL_FORMATS_API (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 3) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AVFILTERPAD_PUBLIC +#define FF_API_AVFILTERPAD_PUBLIC (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 4) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FOO_COUNT +#define FF_API_FOO_COUNT (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 4) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FILL_FRAME +#define FF_API_FILL_FRAME (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 4) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_BUFFERSRC_BUFFER +#define FF_API_BUFFERSRC_BUFFER (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 4) +#endif + +#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavformat/avformat.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavformat/avformat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f7779e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavformat/avformat.h @@ -0,0 +1,2053 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Main libavformat public API header + */ + +/** + * @defgroup libavf I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library + * @{ + * + * Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container + * formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file + * into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied + * data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io + * "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g. + * file, tcp, http and others). Before using lavf, you need to call + * av_register_all() to register all compiled muxers, demuxers and protocols. + * Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network + * capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init(). + * + * A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely + * an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all + * registered input/output formats using the av_iformat_next() / + * av_oformat_next() functions. The protocols layer is not part of the public + * API, so you can only get the names of supported protocols with the + * avio_enum_protocols() function. + * + * Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext, + * which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with + * most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be + * allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an + * AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like + * avformat_open_input() might do that for you). + * + * Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains: + * @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat + * "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input; + * always set by user for output. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all + * elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to + * using their index in this array. + * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or + * set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing + * with an AVFMT_NOFILE format). + * + * @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers + * Lavf allows to configure muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions + * mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by + * AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling + * av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass + * from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by + * AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class / + * AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL. + * Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context", + * if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on + * nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those. + * + * @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing + * @{ + * Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A + * @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a + * single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the + * avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for + * reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the + * cleanup. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file + * The minimum information required to open a file is its URL or filename, which + * is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code: + * @code + * const char *url = "in.mp3"; + * AVFormatContext *s = NULL; + * int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL); + * if (ret < 0) + * abort(); + * @endcode + * The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the + * specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the + * information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not + * store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the + * avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few + * frames to find missing information. + * + * In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with + * avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to + * avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions + * for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer. + * To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing + * your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your + * AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext. + * + * Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after + * avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private + * options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to + * avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary: + * @code + * AVDictionary *options = NULL; + * av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0); + * av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0); + * + * if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0) + * abort(); + * av_dict_free(&options); + * @endcode + * This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the + * demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it + * cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns + * out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be + * recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized + * options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are + * consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it + * wishes, e.g. + * @code + * AVDictionaryEntry *e; + * if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + * fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key); + * abort(); + * } + * @endcode + * + * After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with + * avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file + * Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling + * av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket + * containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by + * AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec + * decoding functions avcodec_decode_video2(), avcodec_decode_audio4() or + * avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the caller wishes to decode the data. + * + * AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be + * set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for + * pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing + * information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be + * multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds. + * + * The packet data belongs to the demuxer and is invalid after the next call to + * av_read_frame(). The user must free the packet with av_free_packet() before + * calling av_read_frame() again or closing the file. + * + * @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers + * @{ + * @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols + * @{ + * @} + * @defgroup lavf_internal Internal + * @{ + * @} + * @} + * + */ + +#include <time.h> +#include <stdio.h> /* FILE */ +#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "avio.h" +#include "libavformat/version.h" + +#if FF_API_AV_GETTIME +#include "libavutil/time.h" +#endif + +struct AVFormatContext; + + +/** + * @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API + * @{ + * @ingroup libavf + * The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client + * application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to + * set metadata when muxing. + * + * Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata' + * fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs + * using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg, + * metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata + * exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases. + * + * Important concepts to keep in mind: + * - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is + * also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce + * several keys that are literally different but semantically identical. + * E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be + * placed in the same tag. + * - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you + * want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice + * and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address. + * - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by + * appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order + * they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng. + * - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language + * is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code. + * For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike + * The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag. + * A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag. + * - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for + * sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles", + * artist-sort="Beatles, The". + * + * - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags + * with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container. + * Follows a list of generic tag names: + * + @verbatim + album -- name of the set this work belongs to + album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist. + e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums. + artist -- main creator of the work + comment -- any additional description of the file. + composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist. + copyright -- name of copyright holder. + creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601. + disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection. + encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file. + encoded_by -- person/group who created the file. + filename -- original name of the file. + genre -- <self-evident>. + language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably + in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by + separating them with commas. + performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist. + E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard + Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra". + publisher -- name of the label/publisher. + service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name). + service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting. + title -- name of the work. + track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total. + variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of + @endverbatim + * + * Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API. + * + * @} + */ + +/* packet functions */ + + +/** + * Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its + * fields with default values. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size desired payload size + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise + */ +int av_get_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + + +/** + * Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket. + * If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet. + * Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc + * which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used + * when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of) + * the final size. + * + * @param pkt packet + * @param size amount of data to read + * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data + * will not be lost even if an error occurs. + */ +int av_append_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); + +/*************************************************/ +/* fractional numbers for exact pts handling */ + +/** + * The exact value of the fractional number is: 'val + num / den'. + * num is assumed to be 0 <= num < den. + */ +typedef struct AVFrac { + int64_t val, num, den; +} AVFrac; + +/*************************************************/ +/* input/output formats */ + +struct AVCodecTag; + +/** + * This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file. + */ +typedef struct AVProbeData { + const char *filename; + unsigned char *buf; /**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. */ + int buf_size; /**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes */ +} AVProbeData; + +#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX 100 ///< maximum score, half of that is used for file-extension-based detection +#define AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE 32 ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer + +/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller. +#define AVFMT_NOFILE 0x0001 +#define AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER 0x0002 /**< Needs '%d' in filename. */ +#define AVFMT_SHOW_IDS 0x0008 /**< Show format stream IDs numbers. */ +#define AVFMT_RAWPICTURE 0x0020 /**< Format wants AVPicture structure for + raw picture data. */ +#define AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER 0x0040 /**< Format wants global header. */ +#define AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS 0x0080 /**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. */ +#define AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX 0x0100 /**< Use generic index building code. */ +#define AVFMT_TS_DISCONT 0x0200 /**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. Note, muxers always require valid (monotone) timestamps */ +#define AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS 0x0400 /**< Format allows variable fps. */ +#define AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS 0x0800 /**< Format does not need width/height */ +#define AVFMT_NOSTREAMS 0x1000 /**< Format does not require any streams */ +#define AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH 0x2000 /**< Format does not allow to fallback to binary search via read_timestamp */ +#define AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH 0x4000 /**< Format does not allow to fallback to generic search */ +#define AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK 0x8000 /**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes */ +#define AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH 0x10000 /**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. */ +#if LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR <= 54 +#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x8020000 //we try to be compatible to the ABIs of ffmpeg and major forks +#else +#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x20000 +#endif + /**< Format does not require strictly + increasing timestamps, but they must + still be monotonic */ + +#define AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS 0x4000000 /**< Seeking is based on PTS */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVOutputFormat { + const char *name; + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + const char *mime_type; + const char *extensions; /**< comma-separated filename extensions */ + /* output support */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec; /**< default audio codec */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec; /**< default video codec */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec; /**< default subtitle codec */ + /** + * can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_RAWPICTURE, + * AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS, + * AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH, + * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT + */ + int flags; + + /** + * List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better + * choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + */ + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + struct AVOutputFormat *next; + /** + * size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper + */ + int priv_data_size; + + int (*write_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Write a packet. If AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH is set in flags, + * pkt can be NULL in order to flush data buffered in the muxer. + * When flushing, return 0 if there still is more data to flush, + * or 1 if everything was flushed and there is no more buffered + * data. + */ + int (*write_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); + int (*write_trailer)(struct AVFormatContext *); + /** + * Currently only used to set pixel format if not YUV420P. + */ + int (*interleave_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *out, + AVPacket *in, int flush); + /** + * Test if the given codec can be stored in this container. + * + * @return 1 if the codec is supported, 0 if it is not. + * A negative number if unknown. + * MKTAG('A', 'P', 'I', 'C') if the codec is only supported as AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC + */ + int (*query_codec)(enum AVCodecID id, int std_compliance); + + void (*get_output_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, + int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); +} AVOutputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ +typedef struct AVInputFormat { + /** + * A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names + * may be appended with a minor bump. + */ + const char *name; + + /** + * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable + * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro + * to define it. + */ + const char *long_name; + + /** + * Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS, + * AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH, + * AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS. + */ + int flags; + + /** + * If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should + * usually not use extension format guessing because it is not + * reliable enough + */ + const char *extensions; + + const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; + + const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context + + /***************************************************************** + * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + struct AVInputFormat *next; + + /** + * Raw demuxers store their codec ID here. + */ + int raw_codec_id; + + /** + * Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper. + */ + int priv_data_size; + + /** + * Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format. + * The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes + * big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more. + */ + int (*read_probe)(AVProbeData *); + + /** + * Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext + * structure. Return 0 if OK. Only used in raw format right + * now. 'avformat_new_stream' should be called to create new streams. + */ + int (*read_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also + * set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag + * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used and only in the calling thread (not in a + * background thread). + * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error. + * When returning an error, pkt must not have been allocated + * or must be freed before returning + */ + int (*read_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); + + /** + * Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not + * freed by this function + */ + int (*read_close)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in + * stream component stream_index. + * @param stream_index Must not be -1. + * @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact + * match is available. + * @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset) + */ + int (*read_seek)(struct AVFormatContext *, + int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + + /** + * Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units. + * @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred + */ + int64_t (*read_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, + int64_t *pos, int64_t pos_limit); + + /** + * Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_play)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format + * (RTSP). + */ + int (*read_pause)(struct AVFormatContext *); + + /** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + */ + int (*read_seek2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); +} AVInputFormat; +/** + * @} + */ + +enum AVStreamParseType { + AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE, + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, /**< full parsing and repack */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, /**< Only parse headers, do not repack. */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, /**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, /**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently */ + AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW=MKTAG(0,'R','A','W'), /**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw + this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and + just codec level data, otherwise position generaion would fail */ +}; + +typedef struct AVIndexEntry { + int64_t pos; + int64_t timestamp; /**< + * Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available + * when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats. + * But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better + * is known + */ +#define AVINDEX_KEYFRAME 0x0001 + int flags:2; + int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment). + int min_distance; /**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. */ +} AVIndexEntry; + +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT 0x0001 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_DUB 0x0002 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL 0x0004 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT 0x0008 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS 0x0010 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE 0x0020 + +/** + * Track should be used during playback by default. + * Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed + * even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED 0x0040 +#define AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED 0x0080 /**< stream for hearing impaired audiences */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED 0x0100 /**< stream for visual impaired audiences */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS 0x0200 /**< stream without voice */ +/** + * The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g. + * APIC frame in ID3v2). The single packet associated with it will be returned + * among the first few packets read from the file unless seeking takes place. + * It can also be accessed at any time in AVStream.attached_pic. + */ +#define AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC 0x0400 + +/** + * Stream structure. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVStream { + int index; /**< stream index in AVFormatContext */ + /** + * Format-specific stream ID. + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: set by the user + */ + int id; + /** + * Codec context associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by + * libavformat. + * + * - decoding: The demuxer exports codec information stored in the headers + * here. + * - encoding: The user sets codec information, the muxer writes it to the + * output. Mandatory fields as specified in AVCodecContext + * documentation must be set even if this AVCodecContext is + * not actually used for encoding. + */ + AVCodecContext *codec; +#if FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE + /** + * Real base framerate of the stream. + * This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be + * represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all + * framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess! + * For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either + * approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1. + */ + AVRational r_frame_rate; +#endif + void *priv_data; + + /** + * encoding: pts generation when outputting stream + */ + struct AVFrac pts; + + /** + * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms + * of which frame timestamps are represented. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat + * encoding: set by libavformat in av_write_header. The muxer may use the + * user-provided value of @ref AVCodecContext.time_base "codec->time_base" + * as a hint. + */ + AVRational time_base; + + /** + * Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base. + * Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set + * it to really is the pts of the first frame. + * This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE). + * @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF + * demuxer must NOT set this. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base. + * If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify + * a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size. + */ + int64_t duration; + + int64_t nb_frames; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0 + + int disposition; /**< AV_DISPOSITION_* bit field */ + + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed. + + /** + * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Set by libavformat. + */ + AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; + + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Average framerate + */ + AVRational avg_frame_rate; + + /** + * For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet + * will contain the attached picture. + * + * decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller. + * encoding: unused + */ + AVPacket attached_pic; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * Stream information used internally by av_find_stream_info() + */ +#define MAX_STD_TIMEBASES (60*12+6) + struct { + int64_t last_dts; + int64_t duration_gcd; + int duration_count; + double duration_error[2][2][MAX_STD_TIMEBASES]; + int64_t codec_info_duration; + int found_decoder; + + /** + * Those are used for average framerate estimation. + */ + int64_t fps_first_dts; + int fps_first_dts_idx; + int64_t fps_last_dts; + int fps_last_dts_idx; + + } *info; + + int pts_wrap_bits; /**< number of bits in pts (used for wrapping control) */ + + // Timestamp generation support: + /** + * Timestamp corresponding to the last dts sync point. + * + * Initialized when AVCodecParserContext.dts_sync_point >= 0 and + * a DTS is received from the underlying container. Otherwise set to + * AV_NOPTS_VALUE by default. + */ + int64_t reference_dts; + int64_t first_dts; + int64_t cur_dts; + int64_t last_IP_pts; + int last_IP_duration; + + /** + * Number of packets to buffer for codec probing + */ +#define MAX_PROBE_PACKETS 2500 + int probe_packets; + + /** + * Number of frames that have been demuxed during av_find_stream_info() + */ + int codec_info_nb_frames; + + /** + * Stream Identifier + * This is the MPEG-TS stream identifier +1 + * 0 means unknown + */ + int stream_identifier; + + int64_t interleaver_chunk_size; + int64_t interleaver_chunk_duration; + + /* av_read_frame() support */ + enum AVStreamParseType need_parsing; + struct AVCodecParserContext *parser; + + /** + * last packet in packet_buffer for this stream when muxing. + */ + struct AVPacketList *last_in_packet_buffer; + AVProbeData probe_data; +#define MAX_REORDER_DELAY 16 + int64_t pts_buffer[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; + + AVIndexEntry *index_entries; /**< Only used if the format does not + support seeking natively. */ + int nb_index_entries; + unsigned int index_entries_allocated_size; + + /** + * stream probing state + * -1 -> probing finished + * 0 -> no probing requested + * rest -> perform probing with request_probe being the minimum score to accept. + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + */ + int request_probe; + /** + * Indicates that everything up to the next keyframe + * should be discarded. + */ + int skip_to_keyframe; + + /** + * Number of samples to skip at the start of the frame decoded from the next packet. + */ + int skip_samples; + + /** + * Number of internally decoded frames, used internally in libavformat, do not access + * its lifetime differs from info which is why its not in that structure. + */ + int nb_decoded_frames; + + /** + * Timestamp offset added to timestamps before muxing + * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API + */ + int64_t mux_ts_offset; + +} AVStream; + +#define AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING 1 + +/** + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*. + */ +typedef struct AVProgram { + int id; + int flags; + enum AVDiscard discard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller + unsigned int *stream_index; + unsigned int nb_stream_indexes; + AVDictionary *metadata; + + int program_num; + int pmt_pid; + int pcr_pid; +} AVProgram; + +#define AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER 0x0001 /**< signal that no header is present + (streams are added dynamically) */ + +typedef struct AVChapter { + int id; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter + AVRational time_base; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified + int64_t start, end; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units + AVDictionary *metadata; +} AVChapter; + + +/** + * The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod { + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration + AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate) +}; + +/** + * Format I/O context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use + * avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext. + */ +typedef struct AVFormatContext { + /** + * A class for logging and AVOptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context(). + * Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + + /** + * Can only be iformat or oformat, not both at the same time. + * + * decoding: set by avformat_open_input(). + * encoding: set by the user. + */ + struct AVInputFormat *iformat; + struct AVOutputFormat *oformat; + + /** + * Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct + * if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL. + */ + void *priv_data; + + /** + * I/O context. + * + * decoding: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then + * the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input(). + * encoding: set by the user. + * + * Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in + * iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle + * I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL. + */ + AVIOContext *pb; + + /* stream info */ + int ctx_flags; /**< Format-specific flags, see AVFMTCTX_xx */ + + /** + * A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with + * avformat_new_stream(). + * + * decoding: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input(). + * If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also + * appear in av_read_frame(). + * encoding: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header(). + */ + unsigned int nb_streams; + AVStream **streams; + + char filename[1024]; /**< input or output filename */ + + /** + * Decoding: position of the first frame of the component, in + * AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly: + * It is deduced from the AVStream values. + */ + int64_t start_time; + + /** + * Decoding: duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional + * seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream + * durations and also do not set any of them. This is deduced from the + * AVStream values if not set. + */ + int64_t duration; + + /** + * Decoding: total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not + * available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the + * duration are known as FFmpeg can compute it automatically. + */ + int bit_rate; + + unsigned int packet_size; + int max_delay; + + int flags; +#define AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS 0x0001 ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX 0x0002 ///< Ignore index. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK 0x0004 ///< Do not block when reading packets from input. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS 0x0008 ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN 0x0010 ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE 0x0020 ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled +#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER 0x0040 ///< Do not buffer frames when possible +#define AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO 0x0080 ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it. +#define AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT 0x0100 ///< Discard frames marked corrupted +#define AVFMT_FLAG_MP4A_LATM 0x8000 ///< Enable RTP MP4A-LATM payload +#define AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS 0x10000 ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down) +#define AVFMT_FLAG_PRIV_OPT 0x20000 ///< Enable use of private options by delaying codec open (this could be made default once all code is converted) +#define AVFMT_FLAG_KEEP_SIDE_DATA 0x40000 ///< Don't merge side data but keep it separate. + + /** + * decoding: size of data to probe; encoding: unused. + */ + unsigned int probesize; + + /** + * decoding: maximum time (in AV_TIME_BASE units) during which the input should + * be analyzed in avformat_find_stream_info(). + */ + int max_analyze_duration; + + const uint8_t *key; + int keylen; + + unsigned int nb_programs; + AVProgram **programs; + + /** + * Forced video codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID video_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced audio codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID audio_codec_id; + + /** + * Forced subtitle codec_id. + * Demuxing: Set by user. + */ + enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec_id; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream. + * If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as + * needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less + * accurate seeking (depends on demuxer). + * Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore + * this. + * muxing : unused + * demuxing: set by user + */ + unsigned int max_index_size; + + /** + * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames + * obtained from realtime capture devices. + */ + unsigned int max_picture_buffer; + + unsigned int nb_chapters; + AVChapter **chapters; + + AVDictionary *metadata; + + /** + * Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds + * since the unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 + * in the stream was captured at this real world time. + * - encoding: Set by user. + * - decoding: Unused. + */ + int64_t start_time_realtime; + + /** + * decoding: number of frames used to probe fps + */ + int fps_probe_size; + + /** + * Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may + * misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user. + */ + int error_recognition; + + /** + * Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer. + * + * decoding: set by the user before avformat_open_input(). + * encoding: set by the user before avformat_write_header() + * (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback + * should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to + * open the file. + */ + AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback; + + /** + * Flags to enable debugging. + */ + int debug; +#define FF_FDEBUG_TS 0x0001 + + /** + * Transport stream id. + * This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility + */ + int ts_id; + + /** + * Audio preload in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + * - decoding: unused + */ + int audio_preload; + + /** + * Max chunk time in microseconds. + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_duration; + + /** + * Max chunk size in bytes + * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. + * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + * - decoding: unused + */ + int max_chunk_size; + + /** + * forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets + * This has undefined results in the presence of B frames. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + */ + int use_wallclock_as_timestamps; + + /** + * Avoids negative timestamps during muxing + * 0 -> allow negative timestamps + * 1 -> avoid negative timestamps + * -1 -> choose automatically (default) + * Note, this is only works when interleave_packet_per_dts is in use + * - encoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + * - decoding: unused + */ + int avoid_negative_ts; + + /** + * avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Set by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + */ + int avio_flags; + + /** + * The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used + * to know how the duration was estimated. + * - encoding: unused + * - decoding: Read by user via AVOptions (NO direct access) + */ + enum AVDurationEstimationMethod duration_estimation_method; + + /***************************************************************** + * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They + * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and + * removed at will. + * New public fields should be added right above. + ***************************************************************** + */ + + /** + * This buffer is only needed when packets were already buffered but + * not decoded, for example to get the codec parameters in MPEG + * streams. + */ + struct AVPacketList *packet_buffer; + struct AVPacketList *packet_buffer_end; + + /* av_seek_frame() support */ + int64_t data_offset; /**< offset of the first packet */ + + /** + * Raw packets from the demuxer, prior to parsing and decoding. + * This buffer is used for buffering packets until the codec can + * be identified, as parsing cannot be done without knowing the + * codec. + */ + struct AVPacketList *raw_packet_buffer; + struct AVPacketList *raw_packet_buffer_end; + /** + * Packets split by the parser get queued here. + */ + struct AVPacketList *parse_queue; + struct AVPacketList *parse_queue_end; + /** + * Remaining size available for raw_packet_buffer, in bytes. + */ +#define RAW_PACKET_BUFFER_SIZE 2500000 + int raw_packet_buffer_remaining_size; +} AVFormatContext; + +/** + * Returns the method used to set ctx->duration. + * + * @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE. + */ +enum AVDurationEstimationMethod av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(const AVFormatContext* ctx); + +typedef struct AVPacketList { + AVPacket pkt; + struct AVPacketList *next; +} AVPacketList; + + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_core Core functions + * @ingroup libavf + * + * Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures, + * etc. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avformat_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avformat_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavformat license. + */ +const char *avformat_license(void); + +/** + * Initialize libavformat and register all the muxers, demuxers and + * protocols. If you do not call this function, then you can select + * exactly which formats you want to support. + * + * @see av_register_input_format() + * @see av_register_output_format() + * @see av_register_protocol() + */ +void av_register_all(void); + +void av_register_input_format(AVInputFormat *format); +void av_register_output_format(AVOutputFormat *format); + +/** + * Do global initialization of network components. This is optional, + * but recommended, since it avoids the overhead of implicitly + * doing the setup for each session. + * + * Calling this function will become mandatory if using network + * protocols at some major version bump. + */ +int avformat_network_init(void); + +/** + * Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. + */ +int avformat_network_deinit(void); + +/** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered input format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_iformat_next(AVInputFormat *f); + +/** + * If f is NULL, returns the first registered output format, + * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered output format after f + * or NULL if f is the last one. + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_oformat_next(AVOutputFormat *f); + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and everything + * allocated by the framework within it. + */ +AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams. + * @param s context to free + */ +void avformat_free_context(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *avformat_get_class(void); + +/** + * Add a new stream to a media file. + * + * When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the + * flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also + * be called in read_packet(). + * + * When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header(). + * + * @param c If non-NULL, the AVCodecContext corresponding to the new stream + * will be initialized to use this codec. This is needed for e.g. codec-specific + * defaults to be set, so codec should be provided if it is known. + * + * @return newly created stream or NULL on error. + */ +AVStream *avformat_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); + +AVProgram *av_new_program(AVFormatContext *s, int id); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +#if FF_API_PKT_DUMP +attribute_deprecated void av_pkt_dump(FILE *f, AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload); +attribute_deprecated void av_pkt_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, AVPacket *pkt, + int dump_payload); +#endif + +#if FF_API_ALLOC_OUTPUT_CONTEXT +/** + * @deprecated deprecated in favor of avformat_alloc_output_context2() + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_output_context(const char *format, + AVOutputFormat *oformat, + const char *filename); +#endif + +/** + * Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format. + * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and + * everything allocated by the framework within it. + * + * @param *ctx is set to the created format context, or to NULL in + * case of failure + * @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL + * format_name and filename are used instead + * @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the + * context, if NULL filename is used instead + * @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the + * context, may be NULL + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of + * failure + */ +int avformat_alloc_output_context2(AVFormatContext **ctx, AVOutputFormat *oformat, + const char *format_name, const char *filename); + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_decoding + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_find_input_format(const char *short_name); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a + * detection, the variable is set to the actual detection + * score afterwards. + * If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended + * to retry with a larger probe buffer. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format2(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_max); + +/** + * Guess the file format. + * + * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether + * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. + * @param score_ret The score of the best detection. + */ +AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format3(AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_ret); + +/** + * Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns + * with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another + * attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format + * with the highest score is returned. + * + * @param pb the bytestream to probe + * @param fmt the input format is put here + * @param filename the filename of the stream + * @param logctx the log context + * @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from + * @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default) + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_probe_input_buffer(AVIOContext *pb, AVInputFormat **fmt, + const char *filename, void *logctx, + unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); + +/** + * Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened. + * The stream must be closed with av_close_input_file(). + * + * @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by avformat_alloc_context). + * May be a pointer to NULL, in which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this + * function and written into ps. + * Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed on failure. + * @param filename Name of the stream to open. + * @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format. + * Otherwise the format is autodetected. + * @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field. + */ +int avformat_open_input(AVFormatContext **ps, const char *filename, AVInputFormat *fmt, AVDictionary **options); + +attribute_deprecated +int av_demuxer_open(AVFormatContext *ic); + +#if FF_API_FORMAT_PARAMETERS +/** + * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This + * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This + * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat + * frame mode. + * The logical file position is not changed by this function; + * examined packets may be buffered for later processing. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that + * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need. + * + * @deprecated use avformat_find_stream_info. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic); +#endif + +/** + * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This + * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This + * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat + * frame mode. + * The logical file position is not changed by this function; + * examined packets may be buffered for later processing. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to + * dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for + * codec corresponding to i-th stream. + * On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found. + * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + * + * @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so + * options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior. + * + * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that + * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need. + */ +int avformat_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Find the programs which belong to a given stream. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param last the last found program, the search will start after this + * program, or from the beginning if it is NULL + * @param s stream index + * @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or + * the last program is not among the programs of ic. + */ +AVProgram *av_find_program_from_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, AVProgram *last, int s); + +/** + * Find the "best" stream in the file. + * The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most + * likely to be what the user expects. + * If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the + * default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can + * be found are ignored. + * + * @param ic media file handle + * @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc. + * @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number, + * or -1 for automatic selection + * @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same + * program) to this one, or -1 if none + * @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the + * selected stream + * @param flags flags; none are currently defined + * @return the non-negative stream number in case of success, + * AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type + * could be found, + * AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder + * @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not + * NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec. + */ +int av_find_best_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, + enum AVMediaType type, + int wanted_stream_nb, + int related_stream, + AVCodec **decoder_ret, + int flags); + +#if FF_API_READ_PACKET +/** + * @deprecated use AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN | AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE to read raw + * unprocessed packets + * + * Read a transport packet from a media file. + * + * This function is obsolete and should never be used. + * Use av_read_frame() instead. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt is filled + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_read_packet(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); +#endif + +/** + * Return the next frame of a stream. + * This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate + * that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is + * stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not + * omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum + * information possible for decoding. + * + * The returned packet is valid + * until the next av_read_frame() or until av_close_input_file() and + * must be freed with av_free_packet. For video, the packet contains + * exactly one frame. For audio, it contains an integer number of + * frames if each frame has a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM + * data). If the audio frames have a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), + * then it contains one frame. + * + * pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct + * values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot + * provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format + * has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not + * decompress the payload. + * + * @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file + */ +int av_read_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Seek to the keyframe at timestamp. + * 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'. + * @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default + * stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted + * from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base. + * @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode + * @return >= 0 on success + */ +int av_seek_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, + int flags); + +/** + * Seek to timestamp ts. + * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams + * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. + * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. + * + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and + * are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames + * in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index + * or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as + * keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers). + * + * @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference + * @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp + * @param ts target timestamp + * @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp + * @param flags flags + * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise + * + * @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction. + * Thus do not use this yet. It may change at any time, do not expect + * ABI compatibility yet! + */ +int avformat_seek_file(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); + +/** + * Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the + * current position. + */ +int av_read_play(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream). + * + * Use av_read_play() to resume it. + */ +int av_read_pause(AVFormatContext *s); + +#if FF_API_CLOSE_INPUT_FILE +/** + * @deprecated use avformat_close_input() + * Close a media file (but not its codecs). + * + * @param s media file handle + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_close_input_file(AVFormatContext *s); +#endif + +/** + * Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents + * and set *s to NULL. + */ +void avformat_close_input(AVFormatContext **s); +/** + * @} + */ + +#if FF_API_NEW_STREAM +/** + * Add a new stream to a media file. + * + * Can only be called in the read_header() function. If the flag + * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is in the format context, then new streams + * can be added in read_packet too. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param id file-format-dependent stream ID + */ +attribute_deprecated +AVStream *av_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, int id); +#endif + +#if FF_API_SET_PTS_INFO +/** + * @deprecated this function is not supposed to be called outside of lavf + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_set_pts_info(AVStream *s, int pts_wrap_bits, + unsigned int pts_num, unsigned int pts_den); +#endif + +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD 1 ///< seek backward +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE 2 ///< seeking based on position in bytes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY 4 ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes +#define AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME 8 ///< seeking based on frame number + +/** + * @addtogroup lavf_encoding + * @{ + */ +/** + * Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to + * an output media file. + * + * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context(). + * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format; + * Its pb field must be set to an already openened AVIOContext. + * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options. + * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing + * options that were not found. May be NULL. + * + * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on failure. + * + * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next. + */ +int avformat_write_header(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file. + * + * The packet shall contain one audio or video frame. + * The packet must be correctly interleaved according to the container + * specification, if not then av_interleaved_write_frame must be used. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet, which contains the stream_index, buf/buf_size, + * dts/pts, ... + * This can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in + * order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, + * for muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it + * to the output. + * @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush + */ +int av_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +/** + * Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving. + * + * The packet must contain one audio or video frame. + * If the packets are already correctly interleaved, the application should + * call av_write_frame() instead as it is slightly faster. It is also important + * to keep in mind that completely non-interleaved input will need huge amounts + * of memory to interleave with this, so it is preferable to interleave at the + * demuxer level. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Libavformat takes + * ownership of the data and will free it when it sees fit using the packet's + * This can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to flush the + * interleaving queues. + * @ref AVPacket.destruct "destruct" field. The caller must not access the data + * after this function returns, as it may already be freed. + * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be set to the + * index of the corresponding stream in @ref AVFormatContext.streams + * "s.streams". + * It is very strongly recommended that timing information (@ref AVPacket.pts + * "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts" @ref AVPacket.duration "duration") is set to + * correct values. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. + */ +int av_interleaved_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); + +#if FF_API_INTERLEAVE_PACKET +/** + * @deprecated this function was never meant to be called by the user + * programs. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_interleave_packet_per_dts(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *out, + AVPacket *pkt, int flush); +#endif + +/** + * Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the + * file private data. + * + * May only be called after a successful call to av_write_header. + * + * @param s media file handle + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_write_trailer(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Return the output format in the list of registered output formats + * which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if + * there is no match. + * + * @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the + * names of the registered formats + * @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the + * extensions of the registered formats + * @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the + * MIME type of the registered formats + */ +AVOutputFormat *av_guess_format(const char *short_name, + const char *filename, + const char *mime_type); + +/** + * Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename. + */ +enum AVCodecID av_guess_codec(AVOutputFormat *fmt, const char *short_name, + const char *filename, const char *mime_type, + enum AVMediaType type); + +/** + * Get timing information for the data currently output. + * The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format. + * It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or + * work in real time. + * @param s media file handle + * @param stream stream in the media file + * @param dts[out] DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream + * time_base units + * @param wall[out] absolute time when that packet whas output, + * in microsecond + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the format does not support it + * Note: some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall + * atomically. + */ +int av_get_output_timestamp(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, + int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); + + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions + * @ingroup libavf + * @{ + * + * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing + * (or neither). + */ + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump(FILE *f, uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param buf buffer + * @param size buffer size + * + * @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 + */ +void av_hex_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, uint8_t *buf, int size); + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream. + * + * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump2(FILE *f, AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, AVStream *st); + + +/** + * Send a nice dump of a packet to the log. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param pkt packet to dump + * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. + * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to + */ +void av_pkt_dump_log2(void *avcl, int level, AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, + AVStream *st); + +/** + * Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag. + * If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + */ +enum AVCodecID av_codec_get_id(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, unsigned int tag); + +/** + * Get the codec tag for the given codec id id. + * If no codec tag is found returns 0. + * + * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored + * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag + */ +unsigned int av_codec_get_tag(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id); + +int av_find_default_stream_index(AVFormatContext *s); + +/** + * Get the index for a specific timestamp. + * @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond + * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward + * is 0, then it will be >= + * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise + * @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found + */ +int av_index_search_timestamp(AVStream *st, int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +/** + * Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list + * already contains it. + * + * @param timestamp timestamp in the time base of the given stream + */ +int av_add_index_entry(AVStream *st, int64_t pos, int64_t timestamp, + int size, int distance, int flags); + + +/** + * Split a URL string into components. + * + * The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null, + * in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are + * set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative + * value. + * + * @param proto the buffer for the protocol + * @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer + * @param authorization the buffer for the authorization + * @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer + * @param hostname the buffer for the host name + * @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer + * @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in + * @param path the buffer for the path + * @param path_size the size of the path buffer + * @param url the URL to split + */ +void av_url_split(char *proto, int proto_size, + char *authorization, int authorization_size, + char *hostname, int hostname_size, + int *port_ptr, + char *path, int path_size, + const char *url); + + +void av_dump_format(AVFormatContext *ic, + int index, + const char *url, + int is_output); + +/** + * Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number. + * + * Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number + * of digits and '%%'. + * + * @param buf destination buffer + * @param buf_size destination buffer size + * @param path numbered sequence string + * @param number frame number + * @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error + */ +int av_get_frame_filename(char *buf, int buf_size, + const char *path, int number); + +/** + * Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator. + * + * @param filename possible numbered sequence string + * @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_filename_number_test(const char *filename); + +/** + * Generate an SDP for an RTP session. + * + * @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the + * array is composed by only one context, such context can contain + * multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise, + * all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream) + * must contain only one AVStream. + * @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac + * @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by + * the caller) + * @param size the size of the buffer + * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error + */ +int av_sdp_create(AVFormatContext *ac[], int n_files, char *buf, int size); + +/** + * Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given + * extensions, 0 otherwise. + * + * @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions + */ +int av_match_ext(const char *filename, const char *extensions); + +/** + * Test if the given container can store a codec. + * + * @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_* + * + * @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot. + * A negative number if this information is not available. + */ +int avformat_query_codec(AVOutputFormat *ofmt, enum AVCodecID codec_id, int std_compliance); + +/** + * @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs + * @{ + * Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are + * meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the + * following code: + * @code + * uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4'); + * const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 }; + * enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag); + * @endcode + */ +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_video_tags(void); +/** + * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. + */ +const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the + * frame aspect ratio. + * + * Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio + * is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to + * return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame. + * + * Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane + * otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is + * usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames. + * + * @param format the format context which the stream is part of + * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of + * @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined + * @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea + */ +AVRational av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(AVFormatContext *format, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); + +/** + * Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier + * spec. + * + * See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax + * of spec. + * + * @return >0 if st is matched by spec; + * 0 if st is not matched by spec; + * AVERROR code if spec is invalid + * + * @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format. + */ +int avformat_match_stream_specifier(AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st, + const char *spec); + +void avformat_queue_attached_pictures(AVFormatContext *s); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavformat/avio.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavformat/avio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b16d26f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavformat/avio.h @@ -0,0 +1,460 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ +#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H +#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavf_io + * Buffered I/O operations + */ + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "libavutil/common.h" +#include "libavutil/dict.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" + +#include "libavformat/version.h" + + +#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL 0x0001 /**< Seeking works like for a local file */ + +/** + * Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions. + * AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted + * function. During blocking operations, callback is called with + * opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the + * blocking operation will be aborted. + * + * No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if + * new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext + * or AVIOContext. + */ +typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB { + int (*callback)(void*); + void *opaque; +} AVIOInterruptCB; + +/** + * Bytestream IO Context. + * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. + * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major + * version bump. + * sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*. + * + * @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called + * directly, they should only be set by the client application + * when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the + * function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context() + */ +typedef struct AVIOContext { + /** + * A class for private options. + * + * If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and + * passes the options down to protocols. + * + * If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by + * the caller. + * + * warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext + * to any av_opt_* functions in that case. + */ + const AVClass *av_class; + unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */ + int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */ + unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */ + unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than + buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned + less data than requested, e.g. for streams where + no more data has been received yet. */ + void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/... + functions. */ + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence); + int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */ + int must_flush; /**< true if the next seek should flush */ + int eof_reached; /**< true if eof reached */ + int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */ + int max_packet_size; + unsigned long checksum; + unsigned char *checksum_ptr; + unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size); + int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */ + /** + * Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS. + */ + int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause); + /** + * Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index. + * Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking + * to byte position. + */ + int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + /** + * A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable. + */ + int seekable; + + /** + * max filesize, used to limit allocations + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int64_t maxsize; + + /** + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ + int direct; + + /** + * Bytes read statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int64_t bytes_read; + + /** + * seek statistic + * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. + */ + int seek_count; +} AVIOContext; + +/* unbuffered I/O */ + +/** + * Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions + * of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are + * masked by the value in flags. + * + * @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the + * checked resource may change its existence or permission status from + * one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value, + * unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the + * checked resource. + */ +int avio_check(const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later + * freed with av_free(). + * + * @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext. + * The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends. + * @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance. + * For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize. + * For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb. + * @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise. + * @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data. + * @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL. + * @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL. + * The function may not change the input buffers content. + * @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL. + * + * @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure. + */ +AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context( + unsigned char *buffer, + int buffer_size, + int write_flag, + void *opaque, + int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), + int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence)); + +void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b); +void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size); +void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); +void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); +void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); + +/** + * Write a NULL-terminated string. + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it. + * @return number of bytes written. + */ +int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); + +/** + * Passing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional. + * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0. + */ +#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000 + +/** + * Oring this flag as into the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to + * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonble + * means that can be extreemly slow. + * This may be ignored by the seek code. + */ +#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000 + +/** + * fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence); + +/** + * Skip given number of bytes forward + * @return new position or AVERROR. + */ +int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset); + +/** + * ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return position or AVERROR. + */ +static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s) +{ + return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR); +} + +/** + * Get the filesize. + * @return filesize or AVERROR + */ +int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * feof() equivalent for AVIOContext. + * @return non zero if and only if end of file + */ +int url_feof(AVIOContext *s); + +/** @warning currently size is limited */ +int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Force flushing of buffered data to the output s. + * + * Force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output, + * without to wait to fill the internal buffer. + */ +void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. + * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR + */ +int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size); + +/** + * @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext + * @{ + * + * @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is + * necessary + */ +int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s); +unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s); +uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either + * a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing + * more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it + * will be truncated if buf is too small. + * Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it + * might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings. + * + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen). + * If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than + * bytes actually read. + */ +int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + +/** + * Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8. + * The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was + * encountered or maxlen bytes have been read. + * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen) + */ +int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); +int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); + + +/** + * @name URL open modes + * The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following + * constants, optionally ORed with other flags. + * @{ + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Use non-blocking mode. + * If this flag is set, operations on the context will return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately. + * If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return + * AVERROR(EAGAIN). + * Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the + * context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on + * network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices). + * Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be + * silently ignored. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8 + +/** + * Use direct mode. + * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly + * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always + * call the underlying seek function directly. + */ +#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000 + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags); + +/** + * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the + * resource indicated by url. + * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in + * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. + * + * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. + * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. + * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url + * is to be opened + * @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level + * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return + * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options + * that were not found. May be NULL. + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code in case of failure + */ +int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags, + const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it. + * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). + * + * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the + * resource. + * + * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. + */ +int avio_close(AVIOContext *s); + +/** + * Open a write only memory stream. + * + * @param s new IO context + * @return zero if no error. + */ +int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s); + +/** + * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer + * must be freed with av_free(). + * Padding of FF_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer. + * + * @param s IO context + * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer + * @return the length of the byte buffer + */ +int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer); + +/** + * Iterate through names of available protocols. + * + * @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol. + * It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will + * be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols. + * @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols, + * otherwise over input protocols. + * + * @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL + */ +const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output); + +/** + * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming + * protocol (e.g. MMS). + * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume + */ +int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause); + +/** + * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream. + * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.). + * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to. + * If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE + * units from the beginning of the presentation. + * If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support + * seeking based on component streams, the call will fail. + * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units + * or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units. + * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE + * and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore + * AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will + * fail if used and not supported. + * @return >= 0 on success + * @see AVInputFormat::read_seek + */ +int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index, + int64_t timestamp, int flags); + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavformat/version.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavformat/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..32a70d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavformat/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/* + * Version macros. + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H +#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup libavf + * Libavformat version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 54 +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 29 +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 105 + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVIO +#define FF_API_OLD_AVIO (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_PKT_DUMP +#define FF_API_PKT_DUMP (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 54) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_ALLOC_OUTPUT_CONTEXT +#define FF_API_ALLOC_OUTPUT_CONTEXT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_PARAMETERS +#define FF_API_FORMAT_PARAMETERS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_NEW_STREAM +#define FF_API_NEW_STREAM (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_SET_PTS_INFO +#define FF_API_SET_PTS_INFO (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_CLOSE_INPUT_FILE +#define FF_API_CLOSE_INPUT_FILE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_APPLEHTTP_PROTO +#define FF_API_APPLEHTTP_PROTO (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_READ_PACKET +#define FF_API_READ_PACKET (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_INTERLEAVE_PACKET +#define FF_API_INTERLEAVE_PACKET (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AV_GETTIME +#define FF_API_AV_GETTIME (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE +#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 55) +#endif + +#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/adler32.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/adler32.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e926ef6 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/adler32.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H +#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer. + * + * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call + * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though + * they were concatenated. + * + * @param adler initial checksum value + * @param buf pointer to input buffer + * @param len size of input buffer + * @return updated checksum + */ +unsigned long av_adler32_update(unsigned long adler, const uint8_t *buf, + unsigned int len) av_pure; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/aes.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/aes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bafa4cc --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/aes.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H +#define AVUTIL_AES_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_aes AES + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_aes_size; + +struct AVAES; + +/** + * Initialize an AVAES context. + * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256 + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * @param count number of 16 byte blocks + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/attributes.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/attributes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..64b46f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/attributes.h @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H +#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > x || __GNUC__ == x && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= y) +#else +# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0 +#endif + +#ifndef av_always_inline +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +# define av_always_inline __forceinline +#else +# define av_always_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#ifndef av_extern_inline +#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__) +# define av_extern_inline extern inline +#else +# define av_extern_inline inline +#endif +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline)) +#else +# define av_noinline +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_pure __attribute__((pure)) +#else +# define av_pure +#endif + +#ifndef av_restrict +#define av_restrict restrict +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) +# define av_const __attribute__((const)) +#else +# define av_const +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) +# define av_cold __attribute__((cold)) +#else +# define av_cold +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) +# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten)) +#else +# define av_flatten +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated)) +#else +# define attribute_deprecated +#endif + +/** + * Disable warnings about deprecated features + * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and + * scheduled for removal. + */ +#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \ + code \ + _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") +#else +# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code +#endif +#endif + + +#if defined(__GNUC__) +# define av_unused __attribute__((unused)) +#else +# define av_unused +#endif + +/** + * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it + * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline + * assembler without the compiler being aware. + */ +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) +# define av_used __attribute__((used)) +#else +# define av_used +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) +# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias)) +#else +# define av_alias +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(__clang__) +# define av_uninit(x) x=x +#else +# define av_uninit(x) x +#endif + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos))) +#else +# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0 +# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) +# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn)) +#else +# define av_noreturn +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c76388 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/* + * Audio FIFO + * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles <justin.ruggles@gmail.com> + * + * This file is part of Libav. + * + * Libav is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * Libav is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with Libav; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Audio FIFO Buffer + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "fifo.h" +#include "samplefmt.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer. + * + * - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level. + * - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format. + * - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer. + */ +typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo; + +/** + * Free an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to free + */ +void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Allocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param sample_fmt sample format + * @param channels number of channels + * @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples + * @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error + */ +AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels, + int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reallocate an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate + * @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Write data to an AVAudioFifo. + * + * The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space + * is less than nb_samples. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to write to + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to write + * @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR + * code on failure. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Read data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from + * @param data audio data plane pointers + * @param nb_samples number of samples to read + * @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code + * on failure. + */ +int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Drain data from an AVAudioFifo. + * + * Removes the data without reading it. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to drain + * @param nb_samples number of samples to drain + * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure + */ +int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); + +/** + * Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer. + * + * This empties all data in the buffer. + * + * @param af AVAudioFifo to reset + */ +void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for reading + */ +int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing. + * + * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query + * @return number of samples available for writing + */ +int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/audioconvert.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/audioconvert.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..76eb278 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/audioconvert.h @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIOCONVERT_H +#define AVUTIL_AUDIOCONVERT_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @file + * audio conversion routines + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_audio + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks + * @{ + */ +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT 0x00000001 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00000002 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER 0x00000004 +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY 0x00000008 +#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT 0x00000010 +#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT 0x00000020 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER 0x00000040 +#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER 0x00000080 +#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER 0x00000100 +#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT 0x00000200 +#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT 0x00000400 +#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER 0x00000800 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT 0x00001000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER 0x00002000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00004000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT 0x00008000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER 0x00010000 +#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT 0x00020000 +#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT 0x20000000 ///< Stereo downmix. +#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT 0x40000000 ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT. +#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT 0x0000000080000000ULL +#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT 0x0000000100000000ULL +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT 0x0000000200000000ULL +#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT 0x0000000400000000ULL +#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 0x0000000800000000ULL + +/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout + to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output + to be the native codec channel order. */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel convenience macros + * @{ + * */ +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) +#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT) + +enum AVMatrixEncoding { + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII, + AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB +}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found. + * + * name can be one or several of the following notations, + * separated by '+' or '|': + * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0, + * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix); + * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC, + * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR); + * - a number of channels, in decimal, optionally followed by 'c', yielding + * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see + * av_get_default_channel_layout); + * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the + * AV_CH_* macros). + * + * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7" + */ +uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name); + +/** + * Return a description of a channel layout. + * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout. + * + * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout + * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer + */ +void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +struct AVBPrint; +/** + * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return the number of channels in the channel layout. + */ +int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout); + +/** + * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels. + */ +int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels); + +/** + * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout. + * + * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be + * present in channel_layout. + * + * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR + * on error. + */ +int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout, + uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout. + */ +uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index); + +/** + * Get the name of a given channel. + * + * @return channel name on success, NULL on error. + */ +const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the description of a given channel. + * + * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel + * @return channel description on success, NULL on error + */ +const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel); + +/** + * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout. + * + * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0 + * @param[out] layout channel layout mask + * @param[out] name name of the layout + * @return 0 if the layout exists, + * <0 if index is beyond the limits + */ +int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout, + const char **name); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIOCONVERT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/avassert.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/avassert.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e100d0b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/avassert.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert(). + * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H +#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include "avutil.h" +#include "log.h" + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled. + */ +#define av_assert0(cond) do { \ + if (!(cond)) { \ + av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_FATAL, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \ + AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \ + abort(); \ + } \ +} while (0) + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code. + * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speedloss. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0 +#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#else +#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0) +#endif + + +/** + * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code. + */ +#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1 +#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond) +#else +#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0) +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/avconfig.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/avconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ec333d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/avconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +/* Generated by ffconf */ +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H +#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0 +#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1 +#define AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_FORK_ABI 0 +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/avstring.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/avstring.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f73d6e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/avstring.h @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H +#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H + +#include <stddef.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_string + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to + * the address of the first character in str after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If + * it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str + * after the prefix. + * + * @param str input string + * @param pfx prefix to test + * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str + * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise + */ +int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); + +/** + * Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack + * of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to + * match at the start of haystack. + * + * This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr(). + * + * @param haystack string to search in + * @param needle string to search for + * @return pointer to the located match within haystack + * or a null pointer if no match + */ +char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle); + +/** + * Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and + * null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is the same as BSD strlcpy(). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the length of src + * + * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely + * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond + * the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of + * no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst. + * + * This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when + * size <= strlen(dst). + * + * @param dst destination buffer + * @param src source string + * @param size size of destination buffer + * @return the total length of src and dst + * + * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these + * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this + * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash. + */ +size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); + +/** + * Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of + * the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within + * the buffer. + * @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is + * appended) + * @param size total size of the destination buffer + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used + * @return the length of the string that would have been generated + * if enough space had been available + */ +size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +/** + * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto + * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf(). + * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the + * following parameters are used. + * @return the allocated string + * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free(). + */ +char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2); + +/** + * Convert a number to a av_malloced string. + */ +char *av_d2str(double d); + +/** + * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char, + * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string. + * + * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing + * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are + * enclosed between ''. + * + * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the + * terminating char + * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars + * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by + * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure + */ +char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term); + +/** + * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by + * successive calls to av_strtok(). + * + * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the + * set specified in delim. + * + * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to + * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s + * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous + * call. + * + * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1. + * + * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL + * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL + * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored + * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same + * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the + * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated + * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found + */ +char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr); + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase. + */ +static inline int av_toupper(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase. + */ +static inline int av_tolower(int c) +{ + if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') + c ^= 0x20; + return c; +} + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b); + +/** + * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. + * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive + */ +int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/avutil.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/avutil.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cd02b35 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/avutil.h @@ -0,0 +1,296 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H +#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H + +/** + * @file + * external API header + */ + +/* + * @mainpage + * + * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction + * + * This document describes the usage of the different libraries + * provided by FFmpeg. + * + * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library + * @li @subpage libavfilter graph based frame editing library + * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library + * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library + * @li @subpage libpostproc post processing library + * @li @subpage libswscale color conversion and scaling library + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu Common utility functions + * + * @brief + * libavutil contains the code shared across all the other FFmpeg + * libraries + * + * @note In order to use the functions provided by avutil you must include + * the specific header. + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing + * + * @{ + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_math Maths + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes + * + * @{ + * + * @} + * + * @defgroup lavu_misc Other + * + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_internal Internal + * + * Not exported functions, for internal usage only + * + * @{ + * + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros + * + * String manipulation macros + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s) +#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s + +#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b +#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b) + +#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros + * + * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain + * backward compatibility. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) (a<<16 | b<<8 | c) +#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c +#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_ver + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned avutil_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil build-time configuration. + */ +const char *avutil_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libavutil license. + */ +const char *avutil_license(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type + * @brief Media Type + */ + +enum AVMediaType { + AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA + AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous + AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE, + AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse + AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB +}; + +/** + * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type + * is unknown. + */ +const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type); + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_const Constants + * @{ + * + * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific + * + * @note those definition should move to avcodec + * @{ + */ + +#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7 +#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT) +#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda +#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1) + +#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove + +/** + * @} + * @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific + * + * FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Undefined timestamp value + * + * Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide + * either pts or dts. + */ + +#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000)) + +/** + * Internal time base represented as integer + */ + +#define AV_TIME_BASE 1000000 + +/** + * Internal time base represented as fractional value + */ + +#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE} + +/** + * @} + * @} + * @defgroup lavu_picture Image related + * + * AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation. + * + * @{ + */ + +enum AVPictureType { + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG4 + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted + AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type +}; + +/** + * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type + * pict_type. + * + * @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character + * representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown + */ +char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#include "common.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "version.h" +#include "mathematics.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "intfloat_readwrite.h" +#include "log.h" +#include "pixfmt.h" + +/** + * Return x default pointer in case p is NULL. + */ +static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x) +{ + return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x); +} + +/** + * @} + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/base64.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/base64.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b095576 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/base64.h @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Ryan Martell. (rdm4@martellventures.com) + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BASE64_H +#define AVUTIL_BASE64_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * Decode a base64-encoded string. + * + * @param out buffer for decoded data + * @param in null-terminated input string + * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at + * least 3/4 of the length of in + * @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of + * invalid input + */ +int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size); + +/** + * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate. + * + * @param out buffer for encoded data + * @param out_size size in bytes of the output buffer, must be at + * least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size) + * @param in_size size in bytes of the 'in' buffer + * @return 'out' or NULL in case of error + */ +char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size); + +/** + * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes. + */ +#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1) + + /** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/blowfish.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/blowfish.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0b00453 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/blowfish.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * Blowfish algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H +#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16 + +typedef struct AVBlowfish { + uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2]; + uint32_t s[4][256]; +} AVBlowfish; + +/** + * Initialize an AVBlowfish context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param key a key + * @param key_len length of the key + */ +void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr, + int decrypt); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/bprint.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/bprint.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2bef18d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/bprint.h @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H +#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H + +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size + * This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions. + */ +#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(size, ...) \ + __VA_ARGS__ \ + char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct { __VA_ARGS__ })]; + +/** + * Buffer to print data progressively + * + * The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated. + * The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is + * encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data. + * + * Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no + * memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed + * after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as + * declaring a local "char buf[512]". + * + * The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is + * then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total + * length. + * + * In other words, buf->len can be greater than buf->size and records the + * total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been + * enough memory. + * + * Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory + * allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length + * is still updated. This situation can be tested with + * av_bprint_is_complete(). + * + * The size_max field determines several possible behaviours: + * + * size_max = -1 (= UINT_MAX) or any large value will let the buffer be + * reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost. + * + * size_max = 0 prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total + * length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in + * a buffer with exactly the necessary size + * (using size_init = size_max = len + 1). + * + * size_max = 1 is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the + * structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The + * internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, + * such as the current paragraph. + */ +typedef struct AVBPrint { + FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(1024, + char *str; /** string so far */ + unsigned len; /** length so far */ + unsigned size; /** allocated memory */ + unsigned size_max; /** maximum allocated memory */ + char reserved_internal_buffer[1]; + ) +} AVBPrint; + +/** + * Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max + * parameter. + */ +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1) +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1 +#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0 + +/** + * Init a print buffer. + * + * @param buf buffer to init + * @param size_init initial size (including the final 0) + * @param size_max maximum size; + * 0 means do not write anything, just count the length; + * 1 is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage; + * any large value means that the internal buffer will be + * reallocated as needed up to that limit; -1 is converted to + * UINT_MAX, the largest limit possible. + * Check also AV_BPRINT_SIZE_* macros. + */ +void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max); + +/** + * Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer. + * + * The buffer will not be reallocated. + * + * @param buf buffer structure to init + * @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data + * @param size size of buffer + */ +void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size); + +/** + * Append a formated string to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); + +/** + * Append char c n times to a print buffer. + */ +void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n); + +/** + * Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data. + */ +void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf); + +/** + * Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated). + * + * It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure + * or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary). + */ +static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(AVBPrint *buf) +{ + return buf->len < buf->size; +} + +/** + * Finalize a print buffer. + * + * The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards, + * but the len and size fields are still valid. + * + * @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the + * buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails; + * if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed + * @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM)) + */ +int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/bswap.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/bswap.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..06f6548 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/bswap.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * byte swapping routines + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H +#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_BFIN +# include "bfin/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_SH4 +# include "sh4/bswap.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/bswap.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff)) +#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16)) +#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32)) + +#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x) + +#ifndef av_bswap16 +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x) +{ + x= (x>>8) | (x<<8); + return x; +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap32 +static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x) +{ + return AV_BSWAP32C(x); +} +#endif + +#ifndef av_bswap64 +static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x) +{ + return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32); +} +#endif + +// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian +// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +#define av_be2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#else +#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) +#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) +#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) +#define av_le2ne16(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne32(x) (x) +#define av_le2ne64(x) (x) +#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) +#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x) +#endif + +#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x) +#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x) +#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x) +#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/common.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/common.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e3baab --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/common.h @@ -0,0 +1,433 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * common internal and external API header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H +#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <inttypes.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <math.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include "attributes.h" +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_NE(be, le) (be) +#else +# define AV_NE(be, le) (le) +#endif + +//rounded division & shift +#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b)) +/* assume b>0 */ +#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b)) +#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b)) +#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b)) +#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) +#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1) + +#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c) +#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a)) +#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c) + +#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0) +#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0])) +#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1)) + +/* misc math functions */ +extern const uint8_t ff_log2_tab[256]; + +/** + * Reverse the order of the bits of an 8-bits unsigned integer. + */ +extern const uint8_t av_reverse[256]; + +static av_always_inline av_const int av_log2_c(unsigned int v) +{ + int n = 0; + if (v & 0xffff0000) { + v >>= 16; + n += 16; + } + if (v & 0xff00) { + v >>= 8; + n += 8; + } + n += ff_log2_tab[v]; + + return n; +} + +static av_always_inline av_const int av_log2_16bit_c(unsigned int v) +{ + int n = 0; + if (v & 0xff00) { + v >>= 8; + n += 8; + } + n += ff_log2_tab[v]; + + return n; +} + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "config.h" +# include "intmath.h" +#endif + +/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */ +#include "common.h" + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax) +{ + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFF)) return (-a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x80) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a) +{ + if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (-a)>>31; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a) +{ + if ((a+0x8000) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF; + else return a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range. + * @param a value to clip + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a) +{ + if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF; + else return (int32_t)a; +} + +/** + * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param p bit position to clip at + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p) +{ + if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return -a >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1); + else return a; +} + +/** + * Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation. + * + * @param a one value + * @param b another value + * @return sum with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b) +{ + return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b); +} + +/** + * Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages. + * + * @param a first value + * @param b value doubled and added to a + * @return sum with signed saturation + */ +static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b) +{ + return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b)); +} + +/** + * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range. + * @param a value to clip + * @param amin minimum value of the clip range + * @param amax maximum value of the clip range + * @return clipped value + */ +static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax) +{ + if (a < amin) return amin; + else if (a > amax) return amax; + else return a; +} + +/** Compute ceil(log2(x)). + * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x)) + * @return computed ceiling of log2(x) + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x) +{ + return av_log2((x - 1) << 1); +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x) +{ + x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555; + x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333); + x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F; + x += x >> 8; + return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F; +} + +/** + * Count number of bits set to one in x + * @param x value to count bits of + * @return the number of bits set to one in x + */ +static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x) +{ + return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount(x >> 32); +} + +#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24)) +#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24)) + +/** + * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input. + * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently + * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer + * input, this could be *ptr++. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + */ +#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\ + val= GET_BYTE;\ + {\ + int ones= 7 - av_log2(val ^ 255);\ + if(ones==1)\ + ERROR\ + val&= 127>>ones;\ + while(--ones > 0){\ + int tmp= GET_BYTE - 128;\ + if(tmp>>6)\ + ERROR\ + val= (val<<6) + tmp;\ + }\ + } + +/** + * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. + * + * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. + * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted + * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times. + * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, + * typically a goto statement. + */ +#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\ + val = GET_16BIT;\ + {\ + unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\ + if (hi < 0x800) {\ + val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\ + if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\ + ERROR\ + val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\ + }\ + }\ + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_BYTE. + * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination. + * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte. + * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be + * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to + * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted + * Unicode character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\ + {\ + int bytes, shift;\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x80) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_BYTE\ + } else {\ + bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\ + shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\ + tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + while (shift >= 6) {\ + shift -= 6;\ + tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\ + PUT_BYTE\ + }\ + }\ + } + +/** + * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) + * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes). + * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds + * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If + * val is given as a function it is executed only once. + * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It + * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be + * output by PUT_16BIT. + * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination + * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp + * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" + * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character. + */ +#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\ + {\ + uint32_t in = val;\ + if (in < 0x10000) {\ + tmp = in;\ + PUT_16BIT\ + } else {\ + tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\ + PUT_16BIT\ + }\ + }\ + + + +#include "mem.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H +# include "internal.h" +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */ + +/* + * The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard + * to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h. + */ + +#ifndef av_log2 +# define av_log2 av_log2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_log2_16bit +# define av_log2_16bit av_log2_16bit_c +#endif +#ifndef av_ceil_log2 +# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip +# define av_clip av_clip_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint8 +# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int8 +# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uint16 +# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_int16 +# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipl_int32 +# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clip_uintp2 +# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_add32 +# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_sat_dadd32 +# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c +#endif +#ifndef av_clipf +# define av_clipf av_clipf_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount +# define av_popcount av_popcount_c +#endif +#ifndef av_popcount64 +# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/cpu.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/cpu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..de15ee3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/cpu.h @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H +#define AVUTIL_CPU_H + +#include "attributes.h" + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */ + + /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */ +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions +// #if LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR <52 +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1001000 ///< supports cmov instruction +// #else +// #define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction +// #endif + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard + +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4) +#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5) + +/** + * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU. + */ +int av_get_cpu_flags(void); + +/** + * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags. + * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags. + */ +void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags); + +/** + * Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags(). + * This function is mainly useful for testing. + * Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible + * + * @warning this function is not thread safe. + */ +attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask); + +/** + * Parse CPU flags from a string. + * + * The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags. + * + * This function exists only for compatibility with libav. + * Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible. + * @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_parse_cpu_flags(const char *s); + +/** + * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that. + * + * @return negative on error. + */ +int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s); + +/* The following CPU-specific functions shall not be called directly. */ +int ff_get_cpu_flags_arm(void); +int ff_get_cpu_flags_ppc(void); +int ff_get_cpu_flags_x86(void); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/crc.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/crc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1265054 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/crc.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H +#define AVUTIL_CRC_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stddef.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +typedef uint32_t AVCRC; + +typedef enum { + AV_CRC_8_ATM, + AV_CRC_16_ANSI, + AV_CRC_16_CCITT, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE, + AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */ + AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */ +}AVCRCId; + +int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size); +const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id); +uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t start_crc, const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/dict.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/dict.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f9924b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/dict.h @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +/* + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Public dictionary API. + * @deprecated + * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in + * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is + * extremely slow with large dictionaries. + * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h + * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance. + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H +#define AVUTIL_DICT_H + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary + * @ingroup lavu_data + * + * @brief Simple key:value store + * + * @{ + * Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create + * an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to + * av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever + * a pointer to an AVDictionary is required. + * Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all + * entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary + * and all its contents. + * + * @code + * AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary + * av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry + * + * char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated, + * char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this + * av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL); + * + * AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL; + * while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { + * <....> // iterate over all entries in d + * } + * + * av_dict_free(&d); + * @endcode + * + */ + +#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 +#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been + allocated with av_malloc() and children. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been + allocated with av_malloc() and chilren. */ +#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries. +#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no + delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */ + +typedef struct { + char *key; + char *value; +} AVDictionaryEntry; + +typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary; + +/** + * Get a dictionary entry with matching key. + * + * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next. + * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned. + * @param flags Allows case as well as suffix-insensitive comparisons. + * @return Found entry or NULL, changing key or value leads to undefined behavior. + */ +AVDictionaryEntry * +av_dict_get(AVDictionary *m, const char *key, const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags); + +/** + * Get number of entries in dictionary. + * + * @param m dictionary + * @return number of entries in dictionary + */ +int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m); + +/** + * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry. + * + * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL + * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm. + * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags) + * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags). + * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted. + * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0 + */ +int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags); + +/** + * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another. + * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL, + * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst + * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct + * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst + * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag + */ +void av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, AVDictionary *src, int flags); + +/** + * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct + * and all keys and values. + */ +void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/error.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/error.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1768167 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/error.h @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * error code definitions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H +#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H + +#include <errno.h> +#include <stddef.h> + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_error + * + * @{ + */ + + +/* error handling */ +#if EDOM > 0 +#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. +#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. +#else +/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */ +#define AVERROR(e) (e) +#define AVUNERROR(e) (e) +#endif + +#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d)) + +#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found +#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2 +#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small +#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found +#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found +#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found +#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file +#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted +#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library +#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found +#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input +#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found +#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found +#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome +#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found +#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found + +/** + * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG + * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value. + */ +#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ') +#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library + +#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64 + +/** + * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf. + * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the + * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic + * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf. + * + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written + * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf + * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum + * cannot be found + */ +int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size); + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string + * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum. + * + * @param errbuf a buffer + * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf + * @param errnum error code to describe + * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description + * @see av_strerror() + */ +static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum) +{ + av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size); + return errbuf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_err2str(errnum) \ + av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum) + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/eval.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/eval.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22fa121 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/eval.h @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * simple arithmetic expression evaluator + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H +#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H + +#include "avutil.h" + +typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr; + +/** + * Parse and evaluate an expression. + * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval(). + * + * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of + * the expression, or NAN in case of error + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse an expression. + * + * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed + * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise. + * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user + * when it is not needed anymore. + * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" + * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} + * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers + * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument + * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers + * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments + * @param log_ctx parent logging context + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Evaluate a previously parsed expression. + * + * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names + * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 + * @return the value of the expression + */ +double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque); + +/** + * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse(). + */ +void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e); + +#if FF_API_OLD_EVAL_NAMES +/** + * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of av_expr_parse_and_eval(). + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_parse_and_eval_expr(double *res, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of av_expr_parse(). + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_parse_expr(AVExpr **expr, const char *s, + const char * const *const_names, + const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), + const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); +/** + * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of av_expr_eval(). + */ +attribute_deprecated +double av_eval_expr(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque); + +/** + * @deprecated Deprecated in favor of av_expr_free(). + */ +attribute_deprecated +void av_free_expr(AVExpr *e); +#endif /* FF_API_OLD_EVAL_NAMES */ + +/** + * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If + * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain + * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a + * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case, + * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value + * of numstr. + * + * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of + * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M', + * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used + * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value for + * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This + * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix. + * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next + * after the last parsed character + */ +double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/fifo.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/fifo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff66c95 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/fifo.h @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H +#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +typedef struct AVFifoBuffer { + uint8_t *buffer; + uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end; + uint32_t rndx, wndx; +} AVFifoBuffer; + +/** + * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param size of FIFO + * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure + */ +AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size); + +/** + * Free an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free + */ +void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset + */ +void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can read from it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @return size + */ +int av_fifo_size(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the + * amount of data you can write into it. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into + * @return size + */ +int av_fifo_space(AVFifoBuffer *f); + +/** + * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param buf_size number of bytes to read + * @param func generic read function + * @param dest data destination + */ +int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to + * @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a + * modifiable context by the function defined in func + * @param size number of bytes to write + * @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src, + * the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size. + * func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to + * indicate no more data available to write. + * If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data. + * @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO + */ +int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int)); + +/** + * Resize an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + */ +int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size); + +/** + * Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer. + * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. + * The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize + * @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size() + * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise + */ +int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space); + +/** + * Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer. + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from + * @param size amount of data to read in bytes + */ +void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size); + +/** + * Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset. + * The FIFO buffer is not modified. + * + * @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL + * @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less + * than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will + * point outside to the buffer data. + * The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size(). + */ +static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs) +{ + uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs; + if (ptr >= f->end) + ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end); + else if (ptr < f->buffer) + ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr); + return ptr; +} + +#if FF_API_AV_FIFO_PEEK +/** + * @deprecated Use av_fifo_peek2() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +static inline uint8_t av_fifo_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs) +{ + return *av_fifo_peek2(f, offs); +} +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/file.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/file.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f637005 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/file.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H +#define AVUTIL_FILE_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "avutil.h" + +/** + * @file + * Misc file utilities. + */ + +/** + * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly + * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available. + * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and + * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr. + * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap(). + * + * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging + * @param log_ctx context used for logging + * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value + * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure + */ +int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map(). + * + * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned + * by av_file_map() + */ +void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size); + +/** + * Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw. + * Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible. + * *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally. + * @return file descriptor of opened file (or -1 on error) + * and opened file name in **filename. + */ +int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/imgutils.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/imgutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b1904b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/imgutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H + +/** + * @file + * misc image utilities + * + * @addtogroup lavu_picture + * @{ + */ + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "pixdesc.h" + +/** + * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a + * format described by pixdesc. + * + * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of + * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first + * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same + * component. + * + * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step + * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel + * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the + * component in the plane with the max pixel step. + * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component + * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL. + */ +void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4], + const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +/** + * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width + * width for the plane plane. + * + * @return the computed size in bytes + */ +int av_image_get_linesize(enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane); + +/** + * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * width width. + * + * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width); + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and + * height height. + * + * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane + * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image + * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each + * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes() + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int height, + uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]); + +/** + * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and + * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly. + * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using + * av_freep(&pointers[0]). + * + * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative + * error code in case of failure + */ +int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4], + int w, int h, enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy image plane from src to dst. + * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each. + * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize + * bytes. + * + * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst + * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src + */ +void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize, + const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize, + int bytewidth, int height); + +/** + * Copy image in src_data to dst_data. + * + * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data + * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data + */ +void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4], + const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4], + enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); + +/** + * Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image + * parameters and the provided array. + * + * The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src + * address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the + * specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and + * line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several + * pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and + * the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the + * lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required + * size for the src buffer. + * + * To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in + * one call, use av_image_alloc(). + * + * @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in + * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in + * @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image + * @param width the width of the image in pixels + * @param height the height of the image in pixels + * @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment + * @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code + * in case of failure + */ +int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4], + const uint8_t *src, + enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an + * image with the given parameters. + * + * @param[in] align the assumed linesize alignment + */ +int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Copy image data from an image into a buffer. + * + * av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size + * for the buffer to fill. + * + * @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied + * @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst + * @param src_data pointers containing the source image data + * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data + * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image + * @param width the width of the source image in pixels + * @param height the height of the source image in pixels + * @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst + * @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value + * (error code) on error + */ +int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size, + const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4], + enum PixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); + +/** + * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all + * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int. + * + * @param w the width of the picture + * @param h the height of the picture + * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx + * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL + * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +int ff_set_systematic_pal2(uint32_t pal[256], enum PixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/intfloat.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/intfloat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..38d26ad --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/intfloat.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard + * + * This file is part of Libav. + * + * Libav is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * Libav is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with Libav; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H +#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +union av_intfloat32 { + uint32_t i; + float f; +}; + +union av_intfloat64 { + uint64_t i; + double f; +}; + +/** + * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float. + */ +static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f) +{ + union av_intfloat32 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double. + */ +static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.i = i; + return v.f; +} + +/** + * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer. + */ +static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f) +{ + union av_intfloat64 v; + v.f = f; + return v.i; +} + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/intfloat_readwrite.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/intfloat_readwrite.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9709f4d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/intfloat_readwrite.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H +#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +/* IEEE 80 bits extended float */ +typedef struct AVExtFloat { + uint8_t exponent[2]; + uint8_t mantissa[8]; +} AVExtFloat; + +attribute_deprecated double av_int2dbl(int64_t v) av_const; +attribute_deprecated float av_int2flt(int32_t v) av_const; +attribute_deprecated double av_ext2dbl(const AVExtFloat ext) av_const; +attribute_deprecated int64_t av_dbl2int(double d) av_const; +attribute_deprecated int32_t av_flt2int(float d) av_const; +attribute_deprecated AVExtFloat av_dbl2ext(double d) av_const; + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c68ead --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h @@ -0,0 +1,528 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H +#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" +#include "attributes.h" +#include "bswap.h" + +typedef union { + uint64_t u64; + uint32_t u32[2]; + uint16_t u16[4]; + uint8_t u8 [8]; + double f64; + float f32[2]; +} av_alias av_alias64; + +typedef union { + uint32_t u32; + uint16_t u16[2]; + uint8_t u8 [4]; + float f32; +} av_alias av_alias32; + +typedef union { + uint16_t u16; + uint8_t u8 [2]; +} av_alias av_alias16; + +/* + * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of + * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros. + * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented + * as inline functions. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H + +#include "config.h" + +#if ARCH_ARM +# include "arm/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_AVR32 +# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_MIPS +# include "mips/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_PPC +# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_TOMI +# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h" +#elif ARCH_X86 +# include "x86/intreadwrite.h" +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ + +/* + * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v) +# endif + +#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16) +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16) +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24) +# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24) +# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32) +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32) +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p) +# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64) +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p) +# endif + +# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) +# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64) +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v) +# endif + +#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ + +/* + * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided + * by per-arch headers. + */ + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) + +union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; +union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v)) + +#elif defined(__DECC) + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p))) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v)) + +#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED + +# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#else + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, darg) do { \ + unsigned d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, darg) do { \ + unsigned d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, darg) do { \ + unsigned d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(x) \ + (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, darg) do { \ + unsigned d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(x) \ + (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, darg) do { \ + uint64_t d = (darg); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v) +#else +# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p) +# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v) +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */ + +#ifndef AV_RN16 +# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32 +# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64 +# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16 +# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32 +# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64 +# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v) +#endif + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +#else +# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) +# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) +# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) +# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) +#endif + +#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0) + +#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x) +#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d) + +#ifndef AV_RB16 +# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB16 +# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL16 +# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL16 +# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB32 +# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB32 +# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL32 +# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL32 +# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB64 +# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB64 +# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL64 +# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL64 +# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RB24 +# define AV_RB24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WB24 +# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RL24 +# define AV_RL24(x) \ + ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ + (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ + ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) +#endif +#ifndef AV_WL24 +# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ + ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ + } while(0) +#endif + +/* + * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data + * in a type-safe way. + */ + +#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) +#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) + +#ifndef AV_RN16A +# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN32A +# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_RN64A +# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN16A +# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN32A +# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_WN64A +# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v) +#endif + +/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be + * naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX, + * so emms_c() must be called before using any float code + * afterwards. + */ + +#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \ + (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n) + +#ifndef AV_COPY16 +# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY32 +# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY64 +# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_COPY128 +# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \ + do { \ + AV_COPY64(d, s); \ + AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b)) + +#ifndef AV_SWAP64 +# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b) +#endif + +#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0) + +#ifndef AV_ZERO16 +# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO32 +# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO64 +# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d) +#endif + +#ifndef AV_ZERO128 +# define AV_ZERO128(d) \ + do { \ + AV_ZERO64(d); \ + AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \ + } while(0) +#endif + +#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/lfg.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/lfg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..854ffce --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/lfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* + * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG + * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H +#define AVUTIL_LFG_H + +typedef struct { + unsigned int state[64]; + int index; +} AVLFG; + +void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed); + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG. + * + * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223, + * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + return c->state[c->index++ & 63]; +} + +/** + * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG. + * + * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster. + */ +static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){ + unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; + unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63]; + return c->state[c->index++ & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b; +} + +/** + * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian + * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg. + * + * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed + */ +void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/log.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/log.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba7315f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/log.h @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H +#define AVUTIL_LOG_H + +#include <stdarg.h> +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +typedef enum { + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER, + AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB, ///< not part of ABI/API +}AVClassCategory; + +/** + * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an + * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an + * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.). + */ +typedef struct AVClass { + /** + * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the + * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated. + */ + const char* class_name; + + /** + * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context + * instance ctx associated with the class. + */ + const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx); + + /** + * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL + * + * @see av_set_default_options() + */ + const struct AVOption *option; + + /** + * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created. + * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major + * version bumps everywhere. + */ + + int version; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored. + * 0 means there is no such variable + */ + int log_level_offset_offset; + + /** + * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for loging is stored. + * for example a decoder that uses eval.c could pass its AVCodecContext to eval as such + * parent context. And a av_log() implementation could then display the parent context + * can be NULL of course + */ + int parent_log_context_offset; + + /** + * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ + void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev); + + /** + * Return an AVClass corresponding to next potential + * AVOptions-enabled child. + * + * The difference between child_next and this is that + * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while + * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children. + */ + const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev); + + /** + * Category used for visualization (like color) + * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory category; + + /** + * Callback to return the category. + * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100) + */ + AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx); +} AVClass; + +/* av_log API */ + +#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8 + +/** + * Something went really wrong and we will crash now. + */ +#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0 + +/** + * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible. + * For example, no header was found for a format which depends + * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used. + */ +#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8 + +/** + * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered. + * However, not all future data is affected. + */ +#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16 + +/** + * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not + * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'. + */ +#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24 + +#define AV_LOG_INFO 32 +#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40 + +/** + * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers. + */ +#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48 + +#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_DEBUG - AV_LOG_QUIET) + +/** + * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal + * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to + * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different av_vlog callback + * function. + * + * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct. + * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying + * higher importance. + * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how + * subsequent arguments are converted to output. + * @see av_vlog + */ +void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); + +void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list); +int av_log_get_level(void); +void av_log_set_level(int); +void av_log_set_callback(void (*)(void*, int, const char*, va_list)); +void av_log_default_callback(void* ptr, int level, const char* fmt, va_list vl); +const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx); +AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr); + +/** + * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. + * @param line buffer to receive the formated line + * @param line_size size of the buffer + * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; + * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 + */ +void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, + char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); + +/** + * av_dlog macros + * Useful to print debug messages that shouldn't get compiled in normally. + */ + +#ifdef DEBUG +# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__) +#else +# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) do { if (0) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#endif + +/** + * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of + * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to + * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some + * bad luck. + * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must + * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end + */ +#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1 +void av_log_set_flags(int arg); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/lzo.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/lzo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..060b5c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/lzo.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + * LZO 1x decompression + * copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H +#define AVUTIL_LZO_H + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * + * @{ + */ + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode + * @{ */ +/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1 +/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2 +/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong +#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4 +/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream +#define AV_LZO_ERROR 8 +/** @} */ + +#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8 +#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12 + +/** + * @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data. + * @param out output buffer + * @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @param in input buffer + * @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here + * @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above + * + * Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide + * AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes. + */ +int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen); + +/** + * @brief deliberately overlapping memcpy implementation + * @param dst destination buffer; must be padded with 12 additional bytes + * @param back how many bytes back we start (the initial size of the overlapping window), must be > 0 + * @param cnt number of bytes to copy, must be >= 0 + * + * cnt > back is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, + * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of back. + */ +void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/mathematics.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/mathematics.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5458d2f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/mathematics.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H +#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <math.h> +#include "attributes.h" +#include "rational.h" +#include "intfloat.h" + +#ifndef M_E +#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN2 +#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LN10 +#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_LOG2_10 +#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PHI +#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */ +#endif +#ifndef M_PI +#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT1_2 +#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef M_SQRT2 +#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */ +#endif +#ifndef NAN +#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000) +#endif +#ifndef INFINITY +#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000) +#endif + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * @{ + */ + + +enum AVRounding { + AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero. + AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero. + AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity. + AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity. + AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero. +}; + +/** + * Return the greatest common divisor of a and b. + * If both a and b are 0 or either or both are <0 then behavior is + * undefined. + */ +int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b); + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest. + * A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow. + */ +int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding. + * A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const; + +/** + * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding. + */ +int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq, + enum AVRounding) av_const; + +/** + * Compare 2 timestamps each in its own timebases. + * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps + * is outside the int64_t range when represented in the others timebase. + * @return -1 if ts_a is before ts_b, 1 if ts_a is after ts_b or 0 if they represent the same position + */ +int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b); + +/** + * Compare 2 integers modulo mod. + * That is we compare integers a and b for which only the least + * significant log2(mod) bits are known. + * + * @param mod must be a power of 2 + * @return a negative value if a is smaller than b + * a positive value if a is greater than b + * 0 if a equals b + */ +int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/md5.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/md5.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a3534ed --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/md5.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H +#define AVUTIL_MD5_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5 + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_md5_size; + +struct AVMD5; + +void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx); +void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, const int len); +void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst); +void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/mem.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/mem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..212dbf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/mem.h @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * memory handling functions + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H +#define AVUTIL_MEM_H + +#include <limits.h> + +#include "attributes.h" +#include "error.h" +#include "avutil.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_mem + * @{ + */ + + +#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v +#elif defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) \ + AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \ + t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) \ + AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \ + static const t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v +#else + #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v + #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) + #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__)) +#else + #define av_malloc_attrib +#endif + +#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) + #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__))) +#else + #define av_alloc_size(...) +#endif + +/** + * Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all + * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU). + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated. + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot + * be allocated. + * @see av_mallocz() + */ +void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Helper function to allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with + * using av_malloc() + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot + * be allocated. + * @see av_malloc() + */ +av_alloc_size(1,2) static inline void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size) +{ + if (size <= 0 || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size) + return NULL; + return av_malloc(nmemb * size); +} + +/** + * Allocate or reallocate a block of memory. + * If ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If + * size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr. + * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with + * av_malloc(z)() or av_realloc() or NULL. + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or + * reallocated. + * @return Pointer to a newly reallocated block or NULL if the block + * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block. + * @see av_fast_realloc() + */ +void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2); + +/** + * Allocate or reallocate a block of memory. + * This function does the same thing as av_realloc, except: + * - It takes two arguments and checks the result of the multiplication for + * integer overflow. + * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory + * leak with the classic "buf = realloc(buf); if (!buf) return -1;". + */ +void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize); + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or + * av_realloc(). + * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed. + * @note ptr = NULL is explicitly allowed. + * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead. + * @see av_freep() + */ +void av_free(void *ptr); + +/** + * Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all + * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and + * zero all the bytes of the block. + * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated. + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated. + * @see av_malloc() + */ +void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); + +/** + * Allocate a block of nmemb * size bytes with alignment suitable for all + * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and + * zero all the bytes of the block. + * The allocation will fail if nmemb * size is greater than or equal + * to INT_MAX. + * @param nmemb + * @param size + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated. + */ +void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Helper function to allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with + * using av_mallocz() + * @param nmemb Number of elements + * @param size Size of the single element + * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot + * be allocated. + * @see av_mallocz() + * @see av_malloc_array() + */ +av_alloc_size(1,2) static inline void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size) +{ + if (size <= 0 || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size) + return NULL; + return av_mallocz(nmemb * size); +} + +/** + * Duplicate the string s. + * @param s string to be duplicated + * @return Pointer to a newly allocated string containing a + * copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated. + */ +char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib; + +/** + * Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or + * av_realloc() and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL. + * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should + * be freed. + * @see av_free() + */ +void av_freep(void *ptr); + +/** + * Add an element to a dynamic array. + * + * @param tab_ptr Pointer to the array. + * @param nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array. + * @param elem Element to be added. + */ +void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); + +/** + * Multiply two size_t values checking for overflow. + * @return 0 if success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if overflow. + */ +static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r) +{ + size_t t = a * b; + /* Hack inspired from glibc: only try the division if nelem and elsize + * are both greater than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */ + if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b) + return AVERROR(EINVAL); + *r = t; + return 0; +} + +/** + * Set the maximum size that may me allocated in one block. + */ +void av_max_alloc(size_t max); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/opt.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/opt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..285d854 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/opt.h @@ -0,0 +1,607 @@ +/* + * AVOptions + * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H +#define AVUTIL_OPT_H + +/** + * @file + * AVOptions + */ + +#include "rational.h" +#include "avutil.h" +#include "dict.h" +#include "log.h" + +/** + * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions + * @ingroup lavu_data + * @{ + * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs + * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible + * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to. + * + * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions + * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct. + * + * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore + * the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it. + * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array + * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default + * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must + * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field + * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct + * should also be set when applicable, but are not required. + * + * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct: + * @code + * typedef struct test_struct { + * AVClass *class; + * int int_opt; + * char *str_opt; + * uint8_t *bin_opt; + * int bin_len; + * } test_struct; + * + * static const AVOption options[] = { + * { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING }, + * { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt), + * AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * + * static const AVClass test_class = { + * .class_name = "test class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = options, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * @endcode + * + * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer + * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to + * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the + * AVOptions API. + * + * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically + * free all the allocated string and binary options. + * + * Continuing with the above example: + * + * @code + * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void) + * { + * test_struct *ret = av_malloc(sizeof(*ret)); + * ret->class = &test_class; + * av_opt_set_defaults(ret); + * return ret; + * } + * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo) + * { + * av_opt_free(*foo); + * av_freep(foo); + * } + * @endcode + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting + * It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another + * AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in + * libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports + * codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the + * parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply + * implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_next() in the + * parent struct's AVClass. + * Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a + * child_struct field: + * + * @code + * typedef struct child_struct { + * AVClass *class; + * int flags_opt; + * } child_struct; + * static const AVOption child_opts[] = { + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, + * { NULL }, + * }; + * static const AVClass child_class = { + * .class_name = "child class", + * .item_name = av_default_item_name, + * .option = child_opts, + * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, + * }; + * + * void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev) + * { + * test_struct *t = obj; + * if (!prev && t->child_struct) + * return t->child_struct; + * return NULL + * } + * const AVClass child_class_next(const AVClass *prev) + * { + * return prev ? NULL : &child_class; + * } + * @endcode + * Putting child_next() and child_class_next() as defined above into + * test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through + * test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on + * child_struct right after it is created). + * + * From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next() + * and child_class_next() are needed. The distinction is that child_next() + * iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_next() + * iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext + * was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its + * child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish + * iterating. OTOH child_class_next() on AVCodecContext.av_class will + * iterate over all available codecs with private options. + * + * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants + * It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit + * field of the option the constants should apply to to a string and + * create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST + * with their unit field set to the same string. + * Their default_val field should contain the value of the named + * constant. + * For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option + * above, put the following into the child_opts array: + * @code + * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", + * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" }, + * { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" }, + * @endcode + * + * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions + * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct. + * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or + * AVFormatContext in libavformat. + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions + * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates + * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches + * for an option with the given name. + * + * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct + * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag + * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively. + * + * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to + * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children + * (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call + * av_opt_child_class_next() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The + * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its + * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read + * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and + * av_opt_next() on each result). + * + * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions + * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the + * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For + * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the + * option type. + * + * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string + * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you + * have to free it with av_free(). + * + * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an + * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this + * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary + * filled with option as a parameter. This allows to set some options + * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known + * before the file is actually opened. + */ + +enum AVOptionType{ + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length + AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128, + AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE = MKBETAG('S','I','Z','E'), ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers + AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT = MKBETAG('P','F','M','T'), +#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS + FF_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS = 0, + FF_OPT_TYPE_INT, + FF_OPT_TYPE_INT64, + FF_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, + FF_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, + FF_OPT_TYPE_STRING, + FF_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, + FF_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length + FF_OPT_TYPE_CONST=128, +#endif +}; + +/** + * AVOption + */ +typedef struct AVOption { + const char *name; + + /** + * short English help text + * @todo What about other languages? + */ + const char *help; + + /** + * The offset relative to the context structure where the option + * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. + */ + int offset; + enum AVOptionType type; + + /** + * the default value for scalar options + */ + union { + int64_t i64; + double dbl; + const char *str; + /* TODO those are unused now */ + AVRational q; + } default_val; + double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option + double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option + + int flags; +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA 4 ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ... +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32 +#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering +//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags + + /** + * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant + * options and corresponding named constants share the same + * unit. May be NULL. + */ + const char *unit; +} AVOption; + +#if FF_API_FIND_OPT +/** + * Look for an option in obj. Look only for the options which + * have the flags set as specified in mask and flags (that is, + * for which it is the case that opt->flags & mask == flags). + * + * @param[in] obj a pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass + * @param[in] name the name of the option to look for + * @param[in] unit the unit of the option to look for, or any if NULL + * @return a pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * has been found + * + * @deprecated use av_opt_find. + */ +attribute_deprecated +const AVOption *av_find_opt(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, int mask, int flags); +#endif + +#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS +/** + * Set the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an + * AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. If the field is not of a string + * type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * @param[out] o_out if non-NULL put here a pointer to the AVOption + * found + * @param alloc this parameter is currently ignored + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + * @deprecated use av_opt_set() + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_set_string3(void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int alloc, const AVOption **o_out); + +attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_double(void *obj, const char *name, double n); +attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_q(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational n); +attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_int(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t n); + +double av_get_double(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out); +AVRational av_get_q(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out); +int64_t av_get_int(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out); +attribute_deprecated const char *av_get_string(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out, char *buf, int buf_len); +attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_next_option(void *obj, const AVOption *last); +#endif + +/** + * Show the obj options. + * + * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags. + * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the + * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags). + * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options + */ +int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags); + +/** + * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. + * + * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) + */ +void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s); + +#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS +attribute_deprecated +void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags); +#endif + +/** + * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair + * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the + * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using + * AVOptions. + * + * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL + * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to + * separate key from value + * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate + * two pairs from each other + * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative + * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, + * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair + * cannot be set + */ +int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, + const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); + +/** + * Free all string and binary options in obj. + */ +void av_opt_free(void *obj); + +/** + * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field. + * + * @param field_name the name of the flag field option + * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check + * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set, + * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist. + */ +int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name); + +/* + * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass + * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced + * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. + * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller + * with av_dict_free(). + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, + * but could not be set. + * + * @see av_dict_copy() + */ +int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options); + +/** + * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings + * @{ + * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings + * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(), + * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer. + * + * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass. + * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated. + * @param val string to be evaluated. + * @param *_out value of the string will be written here. + * + * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure. + */ +int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out); +int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out); +int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out); +int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out); +int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out); +int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out); +/** + * @} + */ + +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN 0x0001 /**< Search in possible children of the + given object first. */ +/** + * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass + * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is + * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding + * object. + */ +#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ 0x0002 + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + * + * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable + * directly with av_set_string3(). Use special calls which take an options + * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this + * flag. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags); + +/** + * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which + * have all the specified flags set. + * + * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a + * pointer to an AVClass. + * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. + * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. + * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit + * it belongs to. + * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). + * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. + * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be + * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present + * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ. + * + * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option + * was found. + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, + int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj); + +/** + * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj. + * + * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an + * AVClass describing it. + * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object + * or NULL + * @return next AVOption or NULL + */ +const AVOption *av_opt_next(void *obj, const AVOption *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL + */ +void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev); + +/** + * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent. + * + * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL + * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL + */ +const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_next(const AVClass *parent, const AVClass *prev); + +/** + * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions + * @{ + * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value. + * + * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name the name of the field to set + * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not + * of a string type, then the given string is parsed. + * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. + * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named + * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators + * is undefined. + * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric + * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag + * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; + * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. + * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj. + * + * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of + * error: + * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists + * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range + * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid + */ +int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_double(void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); +int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions + * @{ + * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object. + * + * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. + * @param[in] name name of the option to get. + * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN + * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj. + * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here + * @return 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +/** + * @note the returned string will av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller + */ +int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val); +int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val); +int av_opt_get_double(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val); +int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct. + * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or + * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled, + * + * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read + * or written to. + */ +void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name); +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/parseutils.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/parseutils.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da7d345 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/parseutils.h @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H +#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H + +#include <time.h> + +#include "rational.h" + +/** + * @file + * misc parsing utilities + */ + +/** + * Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q. + * + * Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is + * considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you + * want to exclude those values. + * + * The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string. + * + * @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * num:den, a float number or an expression + * @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log + * level of log_ctx + * @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \ + av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL) + +/** + * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values. + * + * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * width value + * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected + * height value + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation. + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str); + +/** + * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate. + * + * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected + * frame rate + * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format + * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation + * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str); + +/** + * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color. + * + * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of + * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence, + * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha + * component. + * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an + * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which + * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent, + * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque). + * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed. + * The string "random" will result in a random color. + * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the + * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string + * containing nothing else than the color. + * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of + * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed). + */ +int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen, + void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of + * microseconds. + * + * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding + * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it + * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If + * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of + * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot + * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN. + + * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration. + * - If a date the syntax is: + * @code + * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z] + * now + * @endcode + * If the value is "now" it takes the current time. + * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is + * interpreted as UTC. + * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current + * year-month-day. + * - If a duration the syntax is: + * @code + * [-]HH:MM:SS[.m...]]] + * [-]S+[.m...] + * @endcode + * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not + * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date + * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an + * AVERROR code otherwise + */ +int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration); + +/** + * Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and + * store its results in the structure dt. + * This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported + * by the standard strptime(). + * + * In particular it actually supports the parameters: + * - %H: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '23' + * - %M: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - %S: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the + * range '00' through '59' + * - %Y: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar + * - %m: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12' + * - %d: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' + * through '31' + * - %%: a literal '%' + * + * @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this + * function call, or NULL in case the function fails to match all of + * the fmt string and therefore an error occurred + */ +char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt); + +/** + * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL. + * + * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done. + * Return 1 if found. + */ +int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info); + +/** + * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value. + */ +time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1fa916a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +/* + * pixel format descriptor + * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H + +#include <inttypes.h> +#include "pixfmt.h" + +typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor{ + uint16_t plane :2; ///< which of the 4 planes contains the component + + /** + * Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels minus 1. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + uint16_t step_minus1 :3; + + /** + * Number of elements before the component of the first pixel plus 1. + * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. + */ + uint16_t offset_plus1 :3; + uint16_t shift :3; ///< number of least significant bits that must be shifted away to get the value + uint16_t depth_minus1 :4; ///< number of bits in the component minus 1 +}AVComponentDescriptor; + +/** + * Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are + * stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the + * subsampling factors and number of components. + * + * @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV + * and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values + * are stored not what these values represent. + */ +typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor{ + const char *name; + uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4) + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_width = -((-luma_width) >> log2_chroma_w) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_w; ///< chroma_width = -((-luma_width )>>log2_chroma_w) + + /** + * Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height. + * For YV12 this is 1 for example. + * chroma_height= -((-luma_height) >> log2_chroma_h) + * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. + * This value only refers to the chroma components. + */ + uint8_t log2_chroma_h; + uint8_t flags; + + /** + * Parameters that describe how pixels are packed. + * If the format has 2 or 4 components, then alpha is last. + * If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0. + * If the format has 3 or 4 components, + * if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue; + * otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V. + */ + AVComponentDescriptor comp[4]; +}AVPixFmtDescriptor; + +#define PIX_FMT_BE 1 ///< Pixel format is big-endian. +#define PIX_FMT_PAL 2 ///< Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette. +#define PIX_FMT_BITSTREAM 4 ///< All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end. +#define PIX_FMT_HWACCEL 8 ///< Pixel format is an HW accelerated format. +#define PIX_FMT_PLANAR 16 ///< At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane +#define PIX_FMT_RGB 32 ///< The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale) +/** + * The pixel format is "pseudo-paletted". This means that FFmpeg treats it as + * paletted internally, but the palette is generated by the decoder and is not + * stored in the file. + */ +#define PIX_FMT_PSEUDOPAL 64 + +/** + * The array of all the pixel format descriptors. + */ +extern const AVPixFmtDescriptor av_pix_fmt_descriptors[]; + +/** + * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the + * pixel format component c to dst. + * + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read + * @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of + * values to write to dst + * @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted + * format writes the values corresponding to the palette + * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in + * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted. + */ +void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], const int linesize[4], + const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component); + +/** + * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an + * image line. + * + * @param src array containing the values to write + * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the + * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed. + * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image + * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image + * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write + * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of + * values to write to the image line + */ +void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4], const int linesize[4], + const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, int x, int y, int c, int w); + +/** + * Return the pixel format corresponding to name. + * + * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a + * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian + * format of name. + * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16", + * then for "gray16le". + * + * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns PIX_FMT_NONE. + */ +enum PixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is + * unknown. + * + * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string() + */ +const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum PixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with + * number pix_fmt, or an header if pix_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + */ +char *av_get_pix_fmt_string (char *buf, int buf_size, enum PixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format + * described by pixdesc. + * + * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually + * used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are + * not counted. + */ +int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fa771bc --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H + +/** + * @file + * pixel format definitions + * + */ + +#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" + +#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024 +#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256 + +/** + * Pixel format. + * + * @note + * PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA + * color is put together as: + * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B + * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on + * big-endian CPUs. + * + * @par + * When the pixel format is palettized RGB (PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized + * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in + * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is + * formatted the same as in PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is + * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB palette + * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255. + * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed + * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components. + * + * @par + * For all the 8bit per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like + * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function + * allocating the picture. + * + * @note + * make sure that all newly added big endian formats have pix_fmt&1==1 + * and that all newly added little endian formats have pix_fmt&1==0 + * this allows simpler detection of big vs little endian. + */ +enum PixelFormat { + PIX_FMT_NONE= -1, + PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples) + PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr + PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... + PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... + PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) + PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples) + PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples) + PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) + PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp + PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb + PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bit with PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette + PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range + PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range + PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range + PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing + PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT, + PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 + PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 + PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) + PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) + PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb) + PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits + PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) + PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) + PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped + + PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... + PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... + PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... + PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... + + PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian + PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples) + PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range + PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples) + PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG2,///< MPEG-2 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + PIX_FMT_VDPAU_WMV3,///< WMV3 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + PIX_FMT_VDPAU_VC1, ///< VC-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian + PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian + PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 0 + PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 0 + + PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian + PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian + PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 1 + PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 1 + + PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers + PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers + PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + + PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG4, ///< MPEG4 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers + PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer + + PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 0 + PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 0 + PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 1 + PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 1 + PIX_FMT_GRAY8A, ///< 8bit gray, 8bit alpha + PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian + PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian + + //the following 10 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth, thus + //If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately + //is better + PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_VDA_VLD, ///< hardware decoding through VDA + +#ifdef AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER + PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian +#endif + PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp + PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little endian + +#ifndef AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER + PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE=0x123, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian + PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian + PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian +#endif + PIX_FMT_0RGB=0x123+4, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0RGB0RGB... + PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGB0RGB0... + PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0BGR0BGR... + PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGR0BGR0... + PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) + PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) + + PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian + PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big endian + PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little endian + + PIX_FMT_NB, ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions +}; + +#define PIX_FMT_Y400A PIX_FMT_GRAY8A +#define PIX_FMT_GBR24P PIX_FMT_GBRP + +#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN +# define PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) PIX_FMT_##be +#else +# define PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) PIX_FMT_##le +#endif + +#define PIX_FMT_RGB32 PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA) +#define PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR) +#define PIX_FMT_BGR32 PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA) +#define PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB) +#define PIX_FMT_0RGB32 PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0) +#define PIX_FMT_0BGR32 PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0) + +#define PIX_FMT_GRAY16 PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE) +#define PIX_FMT_RGB48 PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE) +#define PIX_FMT_RGB565 PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE) +#define PIX_FMT_RGB555 PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE) +#define PIX_FMT_RGB444 PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE) +#define PIX_FMT_BGR48 PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE) +#define PIX_FMT_BGR565 PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE) +#define PIX_FMT_BGR555 PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE) +#define PIX_FMT_BGR444 PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE) + +#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE) +#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE) +#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE) +#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE) +#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE) +#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE) +#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE) +#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE) +#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE) +#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE) +#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE) +#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE) +#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE) +#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE) +#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE) + +#define PIX_FMT_RGBA64 PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE) +#define PIX_FMT_BGRA64 PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE) +#define PIX_FMT_GBRP9 PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE) +#define PIX_FMT_GBRP10 PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE) +#define PIX_FMT_GBRP12 PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE) +#define PIX_FMT_GBRP14 PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE) +#define PIX_FMT_GBRP16 PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/random_seed.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/random_seed.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0462a04 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/random_seed.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier <baptiste.coudurier@gmail.com> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H +#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H + +#include <stdint.h> +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +/** + * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions. + * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases. + * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed. + * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster + * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform. + */ +uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/rational.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/rational.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..417e29e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/rational.h @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +/* + * rational numbers + * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * rational numbers + * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H +#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * @addtogroup lavu_math + * @{ + */ + +/** + * rational number numerator/denominator + */ +typedef struct AVRational{ + int num; ///< numerator + int den; ///< denominator +} AVRational; + +/** + * Compare two rationals. + * @param a first rational + * @param b second rational + * @return 0 if a==b, 1 if a>b, -1 if a<b, and INT_MIN if one of the + * values is of the form 0/0 + */ +static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){ + const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den; + + if(tmp) return ((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1; + else if(b.den && a.den) return 0; + else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31); + else return INT_MIN; +} + +/** + * Convert rational to double. + * @param a rational to convert + * @return (double) a + */ +static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){ + return a.num / (double) a.den; +} + +/** + * Reduce a fraction. + * This is useful for framerate calculations. + * @param dst_num destination numerator + * @param dst_den destination denominator + * @param num source numerator + * @param den source denominator + * @param max the maximum allowed for dst_num & dst_den + * @return 1 if exact, 0 otherwise + */ +int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max); + +/** + * Multiply two rationals. + * @param b first rational + * @param c second rational + * @return b*c + */ +AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Divide one rational by another. + * @param b first rational + * @param c second rational + * @return b/c + */ +AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Add two rationals. + * @param b first rational + * @param c second rational + * @return b+c + */ +AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Subtract one rational from another. + * @param b first rational + * @param c second rational + * @return b-c + */ +AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; + +/** + * Invert a rational. + * @param q value + * @return 1 / q + */ +static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q) +{ + AVRational r = { q.den, q.num }; + return r; +} + +/** + * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational. + * inf is expressed as {1,0} or {-1,0} depending on the sign. + * + * @param d double to convert + * @param max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator + * @return (AVRational) d + */ +AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const; + +/** + * @return 1 if q1 is nearer to q than q2, -1 if q2 is nearer + * than q1, 0 if they have the same distance. + */ +int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2); + +/** + * Find the nearest value in q_list to q. + * @param q_list an array of rationals terminated by {0, 0} + * @return the index of the nearest value found in the array + */ +int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a7de20 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H +#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "avutil.h" +#include "attributes.h" + +/** + * Audio Sample Formats + * + * @par + * The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order. + * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed + * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format. + * + * @par + * The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range + * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level. + * + * @par + * The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in Libav + * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows: + * + * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane, + * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data + * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data + * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case, + * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat { + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1, + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar + + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically +}; + +/** + * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not + * recognized. + */ +const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE + * on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name); + +/** + * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or + * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the + * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the + * input. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar); + +/** + * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format. + * + * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is + * the same as the input. + * + * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or + AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. + */ +enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with + * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative. + * + * @param buf the buffer where to write the string + * @param buf_size the size of buf + * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the + * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the + * corresponding header. + * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is + * unknown or in case of other errors + */ +char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +#if FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT +/** + * @deprecated Use av_get_bytes_per_sample() instead. + */ +attribute_deprecated +int av_get_bits_per_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); +#endif + +/** + * Return number of bytes per sample. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given + * sample format + */ +int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Check if the sample format is planar. + * + * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect + * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved + */ +int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters. + * + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample + * format sample_fmt. + * + * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes: + * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer, + * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only. + * + * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each + * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the + * buffer for all channels for packed layout. + * + * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples + * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size), + * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data. + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL + * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples + * @param nb_channels the number of channels + * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel + * @param sample_fmt the sample format + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return 0 on success or a negative error code on failure + */ +int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, + const uint8_t *buf, + int nb_channels, int nb_samples, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and + * linesize accordingly. + * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0]) + * + * @see enum AVSampleFormat + * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. + * + * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel + * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel + * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) + * @return 0 on success or a negative error code on failure + * @see av_samples_fill_arrays() + */ +int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, + int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); + +/** + * Copy samples from src to dst. + * + * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes + * @param src source array of pointers to data planes + * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst + * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src + * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset, + int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels, + enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +/** + * Fill an audio buffer with silence. + * + * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes + * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling + * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill + * @param nb_channels number of audio channels + * @param sample_fmt audio sample format + */ +int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples, + int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/sha.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/sha.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d891cae --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/sha.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +extern const int av_sha_size; + +struct AVSHA; + +/** + * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size) + * @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits) + * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise + */ +int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + */ +void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + */ +void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/sha1.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/sha1.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ff5804 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/sha1.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA1_H +#define AVUTIL_SHA1_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +extern const int av_sha1_size; + +struct AVSHA1; + +/** + * Initialize SHA-1 hashing. + * + * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size) + * @deprecated use av_sha_init() instead + */ +void av_sha1_init(struct AVSHA1* context); + +/** + * Update hash value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param data input data to update hash with + * @param len input data length + * @deprecated use av_sha_update() instead + */ +void av_sha1_update(struct AVSHA1* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len); + +/** + * Finish hashing and output digest value. + * + * @param context hash function context + * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored + * @deprecated use av_sha_final() instead + */ +void av_sha1_final(struct AVSHA1* context, uint8_t digest[20]); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA1_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/time.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/time.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..90eb436 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/time.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H +#define AVUTIL_TIME_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * Get the current time in microseconds. + */ +int64_t av_gettime(void); + +/** + * Sleep for a period of time. Although the duration is expressed in + * microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the + * system timer. + * + * @param usec Number of microseconds to sleep. + * @return zero on success or (negative) error code. + */ +int av_usleep(unsigned usec); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/timecode.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/timecode.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..17d6b95 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/timecode.h @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier <baptiste.coudurier@gmail.com> + * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch <clement.boesch@smartjog.com> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * Timecode helpers header + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H + +#include <stdint.h> +#include "rational.h" + +#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 16 + +enum AVTimecodeFlag { + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours + AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed +}; + +typedef struct { + int start; ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number) + uint32_t flags; ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ... + AVRational rate; ///< frame rate in rational form + unsigned fps; ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field +} AVTimecode; + +/** + * Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code. + * + * @param framenum frame number to adjust + * @return adjusted frame number + * @warning adjustment is only valid in NTSC 29.97 + * @deprecated use av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2 instead + */ +attribute_deprecated int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum(int framenum); + +/** + * Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code. + * + * @param framenum frame number to adjust + * @param fps frame per second, 30 or 60 + * @return adjusted frame number + * @warning adjustment is only valid in NTSC 29.97 and 59.94 + */ +int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(int framenum, int fps); + +/** + * Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation. + * + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the SMPTE binary representation + * + * @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode, + * you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum(). + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + * @note Color frame (CF), binary group flags (BGF) and biphase mark polarity + * correction (PC) bits are set to zero. + */ +uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum); + +/** + * Load timecode string in buf. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized + * @param framenum frame number + * @return the buf parameter + * + * @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than + * 24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set. + * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. + */ +char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format. + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode + * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit + * is arbitrary + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df); + +/** + * Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format). + * + * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long + * @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode + * @return the buf parameter + */ +char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit); + +/** + * Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters. + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field + * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log) + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ... + * (see AVTimecodeFlag) + * @param frame_start the first frame number + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff). + * + * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a + * pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log). + * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode + * @param rate frame rate in rational form + * @param str timecode string which will determine the frame start + * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Check if the timecode feature is available for the given frame rate + * + * @return 0 if supported, <0 otherwise + */ +int av_timecode_check_frame_rate(AVRational rate); + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/timestamp.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/timestamp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7348d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/timestamp.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H +#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H + +#include "common.h" + +#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32 + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%"PRId64"", ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts) + +/** + * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time + * representation. + * + * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE + * @param ts the timestamp to represent + * @param tb the timebase of the timestamp + * @return the buffer in input + */ +static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational *tb) +{ + if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); + else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%.6g", av_q2d(*tb) * ts); + return buf; +} + +/** + * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in + * function arguments but never stand-alone. + */ +#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb) + +#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/version.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3361069 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/* + * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H +#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H + +#include "avutil.h" + +/** + * @file + * @ingroup lavu + * Libavutil version macros + */ + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics + * + * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime + * which version of libavutil is in use. + * + * @{ + */ + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 51 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 73 +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 101 + +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION) + +/** + * @} + * + * @defgroup depr_guards Deprecation guards + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + * + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_EVAL_NAMES +#define FF_API_OLD_EVAL_NAMES (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 52) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT +#define FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 52) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_FIND_OPT +#define FF_API_FIND_OPT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 52) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_AV_FIFO_PEEK +#define FF_API_AV_FIFO_PEEK (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 52) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS +#define FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 52) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_OLD_TC_ADJUST_FRAMENUM +#define FF_API_OLD_TC_ADJUST_FRAMENUM (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 52) +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/xtea.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/xtea.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0899c92 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libavutil/xtea.h @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* + * A 32-bit implementation of the XTEA algorithm + * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef AVUTIL_XTEA_H +#define AVUTIL_XTEA_H + +#include <stdint.h> + +/** + * @defgroup lavu_xtea XTEA + * @ingroup lavu_crypto + * @{ + */ + +typedef struct AVXTEA { + uint32_t key[16]; +} AVXTEA; + +/** + * Initialize an AVXTEA context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption + */ +void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); + +/** + * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. + * + * @param ctx an AVXTEA context + * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src + * @param src source array, can be equal to dst + * @param count number of 8 byte blocks + * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used + * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption + */ +void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, + int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* AVUTIL_XTEA_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libpostproc/postprocess.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libpostproc/postprocess.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2c5c73 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libpostproc/postprocess.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2001-2003 Michael Niedermayer (michaelni@gmx.at) + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H +#define POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H + +/** + * @file + * @brief + * external postprocessing API + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#ifndef LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR 52 +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR 0 +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO 100 +#endif + +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBPOSTPROC_BUILD LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBPOSTPROC_IDENT "postproc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION) + +/** + * Return the LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned postproc_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libpostproc build-time configuration. + */ +const char *postproc_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libpostproc license. + */ +const char *postproc_license(void); + +#define PP_QUALITY_MAX 6 + +#define QP_STORE_T int8_t + +#include <inttypes.h> + +typedef void pp_context; +typedef void pp_mode; + +#if LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT < (52<<16) +typedef pp_context pp_context_t; +typedef pp_mode pp_mode_t; +extern const char *const pp_help; ///< a simple help text +#else +extern const char pp_help[]; ///< a simple help text +#endif + +void pp_postprocess(const uint8_t * src[3], const int srcStride[3], + uint8_t * dst[3], const int dstStride[3], + int horizontalSize, int verticalSize, + const QP_STORE_T *QP_store, int QP_stride, + pp_mode *mode, pp_context *ppContext, int pict_type); + + +/** + * Return a pp_mode or NULL if an error occurred. + * + * @param name the string after "-pp" on the command line + * @param quality a number from 0 to PP_QUALITY_MAX + */ +pp_mode *pp_get_mode_by_name_and_quality(const char *name, int quality); +void pp_free_mode(pp_mode *mode); + +pp_context *pp_get_context(int width, int height, int flags); +void pp_free_context(pp_context *ppContext); + +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX 0x80000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_MMX2 0x20000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_3DNOW 0x40000000 +#define PP_CPU_CAPS_ALTIVEC 0x10000000 + +#define PP_FORMAT 0x00000008 +#define PP_FORMAT_420 (0x00000011|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_422 (0x00000001|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_411 (0x00000002|PP_FORMAT) +#define PP_FORMAT_444 (0x00000000|PP_FORMAT) + +#define PP_PICT_TYPE_QP2 0x00000010 ///< MPEG2 style QScale + +#endif /* POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libswresample/swresample.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libswresample/swresample.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ac87207 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libswresample/swresample.h @@ -0,0 +1,226 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2011-2012 Michael Niedermayer (michaelni@gmx.at) + * + * This file is part of libswresample + * + * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +/** + * @file + * libswresample public header + */ + +#ifndef SWR_H +#define SWR_H + +#include <inttypes.h> +#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 0 +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 15 +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 100 + +#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) + +#if LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR < 1 +#define SWR_CH_MAX 32 ///< Maximum number of channels +#endif + +#define SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE 1 ///< Force resampling even if equal sample rate +//TODO use int resample ? +//long term TODO can we enable this dynamically? + +enum SwrDitherType { + SWR_DITHER_NONE = 0, + SWR_DITHER_RECTANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR, + SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HIGHPASS, + SWR_DITHER_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI +}; + +/** Resampling Filter Types */ +enum SwrFilterType { + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, /**< Cubic */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, /**< Blackman Nuttall Windowed Sinc */ + SWR_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER, /**< Kaiser Windowed Sinc */ +}; + +typedef struct SwrContext SwrContext; + +/** + * Get the AVClass for swrContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *swr_get_class(void); + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext. + * + * If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or + * with swr_alloc_set_opts()) before calling swr_init(). + * + * @see swr_alloc_set_opts(), swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + */ +struct SwrContext *swr_alloc(void); + +/** + * Initialize context after user parameters have been set. + * + * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_init(struct SwrContext *s); + +/** + * Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters. + * + * This function does not require s to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the + * other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts() to set the parameters + * on the allocated context. + * + * @param s Swr context, can be NULL + * @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) + * @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) + * @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). + * @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz) + * @param log_offset logging level offset + * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL + * + * @see swr_init(), swr_free() + * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise + */ +struct SwrContext *swr_alloc_set_opts(struct SwrContext *s, + int64_t out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate, + int64_t in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate, + int log_offset, void *log_ctx); + +/** + * Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL. + */ +void swr_free(struct SwrContext **s); + +/** + * Convert audio. + * + * in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the + * end. + * + * If more input is provided than output space then the input will be buffered. + * You can avoid this buffering by providing more output space than input. + * Convertion will run directly without copying whenever possible. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set + * @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio + * @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel + * @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio + * @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel + * + * @return number of samples output per channel, negative value on error + */ +int swr_convert(struct SwrContext *s, uint8_t **out, int out_count, + const uint8_t **in , int in_count); + +/** + * Convert the next timestamp from input to output + * timestampe are in 1/(in_sample_rate * out_sample_rate) units. + * + * @note There are 2 slightly differently behaving modes. + * First is when automatic timestamp compensation is not used, (min_compensation >= FLT_MAX) + * in this case timestamps will be passed through with delays compensated + * Second is when automatic timestamp compensation is used, (min_compensation < FLT_MAX) + * in this case the output timestamps will match output sample numbers + * + * @param pts timstamp for the next input sample, INT64_MIN if unknown + * @returns the output timestamp for the next output sample + */ +int64_t swr_next_pts(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t pts); + +/** + * Activate resampling compensation. + */ +int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance); + +/** + * Set a customized input channel mapping. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel + * indexes, -1 for a muted channel) + * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map); + +/** + * Set a customized remix matrix. + * + * @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized + * @param matrix remix coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is + * the weight of input channel i in output channel o + * @param stride offset between lines of the matrix + * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure. + */ +int swr_set_matrix(struct SwrContext *s, const double *matrix, int stride); + +/** + * Drops the specified number of output samples. + */ +int swr_drop_output(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Injects the specified number of silence samples. + */ +int swr_inject_silence(struct SwrContext *s, int count); + +/** + * Gets the delay the next input sample will experience relative to the next output sample. + * + * Swresample can buffer data if more input has been provided than available + * output space, also converting between sample rates needs a delay. + * This function returns the sum of all such delays. + * + * @param s swr context + * @param base timebase in which the returned delay will be + * if its set to 1 the returned delay is in seconds + * if its set to 1000 the returned delay is in milli seconds + * if its set to the input sample rate then the returned delay is in input samples + * if its set to the output sample rate then the returned delay is in output samples + * an exact rounding free delay can be found by using LCM(in_sample_rate, out_sample_rate) + * @returns the delay in 1/base units. + */ +int64_t swr_get_delay(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t base); + +/** + * Return the LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned swresample_version(void); + +/** + * Return the swr build-time configuration. + */ +const char *swresample_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the swr license. + */ +const char *swresample_license(void); + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libswscale/swscale.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libswscale/swscale.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a9e803d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libswscale/swscale.h @@ -0,0 +1,347 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> + * + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H +#define SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H + +/** + * @file + * @brief + * external api for the swscale stuff + */ + +#include <stdint.h> + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" +#include "libavutil/log.h" +#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" +#include "version.h" + +/** + * Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant. + */ +unsigned swscale_version(void); + +/** + * Return the libswscale build-time configuration. + */ +const char *swscale_configuration(void); + +/** + * Return the libswscale license. + */ +const char *swscale_license(void); + +/* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different */ +#define SWS_FAST_BILINEAR 1 +#define SWS_BILINEAR 2 +#define SWS_BICUBIC 4 +#define SWS_X 8 +#define SWS_POINT 0x10 +#define SWS_AREA 0x20 +#define SWS_BICUBLIN 0x40 +#define SWS_GAUSS 0x80 +#define SWS_SINC 0x100 +#define SWS_LANCZOS 0x200 +#define SWS_SPLINE 0x400 + +#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK 0x30000 +#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT 16 + +#define SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT 123456 + +#define SWS_PRINT_INFO 0x1000 + +//the following 3 flags are not completely implemented +//internal chrominace subsampling info +#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT 0x2000 +//input subsampling info +#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP 0x4000 +#define SWS_DIRECT_BGR 0x8000 +#define SWS_ACCURATE_RND 0x40000 +#define SWS_BITEXACT 0x80000 + +#if FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS +/** + * CPU caps are autodetected now, those flags + * are only provided for API compatibility. + */ +#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMX 0x80000000 +#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMXEXT 0x20000000 +#if LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3 +#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMX2 0x20000000 +#endif +#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_3DNOW 0x40000000 +#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_ALTIVEC 0x10000000 +#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_BFIN 0x01000000 +#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_SSE2 0x02000000 +#endif + +#define SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF 0.002 + +#define SWS_CS_ITU709 1 +#define SWS_CS_FCC 4 +#define SWS_CS_ITU601 5 +#define SWS_CS_ITU624 5 +#define SWS_CS_SMPTE170M 5 +#define SWS_CS_SMPTE240M 7 +#define SWS_CS_DEFAULT 5 + +/** + * Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace + * suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + * + * @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid, + * SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used. + */ +const int *sws_getCoefficients(int colorspace); + +// when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements +// coeffs cannot be shared between vectors +typedef struct { + double *coeff; ///< pointer to the list of coefficients + int length; ///< number of coefficients in the vector +} SwsVector; + +// vectors can be shared +typedef struct { + SwsVector *lumH; + SwsVector *lumV; + SwsVector *chrH; + SwsVector *chrV; +} SwsFilter; + +struct SwsContext; + +/** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0 + * otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedInput(enum PixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0 + * otherwise. + */ +int sws_isSupportedOutput(enum PixelFormat pix_fmt); + +/** + * Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to + * sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and + * sws_setColorspaceDetails(). + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_alloc_context(void); + +/** + * Initialize the swscaler context sws_context. + * + * @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on + * error + */ +int sws_init_context(struct SwsContext *sws_context, SwsFilter *srcFilter, SwsFilter *dstFilter); + +/** + * Free the swscaler context swsContext. + * If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing. + */ +void sws_freeContext(struct SwsContext *swsContext); + +#if FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT +/** + * Allocate and return an SwsContext. You need it to perform + * scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale(). + * + * @param srcW the width of the source image + * @param srcH the height of the source image + * @param srcFormat the source image format + * @param dstW the width of the destination image + * @param dstH the height of the destination image + * @param dstFormat the destination image format + * @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling + * @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error + * @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is + * written + * @deprecated Use sws_getCachedContext() instead. + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum PixelFormat srcFormat, + int dstW, int dstH, enum PixelFormat dstFormat, + int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, + SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); +#endif + +/** + * Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled + * slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive + * rows in an image. + * + * Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in + * top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in + * non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined. + * + * @param c the scaling context previously created with + * sws_getContext() + * @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the source slice + * @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the source image + * @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to + * process, that is the number (counted starting from + * zero) in the image of the first row of the slice + * @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number + * of rows in the slice + * @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of + * the destination image + * @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of + * the destination image + * @return the height of the output slice + */ +int sws_scale(struct SwsContext *c, const uint8_t *const srcSlice[], + const int srcStride[], int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH, + uint8_t *const dst[], const int dstStride[]); + +/** + * @param dstRange flag indicating the while-black range of the output (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param srcRange flag indicating the while-black range of the input (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) + * @param table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] + * @param brightness 16.16 fixed point brightness correction + * @param contrast 16.16 fixed point contrast correction + * @param saturation 16.16 fixed point saturation correction + * @return -1 if not supported + */ +int sws_setColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, const int inv_table[4], + int srcRange, const int table[4], int dstRange, + int brightness, int contrast, int saturation); + +/** + * @return -1 if not supported + */ +int sws_getColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, int **inv_table, + int *srcRange, int **table, int *dstRange, + int *brightness, int *contrast, int *saturation); + +/** + * Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients. + */ +SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length); + +/** + * Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff + * quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality. + */ +SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality); + +/** + * Allocate and return a vector with length coefficients, all + * with the same value c. + */ +SwsVector *sws_getConstVec(double c, int length); + +/** + * Allocate and return a vector with just one coefficient, with + * value 1.0. + */ +SwsVector *sws_getIdentityVec(void); + +/** + * Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value. + */ +void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar); + +/** + * Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height. + */ +void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height); +void sws_convVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +void sws_addVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +void sws_subVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); +void sws_shiftVec(SwsVector *a, int shift); + +/** + * Allocate and return a clone of the vector a, that is a vector + * with the same coefficients as a. + */ +SwsVector *sws_cloneVec(SwsVector *a); + +/** + * Print with av_log() a textual representation of the vector a + * if log_level <= av_log_level. + */ +void sws_printVec2(SwsVector *a, AVClass *log_ctx, int log_level); + +void sws_freeVec(SwsVector *a); + +SwsFilter *sws_getDefaultFilter(float lumaGBlur, float chromaGBlur, + float lumaSharpen, float chromaSharpen, + float chromaHShift, float chromaVShift, + int verbose); +void sws_freeFilter(SwsFilter *filter); + +/** + * Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocate a new one. + * + * If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new + * context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already + * saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current + * context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with + * the new parameters. + * + * Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they + * are assumed to remain the same. + */ +struct SwsContext *sws_getCachedContext(struct SwsContext *context, + int srcW, int srcH, enum PixelFormat srcFormat, + int dstW, int dstH, enum PixelFormat dstFormat, + int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, + SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); + +/** + * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32 bits. + * + * The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette. + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + */ +void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); + +/** + * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits. + * + * With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC". + * + * @param src source frame buffer + * @param dst destination frame buffer + * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert + * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src + */ +void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); + +/** + * Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with + * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. + * + * @see av_opt_find(). + */ +const AVClass *sws_get_class(void); + +#endif /* SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libswscale/version.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libswscale/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..37dcc96 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libswscale/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* + * This file is part of FFmpeg. + * + * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef SWSCALE_VERSION_H +#define SWSCALE_VERSION_H + +/** + * @file + * swscale version macros + */ + +#include "libavutil/avutil.h" + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 2 +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 1 +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 101 + +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ + LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) +#define LIBSWSCALE_BUILD LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT + +#define LIBSWSCALE_IDENT "SwS" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION) + +/** + * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be + * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of + * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. + */ + +#ifndef FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT +#define FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS +#define FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3) +#endif +#ifndef FF_API_SWS_FORMAT_NAME +#define FF_API_SWS_FORMAT_NAME (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3) +#endif + +#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bebe64 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2011 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_H_ + +#include "libyuv/basic_types.h" +#include "libyuv/compare.h" +#include "libyuv/convert.h" +#include "libyuv/convert_argb.h" +#include "libyuv/convert_from.h" +#include "libyuv/convert_from_argb.h" +#include "libyuv/cpu_id.h" +#include "libyuv/format_conversion.h" +#include "libyuv/mjpeg_decoder.h" +#include "libyuv/planar_functions.h" +#include "libyuv/rotate.h" +#include "libyuv/rotate_argb.h" +#include "libyuv/row.h" +#include "libyuv/scale.h" +#include "libyuv/scale_argb.h" +#include "libyuv/scale_row.h" +#include "libyuv/version.h" +#include "libyuv/video_common.h" + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/basic_types.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/basic_types.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..beb750b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/basic_types.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2011 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_BASIC_TYPES_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_BASIC_TYPES_H_ + +#include <stddef.h> // for NULL, size_t + +#if defined(__ANDROID__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1600)) +#include <sys/types.h> // for uintptr_t on x86 +#else +#include <stdint.h> // for uintptr_t +#endif + +#ifndef GG_LONGLONG +#ifndef INT_TYPES_DEFINED +#define INT_TYPES_DEFINED +#ifdef COMPILER_MSVC +typedef unsigned __int64 uint64; +typedef __int64 int64; +#ifndef INT64_C +#define INT64_C(x) x ## I64 +#endif +#ifndef UINT64_C +#define UINT64_C(x) x ## UI64 +#endif +#define INT64_F "I64" +#else // COMPILER_MSVC +#if defined(__LP64__) && !defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(__APPLE__) +typedef unsigned long uint64; // NOLINT +typedef long int64; // NOLINT +#ifndef INT64_C +#define INT64_C(x) x ## L +#endif +#ifndef UINT64_C +#define UINT64_C(x) x ## UL +#endif +#define INT64_F "l" +#else // defined(__LP64__) && !defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(__APPLE__) +typedef unsigned long long uint64; // NOLINT +typedef long long int64; // NOLINT +#ifndef INT64_C +#define INT64_C(x) x ## LL +#endif +#ifndef UINT64_C +#define UINT64_C(x) x ## ULL +#endif +#define INT64_F "ll" +#endif // __LP64__ +#endif // COMPILER_MSVC +typedef unsigned int uint32; +typedef int int32; +typedef unsigned short uint16; // NOLINT +typedef short int16; // NOLINT +typedef unsigned char uint8; +typedef signed char int8; +#endif // INT_TYPES_DEFINED +#endif // GG_LONGLONG + +// Detect compiler is for x86 or x64. +#if defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) || \ + defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) +#define CPU_X86 1 +#endif +// Detect compiler is for ARM. +#if defined(__arm__) || defined(_M_ARM) +#define CPU_ARM 1 +#endif + +#ifndef ALIGNP +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define ALIGNP(p, t) \ + (reinterpret_cast<uint8*>(((reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(p) + \ + ((t) - 1)) & ~((t) - 1)))) +#else +#define ALIGNP(p, t) \ + ((uint8*)((((uintptr_t)(p) + ((t) - 1)) & ~((t) - 1)))) /* NOLINT */ +#endif +#endif + +#if !defined(LIBYUV_API) +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) +#if defined(LIBYUV_BUILDING_SHARED_LIBRARY) +#define LIBYUV_API __declspec(dllexport) +#elif defined(LIBYUV_USING_SHARED_LIBRARY) +#define LIBYUV_API __declspec(dllimport) +#else +#define LIBYUV_API +#endif // LIBYUV_BUILDING_SHARED_LIBRARY +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 4) && !defined(__APPLE__) && \ + (defined(LIBYUV_BUILDING_SHARED_LIBRARY) || \ + defined(LIBYUV_USING_SHARED_LIBRARY)) +#define LIBYUV_API __attribute__ ((visibility ("default"))) +#else +#define LIBYUV_API +#endif // __GNUC__ +#endif // LIBYUV_API + +#define LIBYUV_BOOL int +#define LIBYUV_FALSE 0 +#define LIBYUV_TRUE 1 + +// Visual C x86 or GCC little endian. +#if defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) || \ + defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ + defined(__arm__) || defined(_M_ARM) || \ + (defined(__BYTE_ORDER__) && __BYTE_ORDER__ == __ORDER_LITTLE_ENDIAN__) +#define LIBYUV_LITTLE_ENDIAN +#endif + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_BASIC_TYPES_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/compare.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/compare.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5dfac7c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/compare.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2011 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_COMPARE_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_COMPARE_H_ + +#include "libyuv/basic_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +namespace libyuv { +extern "C" { +#endif + +// Compute a hash for specified memory. Seed of 5381 recommended. +LIBYUV_API +uint32 HashDjb2(const uint8* src, uint64 count, uint32 seed); + +// Sum Square Error - used to compute Mean Square Error or PSNR. +LIBYUV_API +uint64 ComputeSumSquareError(const uint8* src_a, + const uint8* src_b, int count); + +LIBYUV_API +uint64 ComputeSumSquareErrorPlane(const uint8* src_a, int stride_a, + const uint8* src_b, int stride_b, + int width, int height); + +static const int kMaxPsnr = 128; + +LIBYUV_API +double SumSquareErrorToPsnr(uint64 sse, uint64 count); + +LIBYUV_API +double CalcFramePsnr(const uint8* src_a, int stride_a, + const uint8* src_b, int stride_b, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +double I420Psnr(const uint8* src_y_a, int stride_y_a, + const uint8* src_u_a, int stride_u_a, + const uint8* src_v_a, int stride_v_a, + const uint8* src_y_b, int stride_y_b, + const uint8* src_u_b, int stride_u_b, + const uint8* src_v_b, int stride_v_b, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +double CalcFrameSsim(const uint8* src_a, int stride_a, + const uint8* src_b, int stride_b, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +double I420Ssim(const uint8* src_y_a, int stride_y_a, + const uint8* src_u_a, int stride_u_a, + const uint8* src_v_a, int stride_v_a, + const uint8* src_y_b, int stride_y_b, + const uint8* src_u_b, int stride_u_b, + const uint8* src_v_b, int stride_v_b, + int width, int height); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +} // namespace libyuv +#endif + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_COMPARE_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/convert.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/convert.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bd45c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/convert.h @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2011 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_CONVERT_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_CONVERT_H_ + +#include "libyuv/basic_types.h" +// TODO(fbarchard): Remove the following headers includes. +#include "libyuv/convert_from.h" +#include "libyuv/planar_functions.h" +#include "libyuv/rotate.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +namespace libyuv { +extern "C" { +#endif + +// Convert I444 to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int I444ToI420(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Convert I422 to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int I422ToI420(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Convert I411 to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int I411ToI420(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Copy I420 to I420. +#define I420ToI420 I420Copy +LIBYUV_API +int I420Copy(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Convert I400 (grey) to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int I400ToI420(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Convert NV12 to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int NV12ToI420(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_uv, int src_stride_uv, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Convert NV21 to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int NV21ToI420(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_vu, int src_stride_vu, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Convert YUY2 to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int YUY2ToI420(const uint8* src_yuy2, int src_stride_yuy2, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Convert UYVY to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int UYVYToI420(const uint8* src_uyvy, int src_stride_uyvy, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Convert M420 to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int M420ToI420(const uint8* src_m420, int src_stride_m420, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Convert Q420 to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int Q420ToI420(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_yuy2, int src_stride_yuy2, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// ARGB little endian (bgra in memory) to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToI420(const uint8* src_frame, int src_stride_frame, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// BGRA little endian (argb in memory) to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int BGRAToI420(const uint8* src_frame, int src_stride_frame, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// ABGR little endian (rgba in memory) to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int ABGRToI420(const uint8* src_frame, int src_stride_frame, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// RGBA little endian (abgr in memory) to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int RGBAToI420(const uint8* src_frame, int src_stride_frame, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// RGB little endian (bgr in memory) to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int RGB24ToI420(const uint8* src_frame, int src_stride_frame, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// RGB big endian (rgb in memory) to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int RAWToI420(const uint8* src_frame, int src_stride_frame, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// RGB16 (RGBP fourcc) little endian to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int RGB565ToI420(const uint8* src_frame, int src_stride_frame, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// RGB15 (RGBO fourcc) little endian to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGB1555ToI420(const uint8* src_frame, int src_stride_frame, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// RGB12 (R444 fourcc) little endian to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGB4444ToI420(const uint8* src_frame, int src_stride_frame, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +#ifdef HAVE_JPEG +// src_width/height provided by capture. +// dst_width/height for clipping determine final size. +LIBYUV_API +int MJPGToI420(const uint8* sample, size_t sample_size, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int src_width, int src_height, + int dst_width, int dst_height); + +// Query size of MJPG in pixels. +LIBYUV_API +int MJPGSize(const uint8* sample, size_t sample_size, + int* width, int* height); +#endif + +// Note Bayer formats (BGGR) To I420 are in format_conversion.h + +// Convert camera sample to I420 with cropping, rotation and vertical flip. +// "src_size" is needed to parse MJPG. +// "dst_stride_y" number of bytes in a row of the dst_y plane. +// Normally this would be the same as dst_width, with recommended alignment +// to 16 bytes for better efficiency. +// If rotation of 90 or 270 is used, stride is affected. The caller should +// allocate the I420 buffer according to rotation. +// "dst_stride_u" number of bytes in a row of the dst_u plane. +// Normally this would be the same as (dst_width + 1) / 2, with +// recommended alignment to 16 bytes for better efficiency. +// If rotation of 90 or 270 is used, stride is affected. +// "crop_x" and "crop_y" are starting position for cropping. +// To center, crop_x = (src_width - dst_width) / 2 +// crop_y = (src_height - dst_height) / 2 +// "src_width" / "src_height" is size of src_frame in pixels. +// "src_height" can be negative indicating a vertically flipped image source. +// "crop_width" / "crop_height" is the size to crop the src to. +// Must be less than or equal to src_width/src_height +// Cropping parameters are pre-rotation. +// "rotation" can be 0, 90, 180 or 270. +// "format" is a fourcc. ie 'I420', 'YUY2' +// Returns 0 for successful; -1 for invalid parameter. Non-zero for failure. +LIBYUV_API +int ConvertToI420(const uint8* src_frame, size_t src_size, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int crop_x, int crop_y, + int src_width, int src_height, + int crop_width, int crop_height, + enum RotationMode rotation, + uint32 format); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +} // namespace libyuv +#endif + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_CONVERT_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/convert_argb.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/convert_argb.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a18014c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/convert_argb.h @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2012 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_CONVERT_ARGB_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_CONVERT_ARGB_H_ + +#include "libyuv/basic_types.h" +// TODO(fbarchard): Remove the following headers includes +#include "libyuv/convert_from.h" +#include "libyuv/planar_functions.h" +#include "libyuv/rotate.h" + +// TODO(fbarchard): This set of functions should exactly match convert.h +// Add missing Q420. +// TODO(fbarchard): Add tests. Create random content of right size and convert +// with C vs Opt and or to I420 and compare. +// TODO(fbarchard): Some of these functions lack parameter setting. + +#ifdef __cplusplus +namespace libyuv { +extern "C" { +#endif + +// Alias. +#define ARGBToARGB ARGBCopy + +// Copy ARGB to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBCopy(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Convert I420 to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToARGB(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Convert I422 to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int I422ToARGB(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Convert I444 to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int I444ToARGB(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Convert I411 to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int I411ToARGB(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Convert I400 (grey) to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int I400ToARGB(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Alias. +#define YToARGB I400ToARGB_Reference + +// Convert I400 to ARGB. Reverse of ARGBToI400. +LIBYUV_API +int I400ToARGB_Reference(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Convert NV12 to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int NV12ToARGB(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_uv, int src_stride_uv, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Convert NV21 to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int NV21ToARGB(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_vu, int src_stride_vu, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Convert M420 to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int M420ToARGB(const uint8* src_m420, int src_stride_m420, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// TODO(fbarchard): Convert Q420 to ARGB. +// LIBYUV_API +// int Q420ToARGB(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, +// const uint8* src_yuy2, int src_stride_yuy2, +// uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, +// int width, int height); + +// Convert YUY2 to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int YUY2ToARGB(const uint8* src_yuy2, int src_stride_yuy2, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Convert UYVY to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int UYVYToARGB(const uint8* src_uyvy, int src_stride_uyvy, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// BGRA little endian (argb in memory) to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int BGRAToARGB(const uint8* src_frame, int src_stride_frame, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// ABGR little endian (rgba in memory) to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int ABGRToARGB(const uint8* src_frame, int src_stride_frame, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// RGBA little endian (abgr in memory) to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int RGBAToARGB(const uint8* src_frame, int src_stride_frame, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Deprecated function name. +#define BG24ToARGB RGB24ToARGB + +// RGB little endian (bgr in memory) to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int RGB24ToARGB(const uint8* src_frame, int src_stride_frame, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// RGB big endian (rgb in memory) to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int RAWToARGB(const uint8* src_frame, int src_stride_frame, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// RGB16 (RGBP fourcc) little endian to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int RGB565ToARGB(const uint8* src_frame, int src_stride_frame, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// RGB15 (RGBO fourcc) little endian to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGB1555ToARGB(const uint8* src_frame, int src_stride_frame, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// RGB12 (R444 fourcc) little endian to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGB4444ToARGB(const uint8* src_frame, int src_stride_frame, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +#ifdef HAVE_JPEG +// src_width/height provided by capture +// dst_width/height for clipping determine final size. +LIBYUV_API +int MJPGToARGB(const uint8* sample, size_t sample_size, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int src_width, int src_height, + int dst_width, int dst_height); +#endif + +// Note Bayer formats (BGGR) to ARGB are in format_conversion.h. + +// Convert camera sample to ARGB with cropping, rotation and vertical flip. +// "src_size" is needed to parse MJPG. +// "dst_stride_argb" number of bytes in a row of the dst_argb plane. +// Normally this would be the same as dst_width, with recommended alignment +// to 16 bytes for better efficiency. +// If rotation of 90 or 270 is used, stride is affected. The caller should +// allocate the I420 buffer according to rotation. +// "dst_stride_u" number of bytes in a row of the dst_u plane. +// Normally this would be the same as (dst_width + 1) / 2, with +// recommended alignment to 16 bytes for better efficiency. +// If rotation of 90 or 270 is used, stride is affected. +// "crop_x" and "crop_y" are starting position for cropping. +// To center, crop_x = (src_width - dst_width) / 2 +// crop_y = (src_height - dst_height) / 2 +// "src_width" / "src_height" is size of src_frame in pixels. +// "src_height" can be negative indicating a vertically flipped image source. +// "crop_width" / "crop_height" is the size to crop the src to. +// Must be less than or equal to src_width/src_height +// Cropping parameters are pre-rotation. +// "rotation" can be 0, 90, 180 or 270. +// "format" is a fourcc. ie 'I420', 'YUY2' +// Returns 0 for successful; -1 for invalid parameter. Non-zero for failure. +LIBYUV_API +int ConvertToARGB(const uint8* src_frame, size_t src_size, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int crop_x, int crop_y, + int src_width, int src_height, + int crop_width, int crop_height, + enum RotationMode rotation, + uint32 format); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +} // namespace libyuv +#endif + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_CONVERT_ARGB_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/convert_from.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/convert_from.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1cf57f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/convert_from.h @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2011 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_CONVERT_FROM_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_CONVERT_FROM_H_ + +#include "libyuv/basic_types.h" +#include "libyuv/rotate.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +namespace libyuv { +extern "C" { +#endif + +// See Also convert.h for conversions from formats to I420. + +// I420Copy in convert to I420ToI420. + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToI422(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToI444(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToI411(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Copy to I400. Source can be I420, I422, I444, I400, NV12 or NV21. +LIBYUV_API +int I400Copy(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + int width, int height); + +// TODO(fbarchard): I420ToM420 +// TODO(fbarchard): I420ToQ420 + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToNV12(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_uv, int dst_stride_uv, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToNV21(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_vu, int dst_stride_vu, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToYUY2(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_frame, int dst_stride_frame, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToUYVY(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_frame, int dst_stride_frame, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToARGB(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToBGRA(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToABGR(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToRGBA(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_rgba, int dst_stride_rgba, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToRGB24(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_frame, int dst_stride_frame, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToRAW(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_frame, int dst_stride_frame, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToRGB565(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_frame, int dst_stride_frame, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToARGB1555(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_frame, int dst_stride_frame, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToARGB4444(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_frame, int dst_stride_frame, + int width, int height); + +// Note Bayer formats (BGGR) To I420 are in format_conversion.h. + +// Convert I420 to specified format. +// "dst_sample_stride" is bytes in a row for the destination. Pass 0 if the +// buffer has contiguous rows. Can be negative. A multiple of 16 is optimal. +LIBYUV_API +int ConvertFromI420(const uint8* y, int y_stride, + const uint8* u, int u_stride, + const uint8* v, int v_stride, + uint8* dst_sample, int dst_sample_stride, + int width, int height, + uint32 format); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +} // namespace libyuv +#endif + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_CONVERT_FROM_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/convert_from_argb.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/convert_from_argb.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..90f43af --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/convert_from_argb.h @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2012 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_CONVERT_FROM_ARGB_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_CONVERT_FROM_ARGB_H_ + +#include "libyuv/basic_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +namespace libyuv { +extern "C" { +#endif + +// Copy ARGB to ARGB. +#define ARGBToARGB ARGBCopy +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBCopy(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB To BGRA. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToBGRA(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_bgra, int dst_stride_bgra, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB To ABGR. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToABGR(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_abgr, int dst_stride_abgr, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB To RGBA. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToRGBA(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_rgba, int dst_stride_rgba, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB To RGB24. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToRGB24(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_rgb24, int dst_stride_rgb24, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB To RAW. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToRAW(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_rgb, int dst_stride_rgb, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB To RGB565. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToRGB565(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_rgb565, int dst_stride_rgb565, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB To ARGB1555. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToARGB1555(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb1555, int dst_stride_argb1555, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB To ARGB4444. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToARGB4444(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb4444, int dst_stride_argb4444, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB To I444. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToI444(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB To I422. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToI422(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB To I420. (also in convert.h) +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToI420(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB to J420. (JPeg full range I420). +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToJ420(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_yj, int dst_stride_yj, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB To I411. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToI411(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB to J400. (JPeg full range). +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToJ400(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_yj, int dst_stride_yj, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB to I400. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToI400(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB To NV12. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToNV12(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_uv, int dst_stride_uv, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB To NV21. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToNV21(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_vu, int dst_stride_vu, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB To NV21. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToNV21(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_vu, int dst_stride_vu, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB To YUY2. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToYUY2(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_yuy2, int dst_stride_yuy2, + int width, int height); + +// Convert ARGB To UYVY. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToUYVY(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_uyvy, int dst_stride_uyvy, + int width, int height); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +} // namespace libyuv +#endif + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_CONVERT_FROM_ARGB_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/cpu_id.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/cpu_id.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc858a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/cpu_id.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2011 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_CPU_ID_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_CPU_ID_H_ + +#include "libyuv/basic_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +namespace libyuv { +extern "C" { +#endif + +// TODO(fbarchard): Consider overlapping bits for different architectures. +// Internal flag to indicate cpuid requires initialization. +#define kCpuInit 0x1 + +// These flags are only valid on ARM processors. +static const int kCpuHasARM = 0x2; +static const int kCpuHasNEON = 0x4; +// 0x8 reserved for future ARM flag. + +// These flags are only valid on x86 processors. +static const int kCpuHasX86 = 0x10; +static const int kCpuHasSSE2 = 0x20; +static const int kCpuHasSSSE3 = 0x40; +static const int kCpuHasSSE41 = 0x80; +static const int kCpuHasSSE42 = 0x100; +static const int kCpuHasAVX = 0x200; +static const int kCpuHasAVX2 = 0x400; +static const int kCpuHasERMS = 0x800; +static const int kCpuHasFMA3 = 0x1000; +// 0x2000, 0x4000, 0x8000 reserved for future X86 flags. + +// These flags are only valid on MIPS processors. +static const int kCpuHasMIPS = 0x10000; +static const int kCpuHasMIPS_DSP = 0x20000; +static const int kCpuHasMIPS_DSPR2 = 0x40000; + +// Internal function used to auto-init. +LIBYUV_API +int InitCpuFlags(void); + +// Internal function for parsing /proc/cpuinfo. +LIBYUV_API +int ArmCpuCaps(const char* cpuinfo_name); + +// Detect CPU has SSE2 etc. +// Test_flag parameter should be one of kCpuHas constants above. +// returns non-zero if instruction set is detected +static __inline int TestCpuFlag(int test_flag) { + LIBYUV_API extern int cpu_info_; + return (cpu_info_ == kCpuInit ? InitCpuFlags() : cpu_info_) & test_flag; +} + +// For testing, allow CPU flags to be disabled. +// ie MaskCpuFlags(~kCpuHasSSSE3) to disable SSSE3. +// MaskCpuFlags(-1) to enable all cpu specific optimizations. +// MaskCpuFlags(0) to disable all cpu specific optimizations. +LIBYUV_API +void MaskCpuFlags(int enable_flags); + +// Low level cpuid for X86. Returns zeros on other CPUs. +// eax is the info type that you want. +// ecx is typically the cpu number, and should normally be zero. +LIBYUV_API +void CpuId(uint32 eax, uint32 ecx, uint32* cpu_info); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +} // namespace libyuv +#endif + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_CPU_ID_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/format_conversion.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/format_conversion.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b18bf05 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/format_conversion.h @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2011 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_FORMATCONVERSION_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_FORMATCONVERSION_H_ + +#include "libyuv/basic_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +namespace libyuv { +extern "C" { +#endif + +// Convert Bayer RGB formats to I420. +LIBYUV_API +int BayerBGGRToI420(const uint8* src_bayer, int src_stride_bayer, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int BayerGBRGToI420(const uint8* src_bayer, int src_stride_bayer, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int BayerGRBGToI420(const uint8* src_bayer, int src_stride_bayer, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int BayerRGGBToI420(const uint8* src_bayer, int src_stride_bayer, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Temporary API mapper. +#define BayerRGBToI420(b, bs, f, y, ys, u, us, v, vs, w, h) \ + BayerToI420(b, bs, y, ys, u, us, v, vs, w, h, f) + +LIBYUV_API +int BayerToI420(const uint8* src_bayer, int src_stride_bayer, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height, + uint32 src_fourcc_bayer); + +// Convert I420 to Bayer RGB formats. +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToBayerBGGR(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_frame, int dst_stride_frame, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToBayerGBRG(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_frame, int dst_stride_frame, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToBayerGRBG(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_frame, int dst_stride_frame, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToBayerRGGB(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_frame, int dst_stride_frame, + int width, int height); + +// Temporary API mapper. +#define I420ToBayerRGB(y, ys, u, us, v, vs, b, bs, f, w, h) \ + I420ToBayer(y, ys, u, us, v, vs, b, bs, w, h, f) + +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToBayer(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_frame, int dst_stride_frame, + int width, int height, + uint32 dst_fourcc_bayer); + +// Convert Bayer RGB formats to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int BayerBGGRToARGB(const uint8* src_bayer, int src_stride_bayer, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int BayerGBRGToARGB(const uint8* src_bayer, int src_stride_bayer, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int BayerGRBGToARGB(const uint8* src_bayer, int src_stride_bayer, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int BayerRGGBToARGB(const uint8* src_bayer, int src_stride_bayer, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Temporary API mapper. +#define BayerRGBToARGB(b, bs, f, a, as, w, h) BayerToARGB(b, bs, a, as, w, h, f) + +LIBYUV_API +int BayerToARGB(const uint8* src_bayer, int src_stride_bayer, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height, + uint32 src_fourcc_bayer); + +// Converts ARGB to Bayer RGB formats. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToBayerBGGR(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_bayer, int dst_stride_bayer, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToBayerGBRG(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_bayer, int dst_stride_bayer, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToBayerGRBG(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_bayer, int dst_stride_bayer, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToBayerRGGB(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_bayer, int dst_stride_bayer, + int width, int height); + +// Temporary API mapper. +#define ARGBToBayerRGB(a, as, b, bs, f, w, h) ARGBToBayer(b, bs, a, as, w, h, f) + +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBToBayer(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_bayer, int dst_stride_bayer, + int width, int height, + uint32 dst_fourcc_bayer); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +} // namespace libyuv +#endif + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_FORMATCONVERSION_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/mjpeg_decoder.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/mjpeg_decoder.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8423121 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/mjpeg_decoder.h @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2012 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_MJPEG_DECODER_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_MJPEG_DECODER_H_ + +#include "libyuv/basic_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +// NOTE: For a simplified public API use convert.h MJPGToI420(). + +struct jpeg_common_struct; +struct jpeg_decompress_struct; +struct jpeg_source_mgr; + +namespace libyuv { + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +LIBYUV_BOOL ValidateJpeg(const uint8* sample, size_t sample_size); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +static const uint32 kUnknownDataSize = 0xFFFFFFFF; + +enum JpegSubsamplingType { + kJpegYuv420, + kJpegYuv422, + kJpegYuv411, + kJpegYuv444, + kJpegYuv400, + kJpegUnknown +}; + +struct Buffer { + const uint8* data; + int len; +}; + +struct BufferVector { + Buffer* buffers; + int len; + int pos; +}; + +struct SetJmpErrorMgr; + +// MJPEG ("Motion JPEG") is a pseudo-standard video codec where the frames are +// simply independent JPEG images with a fixed huffman table (which is omitted). +// It is rarely used in video transmission, but is common as a camera capture +// format, especially in Logitech devices. This class implements a decoder for +// MJPEG frames. +// +// See http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2435 +class LIBYUV_API MJpegDecoder { + public: + typedef void (*CallbackFunction)(void* opaque, + const uint8* const* data, + const int* strides, + int rows); + + static const int kColorSpaceUnknown; + static const int kColorSpaceGrayscale; + static const int kColorSpaceRgb; + static const int kColorSpaceYCbCr; + static const int kColorSpaceCMYK; + static const int kColorSpaceYCCK; + + MJpegDecoder(); + ~MJpegDecoder(); + + // Loads a new frame, reads its headers, and determines the uncompressed + // image format. + // Returns LIBYUV_TRUE if image looks valid and format is supported. + // If return value is LIBYUV_TRUE, then the values for all the following + // getters are populated. + // src_len is the size of the compressed mjpeg frame in bytes. + LIBYUV_BOOL LoadFrame(const uint8* src, size_t src_len); + + // Returns width of the last loaded frame in pixels. + int GetWidth(); + + // Returns height of the last loaded frame in pixels. + int GetHeight(); + + // Returns format of the last loaded frame. The return value is one of the + // kColorSpace* constants. + int GetColorSpace(); + + // Number of color components in the color space. + int GetNumComponents(); + + // Sample factors of the n-th component. + int GetHorizSampFactor(int component); + + int GetVertSampFactor(int component); + + int GetHorizSubSampFactor(int component); + + int GetVertSubSampFactor(int component); + + // Public for testability. + int GetImageScanlinesPerImcuRow(); + + // Public for testability. + int GetComponentScanlinesPerImcuRow(int component); + + // Width of a component in bytes. + int GetComponentWidth(int component); + + // Height of a component. + int GetComponentHeight(int component); + + // Width of a component in bytes with padding for DCTSIZE. Public for testing. + int GetComponentStride(int component); + + // Size of a component in bytes. + int GetComponentSize(int component); + + // Call this after LoadFrame() if you decide you don't want to decode it + // after all. + LIBYUV_BOOL UnloadFrame(); + + // Decodes the entire image into a one-buffer-per-color-component format. + // dst_width must match exactly. dst_height must be <= to image height; if + // less, the image is cropped. "planes" must have size equal to at least + // GetNumComponents() and they must point to non-overlapping buffers of size + // at least GetComponentSize(i). The pointers in planes are incremented + // to point to after the end of the written data. + // TODO(fbarchard): Add dst_x, dst_y to allow specific rect to be decoded. + LIBYUV_BOOL DecodeToBuffers(uint8** planes, int dst_width, int dst_height); + + // Decodes the entire image and passes the data via repeated calls to a + // callback function. Each call will get the data for a whole number of + // image scanlines. + // TODO(fbarchard): Add dst_x, dst_y to allow specific rect to be decoded. + LIBYUV_BOOL DecodeToCallback(CallbackFunction fn, void* opaque, + int dst_width, int dst_height); + + // The helper function which recognizes the jpeg sub-sampling type. + static JpegSubsamplingType JpegSubsamplingTypeHelper( + int* subsample_x, int* subsample_y, int number_of_components); + + private: + void AllocOutputBuffers(int num_outbufs); + void DestroyOutputBuffers(); + + LIBYUV_BOOL StartDecode(); + LIBYUV_BOOL FinishDecode(); + + void SetScanlinePointers(uint8** data); + LIBYUV_BOOL DecodeImcuRow(); + + int GetComponentScanlinePadding(int component); + + // A buffer holding the input data for a frame. + Buffer buf_; + BufferVector buf_vec_; + + jpeg_decompress_struct* decompress_struct_; + jpeg_source_mgr* source_mgr_; + SetJmpErrorMgr* error_mgr_; + + // LIBYUV_TRUE iff at least one component has scanline padding. (i.e., + // GetComponentScanlinePadding() != 0.) + LIBYUV_BOOL has_scanline_padding_; + + // Temporaries used to point to scanline outputs. + int num_outbufs_; // Outermost size of all arrays below. + uint8*** scanlines_; + int* scanlines_sizes_; + // Temporary buffer used for decoding when we can't decode directly to the + // output buffers. Large enough for just one iMCU row. + uint8** databuf_; + int* databuf_strides_; +}; + +} // namespace libyuv + +#endif // __cplusplus +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_MJPEG_DECODER_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/planar_functions.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/planar_functions.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d10a169 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/planar_functions.h @@ -0,0 +1,439 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2011 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_PLANAR_FUNCTIONS_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_PLANAR_FUNCTIONS_H_ + +#include "libyuv/basic_types.h" + +// TODO(fbarchard): Remove the following headers includes. +#include "libyuv/convert.h" +#include "libyuv/convert_argb.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +namespace libyuv { +extern "C" { +#endif + +// Copy a plane of data. +LIBYUV_API +void CopyPlane(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +void CopyPlane_16(const uint16* src_y, int src_stride_y, + uint16* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + int width, int height); + +// Set a plane of data to a 32 bit value. +LIBYUV_API +void SetPlane(uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + int width, int height, + uint32 value); + +// Copy I400. Supports inverting. +LIBYUV_API +int I400ToI400(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + int width, int height); + + +// Copy I422 to I422. +#define I422ToI422 I422Copy +LIBYUV_API +int I422Copy(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Copy I444 to I444. +#define I444ToI444 I444Copy +LIBYUV_API +int I444Copy(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Convert YUY2 to I422. +LIBYUV_API +int YUY2ToI422(const uint8* src_yuy2, int src_stride_yuy2, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Convert UYVY to I422. +LIBYUV_API +int UYVYToI422(const uint8* src_uyvy, int src_stride_uyvy, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Convert I420 to I400. (calls CopyPlane ignoring u/v). +LIBYUV_API +int I420ToI400(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + int width, int height); + +// Alias +#define I420ToI420Mirror I420Mirror + +// I420 mirror. +LIBYUV_API +int I420Mirror(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int width, int height); + +// Alias +#define I400ToI400Mirror I400Mirror + +// I400 mirror. A single plane is mirrored horizontally. +// Pass negative height to achieve 180 degree rotation. +LIBYUV_API +int I400Mirror(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + int width, int height); + +// Alias +#define ARGBToARGBMirror ARGBMirror + +// ARGB mirror. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBMirror(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Convert NV12 to RGB565. +LIBYUV_API +int NV12ToRGB565(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_uv, int src_stride_uv, + uint8* dst_rgb565, int dst_stride_rgb565, + int width, int height); + +// Convert NV21 to RGB565. +LIBYUV_API +int NV21ToRGB565(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_uv, int src_stride_uv, + uint8* dst_rgb565, int dst_stride_rgb565, + int width, int height); + +// I422ToARGB is in convert_argb.h +// Convert I422 to BGRA. +LIBYUV_API +int I422ToBGRA(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_bgra, int dst_stride_bgra, + int width, int height); + +// Convert I422 to ABGR. +LIBYUV_API +int I422ToABGR(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_abgr, int dst_stride_abgr, + int width, int height); + +// Convert I422 to RGBA. +LIBYUV_API +int I422ToRGBA(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_rgba, int dst_stride_rgba, + int width, int height); + +// Draw a rectangle into I420. +LIBYUV_API +int I420Rect(uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int x, int y, int width, int height, + int value_y, int value_u, int value_v); + +// Draw a rectangle into ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBRect(uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int x, int y, int width, int height, uint32 value); + +// Convert ARGB to gray scale ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBGrayTo(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Make a rectangle of ARGB gray scale. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBGray(uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int x, int y, int width, int height); + +// Make a rectangle of ARGB Sepia tone. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBSepia(uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int x, int y, int width, int height); + +// Apply a matrix rotation to each ARGB pixel. +// matrix_argb is 4 signed ARGB values. -128 to 127 representing -2 to 2. +// The first 4 coefficients apply to B, G, R, A and produce B of the output. +// The next 4 coefficients apply to B, G, R, A and produce G of the output. +// The next 4 coefficients apply to B, G, R, A and produce R of the output. +// The last 4 coefficients apply to B, G, R, A and produce A of the output. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBColorMatrix(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + const int8* matrix_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Deprecated. Use ARGBColorMatrix instead. +// Apply a matrix rotation to each ARGB pixel. +// matrix_argb is 3 signed ARGB values. -128 to 127 representing -1 to 1. +// The first 4 coefficients apply to B, G, R, A and produce B of the output. +// The next 4 coefficients apply to B, G, R, A and produce G of the output. +// The last 4 coefficients apply to B, G, R, A and produce R of the output. +LIBYUV_API +int RGBColorMatrix(uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + const int8* matrix_rgb, + int x, int y, int width, int height); + +// Apply a color table each ARGB pixel. +// Table contains 256 ARGB values. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBColorTable(uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + const uint8* table_argb, + int x, int y, int width, int height); + +// Apply a color table each ARGB pixel but preserve destination alpha. +// Table contains 256 ARGB values. +LIBYUV_API +int RGBColorTable(uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + const uint8* table_argb, + int x, int y, int width, int height); + +// Apply a luma/color table each ARGB pixel but preserve destination alpha. +// Table contains 32768 values indexed by [Y][C] where 7 it 7 bit luma from +// RGB (YJ style) and C is an 8 bit color component (R, G or B). +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBLumaColorTable(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + const uint8* luma_rgb_table, + int width, int height); + +// Apply a 3 term polynomial to ARGB values. +// poly points to a 4x4 matrix. The first row is constants. The 2nd row is +// coefficients for b, g, r and a. The 3rd row is coefficients for b squared, +// g squared, r squared and a squared. The 4rd row is coefficients for b to +// the 3, g to the 3, r to the 3 and a to the 3. The values are summed and +// result clamped to 0 to 255. +// A polynomial approximation can be dirived using software such as 'R'. + +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBPolynomial(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + const float* poly, + int width, int height); + +// Quantize a rectangle of ARGB. Alpha unaffected. +// scale is a 16 bit fractional fixed point scaler between 0 and 65535. +// interval_size should be a value between 1 and 255. +// interval_offset should be a value between 0 and 255. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBQuantize(uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int scale, int interval_size, int interval_offset, + int x, int y, int width, int height); + +// Copy ARGB to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBCopy(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Copy ARGB to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBCopyAlpha(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Copy ARGB to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBCopyYToAlpha(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +typedef void (*ARGBBlendRow)(const uint8* src_argb0, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); + +// Get function to Alpha Blend ARGB pixels and store to destination. +LIBYUV_API +ARGBBlendRow GetARGBBlend(); + +// Alpha Blend ARGB images and store to destination. +// Alpha of destination is set to 255. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBBlend(const uint8* src_argb0, int src_stride_argb0, + const uint8* src_argb1, int src_stride_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Multiply ARGB image by ARGB image. Shifted down by 8. Saturates to 255. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBMultiply(const uint8* src_argb0, int src_stride_argb0, + const uint8* src_argb1, int src_stride_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Add ARGB image with ARGB image. Saturates to 255. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBAdd(const uint8* src_argb0, int src_stride_argb0, + const uint8* src_argb1, int src_stride_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Subtract ARGB image (argb1) from ARGB image (argb0). Saturates to 0. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBSubtract(const uint8* src_argb0, int src_stride_argb0, + const uint8* src_argb1, int src_stride_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Convert I422 to YUY2. +LIBYUV_API +int I422ToYUY2(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_frame, int dst_stride_frame, + int width, int height); + +// Convert I422 to UYVY. +LIBYUV_API +int I422ToUYVY(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_frame, int dst_stride_frame, + int width, int height); + +// Convert unattentuated ARGB to preattenuated ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBAttenuate(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Convert preattentuated ARGB to unattenuated ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBUnattenuate(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Convert MJPG to ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int MJPGToARGB(const uint8* sample, size_t sample_size, + uint8* argb, int argb_stride, + int w, int h, int dw, int dh); + +// Internal function - do not call directly. +// Computes table of cumulative sum for image where the value is the sum +// of all values above and to the left of the entry. Used by ARGBBlur. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBComputeCumulativeSum(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + int32* dst_cumsum, int dst_stride32_cumsum, + int width, int height); + +// Blur ARGB image. +// dst_cumsum table of width * (height + 1) * 16 bytes aligned to +// 16 byte boundary. +// dst_stride32_cumsum is number of ints in a row (width * 4). +// radius is number of pixels around the center. e.g. 1 = 3x3. 2=5x5. +// Blur is optimized for radius of 5 (11x11) or less. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBBlur(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int32* dst_cumsum, int dst_stride32_cumsum, + int width, int height, int radius); + +// Multiply ARGB image by ARGB value. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBShade(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height, uint32 value); + +// Interpolate between two ARGB images using specified amount of interpolation +// (0 to 255) and store to destination. +// 'interpolation' is specified as 8 bit fraction where 0 means 100% src_argb0 +// and 255 means 1% src_argb0 and 99% src_argb1. +// Internally uses ARGBScale bilinear filtering. +// Caveat: This function will write up to 16 bytes beyond the end of dst_argb. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBInterpolate(const uint8* src_argb0, int src_stride_argb0, + const uint8* src_argb1, int src_stride_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height, int interpolation); + +#if defined(__pnacl__) || defined(__CLR_VER) || defined(COVERAGE_ENABLED) || \ + defined(TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR) +#define LIBYUV_DISABLE_X86 +#endif + +// Row functions for copying a pixels from a source with a slope to a row +// of destination. Useful for scaling, rotation, mirror, texture mapping. +LIBYUV_API +void ARGBAffineRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, int src_argb_stride, + uint8* dst_argb, const float* uv_dudv, int width); +// The following are available on all x86 platforms: +#if !defined(LIBYUV_DISABLE_X86) && \ + (defined(_M_IX86) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__i386__)) +LIBYUV_API +void ARGBAffineRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, int src_argb_stride, + uint8* dst_argb, const float* uv_dudv, int width); +#define HAS_ARGBAFFINEROW_SSE2 +#endif // LIBYUV_DISABLE_X86 + +// Shuffle ARGB channel order. e.g. BGRA to ARGB. +// shuffler is 16 bytes and must be aligned. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBShuffle(const uint8* src_bgra, int src_stride_bgra, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + const uint8* shuffler, int width, int height); + +// Sobel ARGB effect with planar output. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBSobelToPlane(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + int width, int height); + +// Sobel ARGB effect. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBSobel(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +// Sobel ARGB effect w/ Sobel X, Sobel, Sobel Y in ARGB. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBSobelXY(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int width, int height); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +} // namespace libyuv +#endif + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_PLANAR_FUNCTIONS_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/rotate.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/rotate.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8af60b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/rotate.h @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2011 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_ROTATE_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_ROTATE_H_ + +#include "libyuv/basic_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +namespace libyuv { +extern "C" { +#endif + +// Supported rotation. +typedef enum RotationMode { + kRotate0 = 0, // No rotation. + kRotate90 = 90, // Rotate 90 degrees clockwise. + kRotate180 = 180, // Rotate 180 degrees. + kRotate270 = 270, // Rotate 270 degrees clockwise. + + // Deprecated. + kRotateNone = 0, + kRotateClockwise = 90, + kRotateCounterClockwise = 270, +} RotationModeEnum; + +// Rotate I420 frame. +LIBYUV_API +int I420Rotate(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int src_width, int src_height, enum RotationMode mode); + +// Rotate NV12 input and store in I420. +LIBYUV_API +int NV12ToI420Rotate(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_uv, int src_stride_uv, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int src_width, int src_height, enum RotationMode mode); + +// Rotate a plane by 0, 90, 180, or 270. +LIBYUV_API +int RotatePlane(const uint8* src, int src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_stride, + int src_width, int src_height, enum RotationMode mode); + +// Rotate planes by 90, 180, 270. Deprecated. +LIBYUV_API +void RotatePlane90(const uint8* src, int src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_stride, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +void RotatePlane180(const uint8* src, int src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_stride, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +void RotatePlane270(const uint8* src, int src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_stride, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +void RotateUV90(const uint8* src, int src_stride, + uint8* dst_a, int dst_stride_a, + uint8* dst_b, int dst_stride_b, + int width, int height); + +// Rotations for when U and V are interleaved. +// These functions take one input pointer and +// split the data into two buffers while +// rotating them. Deprecated. +LIBYUV_API +void RotateUV180(const uint8* src, int src_stride, + uint8* dst_a, int dst_stride_a, + uint8* dst_b, int dst_stride_b, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +void RotateUV270(const uint8* src, int src_stride, + uint8* dst_a, int dst_stride_a, + uint8* dst_b, int dst_stride_b, + int width, int height); + +// The 90 and 270 functions are based on transposes. +// Doing a transpose with reversing the read/write +// order will result in a rotation by +- 90 degrees. +// Deprecated. +LIBYUV_API +void TransposePlane(const uint8* src, int src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_stride, + int width, int height); + +LIBYUV_API +void TransposeUV(const uint8* src, int src_stride, + uint8* dst_a, int dst_stride_a, + uint8* dst_b, int dst_stride_b, + int width, int height); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +} // namespace libyuv +#endif + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_ROTATE_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/rotate_argb.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/rotate_argb.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..660ff55 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/rotate_argb.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2012 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_ROTATE_ARGB_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_ROTATE_ARGB_H_ + +#include "libyuv/basic_types.h" +#include "libyuv/rotate.h" // For RotationMode. + +#ifdef __cplusplus +namespace libyuv { +extern "C" { +#endif + +// Rotate ARGB frame +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBRotate(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int src_width, int src_height, enum RotationMode mode); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +} // namespace libyuv +#endif + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_ROTATE_ARGB_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/row.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/row.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d81deac --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/row.h @@ -0,0 +1,1743 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2011 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_ROW_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_ROW_H_ + +#include <stdlib.h> // For malloc. + +#include "libyuv/basic_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +namespace libyuv { +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define IS_ALIGNED(p, a) (!((uintptr_t)(p) & ((a) - 1))) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define align_buffer_64(var, size) \ + uint8* var##_mem = reinterpret_cast<uint8*>(malloc((size) + 63)); \ + uint8* var = reinterpret_cast<uint8*> \ + ((reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(var##_mem) + 63) & ~63) +#else +#define align_buffer_64(var, size) \ + uint8* var##_mem = (uint8*)(malloc((size) + 63)); /* NOLINT */ \ + uint8* var = (uint8*)(((intptr_t)(var##_mem) + 63) & ~63) /* NOLINT */ +#endif + +#define free_aligned_buffer_64(var) \ + free(var##_mem); \ + var = 0 + +#if defined(__pnacl__) || defined(__CLR_VER) || defined(COVERAGE_ENABLED) || \ + defined(TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR) || \ + (defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(__clang__)) +#define LIBYUV_DISABLE_X86 +#endif +// True if compiling for SSSE3 as a requirement. +#if defined(__SSSE3__) || (defined(_M_IX86_FP) && (_M_IX86_FP >= 3)) +#define LIBYUV_SSSE3_ONLY +#endif + +// clang >= 3.5.0 required for Arm64. +#if defined(__clang__) && defined(__aarch64__) && !defined(LIBYUV_DISABLE_NEON) +#if (__clang_major__ < 3) || (__clang_major__ == 3 && (__clang_minor__ < 5)) +#define LIBYUV_DISABLE_NEON +#endif // clang >= 3.5 +#endif // __clang__ + +// The following are available on all x86 platforms: +#if !defined(LIBYUV_DISABLE_X86) && \ + (defined(_M_IX86) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__i386__)) +// Effects: +#define HAS_ARGBADDROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_ARGBAFFINEROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_ARGBATTENUATEROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ARGBBLENDROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ARGBCOLORMATRIXROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ARGBCOLORTABLEROW_X86 +#define HAS_ARGBCOPYALPHAROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_ARGBCOPYYTOALPHAROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_ARGBGRAYROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ARGBLUMACOLORTABLEROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ARGBMIRRORROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ARGBMULTIPLYROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_ARGBPOLYNOMIALROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_ARGBQUANTIZEROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_ARGBSEPIAROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ARGBSHADEROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_ARGBSUBTRACTROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_ARGBUNATTENUATEROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_COMPUTECUMULATIVESUMROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_CUMULATIVESUMTOAVERAGEROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_INTERPOLATEROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_INTERPOLATEROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_RGBCOLORTABLEROW_X86 +#define HAS_SOBELROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_SOBELTOPLANEROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_SOBELXROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_SOBELXYROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_SOBELYROW_SSE2 + +// Conversions: +#define HAS_ARGBTOUVROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ABGRTOUVROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ABGRTOYROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ARGB1555TOARGBROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_ARGB4444TOARGBROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_ARGBSHUFFLEROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_ARGBSHUFFLEROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ARGBTOARGB1555ROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_ARGBTOARGB4444ROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_ARGBTOBAYERGGROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_ARGBTOBAYERROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ARGBTORAWROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ARGBTORGB24ROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ARGBTORGB565ROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_ARGBTOUV422ROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ARGBTOUV444ROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ARGBTOUVJROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ARGBTOYJROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_ARGBTOYROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_BGRATOUVROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_BGRATOYROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_COPYROW_ERMS +#define HAS_COPYROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_COPYROW_X86 +#define HAS_I400TOARGBROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_I411TOARGBROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_I422TOARGB1555ROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_I422TOABGRROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_I422TOARGB1555ROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_I422TOARGB4444ROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_I422TOARGBROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_I422TOBGRAROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_I422TORAWROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_I422TORGB24ROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_I422TORGB565ROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_I422TORGBAROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_I422TOUYVYROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_I422TOYUY2ROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_I444TOARGBROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_MERGEUVROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_MIRRORROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_MIRRORROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_MIRRORROW_UV_SSSE3 +#define HAS_MIRRORUVROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_NV12TOARGBROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_NV12TORGB565ROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_NV21TOARGBROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_NV21TORGB565ROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_RAWTOARGBROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_RAWTOYROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_RGB24TOARGBROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_RGB24TOYROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_RGB565TOARGBROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_RGBATOUVROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_RGBATOYROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_SETROW_X86 +#define HAS_SPLITUVROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_UYVYTOARGBROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_UYVYTOUV422ROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_UYVYTOUVROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_UYVYTOYROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_YTOARGBROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_YUY2TOARGBROW_SSSE3 +#define HAS_YUY2TOUV422ROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_YUY2TOUVROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_YUY2TOYROW_SSE2 +#endif + +// The following are available on x64 Visual C: +#if !defined(LIBYUV_DISABLE_X86) && defined (_M_X64) +#define HAS_I422TOARGBROW_SSSE3 +#endif + +// GCC >= 4.7.0 required for AVX2. +#if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__i386__)) +#if (__GNUC__ > 4) || (__GNUC__ == 4 && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)) +#define GCC_HAS_AVX2 1 +#endif // GNUC >= 4.7 +#endif // __GNUC__ + +// clang >= 3.4.0 required for AVX2. +#if defined(__clang__) && (defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__i386__)) +#if (__clang_major__ > 3) || (__clang_major__ == 3 && (__clang_minor__ >= 4)) +#define CLANG_HAS_AVX2 1 +#endif // clang >= 3.4 +#endif // __clang__ + +// Visual C 2012 required for AVX2. +#if defined(_M_IX86) && defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1700 +#define VISUALC_HAS_AVX2 1 +#endif // VisualStudio >= 2012 + +// The following are available on all x86 platforms, but +// require VS2012, clang 3.4 or gcc 4.7. +// The code supports NaCL but requires a new compiler and validator. +#if !defined(LIBYUV_DISABLE_X86) && (defined(VISUALC_HAS_AVX2) || \ + defined(CLANG_HAS_AVX2) || defined(GCC_HAS_AVX2)) +// Effects: +#define HAS_COPYROW_AVX +#define HAS_ARGBPOLYNOMIALROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_ARGBSHUFFLEROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_ARGBCOPYALPHAROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_ARGBCOPYYTOALPHAROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_I422TOBGRAROW_AVX2 +#endif + +// The following are require VS2012. +// TODO(fbarchard): Port to gcc. +#if !defined(LIBYUV_DISABLE_X86) && defined(VISUALC_HAS_AVX2) +#define HAS_ARGBTOUVROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_ARGBTOYJROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_ARGBTOYROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_I422TOARGBROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_I422TORGBAROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_I422TOABGRROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_INTERPOLATEROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_MERGEUVROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_MIRRORROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_SPLITUVROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_UYVYTOUV422ROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_UYVYTOUVROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_UYVYTOYROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_YUY2TOUV422ROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_YUY2TOUVROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_YUY2TOYROW_AVX2 + +// Effects: +#define HAS_ARGBADDROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_ARGBATTENUATEROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_ARGBMIRRORROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_ARGBMULTIPLYROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_ARGBSUBTRACTROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_ARGBUNATTENUATEROW_AVX2 +#endif // defined(VISUALC_HAS_AVX2) + +// The following are Yasm x86 only: +// TODO(fbarchard): Port AVX2 to inline. +#if !defined(LIBYUV_DISABLE_X86) && defined(HAVE_YASM) + (defined(_M_IX86) || defined(_M_X64) || \ + defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__i386__)) +#define HAS_MERGEUVROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_MERGEUVROW_MMX +#define HAS_SPLITUVROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_SPLITUVROW_MMX +#define HAS_UYVYTOYROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_UYVYTOYROW_MMX +#define HAS_YUY2TOYROW_AVX2 +#define HAS_YUY2TOYROW_MMX +#endif + +// The following are disabled when SSSE3 is available: +#if !defined(LIBYUV_DISABLE_X86) && \ + (defined(_M_IX86) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__i386__)) && \ + !defined(LIBYUV_SSSE3_ONLY) +#define HAS_ARGBBLENDROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_ARGBATTENUATEROW_SSE2 +#define HAS_MIRRORROW_SSE2 +#endif + +// The following are available on arm64 platforms: +#if !defined(LIBYUV_DISABLE_NEON) && defined(__aarch64__) +#define HAS_I444TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_I411TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TOBGRAROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TOABGRROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TORGBAROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TORGB24ROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TORAWROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TORGB565ROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TOARGB1555ROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TOARGB4444ROW_NEON +#define HAS_YTOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_I400TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_NV12TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_NV21TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_NV12TORGB565ROW_NEON +#define HAS_NV21TORGB565ROW_NEON +#define HAS_YUY2TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_UYVYTOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_SPLITUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_MERGEUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_COPYROW_NEON +#define HAS_SETROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBSETROWS_NEON +#define HAS_MIRRORROW_NEON +#define HAS_MIRRORUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBMIRRORROW_NEON +#define HAS_RGB24TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_RAWTOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_RGB565TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGB1555TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGB4444TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTORGB24ROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTORAWROW_NEON +#define HAS_YUY2TOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_UYVYTOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_YUY2TOUV422ROW_NEON +#define HAS_UYVYTOUV422ROW_NEON +#define HAS_YUY2TOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_UYVYTOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOBAYERROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOBAYERGGROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBSHUFFLEROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TOYUY2ROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TOUYVYROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTORGB565ROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOARGB1555ROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOARGB4444ROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOYJROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOUV444ROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOUV422ROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOUV411ROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOUVJROW_NEON +#define HAS_BGRATOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_ABGRTOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_RGBATOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_RGB24TOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_RAWTOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_RGB565TOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGB1555TOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGB4444TOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_RGB565TOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGB1555TOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGB4444TOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_BGRATOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_ABGRTOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_RGBATOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_RGB24TOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_RAWTOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_INTERPOLATEROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBBLENDROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBATTENUATEROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBQUANTIZEROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBSHADEROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBGRAYROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBSEPIAROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBCOLORMATRIXROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBMULTIPLYROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBADDROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBSUBTRACTROW_NEON +#define HAS_SOBELROW_NEON +#define HAS_SOBELTOPLANEROW_NEON +#define HAS_SOBELXYROW_NEON +#define HAS_SOBELXROW_NEON +#define HAS_SOBELYROW_NEON +#endif + +// The following are available on Neon platforms: +#if !defined(LIBYUV_DISABLE_NEON) && !defined(__aarch64__) && \ + (defined(__ARM_NEON__) || defined(LIBYUV_NEON)) +#define HAS_ABGRTOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_ABGRTOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGB1555TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGB1555TOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGB1555TOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGB4444TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGB4444TOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGB4444TOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOARGB1555ROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOARGB4444ROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOBAYERROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOBAYERGGROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTORAWROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTORGB24ROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTORGB565ROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOUV411ROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOUV422ROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOUV444ROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOUVJROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBTOYJROW_NEON +#define HAS_BGRATOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_BGRATOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_COPYROW_NEON +#define HAS_I400TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_I411TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TOABGRROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TOARGB1555ROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TOARGB4444ROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TOBGRAROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TORAWROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TORGB24ROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TORGB565ROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TORGBAROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TOUYVYROW_NEON +#define HAS_I422TOYUY2ROW_NEON +#define HAS_I444TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_MERGEUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_MIRRORROW_NEON +#define HAS_MIRRORUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_NV12TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_NV12TORGB565ROW_NEON +#define HAS_NV21TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_NV21TORGB565ROW_NEON +#define HAS_RAWTOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_RAWTOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_RAWTOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_RGB24TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_RGB24TOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_RGB24TOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_RGB565TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_RGB565TOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_RGB565TOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_RGBATOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_RGBATOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_SETROW_NEON +#define HAS_SPLITUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_UYVYTOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_UYVYTOUV422ROW_NEON +#define HAS_UYVYTOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_UYVYTOYROW_NEON +#define HAS_YTOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_YUY2TOARGBROW_NEON +#define HAS_YUY2TOUV422ROW_NEON +#define HAS_YUY2TOUVROW_NEON +#define HAS_YUY2TOYROW_NEON + +// Effects: +#define HAS_ARGBADDROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBATTENUATEROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBBLENDROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBGRAYROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBMIRRORROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBMULTIPLYROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBQUANTIZEROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBSEPIAROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBSHADEROW_NEON +#define HAS_ARGBSUBTRACTROW_NEON +#define HAS_SOBELROW_NEON +#define HAS_SOBELTOPLANEROW_NEON +#define HAS_SOBELXYROW_NEON +#define HAS_SOBELXROW_NEON +#define HAS_SOBELYROW_NEON +#define HAS_INTERPOLATEROW_NEON +// TODO(fbarchard): Investigate neon unittest failure. +// #define HAS_ARGBCOLORMATRIXROW_NEON +#endif + +// The following are available on Mips platforms: +#if !defined(LIBYUV_DISABLE_MIPS) && defined(__mips__) && \ + (_MIPS_SIM == _MIPS_SIM_ABI32) && (__mips_isa_rev < 6) +#define HAS_COPYROW_MIPS +#if defined(__mips_dsp) && (__mips_dsp_rev >= 2) +#define HAS_I422TOABGRROW_MIPS_DSPR2 +#define HAS_I422TOARGBROW_MIPS_DSPR2 +#define HAS_I422TOBGRAROW_MIPS_DSPR2 +#define HAS_INTERPOLATEROWS_MIPS_DSPR2 +#define HAS_MIRRORROW_MIPS_DSPR2 +#define HAS_MIRRORUVROW_MIPS_DSPR2 +#define HAS_SPLITUVROW_MIPS_DSPR2 +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__CLR_VER) +#define SIMD_ALIGNED(var) __declspec(align(16)) var +typedef __declspec(align(16)) int16 vec16[8]; +typedef __declspec(align(16)) int32 vec32[4]; +typedef __declspec(align(16)) int8 vec8[16]; +typedef __declspec(align(16)) uint16 uvec16[8]; +typedef __declspec(align(16)) uint32 uvec32[4]; +typedef __declspec(align(16)) uint8 uvec8[16]; +typedef __declspec(align(32)) int16 lvec16[16]; +typedef __declspec(align(32)) int32 lvec32[8]; +typedef __declspec(align(32)) int8 lvec8[32]; +typedef __declspec(align(32)) uint16 ulvec16[16]; +typedef __declspec(align(32)) uint32 ulvec32[8]; +typedef __declspec(align(32)) uint8 ulvec8[32]; + +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +// Caveat GCC 4.2 to 4.7 have a known issue using vectors with const. +#define SIMD_ALIGNED(var) var __attribute__((aligned(16))) +typedef int16 __attribute__((vector_size(16))) vec16; +typedef int32 __attribute__((vector_size(16))) vec32; +typedef int8 __attribute__((vector_size(16))) vec8; +typedef uint16 __attribute__((vector_size(16))) uvec16; +typedef uint32 __attribute__((vector_size(16))) uvec32; +typedef uint8 __attribute__((vector_size(16))) uvec8; +typedef int16 __attribute__((vector_size(32))) lvec16; +typedef int32 __attribute__((vector_size(32))) lvec32; +typedef int8 __attribute__((vector_size(32))) lvec8; +typedef uint16 __attribute__((vector_size(32))) ulvec16; +typedef uint32 __attribute__((vector_size(32))) ulvec32; +typedef uint8 __attribute__((vector_size(32))) ulvec8; +#else +#define SIMD_ALIGNED(var) var +typedef int16 vec16[8]; +typedef int32 vec32[4]; +typedef int8 vec8[16]; +typedef uint16 uvec16[8]; +typedef uint32 uvec32[4]; +typedef uint8 uvec8[16]; +typedef int16 lvec16[16]; +typedef int32 lvec32[8]; +typedef int8 lvec8[32]; +typedef uint16 ulvec16[16]; +typedef uint32 ulvec32[8]; +typedef uint8 ulvec8[32]; +#endif + +#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__llvm__) +#define OMITFP +#else +#define OMITFP __attribute__((optimize("omit-frame-pointer"))) +#endif + +// NaCL macros for GCC x86 and x64. +#if defined(__native_client__) +#define LABELALIGN ".p2align 5\n" +#else +#define LABELALIGN ".p2align 2\n" +#endif +#if defined(__native_client__) && defined(__x86_64__) +#define BUNDLELOCK ".bundle_lock\n" +#define BUNDLEUNLOCK ".bundle_unlock\n" +#define BUNDLEALIGN "\n" +#define MEMACCESS(base) "%%nacl:(%%r15,%q" #base ")" +#define MEMACCESS2(offset, base) "%%nacl:" #offset "(%%r15,%q" #base ")" +#define MEMLEA(offset, base) #offset "(%q" #base ")" +#define MEMLEA3(offset, index, scale) \ + #offset "(,%q" #index "," #scale ")" +#define MEMLEA4(offset, base, index, scale) \ + #offset "(%q" #base ",%q" #index "," #scale ")" +#define MEMMOVESTRING(s, d) "%%nacl:(%q" #s "),%%nacl:(%q" #d "), %%r15" +#define MEMSTORESTRING(reg, d) "%%" #reg ",%%nacl:(%q" #d "), %%r15" +#define MEMOPREG(opcode, offset, base, index, scale, reg) \ + BUNDLELOCK \ + "lea " #offset "(%q" #base ",%q" #index "," #scale "),%%r14d\n" \ + #opcode " (%%r15,%%r14),%%" #reg "\n" \ + BUNDLEUNLOCK +#define MEMOPMEM(opcode, reg, offset, base, index, scale) \ + BUNDLELOCK \ + "lea " #offset "(%q" #base ",%q" #index "," #scale "),%%r14d\n" \ + #opcode " %%" #reg ",(%%r15,%%r14)\n" \ + BUNDLEUNLOCK +#define MEMOPARG(opcode, offset, base, index, scale, arg) \ + BUNDLELOCK \ + "lea " #offset "(%q" #base ",%q" #index "," #scale "),%%r14d\n" \ + #opcode " (%%r15,%%r14),%" #arg "\n" \ + BUNDLEUNLOCK +#else // defined(__native_client__) && defined(__x86_64__) +#define BUNDLEALIGN "\n" +#define MEMACCESS(base) "(%" #base ")" +#define MEMACCESS2(offset, base) #offset "(%" #base ")" +#define MEMLEA(offset, base) #offset "(%" #base ")" +#define MEMLEA3(offset, index, scale) \ + #offset "(,%" #index "," #scale ")" +#define MEMLEA4(offset, base, index, scale) \ + #offset "(%" #base ",%" #index "," #scale ")" +#define MEMMOVESTRING(s, d) +#define MEMSTORESTRING(reg, d) +#define MEMOPREG(opcode, offset, base, index, scale, reg) \ + #opcode " " #offset "(%" #base ",%" #index "," #scale "),%%" #reg "\n" +#define MEMOPMEM(opcode, reg, offset, base, index, scale) \ + #opcode " %%" #reg ","#offset "(%" #base ",%" #index "," #scale ")\n" +#define MEMOPARG(opcode, offset, base, index, scale, arg) \ + #opcode " " #offset "(%" #base ",%" #index "," #scale "),%" #arg "\n" +#endif // defined(__native_client__) && defined(__x86_64__) + +#if defined(__arm__) || defined(__aarch64__) +#undef MEMACCESS +#if defined(__native_client__) +#define MEMACCESS(base) ".p2align 3\nbic %" #base ", #0xc0000000\n" +#else +#define MEMACCESS(base) "\n" +#endif +#endif + +void I444ToARGBRow_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToARGBRow_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I411ToARGBRow_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToBGRARow_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_bgra, + int width); +void I422ToABGRRow_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_abgr, + int width); +void I422ToRGBARow_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_rgba, + int width); +void I422ToRGB24Row_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_rgb24, + int width); +void I422ToRAWRow_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_raw, + int width); +void I422ToRGB565Row_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_rgb565, + int width); +void I422ToARGB1555Row_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb1555, + int width); +void I422ToARGB4444Row_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb4444, + int width); +void NV12ToARGBRow_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_uv, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV21ToARGBRow_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_vu, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV12ToRGB565Row_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_uv, + uint8* dst_rgb565, + int width); +void NV21ToRGB565Row_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_vu, + uint8* dst_rgb565, + int width); +void YUY2ToARGBRow_NEON(const uint8* src_yuy2, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void UYVYToARGBRow_NEON(const uint8* src_uyvy, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); + +void ARGBToYRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGBToYRow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGBToYRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGBToYJRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGBToYJRow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGBToYJRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void BGRAToYRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_bgra, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ABGRToYRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_abgr, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RGBAToYRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_rgba, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RGB24ToYRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_rgb24, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RAWToYRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_raw, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGBToYRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGBToYJRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGBToUV444Row_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, + int pix); +void ARGBToUV422Row_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, + int pix); +void ARGBToUV411Row_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, + int pix); +void ARGBToUVRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void ARGBToUVJRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void BGRAToUVRow_NEON(const uint8* src_bgra, int src_stride_bgra, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void ABGRToUVRow_NEON(const uint8* src_abgr, int src_stride_abgr, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void RGBAToUVRow_NEON(const uint8* src_rgba, int src_stride_rgba, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void RGB24ToUVRow_NEON(const uint8* src_rgb24, int src_stride_rgb24, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void RAWToUVRow_NEON(const uint8* src_raw, int src_stride_raw, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void RGB565ToUVRow_NEON(const uint8* src_rgb565, int src_stride_rgb565, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void ARGB1555ToUVRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb1555, int src_stride_argb1555, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void ARGB4444ToUVRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb4444, int src_stride_argb4444, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void BGRAToYRow_NEON(const uint8* src_bgra, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ABGRToYRow_NEON(const uint8* src_abgr, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RGBAToYRow_NEON(const uint8* src_rgba, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RGB24ToYRow_NEON(const uint8* src_rgb24, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RAWToYRow_NEON(const uint8* src_raw, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RGB565ToYRow_NEON(const uint8* src_rgb565, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGB1555ToYRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb1555, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGB4444ToYRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb4444, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGBToYRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGBToYJRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void BGRAToYRow_C(const uint8* src_bgra, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ABGRToYRow_C(const uint8* src_abgr, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RGBAToYRow_C(const uint8* src_rgba, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RGB24ToYRow_C(const uint8* src_rgb24, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RAWToYRow_C(const uint8* src_raw, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RGB565ToYRow_C(const uint8* src_rgb565, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGB1555ToYRow_C(const uint8* src_argb1555, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGB4444ToYRow_C(const uint8* src_argb4444, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGBToYRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGBToYJRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void BGRAToYRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_bgra, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ABGRToYRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_abgr, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RGBAToYRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_rgba, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RGB24ToYRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_rgb24, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RAWToYRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_raw, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGBToYRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGBToYJRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void BGRAToYRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_bgra, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ABGRToYRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_abgr, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RGBAToYRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_rgba, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RGB24ToYRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_rgb24, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RAWToYRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_raw, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void RGB565ToYRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_rgb565, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGB1555ToYRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb1555, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void ARGB4444ToYRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb4444, uint8* dst_y, int pix); + +void ARGBToUVRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void ARGBToUVRow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void ARGBToUVRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void ARGBToUVJRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void BGRAToUVRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_bgra, int src_stride_bgra, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void ABGRToUVRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_abgr, int src_stride_abgr, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void RGBAToUVRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_rgba, int src_stride_rgba, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void ARGBToUVRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void ARGBToUVJRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void BGRAToUVRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_bgra, int src_stride_bgra, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void ABGRToUVRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_abgr, int src_stride_abgr, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void RGBAToUVRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_rgba, int src_stride_rgba, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void ARGBToUV444Row_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, + int pix); +void ARGBToUV422Row_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, + int pix); +void ARGBToUV411Row_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, + int pix); +void ARGBToUVRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void ARGBToUVJRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void BGRAToUVRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_bgra, int src_stride_bgra, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void ABGRToUVRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_abgr, int src_stride_abgr, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void RGBAToUVRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_rgba, int src_stride_rgba, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void RGB24ToUVRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_rgb24, int src_stride_rgb24, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void RAWToUVRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_raw, int src_stride_raw, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void RGB565ToUVRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_rgb565, int src_stride_rgb565, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void ARGB1555ToUVRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb1555, + int src_stride_argb1555, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void ARGB4444ToUVRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb4444, + int src_stride_argb4444, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void ARGBToUVRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void ARGBToUVJRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void BGRAToUVRow_C(const uint8* src_bgra, int src_stride_bgra, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void ABGRToUVRow_C(const uint8* src_abgr, int src_stride_abgr, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void RGBAToUVRow_C(const uint8* src_rgba, int src_stride_rgba, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void RGB24ToUVRow_C(const uint8* src_rgb24, int src_stride_rgb24, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void RAWToUVRow_C(const uint8* src_raw, int src_stride_raw, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void RGB565ToUVRow_C(const uint8* src_rgb565, int src_stride_rgb565, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void ARGB1555ToUVRow_C(const uint8* src_argb1555, int src_stride_argb1555, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void ARGB4444ToUVRow_C(const uint8* src_argb4444, int src_stride_argb4444, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); + +void ARGBToUV444Row_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void ARGBToUV444Row_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); + +void ARGBToUV422Row_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void ARGBToUV422Row_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); + +void ARGBToUV444Row_C(const uint8* src_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void ARGBToUV422Row_C(const uint8* src_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); +void ARGBToUV411Row_C(const uint8* src_argb, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int width); + +void MirrorRow_AVX2(const uint8* src, uint8* dst, int width); +void MirrorRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src, uint8* dst, int width); +void MirrorRow_SSE2(const uint8* src, uint8* dst, int width); +void MirrorRow_NEON(const uint8* src, uint8* dst, int width); +void MirrorRow_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src, uint8* dst, int width); +void MirrorRow_C(const uint8* src, uint8* dst, int width); + +void MirrorUVRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_uv, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, + int width); +void MirrorUVRow_NEON(const uint8* src_uv, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, + int width); +void MirrorUVRow_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_uv, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, + int width); +void MirrorUVRow_C(const uint8* src_uv, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, + int width); + +void ARGBMirrorRow_AVX2(const uint8* src, uint8* dst, int width); +void ARGBMirrorRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src, uint8* dst, int width); +void ARGBMirrorRow_NEON(const uint8* src, uint8* dst, int width); +void ARGBMirrorRow_C(const uint8* src, uint8* dst, int width); + +void SplitUVRow_C(const uint8* src_uv, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void SplitUVRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_uv, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void SplitUVRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_uv, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void SplitUVRow_NEON(const uint8* src_uv, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void SplitUVRow_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_uv, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, + int pix); +void SplitUVRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_uv, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, + int pix); +void SplitUVRow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_uv, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, + int pix); +void SplitUVRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_uv, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, + int pix); +void SplitUVRow_Any_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_uv, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, + int pix); + +void MergeUVRow_C(const uint8* src_u, const uint8* src_v, uint8* dst_uv, + int width); +void MergeUVRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_u, const uint8* src_v, uint8* dst_uv, + int width); +void MergeUVRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_u, const uint8* src_v, uint8* dst_uv, + int width); +void MergeUVRow_NEON(const uint8* src_u, const uint8* src_v, uint8* dst_uv, + int width); +void MergeUVRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_u, const uint8* src_v, uint8* dst_uv, + int width); +void MergeUVRow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_u, const uint8* src_v, uint8* dst_uv, + int width); +void MergeUVRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_u, const uint8* src_v, uint8* dst_uv, + int width); + +void CopyRow_SSE2(const uint8* src, uint8* dst, int count); +void CopyRow_AVX(const uint8* src, uint8* dst, int count); +void CopyRow_ERMS(const uint8* src, uint8* dst, int count); +void CopyRow_X86(const uint8* src, uint8* dst, int count); +void CopyRow_NEON(const uint8* src, uint8* dst, int count); +void CopyRow_MIPS(const uint8* src, uint8* dst, int count); +void CopyRow_C(const uint8* src, uint8* dst, int count); + +void CopyRow_16_C(const uint16* src, uint16* dst, int count); + +void ARGBCopyAlphaRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBCopyAlphaRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBCopyAlphaRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width); + +void ARGBCopyYToAlphaRow_C(const uint8* src_y, uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBCopyYToAlphaRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_y, uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBCopyYToAlphaRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_y, uint8* dst_argb, int width); + +void SetRow_X86(uint8* dst, uint32 v32, int count); +void ARGBSetRows_X86(uint8* dst, uint32 v32, int width, + int dst_stride, int height); +void SetRow_NEON(uint8* dst, uint32 v32, int count); +void ARGBSetRows_NEON(uint8* dst, uint32 v32, int width, + int dst_stride, int height); +void SetRow_C(uint8* dst, uint32 v32, int count); +void ARGBSetRows_C(uint8* dst, uint32 v32, int width, int dst_stride, + int height); + +// ARGBShufflers for BGRAToARGB etc. +void ARGBShuffleRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + const uint8* shuffler, int pix); +void ARGBShuffleRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + const uint8* shuffler, int pix); +void ARGBShuffleRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + const uint8* shuffler, int pix); +void ARGBShuffleRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + const uint8* shuffler, int pix); +void ARGBShuffleRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + const uint8* shuffler, int pix); +void ARGBShuffleRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + const uint8* shuffler, int pix); +void ARGBShuffleRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + const uint8* shuffler, int pix); +void ARGBShuffleRow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + const uint8* shuffler, int pix); +void ARGBShuffleRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + const uint8* shuffler, int pix); + +void RGB24ToARGBRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_rgb24, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void RAWToARGBRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_raw, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void RGB565ToARGBRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_rgb565, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void ARGB1555ToARGBRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb1555, uint8* dst_argb, + int pix); +void ARGB4444ToARGBRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb4444, uint8* dst_argb, + int pix); + +void RGB24ToARGBRow_NEON(const uint8* src_rgb24, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void RAWToARGBRow_NEON(const uint8* src_raw, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void RGB565ToARGBRow_NEON(const uint8* src_rgb565, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void ARGB1555ToARGBRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb1555, uint8* dst_argb, + int pix); +void ARGB4444ToARGBRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb4444, uint8* dst_argb, + int pix); +void RGB24ToARGBRow_C(const uint8* src_rgb24, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void RAWToARGBRow_C(const uint8* src_raw, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void RGB565ToARGBRow_C(const uint8* src_rgb, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void ARGB1555ToARGBRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void ARGB4444ToARGBRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void RGB24ToARGBRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_rgb24, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void RAWToARGBRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_raw, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void RGB565ToARGBRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_rgb565, uint8* dst_argb, + int pix); +void ARGB1555ToARGBRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb1555, uint8* dst_argb, + int pix); +void ARGB4444ToARGBRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb4444, uint8* dst_argb, + int pix); +void RGB24ToARGBRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_rgb24, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void RAWToARGBRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_raw, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void RGB565ToARGBRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_rgb565, uint8* dst_argb, + int pix); +void ARGB1555ToARGBRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb1555, uint8* dst_argb, + int pix); +void ARGB4444ToARGBRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb4444, uint8* dst_argb, + int pix); + +void ARGBToRGB24Row_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToRAWRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToRGB565Row_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToARGB1555Row_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToARGB4444Row_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); + +void ARGBToRGB24Row_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToRAWRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToRGB565Row_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToARGB1555Row_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToARGB4444Row_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); + +void ARGBToRGBARow_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToRGB24Row_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToRAWRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToRGB565Row_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToARGB1555Row_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToARGB4444Row_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); + +void I400ToARGBRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_y, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void I400ToARGBRow_NEON(const uint8* src_y, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void I400ToARGBRow_C(const uint8* src_y, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void I400ToARGBRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_y, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); +void I400ToARGBRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, uint8* dst_argb, int pix); + +void I444ToARGBRow_C(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToARGBRow_C(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I411ToARGBRow_C(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV12ToARGBRow_C(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_uv, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV21ToRGB565Row_C(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_vu, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV12ToRGB565Row_C(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_uv, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV21ToARGBRow_C(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_vu, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void YUY2ToARGBRow_C(const uint8* src_yuy2, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void UYVYToARGBRow_C(const uint8* src_uyvy, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToBGRARow_C(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_bgra, + int width); +void I422ToABGRRow_C(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_abgr, + int width); +void I422ToRGBARow_C(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_rgba, + int width); +void I422ToRGB24Row_C(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_rgb24, + int width); +void I422ToRAWRow_C(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_raw, + int width); +void I422ToARGB4444Row_C(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb4444, + int width); +void I422ToARGB1555Row_C(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb4444, + int width); +void I422ToRGB565Row_C(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_rgb565, + int width); +void YToARGBRow_C(const uint8* src_y, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToARGBRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToBGRARow_AVX2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToRGBARow_AVX2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToABGRRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I444ToARGBRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToARGBRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I411ToARGBRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV12ToARGBRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_uv, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV21ToARGBRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_vu, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV12ToRGB565Row_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_uv, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV21ToRGB565Row_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_vu, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void YUY2ToARGBRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_yuy2, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void UYVYToARGBRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_uyvy, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToBGRARow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_bgra, + int width); +void I422ToABGRRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_abgr, + int width); +void I422ToRGBARow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_rgba, + int width); +void I422ToARGB4444Row_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToARGB1555Row_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToRGB565Row_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToRGB24Row_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_rgb24, + int width); +void I422ToRAWRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_raw, + int width); +void I422ToARGBRow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToBGRARow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToRGBARow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToABGRRow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I444ToARGBRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToARGBRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I411ToARGBRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV12ToARGBRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_uv, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV21ToARGBRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_vu, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV12ToRGB565Row_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_uv, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV21ToRGB565Row_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_vu, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void YUY2ToARGBRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_yuy2, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void UYVYToARGBRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_uyvy, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToBGRARow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_bgra, + int width); +void I422ToABGRRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_abgr, + int width); +void I422ToRGBARow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_rgba, + int width); +void I422ToARGB4444Row_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_rgba, + int width); +void I422ToARGB1555Row_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_rgba, + int width); +void I422ToRGB565Row_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_rgba, + int width); +void I422ToRGB24Row_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToRAWRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void YToARGBRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_y, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void YToARGBRow_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void YToARGBRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_y, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void YToARGBRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); + +// ARGB preattenuated alpha blend. +void ARGBBlendRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBBlendRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBBlendRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBBlendRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); + +// ARGB multiply images. Same API as Blend, but these require +// pointer and width alignment for SSE2. +void ARGBMultiplyRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBMultiplyRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBMultiplyRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBMultiplyRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBMultiplyRow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBMultiplyRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBMultiplyRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); + +// ARGB add images. +void ARGBAddRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBAddRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBAddRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBAddRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBAddRow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBAddRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBAddRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); + +// ARGB subtract images. Same API as Blend, but these require +// pointer and width alignment for SSE2. +void ARGBSubtractRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBSubtractRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBSubtractRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBSubtractRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBSubtractRow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBSubtractRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBSubtractRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, const uint8* src_argb1, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); + +void ARGBToRGB24Row_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToRAWRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToRGB565Row_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToARGB1555Row_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToARGB4444Row_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); + +void ARGBToRGB24Row_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToRAWRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToRGB565Row_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToARGB1555Row_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); +void ARGBToARGB4444Row_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_rgb, int pix); + +void I444ToARGBRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToARGBRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I411ToARGBRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToBGRARow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToABGRRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToRGBARow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToRGB24Row_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToRAWRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToARGB4444Row_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToARGB1555Row_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToRGB565Row_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV12ToARGBRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_uv, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV21ToARGBRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_uv, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV12ToRGB565Row_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_uv, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void NV21ToRGB565Row_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_uv, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void YUY2ToARGBRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_yuy2, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void UYVYToARGBRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_uyvy, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToARGBRow_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToBGRARow_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToABGRRow_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToARGBRow_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToBGRARow_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void I422ToABGRRow_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_argb, + int width); + +void YUY2ToYRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_yuy2, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void YUY2ToUVRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_yuy2, int stride_yuy2, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void YUY2ToUV422Row_AVX2(const uint8* src_yuy2, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void YUY2ToYRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_yuy2, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void YUY2ToUVRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_yuy2, int stride_yuy2, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void YUY2ToUV422Row_SSE2(const uint8* src_yuy2, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void YUY2ToYRow_NEON(const uint8* src_yuy2, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void YUY2ToUVRow_NEON(const uint8* src_yuy2, int stride_yuy2, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void YUY2ToUV422Row_NEON(const uint8* src_yuy2, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void YUY2ToYRow_C(const uint8* src_yuy2, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void YUY2ToUVRow_C(const uint8* src_yuy2, int stride_yuy2, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void YUY2ToUV422Row_C(const uint8* src_yuy2, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void YUY2ToYRow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_yuy2, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void YUY2ToUVRow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_yuy2, int stride_yuy2, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void YUY2ToUV422Row_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_yuy2, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void YUY2ToYRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_yuy2, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void YUY2ToUVRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_yuy2, int stride_yuy2, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void YUY2ToUV422Row_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_yuy2, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void YUY2ToYRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_yuy2, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void YUY2ToUVRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_yuy2, int stride_yuy2, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void YUY2ToUV422Row_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_yuy2, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void UYVYToYRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_uyvy, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void UYVYToUVRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_uyvy, int stride_uyvy, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void UYVYToUV422Row_AVX2(const uint8* src_uyvy, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void UYVYToYRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_uyvy, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void UYVYToUVRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_uyvy, int stride_uyvy, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void UYVYToUV422Row_SSE2(const uint8* src_uyvy, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void UYVYToYRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_uyvy, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void UYVYToUVRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_uyvy, int stride_uyvy, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void UYVYToUV422Row_AVX2(const uint8* src_uyvy, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void UYVYToYRow_NEON(const uint8* src_uyvy, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void UYVYToUVRow_NEON(const uint8* src_uyvy, int stride_uyvy, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void UYVYToUV422Row_NEON(const uint8* src_uyvy, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); + +void UYVYToYRow_C(const uint8* src_uyvy, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void UYVYToUVRow_C(const uint8* src_uyvy, int stride_uyvy, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void UYVYToUV422Row_C(const uint8* src_uyvy, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void UYVYToYRow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_uyvy, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void UYVYToUVRow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_uyvy, int stride_uyvy, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void UYVYToUV422Row_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_uyvy, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void UYVYToYRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_uyvy, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void UYVYToUVRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_uyvy, int stride_uyvy, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void UYVYToUV422Row_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_uyvy, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void UYVYToYRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_uyvy, uint8* dst_y, int pix); +void UYVYToUVRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_uyvy, int stride_uyvy, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); +void UYVYToUV422Row_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_uyvy, + uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, int pix); + +void ARGBToBayerRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_bayer, + uint32 selector, int pix); +void ARGBToBayerRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_bayer, + uint32 selector, int pix); +void ARGBToBayerRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_bayer, + uint32 selector, int pix); +void ARGBToBayerRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_bayer, + uint32 selector, int pix); +void ARGBToBayerRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_bayer, + uint32 selector, int pix); +void ARGBToBayerGGRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_bayer, + uint32 /* selector */, int pix); +void ARGBToBayerGGRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_bayer, + uint32 /* selector */, int pix); +void ARGBToBayerGGRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_bayer, + uint32 /* selector */, int pix); +void ARGBToBayerGGRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_bayer, + uint32 /* selector */, int pix); +void ARGBToBayerGGRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_bayer, + uint32 /* selector */, int pix); + +void I422ToYUY2Row_C(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_yuy2, int width); +void I422ToUYVYRow_C(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_uyvy, int width); +void I422ToYUY2Row_SSE2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_yuy2, int width); +void I422ToUYVYRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_uyvy, int width); +void I422ToYUY2Row_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_yuy2, int width); +void I422ToUYVYRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_uyvy, int width); +void I422ToYUY2Row_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_yuy2, int width); +void I422ToUYVYRow_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_uyvy, int width); +void I422ToYUY2Row_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_yuy2, int width); +void I422ToUYVYRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_y, + const uint8* src_u, + const uint8* src_v, + uint8* dst_uyvy, int width); + +// Effects related row functions. +void ARGBAttenuateRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBAttenuateRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBAttenuateRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBAttenuateRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBAttenuateRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBAttenuateRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void ARGBAttenuateRow_Any_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void ARGBAttenuateRow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void ARGBAttenuateRow_Any_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + int width); + +// Inverse table for unattenuate, shared by C and SSE2. +extern const uint32 fixed_invtbl8[256]; +void ARGBUnattenuateRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBUnattenuateRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBUnattenuateRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBUnattenuateRow_Any_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + int width); +void ARGBUnattenuateRow_Any_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + int width); + +void ARGBGrayRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBGrayRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBGrayRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width); + +void ARGBSepiaRow_C(uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBSepiaRow_SSSE3(uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void ARGBSepiaRow_NEON(uint8* dst_argb, int width); + +void ARGBColorMatrixRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + const int8* matrix_argb, int width); +void ARGBColorMatrixRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + const int8* matrix_argb, int width); +void ARGBColorMatrixRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + const int8* matrix_argb, int width); + +void ARGBColorTableRow_C(uint8* dst_argb, const uint8* table_argb, int width); +void ARGBColorTableRow_X86(uint8* dst_argb, const uint8* table_argb, int width); + +void RGBColorTableRow_C(uint8* dst_argb, const uint8* table_argb, int width); +void RGBColorTableRow_X86(uint8* dst_argb, const uint8* table_argb, int width); + +void ARGBQuantizeRow_C(uint8* dst_argb, int scale, int interval_size, + int interval_offset, int width); +void ARGBQuantizeRow_SSE2(uint8* dst_argb, int scale, int interval_size, + int interval_offset, int width); +void ARGBQuantizeRow_NEON(uint8* dst_argb, int scale, int interval_size, + int interval_offset, int width); + +void ARGBShadeRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width, + uint32 value); +void ARGBShadeRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width, + uint32 value); +void ARGBShadeRow_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width, + uint32 value); + +// Used for blur. +void CumulativeSumToAverageRow_SSE2(const int32* topleft, const int32* botleft, + int width, int area, uint8* dst, int count); +void ComputeCumulativeSumRow_SSE2(const uint8* row, int32* cumsum, + const int32* previous_cumsum, int width); + +void CumulativeSumToAverageRow_C(const int32* topleft, const int32* botleft, + int width, int area, uint8* dst, int count); +void ComputeCumulativeSumRow_C(const uint8* row, int32* cumsum, + const int32* previous_cumsum, int width); + +LIBYUV_API +void ARGBAffineRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, int src_argb_stride, + uint8* dst_argb, const float* uv_dudv, int width); +LIBYUV_API +void ARGBAffineRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, int src_argb_stride, + uint8* dst_argb, const float* uv_dudv, int width); + +// Used for I420Scale, ARGBScale, and ARGBInterpolate. +void InterpolateRow_C(uint8* dst_ptr, const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride_ptr, + int width, int source_y_fraction); +void InterpolateRow_SSE2(uint8* dst_ptr, const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride_ptr, int width, + int source_y_fraction); +void InterpolateRow_SSSE3(uint8* dst_ptr, const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride_ptr, int width, + int source_y_fraction); +void InterpolateRow_AVX2(uint8* dst_ptr, const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride_ptr, int width, + int source_y_fraction); +void InterpolateRow_NEON(uint8* dst_ptr, const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride_ptr, int width, + int source_y_fraction); +void InterpolateRows_MIPS_DSPR2(uint8* dst_ptr, const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride_ptr, int width, + int source_y_fraction); +void InterpolateRow_Any_NEON(uint8* dst_ptr, const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride_ptr, int width, + int source_y_fraction); +void InterpolateRow_Any_SSE2(uint8* dst_ptr, const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride_ptr, int width, + int source_y_fraction); +void InterpolateRow_Any_SSSE3(uint8* dst_ptr, const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride_ptr, int width, + int source_y_fraction); +void InterpolateRow_Any_AVX2(uint8* dst_ptr, const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride_ptr, int width, + int source_y_fraction); +void InterpolateRows_Any_MIPS_DSPR2(uint8* dst_ptr, const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride_ptr, int width, + int source_y_fraction); + +void InterpolateRow_16_C(uint16* dst_ptr, const uint16* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride_ptr, + int width, int source_y_fraction); + +// Sobel images. +void SobelXRow_C(const uint8* src_y0, const uint8* src_y1, const uint8* src_y2, + uint8* dst_sobelx, int width); +void SobelXRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_y0, const uint8* src_y1, + const uint8* src_y2, uint8* dst_sobelx, int width); +void SobelXRow_NEON(const uint8* src_y0, const uint8* src_y1, + const uint8* src_y2, uint8* dst_sobelx, int width); +void SobelYRow_C(const uint8* src_y0, const uint8* src_y1, + uint8* dst_sobely, int width); +void SobelYRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_y0, const uint8* src_y1, + uint8* dst_sobely, int width); +void SobelYRow_NEON(const uint8* src_y0, const uint8* src_y1, + uint8* dst_sobely, int width); +void SobelRow_C(const uint8* src_sobelx, const uint8* src_sobely, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void SobelRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_sobelx, const uint8* src_sobely, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void SobelRow_NEON(const uint8* src_sobelx, const uint8* src_sobely, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void SobelToPlaneRow_C(const uint8* src_sobelx, const uint8* src_sobely, + uint8* dst_y, int width); +void SobelToPlaneRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_sobelx, const uint8* src_sobely, + uint8* dst_y, int width); +void SobelToPlaneRow_NEON(const uint8* src_sobelx, const uint8* src_sobely, + uint8* dst_y, int width); +void SobelXYRow_C(const uint8* src_sobelx, const uint8* src_sobely, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void SobelXYRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_sobelx, const uint8* src_sobely, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); +void SobelXYRow_NEON(const uint8* src_sobelx, const uint8* src_sobely, + uint8* dst_argb, int width); + +void ARGBPolynomialRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, const float* poly, + int width); +void ARGBPolynomialRow_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, const float* poly, + int width); +void ARGBPolynomialRow_AVX2(const uint8* src_argb, + uint8* dst_argb, const float* poly, + int width); + +void ARGBLumaColorTableRow_C(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, int width, + const uint8* luma, uint32 lumacoeff); +void ARGBLumaColorTableRow_SSSE3(const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + int width, + const uint8* luma, uint32 lumacoeff); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +} // namespace libyuv +#endif + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_ROW_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/scale.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/scale.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..102158d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/scale.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2011 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_SCALE_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_SCALE_H_ + +#include "libyuv/basic_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +namespace libyuv { +extern "C" { +#endif + +// Supported filtering. +typedef enum FilterMode { + kFilterNone = 0, // Point sample; Fastest. + kFilterLinear = 1, // Filter horizontally only. + kFilterBilinear = 2, // Faster than box, but lower quality scaling down. + kFilterBox = 3 // Highest quality. +} FilterModeEnum; + +// Scale a YUV plane. +LIBYUV_API +void ScalePlane(const uint8* src, int src_stride, + int src_width, int src_height, + uint8* dst, int dst_stride, + int dst_width, int dst_height, + enum FilterMode filtering); + +LIBYUV_API +void ScalePlane_16(const uint16* src, int src_stride, + int src_width, int src_height, + uint16* dst, int dst_stride, + int dst_width, int dst_height, + enum FilterMode filtering); + +// Scales a YUV 4:2:0 image from the src width and height to the +// dst width and height. +// If filtering is kFilterNone, a simple nearest-neighbor algorithm is +// used. This produces basic (blocky) quality at the fastest speed. +// If filtering is kFilterBilinear, interpolation is used to produce a better +// quality image, at the expense of speed. +// If filtering is kFilterBox, averaging is used to produce ever better +// quality image, at further expense of speed. +// Returns 0 if successful. + +LIBYUV_API +int I420Scale(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + int src_width, int src_height, + uint8* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint8* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint8* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int dst_width, int dst_height, + enum FilterMode filtering); + +LIBYUV_API +int I420Scale_16(const uint16* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint16* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint16* src_v, int src_stride_v, + int src_width, int src_height, + uint16* dst_y, int dst_stride_y, + uint16* dst_u, int dst_stride_u, + uint16* dst_v, int dst_stride_v, + int dst_width, int dst_height, + enum FilterMode filtering); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +// Legacy API. Deprecated. +LIBYUV_API +int Scale(const uint8* src_y, const uint8* src_u, const uint8* src_v, + int src_stride_y, int src_stride_u, int src_stride_v, + int src_width, int src_height, + uint8* dst_y, uint8* dst_u, uint8* dst_v, + int dst_stride_y, int dst_stride_u, int dst_stride_v, + int dst_width, int dst_height, + LIBYUV_BOOL interpolate); + +// Legacy API. Deprecated. +LIBYUV_API +int ScaleOffset(const uint8* src_i420, int src_width, int src_height, + uint8* dst_i420, int dst_width, int dst_height, int dst_yoffset, + LIBYUV_BOOL interpolate); + +// For testing, allow disabling of specialized scalers. +LIBYUV_API +void SetUseReferenceImpl(LIBYUV_BOOL use); +#endif // __cplusplus + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +} // namespace libyuv +#endif + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_SCALE_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/scale_argb.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/scale_argb.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c9b362 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/scale_argb.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2012 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_SCALE_ARGB_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_SCALE_ARGB_H_ + +#include "libyuv/basic_types.h" +#include "libyuv/scale.h" // For FilterMode + +#ifdef __cplusplus +namespace libyuv { +extern "C" { +#endif + +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBScale(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + int src_width, int src_height, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int dst_width, int dst_height, + enum FilterMode filtering); + +// Clipped scale takes destination rectangle coordinates for clip values. +LIBYUV_API +int ARGBScaleClip(const uint8* src_argb, int src_stride_argb, + int src_width, int src_height, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + int dst_width, int dst_height, + int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height, + enum FilterMode filtering); + +// TODO(fbarchard): Implement this. +// Scale with YUV conversion to ARGB and clipping. +LIBYUV_API +int YUVToARGBScaleClip(const uint8* src_y, int src_stride_y, + const uint8* src_u, int src_stride_u, + const uint8* src_v, int src_stride_v, + uint32 src_fourcc, + int src_width, int src_height, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_stride_argb, + uint32 dst_fourcc, + int dst_width, int dst_height, + int clip_x, int clip_y, int clip_width, int clip_height, + enum FilterMode filtering); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +} // namespace libyuv +#endif + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_SCALE_ARGB_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/scale_row.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/scale_row.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27aa04b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/scale_row.h @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2013 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_SCALE_ROW_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_SCALE_ROW_H_ + +#include "libyuv/basic_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +namespace libyuv { +extern "C" { +#endif + +#if defined(__pnacl__) || defined(__CLR_VER) || defined(COVERAGE_ENABLED) || \ + defined(TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR) +#define LIBYUV_DISABLE_X86 +#endif + +// The following are available on all x86 platforms: +#if !defined(LIBYUV_DISABLE_X86) && \ + (defined(_M_IX86) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__i386__)) +#define HAS_SCALEROWDOWN2_SSE2 +#define HAS_SCALEROWDOWN4_SSE2 +#define HAS_SCALEROWDOWN34_SSSE3 +#define HAS_SCALEROWDOWN38_SSSE3 +#define HAS_SCALEADDROWS_SSE2 +#define HAS_SCALEFILTERCOLS_SSSE3 +#define HAS_SCALECOLSUP2_SSE2 +#define HAS_SCALEARGBROWDOWN2_SSE2 +#define HAS_SCALEARGBROWDOWNEVEN_SSE2 +#define HAS_SCALEARGBCOLS_SSE2 +#define HAS_SCALEARGBFILTERCOLS_SSSE3 +#define HAS_SCALEARGBCOLSUP2_SSE2 +#define HAS_FIXEDDIV_X86 +#define HAS_FIXEDDIV1_X86 +#endif + +// The following are available on Neon platforms: +#if !defined(LIBYUV_DISABLE_NEON) && !defined(__native_client__) && \ + (defined(__ARM_NEON__) || defined(LIBYUV_NEON) || defined(__aarch64__)) +#define HAS_SCALEROWDOWN2_NEON +#define HAS_SCALEROWDOWN4_NEON +#define HAS_SCALEROWDOWN34_NEON +#define HAS_SCALEROWDOWN38_NEON +#define HAS_SCALEARGBROWDOWNEVEN_NEON +#define HAS_SCALEARGBROWDOWN2_NEON +#endif + +// The following are available on Mips platforms: +#if !defined(LIBYUV_DISABLE_MIPS) && !defined(__native_client__) && \ + defined(__mips__) && defined(__mips_dsp) && (__mips_dsp_rev >= 2) +#define HAS_SCALEROWDOWN2_MIPS_DSPR2 +#define HAS_SCALEROWDOWN4_MIPS_DSPR2 +#define HAS_SCALEROWDOWN34_MIPS_DSPR2 +#define HAS_SCALEROWDOWN38_MIPS_DSPR2 +#endif + +// Scale ARGB vertically with bilinear interpolation. +void ScalePlaneVertical(int src_height, + int dst_width, int dst_height, + int src_stride, int dst_stride, + const uint8* src_argb, uint8* dst_argb, + int x, int y, int dy, + int bpp, enum FilterMode filtering); + +void ScalePlaneVertical_16(int src_height, + int dst_width, int dst_height, + int src_stride, int dst_stride, + const uint16* src_argb, uint16* dst_argb, + int x, int y, int dy, + int wpp, enum FilterMode filtering); + +// Simplify the filtering based on scale factors. +enum FilterMode ScaleFilterReduce(int src_width, int src_height, + int dst_width, int dst_height, + enum FilterMode filtering); + +// Divide num by div and return as 16.16 fixed point result. +int FixedDiv_C(int num, int div); +int FixedDiv_X86(int num, int div); +// Divide num - 1 by div - 1 and return as 16.16 fixed point result. +int FixedDiv1_C(int num, int div); +int FixedDiv1_X86(int num, int div); +#ifdef HAS_FIXEDDIV_X86 +#define FixedDiv FixedDiv_X86 +#define FixedDiv1 FixedDiv1_X86 +#else +#define FixedDiv FixedDiv_C +#define FixedDiv1 FixedDiv1_C +#endif + +// Compute slope values for stepping. +void ScaleSlope(int src_width, int src_height, + int dst_width, int dst_height, + enum FilterMode filtering, + int* x, int* y, int* dx, int* dy); + +void ScaleRowDown2_C(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown2_16_C(const uint16* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint16* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown2Linear_C(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown2Linear_16_C(const uint16* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint16* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown2Box_C(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown2Box_16_C(const uint16* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint16* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown4_C(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown4_16_C(const uint16* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint16* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown4Box_C(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown4Box_16_C(const uint16* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint16* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown34_C(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown34_16_C(const uint16* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint16* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown34_0_Box_C(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* d, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown34_0_Box_16_C(const uint16* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint16* d, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown34_1_Box_C(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* d, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown34_1_Box_16_C(const uint16* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint16* d, int dst_width); +void ScaleCols_C(uint8* dst_ptr, const uint8* src_ptr, + int dst_width, int x, int dx); +void ScaleCols_16_C(uint16* dst_ptr, const uint16* src_ptr, + int dst_width, int x, int dx); +void ScaleColsUp2_C(uint8* dst_ptr, const uint8* src_ptr, + int dst_width, int, int); +void ScaleColsUp2_16_C(uint16* dst_ptr, const uint16* src_ptr, + int dst_width, int, int); +void ScaleFilterCols_C(uint8* dst_ptr, const uint8* src_ptr, + int dst_width, int x, int dx); +void ScaleFilterCols_16_C(uint16* dst_ptr, const uint16* src_ptr, + int dst_width, int x, int dx); +void ScaleFilterCols64_C(uint8* dst_ptr, const uint8* src_ptr, + int dst_width, int x, int dx); +void ScaleFilterCols64_16_C(uint16* dst_ptr, const uint16* src_ptr, + int dst_width, int x, int dx); +void ScaleRowDown38_C(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown38_16_C(const uint16* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint16* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown38_3_Box_C(const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown38_3_Box_16_C(const uint16* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint16* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown38_2_Box_C(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown38_2_Box_16_C(const uint16* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint16* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleAddRows_C(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint16* dst_ptr, int src_width, int src_height); +void ScaleAddRows_16_C(const uint16* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint32* dst_ptr, int src_width, int src_height); +void ScaleARGBRowDown2_C(const uint8* src_argb, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_width); +void ScaleARGBRowDown2Linear_C(const uint8* src_argb, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_width); +void ScaleARGBRowDown2Box_C(const uint8* src_argb, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_width); +void ScaleARGBRowDownEven_C(const uint8* src_argb, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + int src_stepx, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_width); +void ScaleARGBRowDownEvenBox_C(const uint8* src_argb, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + int src_stepx, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_width); +void ScaleARGBCols_C(uint8* dst_argb, const uint8* src_argb, + int dst_width, int x, int dx); +void ScaleARGBCols64_C(uint8* dst_argb, const uint8* src_argb, + int dst_width, int x, int dx); +void ScaleARGBColsUp2_C(uint8* dst_argb, const uint8* src_argb, + int dst_width, int, int); +void ScaleARGBFilterCols_C(uint8* dst_argb, const uint8* src_argb, + int dst_width, int x, int dx); +void ScaleARGBFilterCols64_C(uint8* dst_argb, const uint8* src_argb, + int dst_width, int x, int dx); + +void ScaleRowDown2_SSE2(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown2Linear_SSE2(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown2Box_SSE2(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown4_SSE2(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown4Box_SSE2(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown34_SSSE3(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown34_1_Box_SSSE3(const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown34_0_Box_SSSE3(const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown38_SSSE3(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown38_3_Box_SSSE3(const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown38_2_Box_SSSE3(const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleAddRows_SSE2(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint16* dst_ptr, int src_width, + int src_height); +void ScaleFilterCols_SSSE3(uint8* dst_ptr, const uint8* src_ptr, + int dst_width, int x, int dx); +void ScaleColsUp2_SSE2(uint8* dst_ptr, const uint8* src_ptr, + int dst_width, int x, int dx); +void ScaleARGBRowDown2_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_width); +void ScaleARGBRowDown2Linear_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_width); +void ScaleARGBRowDown2Box_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_width); +void ScaleARGBRowDownEven_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + int src_stepx, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_width); +void ScaleARGBRowDownEvenBox_SSE2(const uint8* src_argb, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + int src_stepx, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_width); +void ScaleARGBCols_SSE2(uint8* dst_argb, const uint8* src_argb, + int dst_width, int x, int dx); +void ScaleARGBFilterCols_SSSE3(uint8* dst_argb, const uint8* src_argb, + int dst_width, int x, int dx); +void ScaleARGBColsUp2_SSE2(uint8* dst_argb, const uint8* src_argb, + int dst_width, int x, int dx); +// Row functions. +void ScaleARGBRowDownEven_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + int src_stepx, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_width); +void ScaleARGBRowDownEvenBox_NEON(const uint8* src_argb, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + int src_stepx, + uint8* dst_argb, int dst_width); +void ScaleARGBRowDown2_NEON(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleARGBRowDown2Box_NEON(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_width); + +// ScaleRowDown2Box also used by planar functions +// NEON downscalers with interpolation. + +// Note - not static due to reuse in convert for 444 to 420. +void ScaleRowDown2_NEON(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_width); + +void ScaleRowDown2Box_NEON(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_width); + +void ScaleRowDown4_NEON(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown4Box_NEON(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); + +// Down scale from 4 to 3 pixels. Use the neon multilane read/write +// to load up the every 4th pixel into a 4 different registers. +// Point samples 32 pixels to 24 pixels. +void ScaleRowDown34_NEON(const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown34_0_Box_NEON(const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown34_1_Box_NEON(const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); + +// 32 -> 12 +void ScaleRowDown38_NEON(const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +// 32x3 -> 12x1 +void ScaleRowDown38_3_Box_NEON(const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +// 32x2 -> 12x1 +void ScaleRowDown38_2_Box_NEON(const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); + +void ScaleRowDown2_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown2Box_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown4_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown4Box_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown34_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown34_0_Box_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* d, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown34_1_Box_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* d, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown38_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown38_2_Box_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_ptr, ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); +void ScaleRowDown38_3_Box_MIPS_DSPR2(const uint8* src_ptr, + ptrdiff_t src_stride, + uint8* dst_ptr, int dst_width); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +} // namespace libyuv +#endif + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_SCALE_ROW_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/version.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/version.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3852d2a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/version.h @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2012 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_VERSION_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_VERSION_H_ + +#define LIBYUV_VERSION 1143 + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_VERSION_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/video_common.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/video_common.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91acc2f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/libyuv/libyuv/video_common.h @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +/* + * Copyright 2011 The LibYuv Project Authors. All rights reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +// Common definitions for video, including fourcc and VideoFormat. + +#ifndef INCLUDE_LIBYUV_VIDEO_COMMON_H_ // NOLINT +#define INCLUDE_LIBYUV_VIDEO_COMMON_H_ + +#include "libyuv/basic_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +namespace libyuv { +extern "C" { +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Definition of FourCC codes +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +// Convert four characters to a FourCC code. +// Needs to be a macro otherwise the OS X compiler complains when the kFormat* +// constants are used in a switch. +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FOURCC(a, b, c, d) ( \ + (static_cast<uint32>(a)) | (static_cast<uint32>(b) << 8) | \ + (static_cast<uint32>(c) << 16) | (static_cast<uint32>(d) << 24)) +#else +#define FOURCC(a, b, c, d) ( \ + ((uint32)(a)) | ((uint32)(b) << 8) | /* NOLINT */ \ + ((uint32)(c) << 16) | ((uint32)(d) << 24)) /* NOLINT */ +#endif + +// Some pages discussing FourCC codes: +// http://www.fourcc.org/yuv.php +// http://v4l2spec.bytesex.org/spec/book1.htm +// http://developer.apple.com/quicktime/icefloe/dispatch020.html +// http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/desktop/dd206750.aspx#nv12 +// http://people.xiph.org/~xiphmont/containers/nut/nut4cc.txt + +// FourCC codes grouped according to implementation efficiency. +// Primary formats should convert in 1 efficient step. +// Secondary formats are converted in 2 steps. +// Auxilliary formats call primary converters. +enum FourCC { + // 9 Primary YUV formats: 5 planar, 2 biplanar, 2 packed. + FOURCC_I420 = FOURCC('I', '4', '2', '0'), + FOURCC_I422 = FOURCC('I', '4', '2', '2'), + FOURCC_I444 = FOURCC('I', '4', '4', '4'), + FOURCC_I411 = FOURCC('I', '4', '1', '1'), + FOURCC_I400 = FOURCC('I', '4', '0', '0'), + FOURCC_NV21 = FOURCC('N', 'V', '2', '1'), + FOURCC_NV12 = FOURCC('N', 'V', '1', '2'), + FOURCC_YUY2 = FOURCC('Y', 'U', 'Y', '2'), + FOURCC_UYVY = FOURCC('U', 'Y', 'V', 'Y'), + + // 2 Secondary YUV formats: row biplanar. + FOURCC_M420 = FOURCC('M', '4', '2', '0'), + FOURCC_Q420 = FOURCC('Q', '4', '2', '0'), + + // 9 Primary RGB formats: 4 32 bpp, 2 24 bpp, 3 16 bpp. + FOURCC_ARGB = FOURCC('A', 'R', 'G', 'B'), + FOURCC_BGRA = FOURCC('B', 'G', 'R', 'A'), + FOURCC_ABGR = FOURCC('A', 'B', 'G', 'R'), + FOURCC_24BG = FOURCC('2', '4', 'B', 'G'), + FOURCC_RAW = FOURCC('r', 'a', 'w', ' '), + FOURCC_RGBA = FOURCC('R', 'G', 'B', 'A'), + FOURCC_RGBP = FOURCC('R', 'G', 'B', 'P'), // rgb565 LE. + FOURCC_RGBO = FOURCC('R', 'G', 'B', 'O'), // argb1555 LE. + FOURCC_R444 = FOURCC('R', '4', '4', '4'), // argb4444 LE. + + // 4 Secondary RGB formats: 4 Bayer Patterns. + FOURCC_RGGB = FOURCC('R', 'G', 'G', 'B'), + FOURCC_BGGR = FOURCC('B', 'G', 'G', 'R'), + FOURCC_GRBG = FOURCC('G', 'R', 'B', 'G'), + FOURCC_GBRG = FOURCC('G', 'B', 'R', 'G'), + + // 1 Primary Compressed YUV format. + FOURCC_MJPG = FOURCC('M', 'J', 'P', 'G'), + + // 5 Auxiliary YUV variations: 3 with U and V planes are swapped, 1 Alias. + FOURCC_YV12 = FOURCC('Y', 'V', '1', '2'), + FOURCC_YV16 = FOURCC('Y', 'V', '1', '6'), + FOURCC_YV24 = FOURCC('Y', 'V', '2', '4'), + FOURCC_YU12 = FOURCC('Y', 'U', '1', '2'), // Linux version of I420. + FOURCC_J420 = FOURCC('J', '4', '2', '0'), + FOURCC_J400 = FOURCC('J', '4', '0', '0'), + + // 14 Auxiliary aliases. CanonicalFourCC() maps these to canonical fourcc. + FOURCC_IYUV = FOURCC('I', 'Y', 'U', 'V'), // Alias for I420. + FOURCC_YU16 = FOURCC('Y', 'U', '1', '6'), // Alias for I422. + FOURCC_YU24 = FOURCC('Y', 'U', '2', '4'), // Alias for I444. + FOURCC_YUYV = FOURCC('Y', 'U', 'Y', 'V'), // Alias for YUY2. + FOURCC_YUVS = FOURCC('y', 'u', 'v', 's'), // Alias for YUY2 on Mac. + FOURCC_HDYC = FOURCC('H', 'D', 'Y', 'C'), // Alias for UYVY. + FOURCC_2VUY = FOURCC('2', 'v', 'u', 'y'), // Alias for UYVY on Mac. + FOURCC_JPEG = FOURCC('J', 'P', 'E', 'G'), // Alias for MJPG. + FOURCC_DMB1 = FOURCC('d', 'm', 'b', '1'), // Alias for MJPG on Mac. + FOURCC_BA81 = FOURCC('B', 'A', '8', '1'), // Alias for BGGR. + FOURCC_RGB3 = FOURCC('R', 'G', 'B', '3'), // Alias for RAW. + FOURCC_BGR3 = FOURCC('B', 'G', 'R', '3'), // Alias for 24BG. + FOURCC_CM32 = FOURCC(0, 0, 0, 32), // Alias for BGRA kCMPixelFormat_32ARGB + FOURCC_CM24 = FOURCC(0, 0, 0, 24), // Alias for RAW kCMPixelFormat_24RGB + FOURCC_L555 = FOURCC('L', '5', '5', '5'), // Alias for RGBO. + FOURCC_L565 = FOURCC('L', '5', '6', '5'), // Alias for RGBP. + FOURCC_5551 = FOURCC('5', '5', '5', '1'), // Alias for RGBO. + + // 1 Auxiliary compressed YUV format set aside for capturer. + FOURCC_H264 = FOURCC('H', '2', '6', '4'), + + // Match any fourcc. + FOURCC_ANY = -1, +}; + +enum FourCCBpp { + // Canonical fourcc codes used in our code. + FOURCC_BPP_I420 = 12, + FOURCC_BPP_I422 = 16, + FOURCC_BPP_I444 = 24, + FOURCC_BPP_I411 = 12, + FOURCC_BPP_I400 = 8, + FOURCC_BPP_NV21 = 12, + FOURCC_BPP_NV12 = 12, + FOURCC_BPP_YUY2 = 16, + FOURCC_BPP_UYVY = 16, + FOURCC_BPP_M420 = 12, + FOURCC_BPP_Q420 = 12, + FOURCC_BPP_ARGB = 32, + FOURCC_BPP_BGRA = 32, + FOURCC_BPP_ABGR = 32, + FOURCC_BPP_RGBA = 32, + FOURCC_BPP_24BG = 24, + FOURCC_BPP_RAW = 24, + FOURCC_BPP_RGBP = 16, + FOURCC_BPP_RGBO = 16, + FOURCC_BPP_R444 = 16, + FOURCC_BPP_RGGB = 8, + FOURCC_BPP_BGGR = 8, + FOURCC_BPP_GRBG = 8, + FOURCC_BPP_GBRG = 8, + FOURCC_BPP_YV12 = 12, + FOURCC_BPP_YV16 = 16, + FOURCC_BPP_YV24 = 24, + FOURCC_BPP_YU12 = 12, + FOURCC_BPP_J420 = 12, + FOURCC_BPP_J400 = 8, + FOURCC_BPP_MJPG = 0, // 0 means unknown. + FOURCC_BPP_H264 = 0, + FOURCC_BPP_IYUV = 12, + FOURCC_BPP_YU16 = 16, + FOURCC_BPP_YU24 = 24, + FOURCC_BPP_YUYV = 16, + FOURCC_BPP_YUVS = 16, + FOURCC_BPP_HDYC = 16, + FOURCC_BPP_2VUY = 16, + FOURCC_BPP_JPEG = 1, + FOURCC_BPP_DMB1 = 1, + FOURCC_BPP_BA81 = 8, + FOURCC_BPP_RGB3 = 24, + FOURCC_BPP_BGR3 = 24, + FOURCC_BPP_CM32 = 32, + FOURCC_BPP_CM24 = 24, + + // Match any fourcc. + FOURCC_BPP_ANY = 0, // 0 means unknown. +}; + +// Converts fourcc aliases into canonical ones. +LIBYUV_API uint32 CanonicalFourCC(uint32 fourcc); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +} // namespace libyuv +#endif + +#endif // INCLUDE_LIBYUV_VIDEO_COMMON_H_ NOLINT diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/net/_route.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/net/_route.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a7e26c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/net/_route.h @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2000-2008 Apple Inc. All rights reserved. + * + * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_START@ + * + * This file contains Original Code and/or Modifications of Original Code + * as defined in and that are subject to the Apple Public Source License + * Version 2.0 (the 'License'). You may not use this file except in + * compliance with the License. The rights granted to you under the License + * may not be used to create, or enable the creation or redistribution of, + * unlawful or unlicensed copies of an Apple operating system, or to + * circumvent, violate, or enable the circumvention or violation of, any + * terms of an Apple operating system software license agreement. + * + * Please obtain a copy of the License at + * http://www.opensource.apple.com/apsl/ and read it before using this file. + * + * The Original Code and all software distributed under the License are + * distributed on an 'AS IS' basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER + * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND APPLE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH WARRANTIES, + * INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, + * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, QUIET ENJOYMENT OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. + * Please see the License for the specific language governing rights and + * limitations under the License. + * + * @APPLE_OSREFERENCE_LICENSE_HEADER_END@ + */ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993 + * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + * must display the following acknowledgement: + * This product includes software developed by the University of + * California, Berkeley and its contributors. + * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + * + * @(#)route.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94 + * $FreeBSD: src/sys/net/route.h,v 1.36.2.1 2000/08/16 06:14:23 jayanth Exp $ + */ + +#ifndef _NET_ROUTE_H_ +#define _NET_ROUTE_H_ +#include <sys/appleapiopts.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/socket.h> + +/* + * Kernel resident routing tables. + * + * The routing tables are initialized when interface addresses + * are set by making entries for all directly connected interfaces. + */ + +/* + * A route consists of a destination address and a reference + * to a routing entry. These are often held by protocols + * in their control blocks, e.g. inpcb. + */ +struct route; + +/* + * These numbers are used by reliable protocols for determining + * retransmission behavior and are included in the routing structure. + */ +struct rt_metrics { + u_int32_t rmx_locks; /* Kernel must leave these values alone */ + u_int32_t rmx_mtu; /* MTU for this path */ + u_int32_t rmx_hopcount; /* max hops expected */ + int32_t rmx_expire; /* lifetime for route, e.g. redirect */ + u_int32_t rmx_recvpipe; /* inbound delay-bandwidth product */ + u_int32_t rmx_sendpipe; /* outbound delay-bandwidth product */ + u_int32_t rmx_ssthresh; /* outbound gateway buffer limit */ + u_int32_t rmx_rtt; /* estimated round trip time */ + u_int32_t rmx_rttvar; /* estimated rtt variance */ + u_int32_t rmx_pksent; /* packets sent using this route */ + u_int32_t rmx_filler[4]; /* will be used for T/TCP later */ +}; + +/* + * rmx_rtt and rmx_rttvar are stored as microseconds; + */ +#define RTM_RTTUNIT 1000000 /* units for rtt, rttvar, as units per sec */ + +/* + * We distinguish between routes to hosts and routes to networks, + * preferring the former if available. For each route we infer + * the interface to use from the gateway address supplied when + * the route was entered. Routes that forward packets through + * gateways are marked so that the output routines know to address the + * gateway rather than the ultimate destination. + */ + + +#define RTF_UP 0x1 /* route usable */ +#define RTF_GATEWAY 0x2 /* destination is a gateway */ +#define RTF_HOST 0x4 /* host entry (net otherwise) */ +#define RTF_REJECT 0x8 /* host or net unreachable */ +#define RTF_DYNAMIC 0x10 /* created dynamically (by redirect) */ +#define RTF_MODIFIED 0x20 /* modified dynamically (by redirect) */ +#define RTF_DONE 0x40 /* message confirmed */ +#define RTF_DELCLONE 0x80 /* delete cloned route */ +#define RTF_CLONING 0x100 /* generate new routes on use */ +#define RTF_XRESOLVE 0x200 /* external daemon resolves name */ +#define RTF_LLINFO 0x400 /* generated by link layer (e.g. ARP) */ +#define RTF_STATIC 0x800 /* manually added */ +#define RTF_BLACKHOLE 0x1000 /* just discard pkts (during updates) */ +#define RTF_PROTO2 0x4000 /* protocol specific routing flag */ +#define RTF_PROTO1 0x8000 /* protocol specific routing flag */ + +#define RTF_PRCLONING 0x10000 /* protocol requires cloning */ +#define RTF_WASCLONED 0x20000 /* route generated through cloning */ +#define RTF_PROTO3 0x40000 /* protocol specific routing flag */ + /* 0x80000 unused */ +#define RTF_PINNED 0x100000 /* future use */ +#define RTF_LOCAL 0x200000 /* route represents a local address */ +#define RTF_BROADCAST 0x400000 /* route represents a bcast address */ +#define RTF_MULTICAST 0x800000 /* route represents a mcast address */ +#define RTF_IFSCOPE 0x1000000 /* has valid interface scope */ +#define RTF_CONDEMNED 0x2000000 /* defunct; no longer modifiable */ + /* 0x4000000 and up unassigned */ + +/* + * Routing statistics. + */ +struct rtstat { + short rts_badredirect; /* bogus redirect calls */ + short rts_dynamic; /* routes created by redirects */ + short rts_newgateway; /* routes modified by redirects */ + short rts_unreach; /* lookups which failed */ + short rts_wildcard; /* lookups satisfied by a wildcard */ +}; + +/* + * Structures for routing messages. + */ +struct rt_msghdr { + u_short rtm_msglen; /* to skip over non-understood messages */ + u_char rtm_version; /* future binary compatibility */ + u_char rtm_type; /* message type */ + u_short rtm_index; /* index for associated ifp */ + int rtm_flags; /* flags, incl. kern & message, e.g. DONE */ + int rtm_addrs; /* bitmask identifying sockaddrs in msg */ + pid_t rtm_pid; /* identify sender */ + int rtm_seq; /* for sender to identify action */ + int rtm_errno; /* why failed */ + int rtm_use; /* from rtentry */ + u_int32_t rtm_inits; /* which metrics we are initializing */ + struct rt_metrics rtm_rmx; /* metrics themselves */ +}; + +struct rt_msghdr2 { + u_short rtm_msglen; /* to skip over non-understood messages */ + u_char rtm_version; /* future binary compatibility */ + u_char rtm_type; /* message type */ + u_short rtm_index; /* index for associated ifp */ + int rtm_flags; /* flags, incl. kern & message, e.g. DONE */ + int rtm_addrs; /* bitmask identifying sockaddrs in msg */ + int32_t rtm_refcnt; /* reference count */ + int rtm_parentflags; /* flags of the parent route */ + int rtm_reserved; /* reserved field set to 0 */ + int rtm_use; /* from rtentry */ + u_int32_t rtm_inits; /* which metrics we are initializing */ + struct rt_metrics rtm_rmx; /* metrics themselves */ +}; + + +#define RTM_VERSION 5 /* Up the ante and ignore older versions */ + +/* + * Message types. + */ +#define RTM_ADD 0x1 /* Add Route */ +#define RTM_DELETE 0x2 /* Delete Route */ +#define RTM_CHANGE 0x3 /* Change Metrics or flags */ +#define RTM_GET 0x4 /* Report Metrics */ +#define RTM_LOSING 0x5 /* Kernel Suspects Partitioning */ +#define RTM_REDIRECT 0x6 /* Told to use different route */ +#define RTM_MISS 0x7 /* Lookup failed on this address */ +#define RTM_LOCK 0x8 /* fix specified metrics */ +#define RTM_OLDADD 0x9 /* caused by SIOCADDRT */ +#define RTM_OLDDEL 0xa /* caused by SIOCDELRT */ +#define RTM_RESOLVE 0xb /* req to resolve dst to LL addr */ +#define RTM_NEWADDR 0xc /* address being added to iface */ +#define RTM_DELADDR 0xd /* address being removed from iface */ +#define RTM_IFINFO 0xe /* iface going up/down etc. */ +#define RTM_NEWMADDR 0xf /* mcast group membership being added to if */ +#define RTM_DELMADDR 0x10 /* mcast group membership being deleted */ +#define RTM_IFINFO2 0x12 /* */ +#define RTM_NEWMADDR2 0x13 /* */ +#define RTM_GET2 0x14 /* */ + +/* + * Bitmask values for rtm_inits and rmx_locks. + */ +#define RTV_MTU 0x1 /* init or lock _mtu */ +#define RTV_HOPCOUNT 0x2 /* init or lock _hopcount */ +#define RTV_EXPIRE 0x4 /* init or lock _expire */ +#define RTV_RPIPE 0x8 /* init or lock _recvpipe */ +#define RTV_SPIPE 0x10 /* init or lock _sendpipe */ +#define RTV_SSTHRESH 0x20 /* init or lock _ssthresh */ +#define RTV_RTT 0x40 /* init or lock _rtt */ +#define RTV_RTTVAR 0x80 /* init or lock _rttvar */ + +/* + * Bitmask values for rtm_addrs. + */ +#define RTA_DST 0x1 /* destination sockaddr present */ +#define RTA_GATEWAY 0x2 /* gateway sockaddr present */ +#define RTA_NETMASK 0x4 /* netmask sockaddr present */ +#define RTA_GENMASK 0x8 /* cloning mask sockaddr present */ +#define RTA_IFP 0x10 /* interface name sockaddr present */ +#define RTA_IFA 0x20 /* interface addr sockaddr present */ +#define RTA_AUTHOR 0x40 /* sockaddr for author of redirect */ +#define RTA_BRD 0x80 /* for NEWADDR, broadcast or p-p dest addr */ + +/* + * Index offsets for sockaddr array for alternate internal encoding. + */ +#define RTAX_DST 0 /* destination sockaddr present */ +#define RTAX_GATEWAY 1 /* gateway sockaddr present */ +#define RTAX_NETMASK 2 /* netmask sockaddr present */ +#define RTAX_GENMASK 3 /* cloning mask sockaddr present */ +#define RTAX_IFP 4 /* interface name sockaddr present */ +#define RTAX_IFA 5 /* interface addr sockaddr present */ +#define RTAX_AUTHOR 6 /* sockaddr for author of redirect */ +#define RTAX_BRD 7 /* for NEWADDR, broadcast or p-p dest addr */ +#define RTAX_MAX 8 /* size of array to allocate */ + +struct rt_addrinfo { + int rti_addrs; + struct sockaddr *rti_info[RTAX_MAX]; +}; + +struct route_cb { + int ip_count; + int ip6_count; + int ipx_count; + int ns_count; + int iso_count; + int any_count; +}; + + + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/opencore-amrnb/interf_dec.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/opencore-amrnb/interf_dec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98051f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/opencore-amrnb/interf_dec.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Copyright (C) 2009 Martin Storsjo + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either + * express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions + * and limitations under the License. + * ------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +#ifndef OPENCORE_AMRNB_INTERF_DEC_H +#define OPENCORE_AMRNB_INTERF_DEC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +void* Decoder_Interface_init(void); +void Decoder_Interface_exit(void* state); +void Decoder_Interface_Decode(void* state, const unsigned char* in, short* out, int bfi); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/opencore-amrnb/interf_enc.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/opencore-amrnb/interf_enc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b89b0c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/opencore-amrnb/interf_enc.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Copyright (C) 2009 Martin Storsjo + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either + * express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions + * and limitations under the License. + * ------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +#ifndef OPENCORE_AMRNB_INTERF_ENC_H +#define OPENCORE_AMRNB_INTERF_ENC_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifndef AMRNB_WRAPPER_INTERNAL +/* Copied from enc/src/gsmamr_enc.h */ +enum Mode { + MR475 = 0,/* 4.75 kbps */ + MR515, /* 5.15 kbps */ + MR59, /* 5.90 kbps */ + MR67, /* 6.70 kbps */ + MR74, /* 7.40 kbps */ + MR795, /* 7.95 kbps */ + MR102, /* 10.2 kbps */ + MR122, /* 12.2 kbps */ + MRDTX, /* DTX */ + N_MODES /* Not Used */ +}; +#endif + +void* Encoder_Interface_init(int dtx); +void Encoder_Interface_exit(void* state); +int Encoder_Interface_Encode(void* state, enum Mode mode, const short* speech, unsigned char* out, int forceSpeech); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/opencore-amrwb/dec_if.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/opencore-amrwb/dec_if.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..56acdaa --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/opencore-amrwb/dec_if.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Copyright (C) 2009 Martin Storsjo + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either + * express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions + * and limitations under the License. + * ------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +#ifndef OPENCORE_AMRWB_DEC_IF_H +#define OPENCORE_AMRWB_DEC_IF_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define _good_frame 0 + +void* D_IF_init(void); +void D_IF_decode(void* state, const unsigned char* bits, short* synth, int bfi); +void D_IF_exit(void* state); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/opencore-amrwb/if_rom.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/opencore-amrwb/if_rom.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8977e03 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/opencore-amrwb/if_rom.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Copyright (C) 2009 Martin Storsjo + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either + * express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions + * and limitations under the License. + * ------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +#ifndef OPENCORE_AMRWB_IF_ROM_H +#define OPENCORE_AMRWB_IF_ROM_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include <stdint.h> +typedef int16_t Word16; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82ba016 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex.h @@ -0,0 +1,424 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Jean-Marc Valin*/ +/** + @file speex.h + @brief Describes the different modes of the codec +*/ +/* + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + are met: + + - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its + contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR + CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, + EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR + PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF + LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING + NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS + SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*/ + +#ifndef SPEEX_H +#define SPEEX_H +/** @defgroup Codec Speex encoder and decoder + * This is the Speex codec itself. + * @{ + */ + +#include "speex/speex_bits.h" +#include "speex/speex_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Values allowed for *ctl() requests */ + +/** Set enhancement on/off (decoder only) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_ENH 0 +/** Get enhancement state (decoder only) */ +#define SPEEX_GET_ENH 1 + +/*Would be SPEEX_SET_FRAME_SIZE, but it's (currently) invalid*/ +/** Obtain frame size used by encoder/decoder */ +#define SPEEX_GET_FRAME_SIZE 3 + +/** Set quality value */ +#define SPEEX_SET_QUALITY 4 +/** Get current quality setting */ +/* #define SPEEX_GET_QUALITY 5 -- Doesn't make much sense, does it? */ + +/** Set sub-mode to use */ +#define SPEEX_SET_MODE 6 +/** Get current sub-mode in use */ +#define SPEEX_GET_MODE 7 + +/** Set low-band sub-mode to use (wideband only)*/ +#define SPEEX_SET_LOW_MODE 8 +/** Get current low-band mode in use (wideband only)*/ +#define SPEEX_GET_LOW_MODE 9 + +/** Set high-band sub-mode to use (wideband only)*/ +#define SPEEX_SET_HIGH_MODE 10 +/** Get current high-band mode in use (wideband only)*/ +#define SPEEX_GET_HIGH_MODE 11 + +/** Set VBR on (1) or off (0) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_VBR 12 +/** Get VBR status (1 for on, 0 for off) */ +#define SPEEX_GET_VBR 13 + +/** Set quality value for VBR encoding (0-10) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_VBR_QUALITY 14 +/** Get current quality value for VBR encoding (0-10) */ +#define SPEEX_GET_VBR_QUALITY 15 + +/** Set complexity of the encoder (0-10) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_COMPLEXITY 16 +/** Get current complexity of the encoder (0-10) */ +#define SPEEX_GET_COMPLEXITY 17 + +/** Set bit-rate used by the encoder (or lower) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_BITRATE 18 +/** Get current bit-rate used by the encoder or decoder */ +#define SPEEX_GET_BITRATE 19 + +/** Define a handler function for in-band Speex request*/ +#define SPEEX_SET_HANDLER 20 + +/** Define a handler function for in-band user-defined request*/ +#define SPEEX_SET_USER_HANDLER 22 + +/** Set sampling rate used in bit-rate computation */ +#define SPEEX_SET_SAMPLING_RATE 24 +/** Get sampling rate used in bit-rate computation */ +#define SPEEX_GET_SAMPLING_RATE 25 + +/** Reset the encoder/decoder memories to zero*/ +#define SPEEX_RESET_STATE 26 + +/** Get VBR info (mostly used internally) */ +#define SPEEX_GET_RELATIVE_QUALITY 29 + +/** Set VAD status (1 for on, 0 for off) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_VAD 30 + +/** Get VAD status (1 for on, 0 for off) */ +#define SPEEX_GET_VAD 31 + +/** Set Average Bit-Rate (ABR) to n bits per seconds */ +#define SPEEX_SET_ABR 32 +/** Get Average Bit-Rate (ABR) setting (in bps) */ +#define SPEEX_GET_ABR 33 + +/** Set DTX status (1 for on, 0 for off) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_DTX 34 +/** Get DTX status (1 for on, 0 for off) */ +#define SPEEX_GET_DTX 35 + +/** Set submode encoding in each frame (1 for yes, 0 for no, setting to no breaks the standard) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_SUBMODE_ENCODING 36 +/** Get submode encoding in each frame */ +#define SPEEX_GET_SUBMODE_ENCODING 37 + +/*#define SPEEX_SET_LOOKAHEAD 38*/ +/** Returns the lookahead used by Speex */ +#define SPEEX_GET_LOOKAHEAD 39 + +/** Sets tuning for packet-loss concealment (expected loss rate) */ +#define SPEEX_SET_PLC_TUNING 40 +/** Gets tuning for PLC */ +#define SPEEX_GET_PLC_TUNING 41 + +/** Sets the max bit-rate allowed in VBR mode */ +#define SPEEX_SET_VBR_MAX_BITRATE 42 +/** Gets the max bit-rate allowed in VBR mode */ +#define SPEEX_GET_VBR_MAX_BITRATE 43 + +/** Turn on/off input/output high-pass filtering */ +#define SPEEX_SET_HIGHPASS 44 +/** Get status of input/output high-pass filtering */ +#define SPEEX_GET_HIGHPASS 45 + +/** Get "activity level" of the last decoded frame, i.e. + how much damage we cause if we remove the frame */ +#define SPEEX_GET_ACTIVITY 47 + + +/* Preserving compatibility:*/ +/** Equivalent to SPEEX_SET_ENH */ +#define SPEEX_SET_PF 0 +/** Equivalent to SPEEX_GET_ENH */ +#define SPEEX_GET_PF 1 + + + + +/* Values allowed for mode queries */ +/** Query the frame size of a mode */ +#define SPEEX_MODE_FRAME_SIZE 0 + +/** Query the size of an encoded frame for a particular sub-mode */ +#define SPEEX_SUBMODE_BITS_PER_FRAME 1 + + + +/** Get major Speex version */ +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_MAJOR_VERSION 1 +/** Get minor Speex version */ +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_MINOR_VERSION 3 +/** Get micro Speex version */ +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_MICRO_VERSION 5 +/** Get extra Speex version */ +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_EXTRA_VERSION 7 +/** Get Speex version string */ +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_VERSION_STRING 9 + +/*#define SPEEX_LIB_SET_ALLOC_FUNC 10 +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_ALLOC_FUNC 11 +#define SPEEX_LIB_SET_FREE_FUNC 12 +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_FREE_FUNC 13 + +#define SPEEX_LIB_SET_WARNING_FUNC 14 +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_WARNING_FUNC 15 +#define SPEEX_LIB_SET_ERROR_FUNC 16 +#define SPEEX_LIB_GET_ERROR_FUNC 17 +*/ + +/** Number of defined modes in Speex */ +#define SPEEX_NB_MODES 3 + +/** modeID for the defined narrowband mode */ +#define SPEEX_MODEID_NB 0 + +/** modeID for the defined wideband mode */ +#define SPEEX_MODEID_WB 1 + +/** modeID for the defined ultra-wideband mode */ +#define SPEEX_MODEID_UWB 2 + +struct SpeexMode; + + +/* Prototypes for mode function pointers */ + +/** Encoder state initialization function */ +typedef void *(*encoder_init_func)(const struct SpeexMode *mode); + +/** Encoder state destruction function */ +typedef void (*encoder_destroy_func)(void *st); + +/** Main encoding function */ +typedef int (*encode_func)(void *state, void *in, SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Function for controlling the encoder options */ +typedef int (*encoder_ctl_func)(void *state, int request, void *ptr); + +/** Decoder state initialization function */ +typedef void *(*decoder_init_func)(const struct SpeexMode *mode); + +/** Decoder state destruction function */ +typedef void (*decoder_destroy_func)(void *st); + +/** Main decoding function */ +typedef int (*decode_func)(void *state, SpeexBits *bits, void *out); + +/** Function for controlling the decoder options */ +typedef int (*decoder_ctl_func)(void *state, int request, void *ptr); + + +/** Query function for a mode */ +typedef int (*mode_query_func)(const void *mode, int request, void *ptr); + +/** Struct defining a Speex mode */ +typedef struct SpeexMode { + /** Pointer to the low-level mode data */ + const void *mode; + + /** Pointer to the mode query function */ + mode_query_func query; + + /** The name of the mode (you should not rely on this to identify the mode)*/ + const char *modeName; + + /**ID of the mode*/ + int modeID; + + /**Version number of the bitstream (incremented every time we break + bitstream compatibility*/ + int bitstream_version; + + /** Pointer to encoder initialization function */ + encoder_init_func enc_init; + + /** Pointer to encoder destruction function */ + encoder_destroy_func enc_destroy; + + /** Pointer to frame encoding function */ + encode_func enc; + + /** Pointer to decoder initialization function */ + decoder_init_func dec_init; + + /** Pointer to decoder destruction function */ + decoder_destroy_func dec_destroy; + + /** Pointer to frame decoding function */ + decode_func dec; + + /** ioctl-like requests for encoder */ + encoder_ctl_func enc_ctl; + + /** ioctl-like requests for decoder */ + decoder_ctl_func dec_ctl; + +} SpeexMode; + +/** + * Returns a handle to a newly created Speex encoder state structure. For now, + * the "mode" argument can be &nb_mode or &wb_mode . In the future, more modes + * may be added. Note that for now if you have more than one channels to + * encode, you need one state per channel. + * + * @param mode The mode to use (either speex_nb_mode or speex_wb.mode) + * @return A newly created encoder state or NULL if state allocation fails + */ +void *speex_encoder_init(const SpeexMode *mode); + +/** Frees all resources associated to an existing Speex encoder state. + * @param state Encoder state to be destroyed */ +void speex_encoder_destroy(void *state); + +/** Uses an existing encoder state to encode one frame of speech pointed to by + "in". The encoded bit-stream is saved in "bits". + @param state Encoder state + @param in Frame that will be encoded with a +-2^15 range. This data MAY be + overwritten by the encoder and should be considered uninitialised + after the call. + @param bits Bit-stream where the data will be written + @return 0 if frame needs not be transmitted (DTX only), 1 otherwise + */ +int speex_encode(void *state, float *in, SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Uses an existing encoder state to encode one frame of speech pointed to by + "in". The encoded bit-stream is saved in "bits". + @param state Encoder state + @param in Frame that will be encoded with a +-2^15 range + @param bits Bit-stream where the data will be written + @return 0 if frame needs not be transmitted (DTX only), 1 otherwise + */ +int speex_encode_int(void *state, spx_int16_t *in, SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Used like the ioctl function to control the encoder parameters + * + * @param state Encoder state + * @param request ioctl-type request (one of the SPEEX_* macros) + * @param ptr Data exchanged to-from function + * @return 0 if no error, -1 if request in unknown, -2 for invalid parameter + */ +int speex_encoder_ctl(void *state, int request, void *ptr); + + +/** Returns a handle to a newly created decoder state structure. For now, + * the mode argument can be &nb_mode or &wb_mode . In the future, more modes + * may be added. Note that for now if you have more than one channels to + * decode, you need one state per channel. + * + * @param mode Speex mode (one of speex_nb_mode or speex_wb_mode) + * @return A newly created decoder state or NULL if state allocation fails + */ +void *speex_decoder_init(const SpeexMode *mode); + +/** Frees all resources associated to an existing decoder state. + * + * @param state State to be destroyed + */ +void speex_decoder_destroy(void *state); + +/** Uses an existing decoder state to decode one frame of speech from + * bit-stream bits. The output speech is saved written to out. + * + * @param state Decoder state + * @param bits Bit-stream from which to decode the frame (NULL if the packet was lost) + * @param out Where to write the decoded frame + * @return return status (0 for no error, -1 for end of stream, -2 corrupt stream) + */ +int speex_decode(void *state, SpeexBits *bits, float *out); + +/** Uses an existing decoder state to decode one frame of speech from + * bit-stream bits. The output speech is saved written to out. + * + * @param state Decoder state + * @param bits Bit-stream from which to decode the frame (NULL if the packet was lost) + * @param out Where to write the decoded frame + * @return return status (0 for no error, -1 for end of stream, -2 corrupt stream) + */ +int speex_decode_int(void *state, SpeexBits *bits, spx_int16_t *out); + +/** Used like the ioctl function to control the encoder parameters + * + * @param state Decoder state + * @param request ioctl-type request (one of the SPEEX_* macros) + * @param ptr Data exchanged to-from function + * @return 0 if no error, -1 if request in unknown, -2 for invalid parameter + */ +int speex_decoder_ctl(void *state, int request, void *ptr); + + +/** Query function for mode information + * + * @param mode Speex mode + * @param request ioctl-type request (one of the SPEEX_* macros) + * @param ptr Data exchanged to-from function + * @return 0 if no error, -1 if request in unknown, -2 for invalid parameter + */ +int speex_mode_query(const SpeexMode *mode, int request, void *ptr); + +/** Functions for controlling the behavior of libspeex + * @param request ioctl-type request (one of the SPEEX_LIB_* macros) + * @param ptr Data exchanged to-from function + * @return 0 if no error, -1 if request in unknown, -2 for invalid parameter + */ +int speex_lib_ctl(int request, void *ptr); + +/** Default narrowband mode */ +extern const SpeexMode speex_nb_mode; + +/** Default wideband mode */ +extern const SpeexMode speex_wb_mode; + +/** Default "ultra-wideband" mode */ +extern const SpeexMode speex_uwb_mode; + +/** List of all modes available */ +extern const SpeexMode * const speex_mode_list[SPEEX_NB_MODES]; + +/** Obtain one of the modes available */ +const SpeexMode * speex_lib_get_mode (int mode); + +#ifndef WIN32 +/* We actually override the function in the narrowband case so that we can avoid linking in the wideband stuff */ +#define speex_lib_get_mode(mode) ((mode)==SPEEX_MODEID_NB ? &speex_nb_mode : speex_lib_get_mode (mode)) +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/** @}*/ +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_bits.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_bits.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a26fb4c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_bits.h @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2002 Jean-Marc Valin */ +/** + @file speex_bits.h + @brief Handles bit packing/unpacking +*/ +/* + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + are met: + + - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its + contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR + CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, + EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR + PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF + LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING + NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS + SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*/ + +#ifndef BITS_H +#define BITS_H +/** @defgroup SpeexBits SpeexBits: Bit-stream manipulations + * This is the structure that holds the bit-stream when encoding or decoding + * with Speex. It allows some manipulations as well. + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** Bit-packing data structure representing (part of) a bit-stream. */ +typedef struct SpeexBits { + char *chars; /**< "raw" data */ + int nbBits; /**< Total number of bits stored in the stream*/ + int charPtr; /**< Position of the byte "cursor" */ + int bitPtr; /**< Position of the bit "cursor" within the current char */ + int owner; /**< Does the struct "own" the "raw" buffer (member "chars") */ + int overflow;/**< Set to one if we try to read past the valid data */ + int buf_size;/**< Allocated size for buffer */ + int reserved1; /**< Reserved for future use */ + void *reserved2; /**< Reserved for future use */ +} SpeexBits; + +/** Initializes and allocates resources for a SpeexBits struct */ +void speex_bits_init(SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Initializes SpeexBits struct using a pre-allocated buffer*/ +void speex_bits_init_buffer(SpeexBits *bits, void *buff, int buf_size); + +/** Sets the bits in a SpeexBits struct to use data from an existing buffer (for decoding without copying data) */ +void speex_bits_set_bit_buffer(SpeexBits *bits, void *buff, int buf_size); + +/** Frees all resources associated to a SpeexBits struct. Right now this does nothing since no resources are allocated, but this could change in the future.*/ +void speex_bits_destroy(SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Resets bits to initial value (just after initialization, erasing content)*/ +void speex_bits_reset(SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Rewind the bit-stream to the beginning (ready for read) without erasing the content */ +void speex_bits_rewind(SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Initializes the bit-stream from the data in an area of memory */ +void speex_bits_read_from(SpeexBits *bits, char *bytes, int len); + +/** Append bytes to the bit-stream + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @param bytes pointer to the bytes what will be appended + * @param len Number of bytes of append + */ +void speex_bits_read_whole_bytes(SpeexBits *bits, char *bytes, int len); + +/** Write the content of a bit-stream to an area of memory + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @param bytes Memory location where to write the bits + * @param max_len Maximum number of bytes to write (i.e. size of the "bytes" buffer) + * @return Number of bytes written to the "bytes" buffer +*/ +int speex_bits_write(SpeexBits *bits, char *bytes, int max_len); + +/** Like speex_bits_write, but writes only the complete bytes in the stream. Also removes the written bytes from the stream */ +int speex_bits_write_whole_bytes(SpeexBits *bits, char *bytes, int max_len); + +/** Append bits to the bit-stream + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @param data Value to append as integer + * @param nbBits number of bits to consider in "data" + */ +void speex_bits_pack(SpeexBits *bits, int data, int nbBits); + +/** Interpret the next bits in the bit-stream as a signed integer + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @param nbBits Number of bits to interpret + * @return A signed integer represented by the bits read + */ +int speex_bits_unpack_signed(SpeexBits *bits, int nbBits); + +/** Interpret the next bits in the bit-stream as an unsigned integer + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @param nbBits Number of bits to interpret + * @return An unsigned integer represented by the bits read + */ +unsigned int speex_bits_unpack_unsigned(SpeexBits *bits, int nbBits); + +/** Returns the number of bytes in the bit-stream, including the last one even if it is not "full" + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @return Number of bytes in the stream + */ +int speex_bits_nbytes(SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Same as speex_bits_unpack_unsigned, but without modifying the cursor position + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @param nbBits Number of bits to look for + * @return Value of the bits peeked, interpreted as unsigned + */ +unsigned int speex_bits_peek_unsigned(SpeexBits *bits, int nbBits); + +/** Get the value of the next bit in the stream, without modifying the + * "cursor" position + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @return Value of the bit peeked (one bit only) + */ +int speex_bits_peek(SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Advances the position of the "bit cursor" in the stream + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @param n Number of bits to advance + */ +void speex_bits_advance(SpeexBits *bits, int n); + +/** Returns the number of bits remaining to be read in a stream + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + * @return Number of bits that can still be read from the stream + */ +int speex_bits_remaining(SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Insert a terminator so that the data can be sent as a packet while auto-detecting + * the number of frames in each packet + * + * @param bits Bit-stream to operate on + */ +void speex_bits_insert_terminator(SpeexBits *bits); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/* @} */ +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_buffer.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df56f5f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2007 Jean-Marc Valin + + File: speex_buffer.h + This is a very simple ring buffer implementation. It is not thread-safe + so you need to do your own locking. + + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + met: + + 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR + IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES + OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN + ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE + POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +*/ + +#ifndef SPEEX_BUFFER_H +#define SPEEX_BUFFER_H + +#include "speex/speex_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +struct SpeexBuffer_; +typedef struct SpeexBuffer_ SpeexBuffer; + +SpeexBuffer *speex_buffer_init(int size); + +void speex_buffer_destroy(SpeexBuffer *st); + +int speex_buffer_write(SpeexBuffer *st, void *data, int len); + +int speex_buffer_writezeros(SpeexBuffer *st, int len); + +int speex_buffer_read(SpeexBuffer *st, void *data, int len); + +int speex_buffer_get_available(SpeexBuffer *st); + +int speex_buffer_resize(SpeexBuffer *st, int len); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif + + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_callbacks.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_callbacks.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f450b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_callbacks.h @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2002 Jean-Marc Valin*/ +/** + @file speex_callbacks.h + @brief Describes callback handling and in-band signalling +*/ +/* + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + are met: + + - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its + contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR + CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, + EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR + PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF + LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING + NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS + SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*/ + +#ifndef SPEEX_CALLBACKS_H +#define SPEEX_CALLBACKS_H +/** @defgroup SpeexCallbacks Various definitions for Speex callbacks supported by the decoder. + * @{ + */ + +#include "speex.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** Total number of callbacks */ +#define SPEEX_MAX_CALLBACKS 16 + +/* Describes all the in-band requests */ + +/*These are 1-bit requests*/ +/** Request for perceptual enhancement (1 for on, 0 for off) */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_ENH_REQUEST 0 +/** Reserved */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_RESERVED1 1 + +/*These are 4-bit requests*/ +/** Request for a mode change */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_MODE_REQUEST 2 +/** Request for a low mode change */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_LOW_MODE_REQUEST 3 +/** Request for a high mode change */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_HIGH_MODE_REQUEST 4 +/** Request for VBR (1 on, 0 off) */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_VBR_QUALITY_REQUEST 5 +/** Request to be sent acknowledge */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_ACKNOWLEDGE_REQUEST 6 +/** Request for VBR (1 for on, 0 for off) */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_VBR_REQUEST 7 + +/*These are 8-bit requests*/ +/** Send a character in-band */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_CHAR 8 +/** Intensity stereo information */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_STEREO 9 + +/*These are 16-bit requests*/ +/** Transmit max bit-rate allowed */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_MAX_BITRATE 10 + +/*These are 32-bit requests*/ +/** Acknowledge packet reception */ +#define SPEEX_INBAND_ACKNOWLEDGE 12 + +/** Callback function type */ +typedef int (*speex_callback_func)(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + +/** Callback information */ +typedef struct SpeexCallback { + int callback_id; /**< ID associated to the callback */ + speex_callback_func func; /**< Callback handler function */ + void *data; /**< Data that will be sent to the handler */ + void *reserved1; /**< Reserved for future use */ + int reserved2; /**< Reserved for future use */ +} SpeexCallback; + +/** Handle in-band request */ +int speex_inband_handler(SpeexBits *bits, SpeexCallback *callback_list, void *state); + +/** Standard handler for mode request (change mode, no questions asked) */ +int speex_std_mode_request_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + +/** Standard handler for high mode request (change high mode, no questions asked) */ +int speex_std_high_mode_request_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + +/** Standard handler for in-band characters (write to stderr) */ +int speex_std_char_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + +/** Default handler for user-defined requests: in this case, just ignore */ +int speex_default_user_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + + + +/** Standard handler for low mode request (change low mode, no questions asked) */ +int speex_std_low_mode_request_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + +/** Standard handler for VBR request (Set VBR, no questions asked) */ +int speex_std_vbr_request_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + +/** Standard handler for enhancer request (Turn enhancer on/off, no questions asked) */ +int speex_std_enh_request_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + +/** Standard handler for VBR quality request (Set VBR quality, no questions asked) */ +int speex_std_vbr_quality_request_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/** @} */ +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_echo.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_echo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..53bcd28 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_echo.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/* Copyright (C) Jean-Marc Valin */ +/** + @file speex_echo.h + @brief Echo cancellation +*/ +/* + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + met: + + 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR + IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES + OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN + ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE + POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +*/ + +#ifndef SPEEX_ECHO_H +#define SPEEX_ECHO_H +/** @defgroup SpeexEchoState SpeexEchoState: Acoustic echo canceller + * This is the acoustic echo canceller module. + * @{ + */ +#include "speex/speex_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** Obtain frame size used by the AEC */ +#define SPEEX_ECHO_GET_FRAME_SIZE 3 + +/** Set sampling rate */ +#define SPEEX_ECHO_SET_SAMPLING_RATE 24 +/** Get sampling rate */ +#define SPEEX_ECHO_GET_SAMPLING_RATE 25 + +/* Can't set window sizes */ +/** Get size of impulse response (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_ECHO_GET_IMPULSE_RESPONSE_SIZE 27 + +/* Can't set window content */ +/** Get impulse response (int32[]) */ +#define SPEEX_ECHO_GET_IMPULSE_RESPONSE 29 + +/** Internal echo canceller state. Should never be accessed directly. */ +struct SpeexEchoState_; + +/** @class SpeexEchoState + * This holds the state of the echo canceller. You need one per channel. +*/ + +/** Internal echo canceller state. Should never be accessed directly. */ +typedef struct SpeexEchoState_ SpeexEchoState; + +/** Creates a new echo canceller state + * @param frame_size Number of samples to process at one time (should correspond to 10-20 ms) + * @param filter_length Number of samples of echo to cancel (should generally correspond to 100-500 ms) + * @return Newly-created echo canceller state + */ +SpeexEchoState *speex_echo_state_init(int frame_size, int filter_length); + +/** Creates a new multi-channel echo canceller state + * @param frame_size Number of samples to process at one time (should correspond to 10-20 ms) + * @param filter_length Number of samples of echo to cancel (should generally correspond to 100-500 ms) + * @param nb_mic Number of microphone channels + * @param nb_speakers Number of speaker channels + * @return Newly-created echo canceller state + */ +SpeexEchoState *speex_echo_state_init_mc(int frame_size, int filter_length, int nb_mic, int nb_speakers); + +/** Destroys an echo canceller state + * @param st Echo canceller state +*/ +void speex_echo_state_destroy(SpeexEchoState *st); + +/** Performs echo cancellation a frame, based on the audio sent to the speaker (no delay is added + * to playback in this form) + * + * @param st Echo canceller state + * @param rec Signal from the microphone (near end + far end echo) + * @param play Signal played to the speaker (received from far end) + * @param out Returns near-end signal with echo removed + */ +void speex_echo_cancellation(SpeexEchoState *st, const spx_int16_t *rec, const spx_int16_t *play, spx_int16_t *out); + +/** Performs echo cancellation a frame (deprecated) */ +void speex_echo_cancel(SpeexEchoState *st, const spx_int16_t *rec, const spx_int16_t *play, spx_int16_t *out, spx_int32_t *Yout); + +/** Perform echo cancellation using internal playback buffer, which is delayed by two frames + * to account for the delay introduced by most soundcards (but it could be off!) + * @param st Echo canceller state + * @param rec Signal from the microphone (near end + far end echo) + * @param out Returns near-end signal with echo removed +*/ +void speex_echo_capture(SpeexEchoState *st, const spx_int16_t *rec, spx_int16_t *out); + +/** Let the echo canceller know that a frame was just queued to the soundcard + * @param st Echo canceller state + * @param play Signal played to the speaker (received from far end) +*/ +void speex_echo_playback(SpeexEchoState *st, const spx_int16_t *play); + +/** Reset the echo canceller to its original state + * @param st Echo canceller state + */ +void speex_echo_state_reset(SpeexEchoState *st); + +/** Used like the ioctl function to control the echo canceller parameters + * + * @param st Echo canceller state + * @param request ioctl-type request (one of the SPEEX_ECHO_* macros) + * @param ptr Data exchanged to-from function + * @return 0 if no error, -1 if request in unknown + */ +int speex_echo_ctl(SpeexEchoState *st, int request, void *ptr); + + + +struct SpeexDecorrState_; + +typedef struct SpeexDecorrState_ SpeexDecorrState; + + +/** Create a state for the channel decorrelation algorithm + This is useful for multi-channel echo cancellation only + * @param rate Sampling rate + * @param channels Number of channels (it's a bit pointless if you don't have at least 2) + * @param frame_size Size of the frame to process at ones (counting samples *per* channel) +*/ +SpeexDecorrState *speex_decorrelate_new(int rate, int channels, int frame_size); + +/** Remove correlation between the channels by modifying the phase and possibly + adding noise in a way that is not (or little) perceptible. + * @param st Decorrelator state + * @param in Input audio in interleaved format + * @param out Result of the decorrelation (out *may* alias in) + * @param strength How much alteration of the audio to apply from 0 to 100. +*/ +void speex_decorrelate(SpeexDecorrState *st, const spx_int16_t *in, spx_int16_t *out, int strength); + +/** Destroy a Decorrelation state + * @param st State to destroy +*/ +void speex_decorrelate_destroy(SpeexDecorrState *st); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + + +/** @}*/ +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_header.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_header.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f85b249 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_header.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2002 Jean-Marc Valin */ +/** + @file speex_header.h + @brief Describes the Speex header +*/ +/* + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + are met: + + - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its + contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR + CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, + EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR + PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF + LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING + NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS + SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*/ + + +#ifndef SPEEX_HEADER_H +#define SPEEX_HEADER_H +/** @defgroup SpeexHeader SpeexHeader: Makes it easy to write/parse an Ogg/Speex header + * This is the Speex header for the Ogg encapsulation. You don't need that if you just use RTP. + * @{ + */ + +#include "speex/speex_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +struct SpeexMode; + +/** Length of the Speex header identifier */ +#define SPEEX_HEADER_STRING_LENGTH 8 + +/** Maximum number of characters for encoding the Speex version number in the header */ +#define SPEEX_HEADER_VERSION_LENGTH 20 + +/** Speex header info for file-based formats */ +typedef struct SpeexHeader { + char speex_string[SPEEX_HEADER_STRING_LENGTH]; /**< Identifies a Speex bit-stream, always set to "Speex " */ + char speex_version[SPEEX_HEADER_VERSION_LENGTH]; /**< Speex version */ + spx_int32_t speex_version_id; /**< Version for Speex (for checking compatibility) */ + spx_int32_t header_size; /**< Total size of the header ( sizeof(SpeexHeader) ) */ + spx_int32_t rate; /**< Sampling rate used */ + spx_int32_t mode; /**< Mode used (0 for narrowband, 1 for wideband) */ + spx_int32_t mode_bitstream_version; /**< Version ID of the bit-stream */ + spx_int32_t nb_channels; /**< Number of channels encoded */ + spx_int32_t bitrate; /**< Bit-rate used */ + spx_int32_t frame_size; /**< Size of frames */ + spx_int32_t vbr; /**< 1 for a VBR encoding, 0 otherwise */ + spx_int32_t frames_per_packet; /**< Number of frames stored per Ogg packet */ + spx_int32_t extra_headers; /**< Number of additional headers after the comments */ + spx_int32_t reserved1; /**< Reserved for future use, must be zero */ + spx_int32_t reserved2; /**< Reserved for future use, must be zero */ +} SpeexHeader; + +/** Initializes a SpeexHeader using basic information */ +void speex_init_header(SpeexHeader *header, int rate, int nb_channels, const struct SpeexMode *m); + +/** Creates the header packet from the header itself (mostly involves endianness conversion) */ +char *speex_header_to_packet(SpeexHeader *header, int *size); + +/** Creates a SpeexHeader from a packet */ +SpeexHeader *speex_packet_to_header(char *packet, int size); + +/** Frees the memory allocated by either speex_header_to_packet() or speex_packet_to_header() */ +void speex_header_free(void *ptr); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/** @} */ +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_jitter.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_jitter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d68674b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_jitter.h @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2002 Jean-Marc Valin */ +/** + @file speex_jitter.h + @brief Adaptive jitter buffer for Speex +*/ +/* + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + are met: + + - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its + contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR + CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, + EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR + PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF + LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING + NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS + SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +*/ + +#ifndef SPEEX_JITTER_H +#define SPEEX_JITTER_H +/** @defgroup JitterBuffer JitterBuffer: Adaptive jitter buffer + * This is the jitter buffer that reorders UDP/RTP packets and adjusts the buffer size + * to maintain good quality and low latency. + * @{ + */ + +#include "speex/speex_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** Generic adaptive jitter buffer state */ +struct JitterBuffer_; + +/** Generic adaptive jitter buffer state */ +typedef struct JitterBuffer_ JitterBuffer; + +/** Definition of an incoming packet */ +typedef struct _JitterBufferPacket JitterBufferPacket; + +/** Definition of an incoming packet */ +struct _JitterBufferPacket { + char *data; /**< Data bytes contained in the packet */ + spx_uint32_t len; /**< Length of the packet in bytes */ + spx_uint32_t timestamp; /**< Timestamp for the packet */ + spx_uint32_t span; /**< Time covered by the packet (same units as timestamp) */ + spx_uint16_t sequence; /**< RTP Sequence number if available (0 otherwise) */ + spx_uint32_t user_data; /**< Put whatever data you like here (it's ignored by the jitter buffer) */ +}; + +/** Packet has been retrieved */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_OK 0 +/** Packet is lost or is late */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_MISSING 1 +/** A "fake" packet is meant to be inserted here to increase buffering */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_INSERTION 2 +/** There was an error in the jitter buffer */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_INTERNAL_ERROR -1 +/** Invalid argument */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_BAD_ARGUMENT -2 + + +/** Set minimum amount of extra buffering required (margin) */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_SET_MARGIN 0 +/** Get minimum amount of extra buffering required (margin) */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_GET_MARGIN 1 +/* JITTER_BUFFER_SET_AVAILABLE_COUNT wouldn't make sense */ + +/** Get the amount of available packets currently buffered */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_GET_AVAILABLE_COUNT 3 +/** Included because of an early misspelling (will remove in next release) */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_GET_AVALIABLE_COUNT 3 + +/** Assign a function to destroy unused packet. When setting that, the jitter + buffer no longer copies packet data. */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_SET_DESTROY_CALLBACK 4 +/** */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_GET_DESTROY_CALLBACK 5 + +/** Tell the jitter buffer to only adjust the delay in multiples of the step parameter provided */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_SET_DELAY_STEP 6 +/** */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_GET_DELAY_STEP 7 + +/** Tell the jitter buffer to only do concealment in multiples of the size parameter provided */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_SET_CONCEALMENT_SIZE 8 +#define JITTER_BUFFER_GET_CONCEALMENT_SIZE 9 + +/** Absolute max amount of loss that can be tolerated regardless of the delay. Typical loss + should be half of that or less. */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_SET_MAX_LATE_RATE 10 +#define JITTER_BUFFER_GET_MAX_LATE_RATE 11 + +/** Equivalent cost of one percent late packet in timestamp units */ +#define JITTER_BUFFER_SET_LATE_COST 12 +#define JITTER_BUFFER_GET_LATE_COST 13 + + +/** Initialises jitter buffer + * + * @param step_size Starting value for the size of concleanment packets and delay + adjustment steps. Can be changed at any time using JITTER_BUFFER_SET_DELAY_STEP + and JITTER_BUFFER_GET_CONCEALMENT_SIZE. + * @return Newly created jitter buffer state + */ +JitterBuffer *jitter_buffer_init(int step_size); + +/** Restores jitter buffer to its original state + * + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state + */ +void jitter_buffer_reset(JitterBuffer *jitter); + +/** Destroys jitter buffer + * + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state + */ +void jitter_buffer_destroy(JitterBuffer *jitter); + +/** Put one packet into the jitter buffer + * + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state + * @param packet Incoming packet +*/ +void jitter_buffer_put(JitterBuffer *jitter, const JitterBufferPacket *packet); + +/** Get one packet from the jitter buffer + * + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state + * @param packet Returned packet + * @param desired_span Number of samples (or units) we wish to get from the buffer (no guarantee) + * @param current_timestamp Timestamp for the returned packet +*/ +int jitter_buffer_get(JitterBuffer *jitter, JitterBufferPacket *packet, spx_int32_t desired_span, spx_int32_t *start_offset); + +/** Used right after jitter_buffer_get() to obtain another packet that would have the same timestamp. + * This is mainly useful for media where a single "frame" can be split into several packets. + * + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state + * @param packet Returned packet + */ +int jitter_buffer_get_another(JitterBuffer *jitter, JitterBufferPacket *packet); + +/** Get pointer timestamp of jitter buffer + * + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state +*/ +int jitter_buffer_get_pointer_timestamp(JitterBuffer *jitter); + +/** Advance by one tick + * + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state +*/ +void jitter_buffer_tick(JitterBuffer *jitter); + +/** Telling the jitter buffer about the remaining data in the application buffer + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state + * @param rem Amount of data buffered by the application (timestamp units) + */ +void jitter_buffer_remaining_span(JitterBuffer *jitter, spx_uint32_t rem); + +/** Used like the ioctl function to control the jitter buffer parameters + * + * @param jitter Jitter buffer state + * @param request ioctl-type request (one of the JITTER_BUFFER_* macros) + * @param ptr Data exchanged to-from function + * @return 0 if no error, -1 if request in unknown +*/ +int jitter_buffer_ctl(JitterBuffer *jitter, int request, void *ptr); + +int jitter_buffer_update_delay(JitterBuffer *jitter, JitterBufferPacket *packet, spx_int32_t *start_offset); + +/* @} */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_preprocess.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_preprocess.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f8eef2c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_preprocess.h @@ -0,0 +1,219 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2003 Epic Games + Written by Jean-Marc Valin */ +/** + * @file speex_preprocess.h + * @brief Speex preprocessor. The preprocess can do noise suppression, + * residual echo suppression (after using the echo canceller), automatic + * gain control (AGC) and voice activity detection (VAD). +*/ +/* + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + met: + + 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR + IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES + OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN + ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE + POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +*/ + +#ifndef SPEEX_PREPROCESS_H +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_H +/** @defgroup SpeexPreprocessState SpeexPreprocessState: The Speex preprocessor + * This is the Speex preprocessor. The preprocess can do noise suppression, + * residual echo suppression (after using the echo canceller), automatic + * gain control (AGC) and voice activity detection (VAD). + * @{ + */ + +#include "speex/speex_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** State of the preprocessor (one per channel). Should never be accessed directly. */ +struct SpeexPreprocessState_; + +/** State of the preprocessor (one per channel). Should never be accessed directly. */ +typedef struct SpeexPreprocessState_ SpeexPreprocessState; + + +/** Creates a new preprocessing state. You MUST create one state per channel processed. + * @param frame_size Number of samples to process at one time (should correspond to 10-20 ms). Must be + * the same value as that used for the echo canceller for residual echo cancellation to work. + * @param sampling_rate Sampling rate used for the input. + * @return Newly created preprocessor state +*/ +SpeexPreprocessState *speex_preprocess_state_init(int frame_size, int sampling_rate); + +/** Destroys a preprocessor state + * @param st Preprocessor state to destroy +*/ +void speex_preprocess_state_destroy(SpeexPreprocessState *st); + +/** Preprocess a frame + * @param st Preprocessor state + * @param x Audio sample vector (in and out). Must be same size as specified in speex_preprocess_state_init(). + * @return Bool value for voice activity (1 for speech, 0 for noise/silence), ONLY if VAD turned on. +*/ +int speex_preprocess_run(SpeexPreprocessState *st, spx_int16_t *x); + +/** Preprocess a frame (deprecated, use speex_preprocess_run() instead)*/ +int speex_preprocess(SpeexPreprocessState *st, spx_int16_t *x, spx_int32_t *echo); + +/** Update preprocessor state, but do not compute the output + * @param st Preprocessor state + * @param x Audio sample vector (in only). Must be same size as specified in speex_preprocess_state_init(). +*/ +void speex_preprocess_estimate_update(SpeexPreprocessState *st, spx_int16_t *x); + +/** Used like the ioctl function to control the preprocessor parameters + * @param st Preprocessor state + * @param request ioctl-type request (one of the SPEEX_PREPROCESS_* macros) + * @param ptr Data exchanged to-from function + * @return 0 if no error, -1 if request in unknown +*/ +int speex_preprocess_ctl(SpeexPreprocessState *st, int request, void *ptr); + + + +/** Set preprocessor denoiser state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_DENOISE 0 +/** Get preprocessor denoiser state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_DENOISE 1 + +/** Set preprocessor Automatic Gain Control state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_AGC 2 +/** Get preprocessor Automatic Gain Control state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_AGC 3 + +/** Set preprocessor Voice Activity Detection state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_VAD 4 +/** Get preprocessor Voice Activity Detection state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_VAD 5 + +/** Set preprocessor Automatic Gain Control level (float) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_AGC_LEVEL 6 +/** Get preprocessor Automatic Gain Control level (float) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_AGC_LEVEL 7 + +/** Set preprocessor dereverb state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_DEREVERB 8 +/** Get preprocessor dereverb state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_DEREVERB 9 + +/** Set preprocessor dereverb level */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_DEREVERB_LEVEL 10 +/** Get preprocessor dereverb level */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_DEREVERB_LEVEL 11 + +/** Set preprocessor dereverb decay */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_DEREVERB_DECAY 12 +/** Get preprocessor dereverb decay */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_DEREVERB_DECAY 13 + +/** Set probability required for the VAD to go from silence to voice */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_PROB_START 14 +/** Get probability required for the VAD to go from silence to voice */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_PROB_START 15 + +/** Set probability required for the VAD to stay in the voice state (integer percent) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_PROB_CONTINUE 16 +/** Get probability required for the VAD to stay in the voice state (integer percent) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_PROB_CONTINUE 17 + +/** Set maximum attenuation of the noise in dB (negative number) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_NOISE_SUPPRESS 18 +/** Get maximum attenuation of the noise in dB (negative number) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_NOISE_SUPPRESS 19 + +/** Set maximum attenuation of the residual echo in dB (negative number) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_ECHO_SUPPRESS 20 +/** Get maximum attenuation of the residual echo in dB (negative number) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_ECHO_SUPPRESS 21 + +/** Set maximum attenuation of the residual echo in dB when near end is active (negative number) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_ECHO_SUPPRESS_ACTIVE 22 +/** Get maximum attenuation of the residual echo in dB when near end is active (negative number) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_ECHO_SUPPRESS_ACTIVE 23 + +/** Set the corresponding echo canceller state so that residual echo suppression can be performed (NULL for no residual echo suppression) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_ECHO_STATE 24 +/** Get the corresponding echo canceller state */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_ECHO_STATE 25 + +/** Set maximal gain increase in dB/second (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_AGC_INCREMENT 26 + +/** Get maximal gain increase in dB/second (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_AGC_INCREMENT 27 + +/** Set maximal gain decrease in dB/second (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_AGC_DECREMENT 28 + +/** Get maximal gain decrease in dB/second (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_AGC_DECREMENT 29 + +/** Set maximal gain in dB (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_AGC_MAX_GAIN 30 + +/** Get maximal gain in dB (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_AGC_MAX_GAIN 31 + +/* Can't set loudness */ +/** Get loudness */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_AGC_LOUDNESS 33 + +/* Can't set gain */ +/** Get current gain (int32 percent) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_AGC_GAIN 35 + +/* Can't set spectrum size */ +/** Get spectrum size for power spectrum (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_PSD_SIZE 37 + +/* Can't set power spectrum */ +/** Get power spectrum (int32[] of squared values) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_PSD 39 + +/* Can't set noise size */ +/** Get spectrum size for noise estimate (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_NOISE_PSD_SIZE 41 + +/* Can't set noise estimate */ +/** Get noise estimate (int32[] of squared values) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_NOISE_PSD 43 + +/* Can't set speech probability */ +/** Get speech probability in last frame (int32). */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_PROB 45 + +/** Set preprocessor Automatic Gain Control level (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_SET_AGC_TARGET 46 +/** Get preprocessor Automatic Gain Control level (int32) */ +#define SPEEX_PREPROCESS_GET_AGC_TARGET 47 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/** @}*/ +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_resampler.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_resampler.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..54eef8d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_resampler.h @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2007 Jean-Marc Valin + + File: speex_resampler.h + Resampling code + + The design goals of this code are: + - Very fast algorithm + - Low memory requirement + - Good *perceptual* quality (and not best SNR) + + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are + met: + + 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR + IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES + OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN + ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE + POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +*/ + + +#ifndef SPEEX_RESAMPLER_H +#define SPEEX_RESAMPLER_H + +#ifdef OUTSIDE_SPEEX + +/********* WARNING: MENTAL SANITY ENDS HERE *************/ + +/* If the resampler is defined outside of Speex, we change the symbol names so that + there won't be any clash if linking with Speex later on. */ + +/* #define RANDOM_PREFIX your software name here */ +#ifndef RANDOM_PREFIX +#error "Please define RANDOM_PREFIX (above) to something specific to your project to prevent symbol name clashes" +#endif + +#define CAT_PREFIX2(a,b) a ## b +#define CAT_PREFIX(a,b) CAT_PREFIX2(a, b) + +#define speex_resampler_init CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_init) +#define speex_resampler_init_frac CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_init_frac) +#define speex_resampler_destroy CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_destroy) +#define speex_resampler_process_float CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_process_float) +#define speex_resampler_process_int CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_process_int) +#define speex_resampler_process_interleaved_float CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_process_interleaved_float) +#define speex_resampler_process_interleaved_int CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_process_interleaved_int) +#define speex_resampler_set_rate CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_set_rate) +#define speex_resampler_get_rate CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_get_rate) +#define speex_resampler_set_rate_frac CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_set_rate_frac) +#define speex_resampler_get_ratio CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_get_ratio) +#define speex_resampler_set_quality CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_set_quality) +#define speex_resampler_get_quality CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_get_quality) +#define speex_resampler_set_input_stride CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_set_input_stride) +#define speex_resampler_get_input_stride CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_get_input_stride) +#define speex_resampler_set_output_stride CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_set_output_stride) +#define speex_resampler_get_output_stride CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_get_output_stride) +#define speex_resampler_get_input_latency CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_get_input_latency) +#define speex_resampler_get_output_latency CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_get_output_latency) +#define speex_resampler_skip_zeros CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_skip_zeros) +#define speex_resampler_reset_mem CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_reset_mem) +#define speex_resampler_strerror CAT_PREFIX(RANDOM_PREFIX,_resampler_strerror) + +#define spx_int16_t short +#define spx_int32_t int +#define spx_uint16_t unsigned short +#define spx_uint32_t unsigned int + +#else /* OUTSIDE_SPEEX */ + +#include "speex/speex_types.h" + +#endif /* OUTSIDE_SPEEX */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define SPEEX_RESAMPLER_QUALITY_MAX 10 +#define SPEEX_RESAMPLER_QUALITY_MIN 0 +#define SPEEX_RESAMPLER_QUALITY_DEFAULT 4 +#define SPEEX_RESAMPLER_QUALITY_VOIP 3 +#define SPEEX_RESAMPLER_QUALITY_DESKTOP 5 + +enum { + RESAMPLER_ERR_SUCCESS = 0, + RESAMPLER_ERR_ALLOC_FAILED = 1, + RESAMPLER_ERR_BAD_STATE = 2, + RESAMPLER_ERR_INVALID_ARG = 3, + RESAMPLER_ERR_PTR_OVERLAP = 4, + + RESAMPLER_ERR_MAX_ERROR +}; + +struct SpeexResamplerState_; +typedef struct SpeexResamplerState_ SpeexResamplerState; + +/** Create a new resampler with integer input and output rates. + * @param nb_channels Number of channels to be processed + * @param in_rate Input sampling rate (integer number of Hz). + * @param out_rate Output sampling rate (integer number of Hz). + * @param quality Resampling quality between 0 and 10, where 0 has poor quality + * and 10 has very high quality. + * @return Newly created resampler state + * @retval NULL Error: not enough memory + */ +SpeexResamplerState *speex_resampler_init(spx_uint32_t nb_channels, + spx_uint32_t in_rate, + spx_uint32_t out_rate, + int quality, + int *err); + +/** Create a new resampler with fractional input/output rates. The sampling + * rate ratio is an arbitrary rational number with both the numerator and + * denominator being 32-bit integers. + * @param nb_channels Number of channels to be processed + * @param ratio_num Numerator of the sampling rate ratio + * @param ratio_den Denominator of the sampling rate ratio + * @param in_rate Input sampling rate rounded to the nearest integer (in Hz). + * @param out_rate Output sampling rate rounded to the nearest integer (in Hz). + * @param quality Resampling quality between 0 and 10, where 0 has poor quality + * and 10 has very high quality. + * @return Newly created resampler state + * @retval NULL Error: not enough memory + */ +SpeexResamplerState *speex_resampler_init_frac(spx_uint32_t nb_channels, + spx_uint32_t ratio_num, + spx_uint32_t ratio_den, + spx_uint32_t in_rate, + spx_uint32_t out_rate, + int quality, + int *err); + +/** Destroy a resampler state. + * @param st Resampler state + */ +void speex_resampler_destroy(SpeexResamplerState *st); + +/** Resample a float array. The input and output buffers must *not* overlap. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param channel_index Index of the channel to process for the multi-channel + * base (0 otherwise) + * @param in Input buffer + * @param in_len Number of input samples in the input buffer. Returns the + * number of samples processed + * @param out Output buffer + * @param out_len Size of the output buffer. Returns the number of samples written + */ +int speex_resampler_process_float(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t channel_index, + const float *in, + spx_uint32_t *in_len, + float *out, + spx_uint32_t *out_len); + +/** Resample an int array. The input and output buffers must *not* overlap. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param channel_index Index of the channel to process for the multi-channel + * base (0 otherwise) + * @param in Input buffer + * @param in_len Number of input samples in the input buffer. Returns the number + * of samples processed + * @param out Output buffer + * @param out_len Size of the output buffer. Returns the number of samples written + */ +int speex_resampler_process_int(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t channel_index, + const spx_int16_t *in, + spx_uint32_t *in_len, + spx_int16_t *out, + spx_uint32_t *out_len); + +/** Resample an interleaved float array. The input and output buffers must *not* overlap. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param in Input buffer + * @param in_len Number of input samples in the input buffer. Returns the number + * of samples processed. This is all per-channel. + * @param out Output buffer + * @param out_len Size of the output buffer. Returns the number of samples written. + * This is all per-channel. + */ +int speex_resampler_process_interleaved_float(SpeexResamplerState *st, + const float *in, + spx_uint32_t *in_len, + float *out, + spx_uint32_t *out_len); + +/** Resample an interleaved int array. The input and output buffers must *not* overlap. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param in Input buffer + * @param in_len Number of input samples in the input buffer. Returns the number + * of samples processed. This is all per-channel. + * @param out Output buffer + * @param out_len Size of the output buffer. Returns the number of samples written. + * This is all per-channel. + */ +int speex_resampler_process_interleaved_int(SpeexResamplerState *st, + const spx_int16_t *in, + spx_uint32_t *in_len, + spx_int16_t *out, + spx_uint32_t *out_len); + +/** Set (change) the input/output sampling rates (integer value). + * @param st Resampler state + * @param in_rate Input sampling rate (integer number of Hz). + * @param out_rate Output sampling rate (integer number of Hz). + */ +int speex_resampler_set_rate(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t in_rate, + spx_uint32_t out_rate); + +/** Get the current input/output sampling rates (integer value). + * @param st Resampler state + * @param in_rate Input sampling rate (integer number of Hz) copied. + * @param out_rate Output sampling rate (integer number of Hz) copied. + */ +void speex_resampler_get_rate(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t *in_rate, + spx_uint32_t *out_rate); + +/** Set (change) the input/output sampling rates and resampling ratio + * (fractional values in Hz supported). + * @param st Resampler state + * @param ratio_num Numerator of the sampling rate ratio + * @param ratio_den Denominator of the sampling rate ratio + * @param in_rate Input sampling rate rounded to the nearest integer (in Hz). + * @param out_rate Output sampling rate rounded to the nearest integer (in Hz). + */ +int speex_resampler_set_rate_frac(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t ratio_num, + spx_uint32_t ratio_den, + spx_uint32_t in_rate, + spx_uint32_t out_rate); + +/** Get the current resampling ratio. This will be reduced to the least + * common denominator. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param ratio_num Numerator of the sampling rate ratio copied + * @param ratio_den Denominator of the sampling rate ratio copied + */ +void speex_resampler_get_ratio(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t *ratio_num, + spx_uint32_t *ratio_den); + +/** Set (change) the conversion quality. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param quality Resampling quality between 0 and 10, where 0 has poor + * quality and 10 has very high quality. + */ +int speex_resampler_set_quality(SpeexResamplerState *st, + int quality); + +/** Get the conversion quality. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param quality Resampling quality between 0 and 10, where 0 has poor + * quality and 10 has very high quality. + */ +void speex_resampler_get_quality(SpeexResamplerState *st, + int *quality); + +/** Set (change) the input stride. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param stride Input stride + */ +void speex_resampler_set_input_stride(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t stride); + +/** Get the input stride. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param stride Input stride copied + */ +void speex_resampler_get_input_stride(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t *stride); + +/** Set (change) the output stride. + * @param st Resampler state + * @param stride Output stride + */ +void speex_resampler_set_output_stride(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t stride); + +/** Get the output stride. + * @param st Resampler state copied + * @param stride Output stride + */ +void speex_resampler_get_output_stride(SpeexResamplerState *st, + spx_uint32_t *stride); + +/** Get the latency in input samples introduced by the resampler. + * @param st Resampler state + */ +int speex_resampler_get_input_latency(SpeexResamplerState *st); + +/** Get the latency in output samples introduced by the resampler. + * @param st Resampler state + */ +int speex_resampler_get_output_latency(SpeexResamplerState *st); + +/** Make sure that the first samples to go out of the resamplers don't have + * leading zeros. This is only useful before starting to use a newly created + * resampler. It is recommended to use that when resampling an audio file, as + * it will generate a file with the same length. For real-time processing, + * it is probably easier not to use this call (so that the output duration + * is the same for the first frame). + * @param st Resampler state + */ +int speex_resampler_skip_zeros(SpeexResamplerState *st); + +/** Reset a resampler so a new (unrelated) stream can be processed. + * @param st Resampler state + */ +int speex_resampler_reset_mem(SpeexResamplerState *st); + +/** Returns the English meaning for an error code + * @param err Error code + * @return English string + */ +const char *speex_resampler_strerror(int err); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_stereo.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_stereo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a259713 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_stereo.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2002 Jean-Marc Valin*/ +/** + @file speex_stereo.h + @brief Describes the handling for intensity stereo +*/ +/* + Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + are met: + + - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + + - Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its + contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + this software without specific prior written permission. + + THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR + CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, + EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, + PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR + PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF + LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING + NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS + SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. +*/ + +#ifndef STEREO_H +#define STEREO_H +/** @defgroup SpeexStereoState SpeexStereoState: Handling Speex stereo files + * This describes the Speex intensity stereo encoding/decoding + * @{ + */ + +#include "speex/speex_types.h" +#include "speex/speex_bits.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** If you access any of these fields directly, I'll personally come and bite you */ +typedef struct SpeexStereoState { + float balance; /**< Left/right balance info */ + float e_ratio; /**< Ratio of energies: E(left+right)/[E(left)+E(right)] */ + float smooth_left; /**< Smoothed left channel gain */ + float smooth_right; /**< Smoothed right channel gain */ + float reserved1; /**< Reserved for future use */ + float reserved2; /**< Reserved for future use */ +} SpeexStereoState; + +/** Deprecated. Use speex_stereo_state_init() instead. */ +#define SPEEX_STEREO_STATE_INIT {1,.5,1,1,0,0} + +/** Initialise/create a stereo stereo state */ +SpeexStereoState *speex_stereo_state_init(); + +/** Reset/re-initialise an already allocated stereo state */ +void speex_stereo_state_reset(SpeexStereoState *stereo); + +/** Destroy a stereo stereo state */ +void speex_stereo_state_destroy(SpeexStereoState *stereo); + +/** Transforms a stereo frame into a mono frame and stores intensity stereo info in 'bits' */ +void speex_encode_stereo(float *data, int frame_size, SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Transforms a stereo frame into a mono frame and stores intensity stereo info in 'bits' */ +void speex_encode_stereo_int(spx_int16_t *data, int frame_size, SpeexBits *bits); + +/** Transforms a mono frame into a stereo frame using intensity stereo info */ +void speex_decode_stereo(float *data, int frame_size, SpeexStereoState *stereo); + +/** Transforms a mono frame into a stereo frame using intensity stereo info */ +void speex_decode_stereo_int(spx_int16_t *data, int frame_size, SpeexStereoState *stereo); + +/** Callback handler for intensity stereo info */ +int speex_std_stereo_request_handler(SpeexBits *bits, void *state, void *data); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/** @} */ +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_types.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_types.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..737c5fa --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/speex/speex_types.h @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/* speex_types.h taken from libogg */ +/******************************************************************** + * * + * THIS FILE IS PART OF THE OggVorbis SOFTWARE CODEC SOURCE CODE. * + * USE, DISTRIBUTION AND REPRODUCTION OF THIS LIBRARY SOURCE IS * + * GOVERNED BY A BSD-STYLE SOURCE LICENSE INCLUDED WITH THIS SOURCE * + * IN 'COPYING'. PLEASE READ THESE TERMS BEFORE DISTRIBUTING. * + * * + * THE OggVorbis SOURCE CODE IS (C) COPYRIGHT 1994-2002 * + * by the Xiph.Org Foundation http://www.xiph.org/ * + * * + ******************************************************************** + + function: #ifdef jail to whip a few platforms into the UNIX ideal. + last mod: $Id: os_types.h 7524 2004-08-11 04:20:36Z conrad $ + + ********************************************************************/ +/** + @file speex_types.h + @brief Speex types +*/ +#ifndef _SPEEX_TYPES_H +#define _SPEEX_TYPES_H + +#if defined(_WIN32) + +# if defined(__CYGWIN__) +# include <_G_config.h> + typedef _G_int32_t spx_int32_t; + typedef _G_uint32_t spx_uint32_t; + typedef _G_int16_t spx_int16_t; + typedef _G_uint16_t spx_uint16_t; +# elif defined(__MINGW32__) + typedef short spx_int16_t; + typedef unsigned short spx_uint16_t; + typedef int spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned int spx_uint32_t; +# elif defined(__MWERKS__) + typedef int spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned int spx_uint32_t; + typedef short spx_int16_t; + typedef unsigned short spx_uint16_t; +# else + /* MSVC/Borland */ + typedef __int32 spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned __int32 spx_uint32_t; + typedef __int16 spx_int16_t; + typedef unsigned __int16 spx_uint16_t; +# endif + +#elif defined(__MACOS__) + +# include <sys/types.h> + typedef SInt16 spx_int16_t; + typedef UInt16 spx_uint16_t; + typedef SInt32 spx_int32_t; + typedef UInt32 spx_uint32_t; + +#elif (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) /* MacOS X Framework build */ + +# include <sys/types.h> + typedef int16_t spx_int16_t; + typedef u_int16_t spx_uint16_t; + typedef int32_t spx_int32_t; + typedef u_int32_t spx_uint32_t; + +#elif defined(__BEOS__) + + /* Be */ +# include <inttypes.h> + typedef int16_t spx_int16_t; + typedef u_int16_t spx_uint16_t; + typedef int32_t spx_int32_t; + typedef u_int32_t spx_uint32_t; + +#elif defined (__EMX__) + + /* OS/2 GCC */ + typedef short spx_int16_t; + typedef unsigned short spx_uint16_t; + typedef int spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned int spx_uint32_t; + +#elif defined (DJGPP) + + /* DJGPP */ + typedef short spx_int16_t; + typedef int spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned int spx_uint32_t; + +#elif defined(R5900) + + /* PS2 EE */ + typedef int spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned spx_uint32_t; + typedef short spx_int16_t; + +#elif defined(__SYMBIAN32__) + + /* Symbian GCC */ + typedef signed short spx_int16_t; + typedef unsigned short spx_uint16_t; + typedef signed int spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned int spx_uint32_t; + +#elif defined(CONFIG_TI_C54X) || defined (CONFIG_TI_C55X) + + typedef short spx_int16_t; + typedef unsigned short spx_uint16_t; + typedef long spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned long spx_uint32_t; + +#elif defined(CONFIG_TI_C6X) + + typedef short spx_int16_t; + typedef unsigned short spx_uint16_t; + typedef int spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned int spx_uint32_t; + +#elif ANDROID + + typedef short spx_int16_t; + typedef unsigned short spx_uint16_t; + typedef int spx_int32_t; + typedef unsigned int spx_uint32_t; + +#else + +# include <speex/speex_config_types.h> + +#endif + +#endif /* _SPEEX_TYPES_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/aes.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/aes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2881337 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/aes.h @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +/* + * aes.h + * + * header file for the AES block cipher + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef _AES_H +#define _AES_H + +#include "config.h" + +#include "datatypes.h" +#include "gf2_8.h" +#include "err.h" + +/* aes internals */ + +typedef struct { + v128_t round[15]; + int num_rounds; +} aes_expanded_key_t; + +err_status_t +aes_expand_encryption_key(const uint8_t *key, + int key_len, + aes_expanded_key_t *expanded_key); + +err_status_t +aes_expand_decryption_key(const uint8_t *key, + int key_len, + aes_expanded_key_t *expanded_key); + +void +aes_encrypt(v128_t *plaintext, const aes_expanded_key_t *exp_key); + +void +aes_decrypt(v128_t *plaintext, const aes_expanded_key_t *exp_key); + +#if 0 +/* + * internal functions + */ + +void +aes_init_sbox(void); + +void +aes_compute_tables(void); +#endif + +#endif /* _AES_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/aes_cbc.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/aes_cbc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc4e41a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/aes_cbc.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * aes_cbc.h + * + * Header for AES Cipher Blobk Chaining Mode. + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + * + */ + +#ifndef AES_CBC_H +#define AES_CBC_H + +#include "aes.h" +#include "cipher.h" + +typedef struct { + v128_t state; /* cipher chaining state */ + v128_t previous; /* previous ciphertext block */ + aes_expanded_key_t expanded_key; /* the cipher key */ +} aes_cbc_ctx_t; + +err_status_t +aes_cbc_set_key(aes_cbc_ctx_t *c, + const unsigned char *key); + +err_status_t +aes_cbc_encrypt(aes_cbc_ctx_t *c, + unsigned char *buf, + unsigned int *bytes_in_data); + +err_status_t +aes_cbc_context_init(aes_cbc_ctx_t *c, const uint8_t *key, + int key_len, cipher_direction_t dir); + +err_status_t +aes_cbc_set_iv(aes_cbc_ctx_t *c, void *iv); + +err_status_t +aes_cbc_nist_encrypt(aes_cbc_ctx_t *c, + unsigned char *data, + unsigned int *bytes_in_data); + +err_status_t +aes_cbc_nist_decrypt(aes_cbc_ctx_t *c, + unsigned char *data, + unsigned int *bytes_in_data); + +#endif /* AES_CBC_H */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/aes_icm.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/aes_icm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dac0cdc --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/aes_icm.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * aes_icm.h + * + * Header for AES Integer Counter Mode. + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + * + */ + +#ifndef AES_ICM_H +#define AES_ICM_H + +#include "aes.h" +#include "cipher.h" + +typedef struct { + v128_t counter; /* holds the counter value */ + v128_t offset; /* initial offset value */ + v128_t keystream_buffer; /* buffers bytes of keystream */ + aes_expanded_key_t expanded_key; /* the cipher key */ + int bytes_in_buffer; /* number of unused bytes in buffer */ +} aes_icm_ctx_t; + + +err_status_t +aes_icm_context_init(aes_icm_ctx_t *c, + const unsigned char *key, + int key_len); + +err_status_t +aes_icm_set_iv(aes_icm_ctx_t *c, void *iv); + +err_status_t +aes_icm_encrypt(aes_icm_ctx_t *c, + unsigned char *buf, unsigned int *bytes_to_encr); + +err_status_t +aes_icm_output(aes_icm_ctx_t *c, + unsigned char *buf, int bytes_to_output); + +err_status_t +aes_icm_dealloc(cipher_t *c); + +err_status_t +aes_icm_encrypt_ismacryp(aes_icm_ctx_t *c, + unsigned char *buf, + unsigned int *enc_len, + int forIsmacryp); + +err_status_t +aes_icm_alloc_ismacryp(cipher_t **c, + int key_len, + int forIsmacryp); + +#endif /* AES_ICM_H */ + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/alloc.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/alloc.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5980eed --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/alloc.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + * alloc.h + * + * interface to memory allocation and deallocation, with optional debugging + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef CRYPTO_ALLOC_H +#define CRYPTO_ALLOC_H + +#include "datatypes.h" + +void * +crypto_alloc(size_t size); + +void +crypto_free(void *ptr); + +#endif /* CRYPTO_ALLOC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/auth.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/auth.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b5e4b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/auth.h @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +/* + * auth.h + * + * common interface to authentication functions + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef AUTH_H +#define AUTH_H + +#include "datatypes.h" +#include "err.h" /* error codes */ +#include "crypto.h" /* for auth_type_id_t */ +#include "crypto_types.h" /* for values of auth_type_id_t */ + +typedef struct auth_type_t *auth_type_pointer; +typedef struct auth_t *auth_pointer_t; + +typedef err_status_t (*auth_alloc_func) + (auth_pointer_t *ap, int key_len, int out_len); + +typedef err_status_t (*auth_init_func) + (void *state, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +typedef err_status_t (*auth_dealloc_func)(auth_pointer_t ap); + +typedef err_status_t (*auth_compute_func) + (void *state, uint8_t *buffer, int octets_to_auth, + int tag_len, uint8_t *tag); + +typedef err_status_t (*auth_update_func) + (void *state, uint8_t *buffer, int octets_to_auth); + +typedef err_status_t (*auth_start_func)(void *state); + +/* some syntactic sugar on these function types */ + +#define auth_type_alloc(at, a, klen, outlen) \ + ((at)->alloc((a), (klen), (outlen))) + +#define auth_init(a, key) \ + (((a)->type)->init((a)->state, (key), ((a)->key_len))) + +#define auth_compute(a, buf, len, res) \ + (((a)->type)->compute((a)->state, (buf), (len), (a)->out_len, (res))) + +#define auth_update(a, buf, len) \ + (((a)->type)->update((a)->state, (buf), (len))) + +#define auth_start(a)(((a)->type)->start((a)->state)) + +#define auth_dealloc(c) (((c)->type)->dealloc(c)) + +/* functions to get information about a particular auth_t */ + +int +auth_get_key_length(const struct auth_t *a); + +int +auth_get_tag_length(const struct auth_t *a); + +int +auth_get_prefix_length(const struct auth_t *a); + +/* + * auth_test_case_t is a (list of) key/message/tag values that are + * known to be correct for a particular cipher. this data can be used + * to test an implementation in an on-the-fly self test of the + * correcness of the implementation. (see the auth_type_self_test() + * function below) + */ + +typedef struct auth_test_case_t { + int key_length_octets; /* octets in key */ + uint8_t *key; /* key */ + int data_length_octets; /* octets in data */ + uint8_t *data; /* data */ + int tag_length_octets; /* octets in tag */ + uint8_t *tag; /* tag */ + struct auth_test_case_t *next_test_case; /* pointer to next testcase */ +} auth_test_case_t; + +/* auth_type_t */ + +typedef struct auth_type_t { + auth_alloc_func alloc; + auth_dealloc_func dealloc; + auth_init_func init; + auth_compute_func compute; + auth_update_func update; + auth_start_func start; + char *description; + int ref_count; + auth_test_case_t *test_data; + debug_module_t *debug; + auth_type_id_t id; +} auth_type_t; + +typedef struct auth_t { + auth_type_t *type; + void *state; + int out_len; /* length of output tag in octets */ + int key_len; /* length of key in octets */ + int prefix_len; /* length of keystream prefix */ +} auth_t; + +/* + * auth_type_self_test() tests an auth_type against test cases + * provided in an array of values of key/message/tag that is known to + * be good + */ + +err_status_t +auth_type_self_test(const auth_type_t *at); + +/* + * auth_type_test() tests an auth_type against external test cases + * provided in an array of values of key/message/tag that is known to + * be good + */ + +err_status_t +auth_type_test(const auth_type_t *at, const auth_test_case_t *test_data); + +/* + * auth_type_get_ref_count(at) returns the reference count (the number + * of instantiations) of the auth_type_t at + */ + +int +auth_type_get_ref_count(const auth_type_t *at); + +#endif /* AUTH_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/cipher.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/cipher.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eff6dd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/cipher.h @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +/* + * cipher.h + * + * common interface to ciphers + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef CIPHER_H +#define CIPHER_H + +#include "datatypes.h" +#include "rdbx.h" /* for xtd_seq_num_t */ +#include "err.h" /* for error codes */ +#include "crypto.h" /* for cipher_type_id_t */ +#include "crypto_types.h" /* for values of cipher_type_id_t */ + + +/** + * @brief cipher_direction_t defines a particular cipher operation. + * + * A cipher_direction_t is an enum that describes a particular cipher + * operation, i.e. encryption or decryption. For some ciphers, this + * distinction does not matter, but for others, it is essential. + */ + +typedef enum { + direction_encrypt, /**< encryption (convert plaintext to ciphertext) */ + direction_decrypt, /**< decryption (convert ciphertext to plaintext) */ + direction_any /**< encryption or decryption */ +} cipher_direction_t; + +/* + * the cipher_pointer and cipher_type_pointer definitions are needed + * as cipher_t and cipher_type_t are not yet defined + */ + +typedef struct cipher_type_t *cipher_type_pointer_t; +typedef struct cipher_t *cipher_pointer_t; + +/* + * a cipher_alloc_func_t allocates (but does not initialize) a cipher_t + */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cipher_alloc_func_t) + (cipher_pointer_t *cp, int key_len); + +/* + * a cipher_init_func_t [re-]initializes a cipher_t with a given key + * and direction (i.e., encrypt or decrypt) + */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cipher_init_func_t) +(void *state, const uint8_t *key, int key_len, cipher_direction_t dir); + +/* a cipher_dealloc_func_t de-allocates a cipher_t */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cipher_dealloc_func_t)(cipher_pointer_t cp); + +/* a cipher_set_segment_func_t sets the segment index of a cipher_t */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cipher_set_segment_func_t) + (void *state, xtd_seq_num_t idx); + +/* a cipher_encrypt_func_t encrypts data in-place */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cipher_encrypt_func_t) + (void *state, uint8_t *buffer, unsigned int *octets_to_encrypt); + +/* a cipher_decrypt_func_t decrypts data in-place */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cipher_decrypt_func_t) + (void *state, uint8_t *buffer, unsigned int *octets_to_decrypt); + +/* + * a cipher_set_iv_func_t function sets the current initialization vector + */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cipher_set_iv_func_t) + (cipher_pointer_t cp, void *iv); + +/* + * cipher_test_case_t is a (list of) key, salt, xtd_seq_num_t, + * plaintext, and ciphertext values that are known to be correct for a + * particular cipher. this data can be used to test an implementation + * in an on-the-fly self test of the correcness of the implementation. + * (see the cipher_type_self_test() function below) + */ + +typedef struct cipher_test_case_t { + int key_length_octets; /* octets in key */ + uint8_t *key; /* key */ + uint8_t *idx; /* packet index */ + int plaintext_length_octets; /* octets in plaintext */ + uint8_t *plaintext; /* plaintext */ + int ciphertext_length_octets; /* octets in plaintext */ + uint8_t *ciphertext; /* ciphertext */ + struct cipher_test_case_t *next_test_case; /* pointer to next testcase */ +} cipher_test_case_t; + +/* cipher_type_t defines the 'metadata' for a particular cipher type */ + +typedef struct cipher_type_t { + cipher_alloc_func_t alloc; + cipher_dealloc_func_t dealloc; + cipher_init_func_t init; + cipher_encrypt_func_t encrypt; + cipher_encrypt_func_t decrypt; + cipher_set_iv_func_t set_iv; + char *description; + int ref_count; + cipher_test_case_t *test_data; + debug_module_t *debug; + cipher_type_id_t id; +} cipher_type_t; + +/* + * cipher_t defines an instantiation of a particular cipher, with fixed + * key length, key and salt values + */ + +typedef struct cipher_t { + cipher_type_t *type; + void *state; + int key_len; +#ifdef FORCE_64BIT_ALIGN + int pad; +#endif +} cipher_t; + +/* some syntactic sugar on these function types */ + +#define cipher_type_alloc(ct, c, klen) ((ct)->alloc((c), (klen))) + +#define cipher_dealloc(c) (((c)->type)->dealloc(c)) + +#define cipher_init(c, k, dir) (((c)->type)->init(((c)->state), (k), ((c)->key_len), (dir))) + +#define cipher_encrypt(c, buf, len) \ + (((c)->type)->encrypt(((c)->state), (buf), (len))) + +#define cipher_decrypt(c, buf, len) \ + (((c)->type)->decrypt(((c)->state), (buf), (len))) + +#define cipher_set_iv(c, n) \ + ((c) ? (((c)->type)->set_iv(((cipher_pointer_t)(c)->state), (n))) : \ + err_status_no_such_op) + +err_status_t +cipher_output(cipher_t *c, uint8_t *buffer, int num_octets_to_output); + + +/* some bookkeeping functions */ + +int +cipher_get_key_length(const cipher_t *c); + + +/* + * cipher_type_self_test() tests a cipher against test cases provided in + * an array of values of key/xtd_seq_num_t/plaintext/ciphertext + * that is known to be good + */ + +err_status_t +cipher_type_self_test(const cipher_type_t *ct); + + +/* + * cipher_type_test() tests a cipher against external test cases provided in + * an array of values of key/xtd_seq_num_t/plaintext/ciphertext + * that is known to be good + */ + +err_status_t +cipher_type_test(const cipher_type_t *ct, const cipher_test_case_t *test_data); + + +/* + * cipher_bits_per_second(c, l, t) computes (and estimate of) the + * number of bits that a cipher implementation can encrypt in a second + * + * c is a cipher (which MUST be allocated and initialized already), l + * is the length in octets of the test data to be encrypted, and t is + * the number of trials + * + * if an error is encountered, then the value 0 is returned + */ + +uint64_t +cipher_bits_per_second(cipher_t *c, int octets_in_buffer, int num_trials); + +#endif /* CIPHER_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/config.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/config.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c21ce38 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/config.h @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/* crypto/include/config.h. Generated by configure. */ +/* config_in.h. Generated from configure.in by autoheader. */ + +/* Define if building for a CISC machine (e.g. Intel). */ +#define CPU_CISC 1 + +/* Define if building for a RISC machine (assume slow byte access). */ +/* #undef CPU_RISC */ + +/* Path to random device */ +/* #undef DEV_URANDOM */ + +/* Define to compile in dynamic debugging system. */ +/* #undef ENABLE_DEBUGGING */ + +/* Report errors to this file. */ +/* #undef ERR_REPORTING_FILE */ + +/* Define to use logging to stdout. */ +#define ERR_REPORTING_STDOUT 1 + +/* Define this to use ISMAcryp code. */ +/* #undef GENERIC_AESICM */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <arpa/inet.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_ARPA_INET_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <byteswap.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_BYTESWAP_H */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `inet_aton' function. */ +#define HAVE_INET_ATON 1 + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int16_t'. */ +#define HAVE_INT16_T 1 + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int32_t'. */ +#define HAVE_INT32_T 1 + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int8_t'. */ +#define HAVE_INT8_T 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `socket' library (-lsocket). */ +/* #undef HAVE_LIBSOCKET */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <machine/types.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_MACHINE_TYPES_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/in.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_NETINET_IN_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaction' function. */ +#define HAVE_SIGACTION 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `socket' function. */ +#define HAVE_SOCKET 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_STRING_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <syslog.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_SYSLOG_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/int_types.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_SYS_INT_TYPES_H */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/uio.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_SYS_UIO_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint16_t'. */ +#define HAVE_UINT16_T 1 + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint32_t'. */ +#define HAVE_UINT32_T 1 + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint64_t'. */ +#define HAVE_UINT64_T 1 + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uint8_t'. */ +#define HAVE_UINT8_T 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */ +#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `usleep' function. */ +#define HAVE_USLEEP 1 + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <windows.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_WINDOWS_H */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the <winsock2.h> header file. */ +/* #undef HAVE_WINSOCK2_H */ + +/* Define to use X86 inlined assembly code */ +/* #undef HAVE_X86 */ + +/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ +#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "" + +/* Define to the full name of this package. */ +#define PACKAGE_NAME "" + +/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ +#define PACKAGE_STRING "" + +/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ +#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "" + +/* Define to the version of this package. */ +#define PACKAGE_VERSION "" + +/* The size of a `unsigned long', as computed by sizeof. */ +#define SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG 4 + +/* The size of a `unsigned long long', as computed by sizeof. */ +#define SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG 8 + +/* Define to use GDOI. */ +/* #undef SRTP_GDOI */ + +/* Define to compile for kernel contexts. */ +/* #undef SRTP_KERNEL */ + +/* Define to compile for Linux kernel context. */ +/* #undef SRTP_KERNEL_LINUX */ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ +#define STDC_HEADERS 1 + +/* Write errors to this file */ +/* #undef USE_ERR_REPORTING_FILE */ + +/* Define to use syslog logging. */ +/* #undef USE_SYSLOG */ + +/* Define to 1 if your processor stores words with the most significant byte + first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */ +/* #undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN */ + +/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */ +/* #undef const */ + +/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler + calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */ +#ifndef __cplusplus +/* #undef inline */ +#endif + +/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */ +/* #undef size_t */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/crypto.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/crypto.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e9667d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/crypto.h @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * crypto.h + * + * API for libcrypto + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +#ifndef CRYPTO_H +#define CRYPTO_H + +/** + * @brief A cipher_type_id_t is an identifier for a particular cipher + * type. + * + * A cipher_type_id_t is an integer that represents a particular + * cipher type, e.g. the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES). A + * NULL_CIPHER is avaliable; this cipher leaves the data unchanged, + * and can be selected to indicate that no encryption is to take + * place. + * + * @ingroup Ciphers + */ +typedef uint32_t cipher_type_id_t; + +/** + * @brief An auth_type_id_t is an identifier for a particular authentication + * function. + * + * An auth_type_id_t is an integer that represents a particular + * authentication function type, e.g. HMAC-SHA1. A NULL_AUTH is + * avaliable; this authentication function performs no computation, + * and can be selected to indicate that no authentication is to take + * place. + * + * @ingroup Authentication + */ +typedef uint32_t auth_type_id_t; + +#endif /* CRYPTO_H */ + + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/crypto_kernel.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/crypto_kernel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1acf497 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/crypto_kernel.h @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +/* + * crypto_kernel.h + * + * header for the cryptographic kernel + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright(c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef CRYPTO_KERNEL +#define CRYPTO_KERNEL + +#include "rand_source.h" +#include "prng.h" +#include "cipher.h" +#include "auth.h" +#include "cryptoalg.h" +#include "stat.h" +#include "err.h" +#include "crypto_types.h" +#include "key.h" +#include "crypto.h" + +/* + * crypto_kernel_state_t defines the possible states: + * + * insecure - not yet initialized + * secure - initialized and passed self-tests + */ + +typedef enum { + crypto_kernel_state_insecure, + crypto_kernel_state_secure +} crypto_kernel_state_t; + +/* + * linked list of cipher types + */ + +typedef struct kernel_cipher_type { + cipher_type_id_t id; + cipher_type_t *cipher_type; + struct kernel_cipher_type *next; +} kernel_cipher_type_t; + +/* + * linked list of auth types + */ + +typedef struct kernel_auth_type { + auth_type_id_t id; + auth_type_t *auth_type; + struct kernel_auth_type *next; +} kernel_auth_type_t; + +/* + * linked list of debug modules + */ + +typedef struct kernel_debug_module { + debug_module_t *mod; + struct kernel_debug_module *next; +} kernel_debug_module_t; + + +/* + * crypto_kernel_t is the data structure for the crypto kernel + * + * note that there is *exactly one* instance of this data type, + * a global variable defined in crypto_kernel.c + */ + +typedef struct { + crypto_kernel_state_t state; /* current state of kernel */ + kernel_cipher_type_t *cipher_type_list; /* list of all cipher types */ + kernel_auth_type_t *auth_type_list; /* list of all auth func types */ + kernel_debug_module_t *debug_module_list; /* list of all debug modules */ +} crypto_kernel_t; + + +/* + * crypto_kernel_t external api + */ + + +/* + * The function crypto_kernel_init() initialized the crypto kernel and + * runs the self-test operations on the random number generators and + * crypto algorithms. Possible return values are: + * + * err_status_ok initialization successful + * <other> init failure + * + * If any value other than err_status_ok is returned, the + * crypto_kernel MUST NOT be used. + */ + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_init(void); + + +/* + * The function crypto_kernel_shutdown() de-initializes the + * crypto_kernel, zeroizes keys and other cryptographic material, and + * deallocates any dynamically allocated memory. Possible return + * values are: + * + * err_status_ok shutdown successful + * <other> shutdown failure + * + */ + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_shutdown(void); + +/* + * The function crypto_kernel_stats() checks the the crypto_kernel, + * running tests on the ciphers, auth funcs, and rng, and prints out a + * status report. Possible return values are: + * + * err_status_ok all tests were passed + * <other> a test failed + * + */ + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_status(void); + + +/* + * crypto_kernel_list_debug_modules() outputs a list of debugging modules + * + */ + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_list_debug_modules(void); + +/* + * crypto_kernel_load_cipher_type() + * + */ + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_load_cipher_type(cipher_type_t *ct, cipher_type_id_t id); + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_load_auth_type(auth_type_t *ct, auth_type_id_t id); + +/* + * crypto_kernel_replace_cipher_type(ct, id) + * + * replaces the crypto kernel's existing cipher for the cipher_type id + * with a new one passed in externally. The new cipher must pass all the + * existing cipher_type's self tests as well as its own. + */ +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_replace_cipher_type(cipher_type_t *ct, cipher_type_id_t id); + + +/* + * crypto_kernel_replace_auth_type(ct, id) + * + * replaces the crypto kernel's existing cipher for the auth_type id + * with a new one passed in externally. The new auth type must pass all the + * existing auth_type's self tests as well as its own. + */ +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_replace_auth_type(auth_type_t *ct, auth_type_id_t id); + + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_load_debug_module(debug_module_t *new_dm); + +/* + * crypto_kernel_alloc_cipher(id, cp, key_len); + * + * allocates a cipher of type id at location *cp, with key length + * key_len octets. Return values are: + * + * err_status_ok no problems + * err_status_alloc_fail an allocation failure occured + * err_status_fail couldn't find cipher with identifier 'id' + */ + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_alloc_cipher(cipher_type_id_t id, + cipher_pointer_t *cp, + int key_len); + +/* + * crypto_kernel_alloc_auth(id, ap, key_len, tag_len); + * + * allocates an auth function of type id at location *ap, with key + * length key_len octets and output tag length of tag_len. Return + * values are: + * + * err_status_ok no problems + * err_status_alloc_fail an allocation failure occured + * err_status_fail couldn't find auth with identifier 'id' + */ + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_alloc_auth(auth_type_id_t id, + auth_pointer_t *ap, + int key_len, + int tag_len); + + +/* + * crypto_kernel_set_debug_module(mod_name, v) + * + * sets dynamic debugging to the value v (0 for off, 1 for on) for the + * debug module with the name mod_name + * + * returns err_status_ok on success, err_status_fail otherwise + */ + +err_status_t +crypto_kernel_set_debug_module(char *mod_name, int v); + +/** + * @brief writes a random octet string. + * + * The function call crypto_get_random(dest, len) writes len octets of + * random data to the location to which dest points, and returns an + * error code. This error code @b must be checked, and if a failure is + * reported, the data in the buffer @b must @b not be used. + * + * @warning If the return code is not checked, then non-random + * data may be in the buffer. This function will fail + * unless it is called after crypto_kernel_init(). + * + * @return + * - err_status_ok if no problems occured. + * - [other] a problem occured, and no assumptions should + * be made about the contents of the destination + * buffer. + * + * @ingroup SRTP + */ +err_status_t +crypto_get_random(unsigned char *buffer, unsigned int length); + +#endif /* CRYPTO_KERNEL */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/crypto_math.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/crypto_math.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52f0837 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/crypto_math.h @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +/* + * math.h + * + * crypto math operations and data types + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef MATH_H +#define MATH_H + +#include "datatypes.h" + +unsigned char +v32_weight(v32_t a); + +unsigned char +v32_distance(v32_t x, v32_t y); + +unsigned int +v32_dot_product(v32_t a, v32_t b); + +char * +v16_bit_string(v16_t x); + +char * +v32_bit_string(v32_t x); + +char * +v64_bit_string(const v64_t *x); + +char * +octet_hex_string(uint8_t x); + +char * +v16_hex_string(v16_t x); + +char * +v32_hex_string(v32_t x); + +char * +v64_hex_string(const v64_t *x); + +int +hex_char_to_nibble(uint8_t c); + +int +is_hex_string(char *s); + +v16_t +hex_string_to_v16(char *s); + +v32_t +hex_string_to_v32(char *s); + +v64_t +hex_string_to_v64(char *s); + +/* the matrix A[] is stored in column format, i.e., A[i] is + the ith column of the matrix */ + +uint8_t +A_times_x_plus_b(uint8_t A[8], uint8_t x, uint8_t b); + +void +v16_copy_octet_string(v16_t *x, const uint8_t s[2]); + +void +v32_copy_octet_string(v32_t *x, const uint8_t s[4]); + +void +v64_copy_octet_string(v64_t *x, const uint8_t s[8]); + +void +v128_add(v128_t *z, v128_t *x, v128_t *y); + +int +octet_string_is_eq(uint8_t *a, uint8_t *b, int len); + +void +octet_string_set_to_zero(uint8_t *s, int len); + + + +/* + * the matrix A[] is stored in column format, i.e., A[i] is the ith + * column of the matrix +*/ +uint8_t +A_times_x_plus_b(uint8_t A[8], uint8_t x, uint8_t b); + + +#if 0 +#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN + +#define _v128_add(z, x, y) { \ + uint64_t tmp; \ + \ + tmp = x->v32[3] + y->v32[3]; \ + z->v32[3] = (uint32_t) tmp; \ + \ + tmp = x->v32[2] + y->v32[2] + (tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[2] = (uint32_t) tmp; \ + \ + tmp = x->v32[1] + y->v32[1] + (tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[1] = (uint32_t) tmp; \ + \ + tmp = x->v32[0] + y->v32[0] + (tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[0] = (uint32_t) tmp; \ +} + +#else /* assume little endian architecture */ + +#define _v128_add(z, x, y) { \ + uint64_t tmp; \ + \ + tmp = htonl(x->v32[3]) + htonl(y->v32[3]); \ + z->v32[3] = ntohl((uint32_t) tmp); \ + \ + tmp = htonl(x->v32[2]) + htonl(y->v32[2]) \ + + htonl(tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[2] = ntohl((uint32_t) tmp); \ + \ + tmp = htonl(x->v32[1]) + htonl(y->v32[1]) \ + + htonl(tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[1] = ntohl((uint32_t) tmp); \ + \ + tmp = htonl(x->v32[0]) + htonl(y->v32[0]) \ + + htonl(tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[0] = ntohl((uint32_t) tmp); \ +} + +#endif /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */ +#endif + +#ifdef DATATYPES_USE_MACROS /* little functions are really macros */ + +#define v128_set_to_zero(z) _v128_set_to_zero(z) +#define v128_copy(z, x) _v128_copy(z, x) +#define v128_xor(z, x, y) _v128_xor(z, x, y) +#define v128_and(z, x, y) _v128_and(z, x, y) +#define v128_or(z, x, y) _v128_or(z, x, y) +#define v128_complement(x) _v128_complement(x) +#define v128_is_eq(x, y) _v128_is_eq(x, y) +#define v128_xor_eq(x, y) _v128_xor_eq(x, y) +#define v128_get_bit(x, i) _v128_get_bit(x, i) +#define v128_set_bit(x, i) _v128_set_bit(x, i) +#define v128_clear_bit(x, i) _v128_clear_bit(x, i) +#define v128_set_bit_to(x, i, y) _v128_set_bit_to(x, i, y) + +#else + +void +v128_set_to_zero(v128_t *x); + +int +v128_is_eq(const v128_t *x, const v128_t *y); + +void +v128_copy(v128_t *x, const v128_t *y); + +void +v128_xor(v128_t *z, v128_t *x, v128_t *y); + +void +v128_and(v128_t *z, v128_t *x, v128_t *y); + +void +v128_or(v128_t *z, v128_t *x, v128_t *y); + +void +v128_complement(v128_t *x); + +int +v128_get_bit(const v128_t *x, int i); + +void +v128_set_bit(v128_t *x, int i) ; + +void +v128_clear_bit(v128_t *x, int i); + +void +v128_set_bit_to(v128_t *x, int i, int y); + +#endif /* DATATYPES_USE_MACROS */ + +/* + * octet_string_is_eq(a,b, len) returns 1 if the length len strings a + * and b are not equal, returns 0 otherwise + */ + +int +octet_string_is_eq(uint8_t *a, uint8_t *b, int len); + +void +octet_string_set_to_zero(uint8_t *s, int len); + + +#endif /* MATH_H */ + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/crypto_types.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/crypto_types.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3531710 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/crypto_types.h @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ +/* + * crypto_types.h + * + * constants for cipher types and auth func types + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright(c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef CRYPTO_TYPES_H +#define CRYPTO_TYPES_H + +/** + * @defgroup Algos Cryptographic Algorithms + * + * + * This library provides several different cryptographic algorithms, + * each of which can be selected by using the cipher_type_id_t and + * auth_type_id_t. These algorithms are documented below. + * + * Authentication functions that use the Universal Security Transform + * (UST) must be used in conjunction with a cipher other than the null + * cipher. These functions require a per-message pseudorandom input + * that is generated by the cipher. + * + * The identifiers STRONGHOLD_AUTH and STRONGHOLD_CIPHER identify the + * strongest available authentication function and cipher, + * respectively. They are resolved at compile time to the strongest + * available algorithm. The stronghold algorithms can serve as did + * the keep of a medieval fortification; they provide the strongest + * defense (or the last refuge). + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @defgroup Ciphers Cipher Types + * + * @brief Each cipher type is identified by an unsigned integer. The + * cipher types available in this edition of libSRTP are given + * by the #defines below. + * + * A cipher_type_id_t is an identifier for a cipher_type; only values + * given by the #defines above (or those present in the file + * crypto_types.h) should be used. + * + * The identifier STRONGHOLD_CIPHER indicates the strongest available + * cipher, allowing an application to choose the strongest available + * algorithm without any advance knowledge about the avaliable + * algorithms. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief The null cipher performs no encryption. + * + * The NULL_CIPHER leaves its inputs unaltered, during both the + * encryption and decryption operations. This cipher can be chosen + * to indicate that no encryption is to be performed. + */ +#define NULL_CIPHER 0 + +/** + * @brief AES Integer Counter Mode (AES ICM) + * + * AES ICM is the variant of counter mode that is used by Secure RTP. + * This cipher uses a 16-, 24-, or 32-octet key concatenated with a + * 14-octet offset (or salt) value. + */ +#define AES_ICM 1 + +/** + * @brief AES-128 Integer Counter Mode (AES ICM) + * AES-128 ICM is a deprecated alternate name for AES ICM. + */ +#define AES_128_ICM AES_ICM + +/** + * @brief SEAL 3.0 + * + * SEAL is the Software-Optimized Encryption Algorithm of Coppersmith + * and Rogaway. Nota bene: this cipher is IBM proprietary. + */ +#define SEAL 2 + +/** + * @brief AES Cipher Block Chaining mode (AES CBC) + * + * AES CBC is the AES Cipher Block Chaining mode. + * This cipher uses a 16-, 24-, or 32-octet key. + */ +#define AES_CBC 3 + +/** + * @brief AES-128 Cipher Block Chaining mode (AES CBC) + * + * AES-128 CBC is a deprecated alternate name for AES CBC. + */ +#define AES_128_CBC AES_CBC + +/** + * @brief Strongest available cipher. + * + * This identifier resolves to the strongest cipher type available. + */ +#define STRONGHOLD_CIPHER AES_ICM + +/** + * @} + */ + + + +/** + * @defgroup Authentication Authentication Function Types + * + * @brief Each authentication function type is identified by an + * unsigned integer. The authentication function types available in + * this edition of libSRTP are given by the #defines below. + * + * An auth_type_id_t is an identifier for an authentication function type; + * only values given by the #defines above (or those present in the + * file crypto_types.h) should be used. + * + * The identifier STRONGHOLD_AUTH indicates the strongest available + * authentication function, allowing an application to choose the + * strongest available algorithm without any advance knowledge about + * the avaliable algorithms. The stronghold algorithms can serve as + * did the keep of a medieval fortification; they provide the + * strongest defense (or the last refuge). + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief The null authentication function performs no authentication. + * + * The NULL_AUTH function does nothing, and can be selected to indicate + * that authentication should not be performed. + */ +#define NULL_AUTH 0 + +/** + * @brief UST with TMMH Version 2 + * + * UST_TMMHv2 implements the Truncated Multi-Modular Hash using + * UST. This function must be used in conjunction with a cipher other + * than the null cipher. + * with a cipher. + */ +#define UST_TMMHv2 1 + +/** + * @brief (UST) AES-128 XORMAC + * + * UST_AES_128_XMAC implements AES-128 XORMAC, using UST. Nota bene: + * the XORMAC algorithm is IBM proprietary. + */ +#define UST_AES_128_XMAC 2 + +/** + * @brief HMAC-SHA1 + * + * HMAC_SHA1 implements the Hash-based MAC using the NIST Secure + * Hash Algorithm version 1 (SHA1). + */ +#define HMAC_SHA1 3 + +/** + * @brief Strongest available authentication function. + * + * This identifier resolves to the strongest available authentication + * function. + */ +#define STRONGHOLD_AUTH HMAC_SHA1 + +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* CRYPTO_TYPES_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/cryptoalg.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/cryptoalg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9f0441 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/cryptoalg.h @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/* + * cryptoalg.h + * + * API for authenticated encryption crypto algorithms + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef CRYPTOALG_H +#define CRYPTOALG_H + +#include "err.h" + +/** + * @defgroup Crypto Cryptography + * + * Zed uses a simple interface to a cryptographic transform. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief applies a crypto algorithm + * + * The function pointer cryptoalg_func_t points to a function that + * implements a crypto transform, and provides a uniform API for + * accessing crypto mechanisms. + * + * @param key location of secret key + * + * @param clear data to be authenticated but not encrypted + * + * @param clear_len length of data to be authenticated but not encrypted + * + * @param iv location to write the Initialization Vector (IV) + * + * @param protect location of the data to be encrypted and + * authenticated (before the function call), and the ciphertext + * and authentication tag (after the call) + * + * @param protected_len location of the length of the data to be + * encrypted and authenticated (before the function call), and the + * length of the ciphertext (after the call) + * + */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cryptoalg_func_t) + (void *key, + const void *clear, + unsigned clear_len, + void *iv, + void *protect, + unsigned *protected_len); + +typedef +err_status_t (*cryptoalg_inv_t) + (void *key, /* location of secret key */ + const void *clear, /* data to be authenticated only */ + unsigned clear_len, /* length of data to be authenticated only */ + void *iv, /* location of iv */ + void *opaque, /* data to be decrypted and authenticated */ + unsigned *opaque_len /* location of the length of data to be + * decrypted and authd (before and after) + */ + ); + +typedef struct cryptoalg_ctx_t { + cryptoalg_func_t enc; + cryptoalg_inv_t dec; + unsigned key_len; + unsigned iv_len; + unsigned auth_tag_len; + unsigned max_expansion; +} cryptoalg_ctx_t; + +typedef cryptoalg_ctx_t *cryptoalg_t; + +#define cryptoalg_get_key_len(cryptoalg) ((cryptoalg)->key_len) + +#define cryptoalg_get_iv_len(cryptoalg) ((cryptoalg)->iv_len) + +#define cryptoalg_get_auth_tag_len(cryptoalg) ((cryptoalg)->auth_tag_len) + +int +cryptoalg_get_id(cryptoalg_t c); + +cryptoalg_t +cryptoalg_find_by_id(int id); + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* CRYPTOALG_H */ + + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/datatypes.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/datatypes.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e16d895 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/datatypes.h @@ -0,0 +1,506 @@ +/* + * datatypes.h + * + * data types for bit vectors and finite fields + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef _DATATYPES_H +#define _DATATYPES_H + +#include "integers.h" /* definitions of uint32_t, et cetera */ +#include "alloc.h" + +#include <stdarg.h> + +#ifndef SRTP_KERNEL +# include <stdio.h> +# include <string.h> +# include <time.h> +# ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H +# include <netinet/in.h> +# elif defined HAVE_WINSOCK2_H +# include <winsock2.h> +# endif +#endif + + +/* if DATATYPES_USE_MACROS is defined, then little functions are macros */ +#define DATATYPES_USE_MACROS + +typedef union { + uint8_t v8[2]; + uint16_t value; +} v16_t; + +typedef union { + uint8_t v8[4]; + uint16_t v16[2]; + uint32_t value; +} v32_t; + +typedef union { + uint8_t v8[8]; + uint16_t v16[4]; + uint32_t v32[2]; + uint64_t value; +} v64_t; + +typedef union { + uint8_t v8[16]; + uint16_t v16[8]; + uint32_t v32[4]; + uint64_t v64[2]; +} v128_t; + + + +/* some useful and simple math functions */ + +#define pow_2(X) ( (unsigned int)1 << (X) ) /* 2^X */ + +#define pow_minus_one(X) ( (X) ? -1 : 1 ) /* (-1)^X */ + + +/* + * octet_get_weight(x) returns the hamming weight (number of bits equal to + * one) in the octet x + */ + +int +octet_get_weight(uint8_t octet); + +char * +octet_bit_string(uint8_t x); + +#define MAX_PRINT_STRING_LEN 1024 + +char * +octet_string_hex_string(const void *str, int length); + +char * +v128_bit_string(v128_t *x); + +char * +v128_hex_string(v128_t *x); + +uint8_t +nibble_to_hex_char(uint8_t nibble); + +char * +char_to_hex_string(char *x, int num_char); + +uint8_t +hex_string_to_octet(char *s); + +/* + * hex_string_to_octet_string(raw, hex, len) converts the hexadecimal + * string at *hex (of length len octets) to the equivalent raw data + * and writes it to *raw. + * + * if a character in the hex string that is not a hexadeciaml digit + * (0123456789abcdefABCDEF) is encountered, the function stops writing + * data to *raw + * + * the number of hex digits copied (which is two times the number of + * octets in *raw) is returned + */ + +int +hex_string_to_octet_string(char *raw, char *hex, int len); + +v128_t +hex_string_to_v128(char *s); + +void +v128_copy_octet_string(v128_t *x, const uint8_t s[16]); + +void +v128_left_shift(v128_t *x, int shift_index); + +void +v128_right_shift(v128_t *x, int shift_index); + +/* + * the following macros define the data manipulation functions + * + * If DATATYPES_USE_MACROS is defined, then these macros are used + * directly (and function call overhead is avoided). Otherwise, + * the macros are used through the functions defined in datatypes.c + * (and the compiler provides better warnings). + */ + +#define _v128_set_to_zero(x) \ +( \ + (x)->v32[0] = 0, \ + (x)->v32[1] = 0, \ + (x)->v32[2] = 0, \ + (x)->v32[3] = 0 \ +) + +#define _v128_copy(x, y) \ +( \ + (x)->v32[0] = (y)->v32[0], \ + (x)->v32[1] = (y)->v32[1], \ + (x)->v32[2] = (y)->v32[2], \ + (x)->v32[3] = (y)->v32[3] \ +) + +#define _v128_xor(z, x, y) \ +( \ + (z)->v32[0] = (x)->v32[0] ^ (y)->v32[0], \ + (z)->v32[1] = (x)->v32[1] ^ (y)->v32[1], \ + (z)->v32[2] = (x)->v32[2] ^ (y)->v32[2], \ + (z)->v32[3] = (x)->v32[3] ^ (y)->v32[3] \ +) + +#define _v128_and(z, x, y) \ +( \ + (z)->v32[0] = (x)->v32[0] & (y)->v32[0], \ + (z)->v32[1] = (x)->v32[1] & (y)->v32[1], \ + (z)->v32[2] = (x)->v32[2] & (y)->v32[2], \ + (z)->v32[3] = (x)->v32[3] & (y)->v32[3] \ +) + +#define _v128_or(z, x, y) \ +( \ + (z)->v32[0] = (x)->v32[0] | (y)->v32[0], \ + (z)->v32[1] = (x)->v32[1] | (y)->v32[1], \ + (z)->v32[2] = (x)->v32[2] | (y)->v32[2], \ + (z)->v32[3] = (x)->v32[3] | (y)->v32[3] \ +) + +#define _v128_complement(x) \ +( \ + (x)->v32[0] = ~(x)->v32[0], \ + (x)->v32[1] = ~(x)->v32[1], \ + (x)->v32[2] = ~(x)->v32[2], \ + (x)->v32[3] = ~(x)->v32[3] \ +) + +/* ok for NO_64BIT_MATH if it can compare uint64_t's (even as structures) */ +#define _v128_is_eq(x, y) \ + (((x)->v64[0] == (y)->v64[0]) && ((x)->v64[1] == (y)->v64[1])) + + +#ifdef NO_64BIT_MATH +#define _v128_xor_eq(z, x) \ +( \ + (z)->v32[0] ^= (x)->v32[0], \ + (z)->v32[1] ^= (x)->v32[1], \ + (z)->v32[2] ^= (x)->v32[2], \ + (z)->v32[3] ^= (x)->v32[3] \ +) +#else +#define _v128_xor_eq(z, x) \ +( \ + (z)->v64[0] ^= (x)->v64[0], \ + (z)->v64[1] ^= (x)->v64[1] \ +) +#endif + +/* NOTE! This assumes an odd ordering! */ +/* This will not be compatible directly with math on some processors */ +/* bit 0 is first 32-bit word, low order bit. in little-endian, that's + the first byte of the first 32-bit word. In big-endian, that's + the 3rd byte of the first 32-bit word */ +/* The get/set bit code is used by the replay code ONLY, and it doesn't + really care which bit is which. AES does care which bit is which, but + doesn't use the 128-bit get/set or 128-bit shifts */ + +#define _v128_get_bit(x, bit) \ +( \ + ((((x)->v32[(bit) >> 5]) >> ((bit) & 31)) & 1) \ +) + +#define _v128_set_bit(x, bit) \ +( \ + (((x)->v32[(bit) >> 5]) |= ((uint32_t)1 << ((bit) & 31))) \ +) + +#define _v128_clear_bit(x, bit) \ +( \ + (((x)->v32[(bit) >> 5]) &= ~((uint32_t)1 << ((bit) & 31))) \ +) + +#define _v128_set_bit_to(x, bit, value) \ +( \ + (value) ? _v128_set_bit(x, bit) : \ + _v128_clear_bit(x, bit) \ +) + + +#if 0 +/* nothing uses this */ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + +#define _v128_add(z, x, y) { \ + uint64_t tmp; \ + \ + tmp = x->v32[3] + y->v32[3]; \ + z->v32[3] = (uint32_t) tmp; \ + \ + tmp = x->v32[2] + y->v32[2] + (tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[2] = (uint32_t) tmp; \ + \ + tmp = x->v32[1] + y->v32[1] + (tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[1] = (uint32_t) tmp; \ + \ + tmp = x->v32[0] + y->v32[0] + (tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[0] = (uint32_t) tmp; \ +} + +#else /* assume little endian architecture */ + +#define _v128_add(z, x, y) { \ + uint64_t tmp; \ + \ + tmp = htonl(x->v32[3]) + htonl(y->v32[3]); \ + z->v32[3] = ntohl((uint32_t) tmp); \ + \ + tmp = htonl(x->v32[2]) + htonl(y->v32[2]) \ + + htonl(tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[2] = ntohl((uint32_t) tmp); \ + \ + tmp = htonl(x->v32[1]) + htonl(y->v32[1]) \ + + htonl(tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[1] = ntohl((uint32_t) tmp); \ + \ + tmp = htonl(x->v32[0]) + htonl(y->v32[0]) \ + + htonl(tmp >> 32); \ + z->v32[0] = ntohl((uint32_t) tmp); \ +} +#endif /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */ +#endif /* 0 */ + + +#ifdef DATATYPES_USE_MACROS /* little functions are really macros */ + +#define v128_set_to_zero(z) _v128_set_to_zero(z) +#define v128_copy(z, x) _v128_copy(z, x) +#define v128_xor(z, x, y) _v128_xor(z, x, y) +#define v128_and(z, x, y) _v128_and(z, x, y) +#define v128_or(z, x, y) _v128_or(z, x, y) +#define v128_complement(x) _v128_complement(x) +#define v128_is_eq(x, y) _v128_is_eq(x, y) +#define v128_xor_eq(x, y) _v128_xor_eq(x, y) +#define v128_get_bit(x, i) _v128_get_bit(x, i) +#define v128_set_bit(x, i) _v128_set_bit(x, i) +#define v128_clear_bit(x, i) _v128_clear_bit(x, i) +#define v128_set_bit_to(x, i, y) _v128_set_bit_to(x, i, y) + +#else + +void +v128_set_to_zero(v128_t *x); + +int +v128_is_eq(const v128_t *x, const v128_t *y); + +void +v128_copy(v128_t *x, const v128_t *y); + +void +v128_xor(v128_t *z, v128_t *x, v128_t *y); + +void +v128_and(v128_t *z, v128_t *x, v128_t *y); + +void +v128_or(v128_t *z, v128_t *x, v128_t *y); + +void +v128_complement(v128_t *x); + +int +v128_get_bit(const v128_t *x, int i); + +void +v128_set_bit(v128_t *x, int i) ; + +void +v128_clear_bit(v128_t *x, int i); + +void +v128_set_bit_to(v128_t *x, int i, int y); + +#endif /* DATATYPES_USE_MACROS */ + +/* + * octet_string_is_eq(a,b, len) returns 1 if the length len strings a + * and b are not equal, returns 0 otherwise + */ + +int +octet_string_is_eq(uint8_t *a, uint8_t *b, int len); + +void +octet_string_set_to_zero(uint8_t *s, int len); + + +#ifndef SRTP_KERNEL_LINUX + +/* + * Convert big endian integers to CPU byte order. + */ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +/* Nothing to do. */ +# define be32_to_cpu(x) (x) +# define be64_to_cpu(x) (x) +#elif defined(HAVE_BYTESWAP_H) +/* We have (hopefully) optimized versions in byteswap.h */ +# include <byteswap.h> +# define be32_to_cpu(x) bswap_32((x)) +# define be64_to_cpu(x) bswap_64((x)) +#else + +#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(HAVE_X86) +/* Fall back. */ +static inline uint32_t be32_to_cpu(uint32_t v) { + /* optimized for x86. */ + asm("bswap %0" : "=r" (v) : "0" (v)); + return v; +} +# else /* HAVE_X86 */ +# ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H +# include <netinet/in.h> +# elif defined HAVE_WINSOCK2_H +# include <winsock2.h> +# endif +# define be32_to_cpu(x) ntohl((x)) +# endif /* HAVE_X86 */ + +static inline uint64_t be64_to_cpu(uint64_t v) { +# ifdef NO_64BIT_MATH + /* use the make64 functions to do 64-bit math */ + v = make64(htonl(low32(v)),htonl(high32(v))); +# else + /* use the native 64-bit math */ + v= (uint64_t)((be32_to_cpu((uint32_t)(v >> 32))) | (((uint64_t)be32_to_cpu((uint32_t)v)) << 32)); +# endif + return v; +} + +#endif /* ! SRTP_KERNEL_LINUX */ + +#endif /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */ + +/* + * functions manipulating bitvector_t + * + * A bitvector_t consists of an array of words and an integer + * representing the number of significant bits stored in the array. + * The bits are packed as follows: the least significant bit is that + * of word[0], while the most significant bit is the nth most + * significant bit of word[m], where length = bits_per_word * m + n. + * + */ + +#define bits_per_word 32 +#define bytes_per_word 4 + +typedef struct { + uint32_t length; + uint32_t *word; +} bitvector_t; + + +#define _bitvector_get_bit(v, bit_index) \ +( \ + ((((v)->word[((bit_index) >> 5)]) >> ((bit_index) & 31)) & 1) \ +) + + +#define _bitvector_set_bit(v, bit_index) \ +( \ + (((v)->word[((bit_index) >> 5)] |= ((uint32_t)1 << ((bit_index) & 31)))) \ +) + +#define _bitvector_clear_bit(v, bit_index) \ +( \ + (((v)->word[((bit_index) >> 5)] &= ~((uint32_t)1 << ((bit_index) & 31)))) \ +) + +#define _bitvector_get_length(v) \ +( \ + ((v)->length) \ +) + +#ifdef DATATYPES_USE_MACROS /* little functions are really macros */ + +#define bitvector_get_bit(v, bit_index) _bitvector_get_bit(v, bit_index) +#define bitvector_set_bit(v, bit_index) _bitvector_set_bit(v, bit_index) +#define bitvector_clear_bit(v, bit_index) _bitvector_clear_bit(v, bit_index) +#define bitvector_get_length(v) _bitvector_get_length(v) + +#else + +int +bitvector_get_bit(const bitvector_t *v, int bit_index); + +void +bitvector_set_bit(bitvector_t *v, int bit_index); + +void +bitvector_clear_bit(bitvector_t *v, int bit_index); + +unsigned long +bitvector_get_length(const bitvector_t *v); + +#endif + +int +bitvector_alloc(bitvector_t *v, unsigned long length); + +void +bitvector_dealloc(bitvector_t *v); + +void +bitvector_set_to_zero(bitvector_t *x); + +void +bitvector_left_shift(bitvector_t *x, int index); + +char * +bitvector_bit_string(bitvector_t *x, char* buf, int len); + +#endif /* _DATATYPES_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/ekt.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/ekt.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b0d888b --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/ekt.h @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +/* + * ekt.h + * + * interface to Encrypted Key Transport for SRTP + * + * David McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2005 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + + +/* + * EKT implementation strategy + * + * use stream_template approach + * + * in srtp_unprotect, when a new stream appears, check if template has + * EKT defined, and if it does, then apply EKT processing + * + * question: will we want to allow key-sharing templates in addition + * to EKT templates? could define a new ssrc_type_t that's associated + * with an EKT, e.g. ssrc_any_ekt. + * + * + */ + +#ifndef EKT_H +#define EKT_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "srtp_priv.h" + +#define EKT_CIPHER_DEFAULT 1 +#define EKT_CIPHER_AES_128_ECB 1 +#define EKT_CIPHER_AES_192_KEY_WRAP 2 +#define EKT_CIPHER_AES_256_KEY_WRAP 3 + +typedef uint16_t ekt_spi_t; + + +unsigned +ekt_octets_after_base_tag(ekt_stream_t ekt); + +/* + * an srtp_policy_t structure can contain a pointer to an + * ekt_policy_t structure + * + * this structure holds all of the high level EKT information, and it + * is passed into libsrtp to indicate what policy should be in effect + */ + +typedef struct ekt_policy_ctx_t { + ekt_spi_t spi; /* security parameter index */ + uint8_t ekt_cipher_type; + uint8_t *ekt_key; + struct ekt_policy_ctx_t *next_ekt_policy; +} ekt_policy_ctx_t; + + +/* + * an ekt_data_t structure holds the data corresponding to an ekt key, + * spi, and so on + */ + +typedef struct ekt_data_t { + ekt_spi_t spi; + uint8_t ekt_cipher_type; + aes_expanded_key_t ekt_enc_key; + aes_expanded_key_t ekt_dec_key; + struct ekt_data_t *next_ekt_data; +} ekt_data_t; + +/* + * an srtp_stream_ctx_t can contain an ekt_stream_ctx_t + * + * an ekt_stream_ctx_t structure holds all of the EKT information for + * a specific SRTP stream + */ + +typedef struct ekt_stream_ctx_t { + ekt_data_t *data; + uint16_t isn; /* initial sequence number */ + uint8_t encrypted_master_key[SRTP_MAX_KEY_LEN]; +} ekt_stream_ctx_t; + + + +err_status_t +ekt_alloc(ekt_stream_t *stream_data, ekt_policy_t policy); + +err_status_t +ekt_stream_init(ekt_stream_t e, + ekt_spi_t spi, + void *ekt_key, + unsigned ekt_cipher_type); + +err_status_t +ekt_stream_init_from_policy(ekt_stream_t e, ekt_policy_t p); + + + +err_status_t +srtp_stream_init_from_ekt(srtp_stream_t stream, + const void *srtcp_hdr, + unsigned pkt_octet_len); + + +void +ekt_write_data(ekt_stream_t ekt, + uint8_t *base_tag, + unsigned base_tag_len, + int *packet_len, + xtd_seq_num_t pkt_index); + +/* + * We handle EKT by performing some additional steps before + * authentication (copying the auth tag into a temporary location, + * zeroizing the "base tag" field in the packet) + * + * With EKT, the tag_len parameter is actually the base tag + * length + */ + +err_status_t +ekt_tag_verification_preproces(uint8_t *pkt_tag, + uint8_t *pkt_tag_copy, + unsigned tag_len); + +err_status_t +ekt_tag_verification_postproces(uint8_t *pkt_tag, + uint8_t *pkt_tag_copy, + unsigned tag_len); + + +/* + * @brief EKT pre-processing for srtcp tag generation + * + * This function does the pre-processing of the SRTCP authentication + * tag format. When EKT is used, it consists of writing the Encrypted + * Master Key, the SRTP ROC, the Initial Sequence Number, and SPI + * fields. The Base Authentication Tag field is set to the all-zero + * value + * + * When EKT is not used, this function is a no-op. + * + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_stream_srtcp_auth_tag_generation_preprocess(const srtp_stream_t *s, + uint8_t *pkt_tag, + unsigned pkt_octet_len); + +/* it's not clear that a tag_generation_postprocess function is needed */ + +err_status_t +srtcp_auth_tag_generation_postprocess(void); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* EKT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/err.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/err.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a6e170 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/err.h @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/* + * err.h + * + * error status codes + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef ERR_H +#define ERR_H + +#include "datatypes.h" + +/** + * @defgroup Error Error Codes + * + * Error status codes are represented by the enumeration err_status_t. + * + * @{ + */ + + +/* + * @brief err_status_t defines error codes. + * + * The enumeration err_status_t defines error codes. Note that the + * value of err_status_ok is equal to zero, which can simplify error + * checking somewhat. + * + */ +typedef enum { + err_status_ok = 0, /**< nothing to report */ + err_status_fail = 1, /**< unspecified failure */ + err_status_bad_param = 2, /**< unsupported parameter */ + err_status_alloc_fail = 3, /**< couldn't allocate memory */ + err_status_dealloc_fail = 4, /**< couldn't deallocate properly */ + err_status_init_fail = 5, /**< couldn't initialize */ + err_status_terminus = 6, /**< can't process as much data as requested */ + err_status_auth_fail = 7, /**< authentication failure */ + err_status_cipher_fail = 8, /**< cipher failure */ + err_status_replay_fail = 9, /**< replay check failed (bad index) */ + err_status_replay_old = 10, /**< replay check failed (index too old) */ + err_status_algo_fail = 11, /**< algorithm failed test routine */ + err_status_no_such_op = 12, /**< unsupported operation */ + err_status_no_ctx = 13, /**< no appropriate context found */ + err_status_cant_check = 14, /**< unable to perform desired validation */ + err_status_key_expired = 15, /**< can't use key any more */ + err_status_socket_err = 16, /**< error in use of socket */ + err_status_signal_err = 17, /**< error in use POSIX signals */ + err_status_nonce_bad = 18, /**< nonce check failed */ + err_status_read_fail = 19, /**< couldn't read data */ + err_status_write_fail = 20, /**< couldn't write data */ + err_status_parse_err = 21, /**< error pasring data */ + err_status_encode_err = 22, /**< error encoding data */ + err_status_semaphore_err = 23,/**< error while using semaphores */ + err_status_pfkey_err = 24 /**< error while using pfkey */ +} err_status_t; + +/** + * @} + */ + +typedef enum { + err_level_emergency = 0, + err_level_alert, + err_level_critical, + err_level_error, + err_level_warning, + err_level_notice, + err_level_info, + err_level_debug, + err_level_none +} err_reporting_level_t; + +/* + * err_reporting_init prepares the error system. If + * ERR_REPORTING_SYSLOG is defined, it will open syslog. + * + * The ident argument is a string that will be prepended to + * all syslog messages. It is conventionally argv[0]. + */ + +err_status_t +err_reporting_init(char *ident); + +#ifdef SRTP_KERNEL_LINUX +extern err_reporting_level_t err_level; +#else + +/* + * keydaemon_report_error reports a 'printf' formatted error + * string, followed by a an arg list. The priority argument + * is equivalent to that defined for syslog. + * + * Errors will be reported to ERR_REPORTING_FILE, if defined, and to + * syslog, if ERR_REPORTING_SYSLOG is defined. + * + */ + +void +err_report(int priority, char *format, ...); +#endif /* ! SRTP_KERNEL_LINUX */ + + +/* + * debug_module_t defines a debug module + */ + +typedef struct { + int on; /* 1 if debugging is on, 0 if it is off */ + char *name; /* printable name for debug module */ +} debug_module_t; + +#ifdef ENABLE_DEBUGGING + +#define debug_on(mod) (mod).on = 1 + +#define debug_off(mod) (mod).on = 0 + +/* use err_report() to report debug message */ +#define debug_print(mod, format, arg) \ + if (mod.on) err_report(err_level_debug, ("%s: " format "\n"), mod.name, arg) +#define debug_print2(mod, format, arg1,arg2) \ + if (mod.on) err_report(err_level_debug, ("%s: " format "\n"), mod.name, arg1,arg2) + +#else + +/* define macros to do nothing */ +#define debug_print(mod, format, arg) + +#define debug_on(mod) + +#define debug_off(mod) + +#endif + +#endif /* ERR_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/getopt_s.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/getopt_s.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a6ece3 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/getopt_s.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* + * getopt.h + * + * interface to a minimal implementation of the getopt() function, + * written so that test applications that use that function can run on + * non-POSIX platforms + * + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef GETOPT_S_H +#define GETOPT_S_H + +/* + * getopt_s(), optarg_s, and optind_s are small, locally defined + * versions of the POSIX standard getopt() interface. + */ + +int +getopt_s(int argc, char * const argv[], const char *optstring); + +extern char *optarg_s; /* defined in getopt.c */ + +extern int optind_s; /* defined in getopt.c */ + +#endif /* GETOPT_S_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/gf2_8.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/gf2_8.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..098d37c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/gf2_8.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/* + * gf2_8.h + * + * GF(256) implementation + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef GF2_8_H +#define GF2_8_H + +#include "datatypes.h" /* for uint8_t definition */ + +typedef uint8_t gf2_8; + +#define gf2_8_field_polynomial 0x1B + +/* + * gf2_8_shift(x) returns + */ + +/* + * gf2_8_shift(z) returns the result of the GF(2^8) 'multiply by x' + * operation, using the field representation from AES; that is, the + * next gf2_8 value in the cyclic representation of that field. The + * value z should be an uint8_t. + */ + +#define gf2_8_shift(z) (((z) & 128) ? \ + (((z) << 1) ^ gf2_8_field_polynomial) : ((z) << 1)) + +gf2_8 +gf2_8_compute_inverse(gf2_8 x); + +void +test_gf2_8(void); + +gf2_8 +gf2_8_multiply(gf2_8 x, gf2_8 y); + +#endif /* GF2_8_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/hmac.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/hmac.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..262c0e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/hmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + * hmac.h + * + * interface to hmac auth_type_t + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + * + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef HMAC_H +#define HMAC_H + +#include "auth.h" +#include "sha1.h" + +typedef struct { + uint8_t opad[64]; + sha1_ctx_t ctx; + sha1_ctx_t init_ctx; +} hmac_ctx_t; + +err_status_t +hmac_alloc(auth_t **a, int key_len, int out_len); + +err_status_t +hmac_dealloc(auth_t *a); + +err_status_t +hmac_init(hmac_ctx_t *state, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +err_status_t +hmac_start(hmac_ctx_t *state); + +err_status_t +hmac_update(hmac_ctx_t *state, const uint8_t *message, int msg_octets); + +err_status_t +hmac_compute(hmac_ctx_t *state, const void *message, + int msg_octets, int tag_len, uint8_t *result); + + +#endif /* HMAC_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/integers.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/integers.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7010efd --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/integers.h @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +/* + * integers.h + * + * defines integer types (or refers to their definitions) + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef INTEGERS_H +#define INTEGERS_H + +#include "config.h" /* configuration file, using autoconf */ + +#ifdef SRTP_KERNEL + +#include "kernel_compat.h" + +#else /* SRTP_KERNEL */ + +/* use standard integer definitions, if they're available */ +#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H +# include <stdlib.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +# include <stdint.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H +# include <inttypes.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include <sys/types.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_INT_TYPES_H +# include <sys/int_types.h> /* this exists on Sun OS */ +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_MACHINE_TYPES_H +# include <machine/types.h> +#endif + +/* Can we do 64 bit integers? */ +#ifndef HAVE_UINT64_T +# if SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG == 8 +typedef unsigned long uint64_t; +# elif SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG == 8 +typedef unsigned long long uint64_t; +# else +# define NO_64BIT_MATH 1 +# endif +#endif + +/* Reasonable defaults for 32 bit machines - you may need to + * edit these definitions for your own machine. */ +#ifndef HAVE_UINT8_T +typedef unsigned char uint8_t; +#endif +#ifndef HAVE_UINT16_T +typedef unsigned short int uint16_t; +#endif +#ifndef HAVE_UINT32_T +typedef unsigned int uint32_t; +#endif + + +#ifdef NO_64BIT_MATH +typedef double uint64_t; +/* assert that sizeof(double) == 8 */ +extern uint64_t make64(uint32_t high, uint32_t low); +extern uint32_t high32(uint64_t value); +extern uint32_t low32(uint64_t value); +#endif + +#endif /* SRTP_KERNEL */ + +/* These macros are to load and store 32-bit values from un-aligned + addresses. This is required for processors that do not allow unaligned + loads. */ +#ifdef ALIGNMENT_32BIT_REQUIRED +/* Note that if it's in a variable, you can memcpy it */ +#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN +#define PUT_32(addr,value) \ + { \ + ((unsigned char *) (addr))[0] = (value >> 24); \ + ((unsigned char *) (addr))[1] = (value >> 16) & 0xff; \ + ((unsigned char *) (addr))[2] = (value >> 8) & 0xff; \ + ((unsigned char *) (addr))[3] = (value) & 0xff; \ + } +#define GET_32(addr) ((((unsigned char *) (addr))[0] << 24) | \ + (((unsigned char *) (addr))[1] << 16) | \ + (((unsigned char *) (addr))[2] << 8) | \ + (((unsigned char *) (addr))[3])) +#else +#define PUT_32(addr,value) \ + { \ + ((unsigned char *) (addr))[3] = (value >> 24); \ + ((unsigned char *) (addr))[2] = (value >> 16) & 0xff; \ + ((unsigned char *) (addr))[1] = (value >> 8) & 0xff; \ + ((unsigned char *) (addr))[0] = (value) & 0xff; \ + } +#define GET_32(addr) ((((unsigned char *) (addr))[3] << 24) | \ + (((unsigned char *) (addr))[2] << 16) | \ + (((unsigned char *) (addr))[1] << 8) | \ + (((unsigned char *) (addr))[0])) +#endif // WORDS_BIGENDIAN +#else +#define PUT_32(addr,value) *(((uint32_t *) (addr)) = (value) +#define GET_32(addr) (*(((uint32_t *) (addr))) +#endif + +#endif /* INTEGERS_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/kernel_compat.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/kernel_compat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..59d1898 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/kernel_compat.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/* + * kernel_compat.h + * + * Compatibility stuff for building in kernel context where standard + * C headers and library are not available. + * + * Marcus Sundberg + * Ingate Systems AB + */ +/* + * + * Copyright(c) 2005 Ingate Systems AB + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the author(s) nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef KERNEL_COMPAT_H +#define KERNEL_COMPAT_H + +#ifdef SRTP_KERNEL_LINUX + +#include <linux/kernel.h> +#include <linux/slab.h> +#include <linux/sched.h> +#include <linux/random.h> +#include <linux/byteorder/generic.h> + + +#define err_report(priority, ...) \ + do {\ + if (priority <= err_level) {\ + printk(__VA_ARGS__);\ + }\ + }while(0) + +#define clock() (jiffies) +#define time(x) (jiffies) + +/* rand() implementation. */ +#define RAND_MAX 32767 + +static inline int rand(void) +{ + uint32_t temp; + get_random_bytes(&temp, sizeof(temp)); + return temp % (RAND_MAX+1); +} + +/* stdio/stdlib implementation. */ +#define printf(...) printk(__VA_ARGS__) +#define exit(n) panic("%s:%d: exit(%d)\n", __FILE__, __LINE__, (n)) + +#endif /* SRTP_KERNEL_LINUX */ + +#endif /* KERNEL_COMPAT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/key.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/key.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7e0744 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/key.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * key.h + * + * key usage limits enforcement + * + * David A. Mcgrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef KEY_H +#define KEY_H + +#include "rdbx.h" /* for xtd_seq_num_t */ +#include "err.h" + +typedef struct key_limit_ctx_t *key_limit_t; + +typedef enum { + key_event_normal, + key_event_soft_limit, + key_event_hard_limit +} key_event_t; + +err_status_t +key_limit_set(key_limit_t key, const xtd_seq_num_t s); + +err_status_t +key_limit_clone(key_limit_t original, key_limit_t *new_key); + +err_status_t +key_limit_check(const key_limit_t key); + +key_event_t +key_limit_update(key_limit_t key); + +typedef enum { + key_state_normal, + key_state_past_soft_limit, + key_state_expired +} key_state_t; + +typedef struct key_limit_ctx_t { + xtd_seq_num_t num_left; + key_state_t state; +} key_limit_ctx_t; + +#endif /* KEY_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/null_auth.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/null_auth.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44f9a4a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/null_auth.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/* + * null-auth.h + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + * + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef NULL_AUTH_H +#define NULL_AUTH_H + +#include "auth.h" + +typedef struct { + char foo; +} null_auth_ctx_t; + +err_status_t +null_auth_alloc(auth_t **a, int key_len, int out_len); + +err_status_t +null_auth_dealloc(auth_t *a); + +err_status_t +null_auth_init(null_auth_ctx_t *state, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +err_status_t +null_auth_compute (null_auth_ctx_t *state, uint8_t *message, + int msg_octets, int tag_len, uint8_t *result); + + +#endif /* NULL_AUTH_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/null_cipher.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/null_cipher.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..39da59a --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/null_cipher.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * null-cipher.h + * + * header file for the null cipher + * + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef NULL_CIPHER_H +#define NULL_CIPHER_H + +#include "datatypes.h" +#include "cipher.h" + +typedef struct { + char foo ;/* empty, for now */ +} null_cipher_ctx_t; + + +/* + * none of these functions do anything (though future versions may keep + * track of bytes encrypted, number of instances, and/or other info). + */ + +err_status_t +null_cipher_init(null_cipher_ctx_t *c, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); + +err_status_t +null_cipher_set_segment(null_cipher_ctx_t *c, + unsigned long segment_index); + +err_status_t +null_cipher_encrypt(null_cipher_ctx_t *c, + unsigned char *buf, unsigned int *bytes_to_encr); + + +err_status_t +null_cipher_encrypt_aligned(null_cipher_ctx_t *c, + unsigned char *buf, int bytes_to_encr); + +#endif /* NULL_CIPHER_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/prng.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/prng.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fb96b5e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/prng.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* + * prng.h + * + * pseudorandom source + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +#ifndef PRNG_H +#define PRNG_H + +#include "rand_source.h" /* for rand_source_func_t definition */ +#include "aes.h" /* for aes */ +#include "aes_icm.h" /* for aes ctr */ + +#define MAX_PRNG_OUT_LEN 0xffffffffU + +/* + * x917_prng is an ANSI X9.17-like AES-based PRNG + */ + +typedef struct { + v128_t state; /* state data */ + aes_expanded_key_t key; /* secret key */ + uint32_t octet_count; /* number of octets output since last init */ + rand_source_func_t rand; /* random source for re-initialization */ +} x917_prng_t; + +err_status_t +x917_prng_init(rand_source_func_t random_source); + +err_status_t +x917_prng_get_octet_string(uint8_t *dest, uint32_t len); + + +/* + * ctr_prng is an AES-CTR based PRNG + */ + +typedef struct { + uint32_t octet_count; /* number of octets output since last init */ + aes_icm_ctx_t state; /* state data */ + rand_source_func_t rand; /* random source for re-initialization */ +} ctr_prng_t; + +err_status_t +ctr_prng_init(rand_source_func_t random_source); + +err_status_t +ctr_prng_get_octet_string(void *dest, uint32_t len); + + +#endif diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/rand_source.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/rand_source.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b4c2110 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/rand_source.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/* + * rand_source.h + * + * implements a random source based on /dev/random + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright(c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef RAND_SOURCE +#define RAND_SOURCE + +#include "err.h" +#include "datatypes.h" + +err_status_t +rand_source_init(void); + +/* + * rand_source_get_octet_string() writes a random octet string. + * + * The function call rand_source_get_octet_string(dest, len) writes + * len octets of random data to the location to which dest points, + * and returns an error code. This error code should be checked, + * and if a failure is reported, the data in the buffer MUST NOT + * be used. + * + * warning: If the return code is not checked, then non-random + * data may inadvertently be used. + * + * returns: + * - err_status_ok if no problems occured. + * - [other] a problem occured, and no assumptions should + * be made about the contents of the destination + * buffer. + */ + +err_status_t +rand_source_get_octet_string(void *dest, uint32_t length); + +err_status_t +rand_source_deinit(void); + +/* + * function prototype for a random source function + * + * A rand_source_func_t writes num_octets at the location indicated by + * dest and returns err_status_ok. Any other return value indicates + * failure. + */ + +typedef err_status_t (*rand_source_func_t) + (void *dest, uint32_t num_octets); + +#endif /* RAND_SOURCE */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/rdb.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/rdb.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ccb144 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/rdb.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + * replay-database.h + * + * interface for a replay database for packet security + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + + +#ifndef REPLAY_DB_H +#define REPLAY_DB_H + +#include "integers.h" /* for uint32_t */ +#include "datatypes.h" /* for v128_t */ +#include "err.h" /* for err_status_t */ + +/* + * if the ith least significant bit is one, then the packet index + * window_end-i is in the database + */ + +typedef struct { + uint32_t window_start; /* packet index of the first bit in bitmask */ + v128_t bitmask; +} rdb_t; + +#define rdb_bits_in_bitmask (8*sizeof(v128_t)) + +/* + * rdb init + * + * initalizes rdb + * + * returns err_status_ok on success, err_status_t_fail otherwise + */ + +err_status_t +rdb_init(rdb_t *rdb); + + +/* + * rdb_check + * + * checks to see if index appears in rdb + * + * returns err_status_fail if the index already appears in rdb, + * returns err_status_ok otherwise + */ + +err_status_t +rdb_check(const rdb_t *rdb, uint32_t rdb_index); + +/* + * rdb_add_index + * + * adds index to rdb_t (and does *not* check if index appears in db) + * + * returns err_status_ok on success, err_status_fail otherwise + * + */ + +err_status_t +rdb_add_index(rdb_t *rdb, uint32_t rdb_index); + +/* + * the functions rdb_increment() and rdb_get_value() are for use by + * senders, not receivers - DO NOT use these functions on the same + * rdb_t upon which rdb_add_index is used! + */ + + +/* + * rdb_increment(db) increments the sequence number in db, if it is + * not too high + * + * return values: + * + * err_status_ok no problem + * err_status_key_expired sequence number too high + * + */ +err_status_t +rdb_increment(rdb_t *rdb); + +/* + * rdb_get_value(db) returns the current sequence number of db + */ + +uint32_t +rdb_get_value(const rdb_t *rdb); + + +#endif /* REPLAY_DB_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/rdbx.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/rdbx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..146fb42 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/rdbx.h @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +/* + * rdbx.h + * + * replay database with extended packet indices, using a rollover counter + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + * + */ + +#ifndef RDBX_H +#define RDBX_H + +#include "datatypes.h" +#include "err.h" + +/* #define ROC_TEST */ + +#ifndef ROC_TEST + +typedef uint16_t sequence_number_t; /* 16 bit sequence number */ +typedef uint32_t rollover_counter_t; /* 32 bit rollover counter */ + +#else /* use small seq_num and roc datatypes for testing purposes */ + +typedef unsigned char sequence_number_t; /* 8 bit sequence number */ +typedef uint16_t rollover_counter_t; /* 16 bit rollover counter */ + +#endif + +#define seq_num_median (1 << (8*sizeof(sequence_number_t) - 1)) +#define seq_num_max (1 << (8*sizeof(sequence_number_t))) + +/* + * An xtd_seq_num_t is a 64-bit unsigned integer used as an 'extended' + * sequence number. + */ + +typedef uint64_t xtd_seq_num_t; + + +/* + * An rdbx_t is a replay database with extended range; it uses an + * xtd_seq_num_t and a bitmask of recently received indices. + */ + +typedef struct { + xtd_seq_num_t index; + bitvector_t bitmask; +} rdbx_t; + + +/* + * rdbx_init(rdbx_ptr, ws) + * + * initializes the rdbx pointed to by its argument with the window size ws, + * setting the rollover counter and sequence number to zero + */ + +err_status_t +rdbx_init(rdbx_t *rdbx, unsigned long ws); + + +/* + * rdbx_dealloc(rdbx_ptr) + * + * frees memory associated with the rdbx + */ + +err_status_t +rdbx_dealloc(rdbx_t *rdbx); + + +/* + * rdbx_estimate_index(rdbx, guess, s) + * + * given an rdbx and a sequence number s (from a newly arrived packet), + * sets the contents of *guess to contain the best guess of the packet + * index to which s corresponds, and returns the difference between + * *guess and the locally stored synch info + */ + +int +rdbx_estimate_index(const rdbx_t *rdbx, + xtd_seq_num_t *guess, + sequence_number_t s); + +/* + * rdbx_check(rdbx, delta); + * + * rdbx_check(&r, delta) checks to see if the xtd_seq_num_t + * which is at rdbx->window_start + delta is in the rdb + * + */ + +err_status_t +rdbx_check(const rdbx_t *rdbx, int difference); + +/* + * replay_add_index(rdbx, delta) + * + * adds the xtd_seq_num_t at rdbx->window_start + delta to replay_db + * (and does *not* check if that xtd_seq_num_t appears in db) + * + * this function should be called *only* after replay_check has + * indicated that the index does not appear in the rdbx, and a mutex + * should protect the rdbx between these calls if necessary. + */ + +err_status_t +rdbx_add_index(rdbx_t *rdbx, int delta); + + +/* + * rdbx_set_roc(rdbx, roc) initalizes the rdbx_t at the location rdbx + * to have the rollover counter value roc. If that value is less than + * the current rollover counter value, then the function returns + * err_status_replay_old; otherwise, err_status_ok is returned. + * + */ + +err_status_t +rdbx_set_roc(rdbx_t *rdbx, uint32_t roc); + +/* + * rdbx_get_roc(rdbx) returns the value of the rollover counter for + * the rdbx_t pointed to by rdbx + * + */ + +xtd_seq_num_t +rdbx_get_packet_index(const rdbx_t *rdbx); + +/* + * xtd_seq_num_t functions - these are *internal* functions of rdbx, and + * shouldn't be used to manipulate rdbx internal values. use the rdbx + * api instead! + */ + +/* + * rdbx_get_ws(rdbx_ptr) + * + * gets the window size which was used to initialize the rdbx + */ + +unsigned long +rdbx_get_window_size(const rdbx_t *rdbx); + + +/* index_init(&pi) initializes a packet index pi (sets it to zero) */ + +void +index_init(xtd_seq_num_t *pi); + +/* index_advance(&pi, s) advances a xtd_seq_num_t forward by s */ + +void +index_advance(xtd_seq_num_t *pi, sequence_number_t s); + + +/* + * index_guess(local, guess, s) + * + * given a xtd_seq_num_t local (which represents the highest + * known-to-be-good index) and a sequence number s (from a newly + * arrived packet), sets the contents of *guess to contain the best + * guess of the packet index to which s corresponds, and returns the + * difference between *guess and *local + */ + +int +index_guess(const xtd_seq_num_t *local, + xtd_seq_num_t *guess, + sequence_number_t s); + + +#endif /* RDBX_H */ + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/rtp.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/rtp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e0119c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/rtp.h @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +/* + * rtp.h + * + * rtp interface for srtp reference implementation + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + * + * data types: + * + * rtp_msg_t an rtp message (the data that goes on the wire) + * rtp_sender_t sender side socket and rtp info + * rtp_receiver_t receiver side socket and rtp info + * + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef RTP_H +#define RTP_H + +#ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H +# include <netinet/in.h> +#elif defined HAVE_WINSOCK2_H +# include <winsock2.h> +#endif + +#include "srtp.h" + +typedef struct rtp_sender_ctx_t *rtp_sender_t; + +typedef struct rtp_receiver_ctx_t *rtp_receiver_t; + +int +rtp_sendto(rtp_sender_t sender, const void* msg, int len); + +int +rtp_recvfrom(rtp_receiver_t receiver, void *msg, int *len); + +int +rtp_receiver_init(rtp_receiver_t rcvr, int sock, + struct sockaddr_in addr, unsigned int ssrc); + +int +rtp_sender_init(rtp_sender_t sender, int sock, + struct sockaddr_in addr, unsigned int ssrc); + +/* + * srtp_sender_init(...) initializes an rtp_sender_t + */ + +int +srtp_sender_init(rtp_sender_t rtp_ctx, /* structure to be init'ed */ + struct sockaddr_in name, /* socket name */ + sec_serv_t security_services, /* sec. servs. to be used */ + unsigned char *input_key /* master key/salt in hex */ + ); + +int +srtp_receiver_init(rtp_receiver_t rtp_ctx, /* structure to be init'ed */ + struct sockaddr_in name, /* socket name */ + sec_serv_t security_services, /* sec. servs. to be used */ + unsigned char *input_key /* master key/salt in hex */ + ); + + +int +rtp_sender_init_srtp(rtp_sender_t sender, const srtp_policy_t *policy); + +int +rtp_sender_deinit_srtp(rtp_sender_t sender); + +int +rtp_receiver_init_srtp(rtp_receiver_t sender, const srtp_policy_t *policy); + +int +rtp_receiver_deinit_srtp(rtp_receiver_t sender); + + +rtp_sender_t +rtp_sender_alloc(void); + +void +rtp_sender_dealloc(rtp_sender_t rtp_ctx); + +rtp_receiver_t +rtp_receiver_alloc(void); + +void +rtp_receiver_dealloc(rtp_receiver_t rtp_ctx); + + +/* + * RTP_HEADER_LEN indicates the size of an RTP header + */ +#define RTP_HEADER_LEN 12 + +/* + * RTP_MAX_BUF_LEN defines the largest RTP packet in the rtp.c implementation + */ +#define RTP_MAX_BUF_LEN 16384 + + +#endif /* RTP_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/rtp_priv.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/rtp_priv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1421386 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/rtp_priv.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + * rtp_priv.h + * + * private, internal header file for RTP + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef RTP_PRIV_H +#define RTP_PRIV_H + +#include "srtp_priv.h" +#include "rtp.h" + +typedef srtp_hdr_t rtp_hdr_t; + +typedef struct { + srtp_hdr_t header; + char body[RTP_MAX_BUF_LEN]; +} rtp_msg_t; + +typedef struct rtp_sender_ctx_t { + rtp_msg_t message; + int socket; + srtp_ctx_t *srtp_ctx; + struct sockaddr_in addr; /* reciever's address */ +} rtp_sender_ctx_t; + +typedef struct rtp_receiver_ctx_t { + rtp_msg_t message; + int socket; + srtp_ctx_t *srtp_ctx; + struct sockaddr_in addr; /* receiver's address */ +} rtp_receiver_ctx_t; + + +#endif /* RTP_PRIV_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/sha1.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/sha1.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3af4d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/sha1.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* + * sha1.h + * + * interface to the Secure Hash Algorithm v.1 (SHA-1), specified in + * FIPS 180-1 + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef SHA1_H +#define SHA1_H + +#include "err.h" +#include "datatypes.h" + +typedef struct { + uint32_t H[5]; /* state vector */ + uint32_t M[16]; /* message buffer */ + int octets_in_buffer; /* octets of message in buffer */ + uint32_t num_bits_in_msg; /* total number of bits in message */ +} sha1_ctx_t; + +/* + * sha1(&ctx, msg, len, output) hashes the len octets starting at msg + * into the SHA1 context, then writes the result to the 20 octets at + * output + * + */ + +void +sha1(const uint8_t *message, int octets_in_msg, uint32_t output[5]); + +/* + * sha1_init(&ctx) initializes the SHA1 context ctx + * + * sha1_update(&ctx, msg, len) hashes the len octets starting at msg + * into the SHA1 context + * + * sha1_final(&ctx, output) performs the final processing of the SHA1 + * context and writes the result to the 20 octets at output + * + */ + +void +sha1_init(sha1_ctx_t *ctx); + +void +sha1_update(sha1_ctx_t *ctx, const uint8_t *M, int octets_in_msg); + +void +sha1_final(sha1_ctx_t *ctx, uint32_t output[5]); + +/* + * The sha1_core function is INTERNAL to SHA-1, but it is declared + * here because it is also used by the cipher SEAL 3.0 in its key + * setup algorithm. + */ + +/* + * sha1_core(M, H) computes the core sha1 compression function, where M is + * the next part of the message and H is the intermediate state {H0, + * H1, ...} + * + * this function does not do any of the padding required in the + * complete sha1 function + */ + +void +sha1_core(const uint32_t M[16], uint32_t hash_value[5]); + +#endif /* SHA1_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/srtp.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/srtp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb95e7d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/srtp.h @@ -0,0 +1,1006 @@ +/* + * srtp.h + * + * interface to libsrtp + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef SRTP_H +#define SRTP_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "crypto_kernel.h" + +/** + * @defgroup SRTP Secure RTP + * + * @brief libSRTP provides functions for protecting RTP and RTCP. See + * Section @ref Overview for an introduction to the use of the library. + * + * @{ + */ + +/* + * SRTP_MASTER_KEY_LEN is the nominal master key length supported by libSRTP + */ + +#define SRTP_MASTER_KEY_LEN 30 + +/* + * SRTP_MAX_KEY_LEN is the maximum key length supported by libSRTP + */ +#define SRTP_MAX_KEY_LEN 64 + +/* + * SRTP_MAX_TAG_LEN is the maximum tag length supported by libSRTP + */ + +#define SRTP_MAX_TAG_LEN 12 + +/** + * SRTP_MAX_TRAILER_LEN is the maximum length of the SRTP trailer + * (authentication tag and MKI) supported by libSRTP. This value is + * the maximum number of octets that will be added to an RTP packet by + * srtp_protect(). + * + * @brief the maximum number of octets added by srtp_protect(). + */ +#define SRTP_MAX_TRAILER_LEN SRTP_MAX_TAG_LEN + +/* + * nota bene: since libSRTP doesn't support the use of the MKI, the + * SRTP_MAX_TRAILER_LEN value is just the maximum tag length + */ + +/** + * @brief sec_serv_t describes a set of security services. + * + * A sec_serv_t enumeration is used to describe the particular + * security services that will be applied by a particular crypto + * policy (or other mechanism). + */ + +typedef enum { + sec_serv_none = 0, /**< no services */ + sec_serv_conf = 1, /**< confidentiality */ + sec_serv_auth = 2, /**< authentication */ + sec_serv_conf_and_auth = 3 /**< confidentiality and authentication */ +} sec_serv_t; + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_t describes a particular crypto policy that + * can be applied to an SRTP stream. + * + * A crypto_policy_t describes a particular cryptographic policy that + * can be applied to an SRTP or SRTCP stream. An SRTP session policy + * consists of a list of these policies, one for each SRTP stream + * in the session. + */ + +typedef struct crypto_policy_t { + cipher_type_id_t cipher_type; /**< An integer representing + * the type of cipher. */ + int cipher_key_len; /**< The length of the cipher key + * in octets. */ + auth_type_id_t auth_type; /**< An integer representing the + * authentication function. */ + int auth_key_len; /**< The length of the authentication + * function key in octets. */ + int auth_tag_len; /**< The length of the authentication + * tag in octets. */ + sec_serv_t sec_serv; /**< The flag indicating the security + * services to be applied. */ +} crypto_policy_t; + + +/** + * @brief ssrc_type_t describes the type of an SSRC. + * + * An ssrc_type_t enumeration is used to indicate a type of SSRC. See + * @ref srtp_policy_t for more informataion. + */ + +typedef enum { + ssrc_undefined = 0, /**< Indicates an undefined SSRC type. */ + ssrc_specific = 1, /**< Indicates a specific SSRC value */ + ssrc_any_inbound = 2, /**< Indicates any inbound SSRC value + (i.e. a value that is used in the + function srtp_unprotect()) */ + ssrc_any_outbound = 3 /**< Indicates any outbound SSRC value + (i.e. a value that is used in the + function srtp_protect()) */ +} ssrc_type_t; + +/** + * @brief An ssrc_t represents a particular SSRC value, or a `wildcard' SSRC. + * + * An ssrc_t represents a particular SSRC value (if its type is + * ssrc_specific), or a wildcard SSRC value that will match all + * outbound SSRCs (if its type is ssrc_any_outbound) or all inbound + * SSRCs (if its type is ssrc_any_inbound). + * + */ + +typedef struct { + ssrc_type_t type; /**< The type of this particular SSRC */ + unsigned int value; /**< The value of this SSRC, if it is not a wildcard */ +} ssrc_t; + + +/** + * @brief points to an EKT policy + */ +typedef struct ekt_policy_ctx_t *ekt_policy_t; + + +/** + * @brief points to EKT stream data + */ +typedef struct ekt_stream_ctx_t *ekt_stream_t; + + +/** + * @brief represents the policy for an SRTP session. + * + * A single srtp_policy_t struct represents the policy for a single + * SRTP stream, and a linked list of these elements represents the + * policy for an entire SRTP session. Each element contains the SRTP + * and SRTCP crypto policies for that stream, a pointer to the SRTP + * master key for that stream, the SSRC describing that stream, or a + * flag indicating a `wildcard' SSRC value, and a `next' field that + * holds a pointer to the next element in the list of policy elements, + * or NULL if it is the last element. + * + * The wildcard value SSRC_ANY_INBOUND matches any SSRC from an + * inbound stream that for which there is no explicit SSRC entry in + * another policy element. Similarly, the value SSRC_ANY_OUTBOUND + * will matches any SSRC from an outbound stream that does not appear + * in another policy element. Note that wildcard SSRCs &b cannot be + * used to match both inbound and outbound traffic. This restriction + * is intentional, and it allows libSRTP to ensure that no security + * lapses result from accidental re-use of SSRC values during key + * sharing. + * + * + * @warning The final element of the list @b must have its `next' pointer + * set to NULL. + */ + +typedef struct srtp_policy_t { + ssrc_t ssrc; /**< The SSRC value of stream, or the + * flags SSRC_ANY_INBOUND or + * SSRC_ANY_OUTBOUND if key sharing + * is used for this policy element. + */ + crypto_policy_t rtp; /**< SRTP crypto policy. */ + crypto_policy_t rtcp; /**< SRTCP crypto policy. */ + unsigned char *key; /**< Pointer to the SRTP master key for + * this stream. */ + ekt_policy_t ekt; /**< Pointer to the EKT policy structure + * for this stream (if any) */ + unsigned long window_size; /**< The window size to use for replay + * protection. */ + int allow_repeat_tx; /**< Whether retransmissions of + * packets with the same sequence number + * are allowed. (Note that such repeated + * transmissions must have the same RTP + * payload, or a severe security weakness + * is introduced!) */ + struct srtp_policy_t *next; /**< Pointer to next stream policy. */ +} srtp_policy_t; + + + + +/** + * @brief An srtp_t points to an SRTP session structure. + * + * The typedef srtp_t is a pointer to a structure that represents + * an SRTP session. This datatype is intentially opaque in + * order to separate the interface from the implementation. + * + * An SRTP session consists of all of the traffic sent to the RTP and + * RTCP destination transport addresses, using the RTP/SAVP (Secure + * Audio/Video Profile). A session can be viewed as a set of SRTP + * streams, each of which originates with a different participant. + */ + +typedef struct srtp_ctx_t *srtp_t; + + +/** + * @brief An srtp_stream_t points to an SRTP stream structure. + * + * The typedef srtp_stream_t is a pointer to a structure that + * represents an SRTP stream. This datatype is intentionally + * opaque in order to separate the interface from the implementation. + * + * An SRTP stream consists of all of the traffic sent to an SRTP + * session by a single participant. A session can be viewed as + * a set of streams. + * + */ +typedef struct srtp_stream_ctx_t *srtp_stream_t; + + + +/** + * @brief srtp_init() initializes the srtp library. + * + * @warning This function @b must be called before any other srtp + * functions. + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_init(void); + +/** + * @brief srtp_shutdown() de-initializes the srtp library. + * + * @warning No srtp functions may be called after calling this function. + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_shutdown(void); + +/** + * @brief srtp_protect() is the Secure RTP sender-side packet processing + * function. + * + * The function call srtp_protect(ctx, rtp_hdr, len_ptr) applies SRTP + * protection to the RTP packet rtp_hdr (which has length *len_ptr) using + * the SRTP context ctx. If err_status_ok is returned, then rtp_hdr + * points to the resulting SRTP packet and *len_ptr is the number of + * octets in that packet; otherwise, no assumptions should be made + * about the value of either data elements. + * + * The sequence numbers of the RTP packets presented to this function + * need not be consecutive, but they @b must be out of order by less + * than 2^15 = 32,768 packets. + * + * @warning This function assumes that it can write the authentication + * tag into the location in memory immediately following the RTP + * packet, and assumes that the RTP packet is aligned on a 32-bit + * boundary. + * + * @param ctx is the SRTP context to use in processing the packet. + * + * @param rtp_hdr is a pointer to the RTP packet (before the call); after + * the function returns, it points to the srtp packet. + * + * @param len_ptr is a pointer to the length in octets of the complete + * RTP packet (header and body) before the function call, and of the + * complete SRTP packet after the call, if err_status_ok was returned. + * Otherwise, the value of the data to which it points is undefined. + * + * @return + * - err_status_ok no problems + * - err_status_replay_fail rtp sequence number was non-increasing + * - @e other failure in cryptographic mechanisms + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_protect(srtp_t ctx, void *rtp_hdr, int *len_ptr); + +/** + * @brief srtp_unprotect() is the Secure RTP receiver-side packet + * processing function. + * + * The function call srtp_unprotect(ctx, srtp_hdr, len_ptr) verifies + * the Secure RTP protection of the SRTP packet pointed to by srtp_hdr + * (which has length *len_ptr), using the SRTP context ctx. If + * err_status_ok is returned, then srtp_hdr points to the resulting + * RTP packet and *len_ptr is the number of octets in that packet; + * otherwise, no assumptions should be made about the value of either + * data elements. + * + * The sequence numbers of the RTP packets presented to this function + * need not be consecutive, but they @b must be out of order by less + * than 2^15 = 32,768 packets. + * + * @warning This function assumes that the SRTP packet is aligned on a + * 32-bit boundary. + * + * @param ctx is a pointer to the srtp_t which applies to the + * particular packet. + * + * @param srtp_hdr is a pointer to the header of the SRTP packet + * (before the call). after the function returns, it points to the + * rtp packet if err_status_ok was returned; otherwise, the value of + * the data to which it points is undefined. + * + * @param len_ptr is a pointer to the length in octets of the complete + * srtp packet (header and body) before the function call, and of the + * complete rtp packet after the call, if err_status_ok was returned. + * Otherwise, the value of the data to which it points is undefined. + * + * @return + * - err_status_ok if the RTP packet is valid. + * - err_status_auth_fail if the SRTP packet failed the message + * authentication check. + * - err_status_replay_fail if the SRTP packet is a replay (e.g. packet has + * already been processed and accepted). + * - [other] if there has been an error in the cryptographic mechanisms. + * + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_unprotect(srtp_t ctx, void *srtp_hdr, int *len_ptr); + + +/** + * @brief srtp_create() allocates and initializes an SRTP session. + + * The function call srtp_create(session, policy, key) allocates and + * initializes an SRTP session context, applying the given policy and + * key. + * + * @param session is the SRTP session to which the policy is to be added. + * + * @param policy is the srtp_policy_t struct that describes the policy + * for the session. The struct may be a single element, or it may be + * the head of a list, in which case each element of the list is + * processed. It may also be NULL, in which case streams should be added + * later using srtp_add_stream(). The final element of the list @b must + * have its `next' field set to NULL. + * + * @return + * - err_status_ok if creation succeded. + * - err_status_alloc_fail if allocation failed. + * - err_status_init_fail if initialization failed. + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_create(srtp_t *session, const srtp_policy_t *policy); + + +/** + * @brief srtp_add_stream() allocates and initializes an SRTP stream + * within a given SRTP session. + * + * The function call srtp_add_stream(session, policy) allocates and + * initializes a new SRTP stream within a given, previously created + * session, applying the policy given as the other argument to that + * stream. + * + * @return values: + * - err_status_ok if stream creation succeded. + * - err_status_alloc_fail if stream allocation failed + * - err_status_init_fail if stream initialization failed. + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_add_stream(srtp_t session, + const srtp_policy_t *policy); + + +/** + * @brief srtp_remove_stream() deallocates an SRTP stream. + * + * The function call srtp_remove_stream(session, ssrc) removes + * the SRTP stream with the SSRC value ssrc from the SRTP session + * context given by the argument session. + * + * @param session is the SRTP session from which the stream + * will be removed. + * + * @param ssrc is the SSRC value of the stream to be removed. + * + * @warning Wildcard SSRC values cannot be removed from a + * session. + * + * @return + * - err_status_ok if the stream deallocation succeded. + * - [other] otherwise. + * + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_remove_stream(srtp_t session, unsigned int ssrc); + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_rtp_default() sets a crypto policy + * structure to the SRTP default policy for RTP protection. + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_rtp_default(&p) sets the + * crypto_policy_t at location p to the SRTP default policy for RTP + * protection, as defined in the specification. This function is a + * convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly with the policy + * data structure. You are encouraged to initialize policy elements + * with this function call. Doing so may allow your code to be + * forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that include more + * elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @return void. + * + */ + +void +crypto_policy_set_rtp_default(crypto_policy_t *p); + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_rtcp_default() sets a crypto policy + * structure to the SRTP default policy for RTCP protection. + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_rtcp_default(&p) sets the + * crypto_policy_t at location p to the SRTP default policy for RTCP + * protection, as defined in the specification. This function is a + * convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly with the policy + * data structure. You are encouraged to initialize policy elements + * with this function call. Doing so may allow your code to be + * forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that include more + * elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @return void. + * + */ + +void +crypto_policy_set_rtcp_default(crypto_policy_t *p); + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_hmac_sha1_80() sets a crypto + * policy structure to the SRTP default policy for RTP protection. + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_hmac_sha1_80() is a + * synonym for crypto_policy_set_rtp_default(). It conforms to the + * naming convention used in RFC 4568 (SDP Security Descriptions for + * Media Streams). + * + * @return void. + * + */ + +#define crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_hmac_sha1_80(p) crypto_policy_set_rtp_default(p) + + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_hmac_sha1_32() sets a crypto + * policy structure to a short-authentication tag policy + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_hmac_sha1_32(&p) + * sets the crypto_policy_t at location p to use policy + * AES_CM_128_HMAC_SHA1_32 as defined in RFC 4568. + * This policy uses AES-128 + * Counter Mode encryption and HMAC-SHA1 authentication, with an + * authentication tag that is only 32 bits long. This length is + * considered adequate only for protecting audio and video media that + * use a stateless playback function. See Section 7.5 of RFC 3711 + * (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3711.txt). + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @warning This crypto policy is intended for use in SRTP, but not in + * SRTCP. It is recommended that a policy that uses longer + * authentication tags be used for SRTCP. See Section 7.5 of RFC 3711 + * (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3711.txt). + * + * @return void. + * + */ + +void +crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_hmac_sha1_32(crypto_policy_t *p); + + + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_null_auth() sets a crypto + * policy structure to an encryption-only policy + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_null_auth(&p) sets + * the crypto_policy_t at location p to use the SRTP default cipher + * (AES-128 Counter Mode), but to use no authentication method. This + * policy is NOT RECOMMENDED unless it is unavoidable; see Section 7.5 + * of RFC 3711 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3711.txt). + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @warning This policy is NOT RECOMMENDED for SRTP unless it is + * unavoidable, and it is NOT RECOMMENDED at all for SRTCP; see + * Section 7.5 of RFC 3711 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3711.txt). + * + * @return void. + * + */ + +void +crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_128_null_auth(crypto_policy_t *p); + + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_null_cipher_hmac_sha1_80() sets a crypto + * policy structure to an authentication-only policy + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_null_cipher_hmac_sha1_80(&p) + * sets the crypto_policy_t at location p to use HMAC-SHA1 with an 80 + * bit authentication tag to provide message authentication, but to + * use no encryption. This policy is NOT RECOMMENDED for SRTP unless + * there is a requirement to forego encryption. + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @warning This policy is NOT RECOMMENDED for SRTP unless there is a + * requirement to forego encryption. + * + * @return void. + * + */ + +void +crypto_policy_set_null_cipher_hmac_sha1_80(crypto_policy_t *p); + + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_256_hmac_sha1_80() sets a crypto + * policy structure to a encryption and authentication policy using AES-256 + * for RTP protection. + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_256_hmac_sha1_80(&p) + * sets the crypto_policy_t at location p to use policy + * AES_CM_256_HMAC_SHA1_80 as defined in + * draft-ietf-avt-srtp-big-aes-03.txt. This policy uses AES-256 + * Counter Mode encryption and HMAC-SHA1 authentication, with an 80 bit + * authentication tag. + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @return void. + * + */ + +void crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_256_hmac_sha1_80(crypto_policy_t *p); + + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_256_hmac_sha1_32() sets a crypto + * policy structure to a short-authentication tag policy using AES-256 + * encryption. + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_256_hmac_sha1_32(&p) + * sets the crypto_policy_t at location p to use policy + * AES_CM_256_HMAC_SHA1_32 as defined in + * draft-ietf-avt-srtp-big-aes-03.txt. This policy uses AES-256 + * Counter Mode encryption and HMAC-SHA1 authentication, with an + * authentication tag that is only 32 bits long. This length is + * considered adequate only for protecting audio and video media that + * use a stateless playback function. See Section 7.5 of RFC 3711 + * (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3711.txt). + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @warning This crypto policy is intended for use in SRTP, but not in + * SRTCP. It is recommended that a policy that uses longer + * authentication tags be used for SRTCP. See Section 7.5 of RFC 3711 + * (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3711.txt). + * + * @return void. + * + */ + +void +crypto_policy_set_aes_cm_256_hmac_sha1_32(crypto_policy_t *p); + + +/** + * @brief srtp_dealloc() deallocates storage for an SRTP session + * context. + * + * The function call srtp_dealloc(s) deallocates storage for the + * SRTP session context s. This function should be called no more + * than one time for each of the contexts allocated by the function + * srtp_create(). + * + * @param s is the srtp_t for the session to be deallocated. + * + * @return + * - err_status_ok if there no problems. + * - err_status_dealloc_fail a memory deallocation failure occured. + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_dealloc(srtp_t s); + + +/* + * @brief identifies a particular SRTP profile + * + * An srtp_profile_t enumeration is used to identify a particular SRTP + * profile (that is, a set of algorithms and parameters). These + * profiles are defined in the DTLS-SRTP draft. + */ + +typedef enum { + srtp_profile_reserved = 0, + srtp_profile_aes128_cm_sha1_80 = 1, + srtp_profile_aes128_cm_sha1_32 = 2, + srtp_profile_aes256_cm_sha1_80 = 3, + srtp_profile_aes256_cm_sha1_32 = 4, + srtp_profile_null_sha1_80 = 5, + srtp_profile_null_sha1_32 = 6, +} srtp_profile_t; + + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_from_profile_for_rtp() sets a crypto policy + * structure to the appropriate value for RTP based on an srtp_profile_t + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_rtp_default(&policy, profile) + * sets the crypto_policy_t at location policy to the policy for RTP + * protection, as defined by the srtp_profile_t profile. + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @return values + * - err_status_ok no problems were encountered + * - err_status_bad_param the profile is not supported + * + */ +err_status_t +crypto_policy_set_from_profile_for_rtp(crypto_policy_t *policy, + srtp_profile_t profile); + + + + +/** + * @brief crypto_policy_set_from_profile_for_rtcp() sets a crypto policy + * structure to the appropriate value for RTCP based on an srtp_profile_t + * + * @param p is a pointer to the policy structure to be set + * + * The function call crypto_policy_set_rtcp_default(&policy, profile) + * sets the crypto_policy_t at location policy to the policy for RTCP + * protection, as defined by the srtp_profile_t profile. + * + * This function is a convenience that helps to avoid dealing directly + * with the policy data structure. You are encouraged to initialize + * policy elements with this function call. Doing so may allow your + * code to be forward compatible with later versions of libSRTP that + * include more elements in the crypto_policy_t datatype. + * + * @return values + * - err_status_ok no problems were encountered + * - err_status_bad_param the profile is not supported + * + */ +err_status_t +crypto_policy_set_from_profile_for_rtcp(crypto_policy_t *policy, + srtp_profile_t profile); + +/** + * @brief returns the master key length for a given SRTP profile + */ +unsigned int +srtp_profile_get_master_key_length(srtp_profile_t profile); + + +/** + * @brief returns the master salt length for a given SRTP profile + */ +unsigned int +srtp_profile_get_master_salt_length(srtp_profile_t profile); + +/** + * @brief appends the salt to the key + * + * The function call append_salt_to_key(k, klen, s, slen) + * copies the string s to the location at klen bytes following + * the location k. + * + * @warning There must be at least bytes_in_salt + bytes_in_key bytes + * available at the location pointed to by key. + * + */ + +void +append_salt_to_key(unsigned char *key, unsigned int bytes_in_key, + unsigned char *salt, unsigned int bytes_in_salt); + + + +/** + * @} + */ + + + +/** + * @defgroup SRTCP Secure RTCP + * @ingroup SRTP + * + * @brief Secure RTCP functions are used to protect RTCP traffic. + * + * RTCP is the control protocol for RTP. libSRTP protects RTCP + * traffic in much the same way as it does RTP traffic. The function + * srtp_protect_rtcp() applies cryptographic protections to outbound + * RTCP packets, and srtp_unprotect_rtcp() verifies the protections on + * inbound RTCP packets. + * + * A note on the naming convention: srtp_protect_rtcp() has an srtp_t + * as its first argument, and thus has `srtp_' as its prefix. The + * trailing `_rtcp' indicates the protocol on which it acts. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief srtp_protect_rtcp() is the Secure RTCP sender-side packet + * processing function. + * + * The function call srtp_protect_rtcp(ctx, rtp_hdr, len_ptr) applies + * SRTCP protection to the RTCP packet rtcp_hdr (which has length + * *len_ptr) using the SRTP session context ctx. If err_status_ok is + * returned, then rtp_hdr points to the resulting SRTCP packet and + * *len_ptr is the number of octets in that packet; otherwise, no + * assumptions should be made about the value of either data elements. + * + * @warning This function assumes that it can write the authentication + * tag into the location in memory immediately following the RTCP + * packet, and assumes that the RTCP packet is aligned on a 32-bit + * boundary. + * + * @param ctx is the SRTP context to use in processing the packet. + * + * @param rtcp_hdr is a pointer to the RTCP packet (before the call); after + * the function returns, it points to the srtp packet. + * + * @param pkt_octet_len is a pointer to the length in octets of the + * complete RTCP packet (header and body) before the function call, + * and of the complete SRTCP packet after the call, if err_status_ok + * was returned. Otherwise, the value of the data to which it points + * is undefined. + * + * @return + * - err_status_ok if there were no problems. + * - [other] if there was a failure in + * the cryptographic mechanisms. + */ + + +err_status_t +srtp_protect_rtcp(srtp_t ctx, void *rtcp_hdr, int *pkt_octet_len); + +/** + * @brief srtp_unprotect_rtcp() is the Secure RTCP receiver-side packet + * processing function. + * + * The function call srtp_unprotect_rtcp(ctx, srtp_hdr, len_ptr) + * verifies the Secure RTCP protection of the SRTCP packet pointed to + * by srtcp_hdr (which has length *len_ptr), using the SRTP session + * context ctx. If err_status_ok is returned, then srtcp_hdr points + * to the resulting RTCP packet and *len_ptr is the number of octets + * in that packet; otherwise, no assumptions should be made about the + * value of either data elements. + * + * @warning This function assumes that the SRTCP packet is aligned on a + * 32-bit boundary. + * + * @param ctx is a pointer to the srtp_t which applies to the + * particular packet. + * + * @param srtcp_hdr is a pointer to the header of the SRTCP packet + * (before the call). After the function returns, it points to the + * rtp packet if err_status_ok was returned; otherwise, the value of + * the data to which it points is undefined. + * + * @param pkt_octet_len is a pointer to the length in octets of the + * complete SRTCP packet (header and body) before the function call, + * and of the complete rtp packet after the call, if err_status_ok was + * returned. Otherwise, the value of the data to which it points is + * undefined. + * + * @return + * - err_status_ok if the RTCP packet is valid. + * - err_status_auth_fail if the SRTCP packet failed the message + * authentication check. + * - err_status_replay_fail if the SRTCP packet is a replay (e.g. has + * already been processed and accepted). + * - [other] if there has been an error in the cryptographic mechanisms. + * + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_unprotect_rtcp(srtp_t ctx, void *srtcp_hdr, int *pkt_octet_len); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @defgroup SRTPevents SRTP events and callbacks + * @ingroup SRTP + * + * @brief libSRTP can use a user-provided callback function to + * handle events. + * + * + * libSRTP allows a user to provide a callback function to handle + * events that need to be dealt with outside of the data plane (see + * the enum srtp_event_t for a description of these events). Dealing + * with these events is not a strict necessity; they are not + * security-critical, but the application may suffer if they are not + * handled. The function srtp_set_event_handler() is used to provide + * the callback function. + * + * A default event handler that merely reports on the events as they + * happen is included. It is also possible to set the event handler + * function to NULL, in which case all events will just be silently + * ignored. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief srtp_event_t defines events that need to be handled + * + * The enum srtp_event_t defines events that need to be handled + * outside the `data plane', such as SSRC collisions and + * key expirations. + * + * When a key expires or the maximum number of packets has been + * reached, an SRTP stream will enter an `expired' state in which no + * more packets can be protected or unprotected. When this happens, + * it is likely that you will want to either deallocate the stream + * (using srtp_stream_dealloc()), and possibly allocate a new one. + * + * When an SRTP stream expires, the other streams in the same session + * are unaffected, unless key sharing is used by that stream. In the + * latter case, all of the streams in the session will expire. + */ + +typedef enum { + event_ssrc_collision, /**< + * An SSRC collision occured. + */ + event_key_soft_limit, /**< An SRTP stream reached the soft key + * usage limit and will expire soon. + */ + event_key_hard_limit, /**< An SRTP stream reached the hard + * key usage limit and has expired. + */ + event_packet_index_limit /**< An SRTP stream reached the hard + * packet limit (2^48 packets). + */ +} srtp_event_t; + +/** + * @brief srtp_event_data_t is the structure passed as a callback to + * the event handler function + * + * The struct srtp_event_data_t holds the data passed to the event + * handler function. + */ + +typedef struct srtp_event_data_t { + srtp_t session; /**< The session in which the event happend. */ + srtp_stream_t stream; /**< The stream in which the event happend. */ + srtp_event_t event; /**< An enum indicating the type of event. */ +} srtp_event_data_t; + +/** + * @brief srtp_event_handler_func_t is the function prototype for + * the event handler. + * + * The typedef srtp_event_handler_func_t is the prototype for the + * event handler function. It has as its only argument an + * srtp_event_data_t which describes the event that needs to be handled. + * There can only be a single, global handler for all events in + * libSRTP. + */ + +typedef void (srtp_event_handler_func_t)(srtp_event_data_t *data); + +/** + * @brief sets the event handler to the function supplied by the caller. + * + * The function call srtp_install_event_handler(func) sets the event + * handler function to the value func. The value NULL is acceptable + * as an argument; in this case, events will be ignored rather than + * handled. + * + * @param func is a pointer to a fuction that takes an srtp_event_data_t + * pointer as an argument and returns void. This function + * will be used by libSRTP to handle events. + */ + +err_status_t +srtp_install_event_handler(srtp_event_handler_func_t func); + +/** + * @} + */ +/* in host order, so outside the #if */ +#define SRTCP_E_BIT 0x80000000 +/* for byte-access */ +#define SRTCP_E_BYTE_BIT 0x80 +#define SRTCP_INDEX_MASK 0x7fffffff + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* SRTP_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/srtp_priv.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/srtp_priv.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf2274e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/srtp_priv.h @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +/* + * srtp_priv.h + * + * private internal data structures and functions for libSRTP + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006 Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef SRTP_PRIV_H +#define SRTP_PRIV_H + +#include "srtp.h" +#include "rdbx.h" +#include "rdb.h" +#include "integers.h" + +/* + * an srtp_hdr_t represents the srtp header + * + * in this implementation, an srtp_hdr_t is assumed to be 32-bit aligned + * + * (note that this definition follows that of RFC 1889 Appendix A, but + * is not identical) + */ + +#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + +/* + * srtp_hdr_t represents an RTP or SRTP header. The bit-fields in + * this structure should be declared "unsigned int" instead of + * "unsigned char", but doing so causes the MS compiler to not + * fully pack the bit fields. + */ + +typedef struct { + unsigned char cc:4; /* CSRC count */ + unsigned char x:1; /* header extension flag */ + unsigned char p:1; /* padding flag */ + unsigned char version:2; /* protocol version */ + unsigned char pt:7; /* payload type */ + unsigned char m:1; /* marker bit */ + uint16_t seq; /* sequence number */ + uint32_t ts; /* timestamp */ + uint32_t ssrc; /* synchronization source */ +} srtp_hdr_t; + +#else /* BIG_ENDIAN */ + +typedef struct { + unsigned char version:2; /* protocol version */ + unsigned char p:1; /* padding flag */ + unsigned char x:1; /* header extension flag */ + unsigned char cc:4; /* CSRC count */ + unsigned char m:1; /* marker bit */ + unsigned pt:7; /* payload type */ + uint16_t seq; /* sequence number */ + uint32_t ts; /* timestamp */ + uint32_t ssrc; /* synchronization source */ +} srtp_hdr_t; + +#endif + +typedef struct { + uint16_t profile_specific; /* profile-specific info */ + uint16_t length; /* number of 32-bit words in extension */ +} srtp_hdr_xtnd_t; + + +/* + * srtcp_hdr_t represents a secure rtcp header + * + * in this implementation, an srtcp header is assumed to be 32-bit + * alinged + */ + +#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN + +typedef struct { + unsigned char rc:5; /* reception report count */ + unsigned char p:1; /* padding flag */ + unsigned char version:2; /* protocol version */ + unsigned char pt:8; /* payload type */ + uint16_t len; /* length */ + uint32_t ssrc; /* synchronization source */ +} srtcp_hdr_t; + +typedef struct { + unsigned int index:31; /* srtcp packet index in network order! */ + unsigned int e:1; /* encrypted? 1=yes */ + /* optional mikey/etc go here */ + /* and then the variable-length auth tag */ +} srtcp_trailer_t; + + +#else /* BIG_ENDIAN */ + +typedef struct { + unsigned char version:2; /* protocol version */ + unsigned char p:1; /* padding flag */ + unsigned char rc:5; /* reception report count */ + unsigned char pt:8; /* payload type */ + uint16_t len; /* length */ + uint32_t ssrc; /* synchronization source */ +} srtcp_hdr_t; + +typedef struct { + unsigned int version:2; /* protocol version */ + unsigned int p:1; /* padding flag */ + unsigned int count:5; /* varies by packet type */ + unsigned int pt:8; /* payload type */ + uint16_t length; /* len of uint32s of packet less header */ +} rtcp_common_t; + +typedef struct { + unsigned int e:1; /* encrypted? 1=yes */ + unsigned int index:31; /* srtcp packet index */ + /* optional mikey/etc go here */ + /* and then the variable-length auth tag */ +} srtcp_trailer_t; + +#endif + + +/* + * the following declarations are libSRTP internal functions + */ + +/* + * srtp_get_stream(ssrc) returns a pointer to the stream corresponding + * to ssrc, or NULL if no stream exists for that ssrc + */ + +srtp_stream_t +srtp_get_stream(srtp_t srtp, uint32_t ssrc); + + +/* + * srtp_stream_init_keys(s, k) (re)initializes the srtp_stream_t s by + * deriving all of the needed keys using the KDF and the key k. + */ + + +err_status_t +srtp_stream_init_keys(srtp_stream_t srtp, const void *key); + +/* + * srtp_stream_init(s, p) initializes the srtp_stream_t s to + * use the policy at the location p + */ +err_status_t +srtp_stream_init(srtp_stream_t srtp, + const srtp_policy_t *p); + + +/* + * libsrtp internal datatypes + */ + +typedef enum direction_t { + dir_unknown = 0, + dir_srtp_sender = 1, + dir_srtp_receiver = 2 +} direction_t; + +/* + * an srtp_stream_t has its own SSRC, encryption key, authentication + * key, sequence number, and replay database + * + * note that the keys might not actually be unique, in which case the + * cipher_t and auth_t pointers will point to the same structures + */ + +typedef struct srtp_stream_ctx_t { + uint32_t ssrc; + cipher_t *rtp_cipher; + auth_t *rtp_auth; + rdbx_t rtp_rdbx; + sec_serv_t rtp_services; + cipher_t *rtcp_cipher; + auth_t *rtcp_auth; + rdb_t rtcp_rdb; + sec_serv_t rtcp_services; + key_limit_ctx_t *limit; + direction_t direction; + int allow_repeat_tx; + ekt_stream_t ekt; + struct srtp_stream_ctx_t *next; /* linked list of streams */ +} srtp_stream_ctx_t; + + +/* + * an srtp_ctx_t holds a stream list and a service description + */ + +typedef struct srtp_ctx_t { + srtp_stream_ctx_t *stream_list; /* linked list of streams */ + srtp_stream_ctx_t *stream_template; /* act as template for other streams */ +} srtp_ctx_t; + + + +/* + * srtp_handle_event(srtp, srtm, evnt) calls the event handling + * function, if there is one. + * + * This macro is not included in the documentation as it is + * an internal-only function. + */ + +#define srtp_handle_event(srtp, strm, evnt) \ + if(srtp_event_handler) { \ + srtp_event_data_t data; \ + data.session = srtp; \ + data.stream = strm; \ + data.event = evnt; \ + srtp_event_handler(&data); \ +} + + +#endif /* SRTP_PRIV_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/stat.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/stat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e28b131 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/stat.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * stats.h + * + * interface to statistical test functions + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright(c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + +#ifndef STAT_H +#define STAT_H + +#include "datatypes.h" /* for uint8_t */ +#include "err.h" /* for err_status_t */ +#include "rand_source.h" /* for rand_source_func_t definition */ + +err_status_t +stat_test_monobit(uint8_t *data); + +err_status_t +stat_test_poker(uint8_t *data); + +err_status_t +stat_test_runs(uint8_t *data); + +err_status_t +stat_test_rand_source(rand_source_func_t rs); + +err_status_t +stat_test_rand_source_with_repetition(rand_source_func_t source, unsigned num_trials); + +#endif /* STAT_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/ut_sim.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/ut_sim.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c25feeb --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/ut_sim.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * ut-sim.h + * + * an unreliable transport simulator + * (for testing replay databases and suchlike) + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +/* + * + * Copyright (c) 2001-2006, Cisco Systems, Inc. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above + * copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following + * disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided + * with the distribution. + * + * Neither the name of the Cisco Systems, Inc. nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS + * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE + * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, + * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES + * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, + * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) + * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED + * OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + + + +#ifndef UT_SIM_H +#define UT_SIM_H + +#include "integers.h" /* for uint32_t */ + +#define UT_BUF 160 /* maximum amount of packet reorder */ + +typedef struct { + uint32_t index; + uint32_t buffer[UT_BUF]; +} ut_connection; + +/* + * ut_init(&u) initializes the ut_connection + * + * this function should always be the first one called on a new + * ut_connection + */ + +void +ut_init(ut_connection *utc); + +/* + * ut_next_index(&u) returns the next index from the simulated + * unreliable connection + */ + +uint32_t +ut_next_index(ut_connection *utc); + + +#endif /* UT_SIM_H */ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/xfm.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/xfm.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5837149 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/srtp/xfm.h @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +/* + * xfm.h + * + * interface for abstract crypto transform + * + * David A. McGrew + * Cisco Systems, Inc. + */ + +#ifndef XFM_H +#define XFM_H + +#include "crypto_kernel.h" +#include "err.h" + +/** + * @defgroup Crypto Cryptography + * + * A simple interface to an abstract cryptographic transform that + * provides both confidentiality and message authentication. + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief applies a crypto transform + * + * The function pointer xfm_func_t points to a function that + * implements a crypto transform, and provides a uniform API for + * accessing crypto mechanisms. + * + * @param key location of secret key + * + * @param clear data to be authenticated only + * + * @param clear_len length of data to be authenticated only + * + * @param iv location to write the Initialization Vector (IV) + * + * @param protect location of the data to be encrypted and + * authenticated (before the function call), and the ciphertext + * and authentication tag (after the call) + * + * @param protected_len location of the length of the data to be + * encrypted and authenticated (before the function call), and the + * length of the ciphertext (after the call) + * + * @param auth_tag location to write auth tag + */ + +typedef err_status_t (*xfm_func_t) + (void *key, + void *clear, + unsigned clear_len, + void *iv, + void *protect, + unsigned *protected_len, + void *auth_tag + ); + +typedef +err_status_t (*xfm_inv_t) + (void *key, /* location of secret key */ + void *clear, /* data to be authenticated only */ + unsigned clear_len, /* length of data to be authenticated only */ + void *iv, /* location of iv */ + void *opaque, /* data to be decrypted and authenticated */ + unsigned *opaque_len, /* location of the length of data to be + * decrypted and authd (before and after) + */ + void *auth_tag /* location of auth tag */ + ); + +typedef struct xfm_ctx_t { + xfm_func_t func; + xfm_inv_t inv; + unsigned key_len; + unsigned iv_len; + unsigned auth_tag_len; +} xfm_ctx_t; + +typedef xfm_ctx_t *xfm_t; + +#define xfm_get_key_len(xfm) ((xfm)->key_len) + +#define xfm_get_iv_len(xfm) ((xfm)->iv_len) + +#define xfm_get_auth_tag_len(xfm) ((xfm)->auth_tag_len) + + +/* cryptoalgo - 5/28 */ + +typedef err_status_t (*cryptoalg_func_t) + (void *key, + void *clear, + unsigned clear_len, + void *iv, + void *opaque, + unsigned *opaque_len + ); + +typedef +err_status_t (*cryptoalg_inv_t) + (void *key, /* location of secret key */ + void *clear, /* data to be authenticated only */ + unsigned clear_len, /* length of data to be authenticated only */ + void *iv, /* location of iv */ + void *opaque, /* data to be decrypted and authenticated */ + unsigned *opaque_len /* location of the length of data to be + * decrypted and authd (before and after) + */ + ); + +typedef struct cryptoalg_ctx_t { + cryptoalg_func_t enc; + cryptoalg_inv_t dec; + unsigned key_len; + unsigned iv_len; + unsigned auth_tag_len; + unsigned max_expansion; +} cryptoalg_ctx_t; + +typedef cryptoalg_ctx_t *cryptoalg_t; + +#define cryptoalg_get_key_len(cryptoalg) ((cryptoalg)->key_len) + +#define cryptoalg_get_iv_len(cryptoalg) ((cryptoalg)->iv_len) + +#define cryptoalg_get_auth_tag_len(cryptoalg) ((cryptoalg)->auth_tag_len) + + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* XFM_H */ + + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/svc_context.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/svc_context.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5d0fbbd --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/svc_context.h @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2013 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +/** + * SvcContext - input parameters and state to encode a multi-layered + * spatial SVC frame + */ + +#ifndef VPX_SVC_CONTEXT_H_ +#define VPX_SVC_CONTEXT_H_ + +#include "./vp8cx.h" +#include "./vpx_encoder.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef enum SVC_ENCODING_MODE { + INTER_LAYER_PREDICTION_I, + ALT_INTER_LAYER_PREDICTION_IP, + INTER_LAYER_PREDICTION_IP, + USE_GOLDEN_FRAME +} SVC_ENCODING_MODE; + +typedef enum SVC_LOG_LEVEL { + SVC_LOG_ERROR, + SVC_LOG_INFO, + SVC_LOG_DEBUG +} SVC_LOG_LEVEL; + +typedef struct { + // public interface to svc_command options + int spatial_layers; // number of layers + SVC_ENCODING_MODE encoding_mode; // svc encoding strategy + SVC_LOG_LEVEL log_level; // amount of information to display + int log_print; // when set, printf log messages instead of returning the + // message with svc_get_message + + // private storage for vpx_svc_encode + void *internal; +} SvcContext; + +/** + * Set SVC options + * options are supplied as a single string separated by spaces + * Format: encoding-mode=<i|ip|alt-ip|gf> + * layers=<layer_count> + * scaling-factors=<n1>/<d1>,<n2>/<d2>,... + * quantizers=<q1>,<q2>,... + */ +vpx_codec_err_t vpx_svc_set_options(SvcContext *svc_ctx, const char *options); + +/** + * Set SVC quantizer values + * values comma separated, ordered from lowest resolution to highest + * e.g., "60,53,39,33,27" + */ +vpx_codec_err_t vpx_svc_set_quantizers(SvcContext *svc_ctx, + const char *quantizer_values, + const int is_for_keyframe); + +/** + * Set SVC scale factors + * values comma separated, ordered from lowest resolution to highest + * e.g., "4/16,5/16,7/16,11/16,16/16" + */ +vpx_codec_err_t vpx_svc_set_scale_factors(SvcContext *svc_ctx, + const char *scale_factors); + +/** + * initialize SVC encoding + */ +vpx_codec_err_t vpx_svc_init(SvcContext *svc_ctx, vpx_codec_ctx_t *codec_ctx, + vpx_codec_iface_t *iface, + vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg); +/** + * encode a frame of video with multiple layers + */ +vpx_codec_err_t vpx_svc_encode(SvcContext *svc_ctx, vpx_codec_ctx_t *codec_ctx, + struct vpx_image *rawimg, vpx_codec_pts_t pts, + int64_t duration, int deadline); + +/** + * finished with svc encoding, release allocated resources + */ +void vpx_svc_release(SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +/** + * dump accumulated statistics and reset accumulated values + */ +const char *vpx_svc_dump_statistics(SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +/** + * get status message from previous encode + */ +const char *vpx_svc_get_message(const SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +/** + * return size of encoded data to be returned by vpx_svc_get_buffer + */ +size_t vpx_svc_get_frame_size(const SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +/** + * return buffer with encoded data + */ +void *vpx_svc_get_buffer(const SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +/** + * return size of two pass rate control stats data to be returned by + * vpx_svc_get_rc_stats_buffer + */ +size_t vpx_svc_get_rc_stats_buffer_size(const SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +/** + * return buffer two pass of rate control stats data + */ +char *vpx_svc_get_rc_stats_buffer(const SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +/** + * return spatial resolution of the specified layer + */ +vpx_codec_err_t vpx_svc_get_layer_resolution(const SvcContext *svc_ctx, + int layer, + unsigned int *width, + unsigned int *height); +/** + * return number of frames that have been encoded + */ +int vpx_svc_get_encode_frame_count(const SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +/** + * return 1 if last encoded frame was a keyframe + */ +int vpx_svc_is_keyframe(const SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +/** + * force the next frame to be a keyframe + */ +void vpx_svc_set_keyframe(SvcContext *svc_ctx); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif // VPX_SVC_CONTEXT_H_ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vp8.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vp8.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a31af6 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vp8.h @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +/*!\defgroup vp8 VP8 + * \ingroup codecs + * VP8 is vpx's newest video compression algorithm that uses motion + * compensated prediction, Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT) coding of the + * prediction error signal and context dependent entropy coding techniques + * based on arithmetic principles. It features: + * - YUV 4:2:0 image format + * - Macro-block based coding (16x16 luma plus two 8x8 chroma) + * - 1/4 (1/8) pixel accuracy motion compensated prediction + * - 4x4 DCT transform + * - 128 level linear quantizer + * - In loop deblocking filter + * - Context-based entropy coding + * + * @{ + */ +/*!\file + * \brief Provides controls common to both the VP8 encoder and decoder. + */ +#ifndef VPX_VP8_H_ +#define VPX_VP8_H_ + +#include "./vpx_codec.h" +#include "./vpx_image.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/*!\brief Control functions + * + * The set of macros define the control functions of VP8 interface + */ +enum vp8_com_control_id { + VP8_SET_REFERENCE = 1, /**< pass in an external frame into decoder to be used as reference frame */ + VP8_COPY_REFERENCE = 2, /**< get a copy of reference frame from the decoder */ + VP8_SET_POSTPROC = 3, /**< set the decoder's post processing settings */ + VP8_SET_DBG_COLOR_REF_FRAME = 4, /**< set the reference frames to color for each macroblock */ + VP8_SET_DBG_COLOR_MB_MODES = 5, /**< set which macro block modes to color */ + VP8_SET_DBG_COLOR_B_MODES = 6, /**< set which blocks modes to color */ + VP8_SET_DBG_DISPLAY_MV = 7, /**< set which motion vector modes to draw */ + + /* TODO(jkoleszar): The encoder incorrectly reuses some of these values (5+) + * for its control ids. These should be migrated to something like the + * VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START range next time we're ready to break the ABI. + */ + VP9_GET_REFERENCE = 128, /**< get a pointer to a reference frame */ + VP8_COMMON_CTRL_ID_MAX, + VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START = 256 +}; + +/*!\brief post process flags + * + * The set of macros define VP8 decoder post processing flags + */ +enum vp8_postproc_level { + VP8_NOFILTERING = 0, + VP8_DEBLOCK = 1 << 0, + VP8_DEMACROBLOCK = 1 << 1, + VP8_ADDNOISE = 1 << 2, + VP8_DEBUG_TXT_FRAME_INFO = 1 << 3, /**< print frame information */ + VP8_DEBUG_TXT_MBLK_MODES = 1 << 4, /**< print macro block modes over each macro block */ + VP8_DEBUG_TXT_DC_DIFF = 1 << 5, /**< print dc diff for each macro block */ + VP8_DEBUG_TXT_RATE_INFO = 1 << 6, /**< print video rate info (encoder only) */ + VP8_MFQE = 1 << 10 +}; + +/*!\brief post process flags + * + * This define a structure that describe the post processing settings. For + * the best objective measure (using the PSNR metric) set post_proc_flag + * to VP8_DEBLOCK and deblocking_level to 1. + */ + +typedef struct vp8_postproc_cfg { + int post_proc_flag; /**< the types of post processing to be done, should be combination of "vp8_postproc_level" */ + int deblocking_level; /**< the strength of deblocking, valid range [0, 16] */ + int noise_level; /**< the strength of additive noise, valid range [0, 16] */ +} vp8_postproc_cfg_t; + +/*!\brief reference frame type + * + * The set of macros define the type of VP8 reference frames + */ +typedef enum vpx_ref_frame_type { + VP8_LAST_FRAME = 1, + VP8_GOLD_FRAME = 2, + VP8_ALTR_FRAME = 4 +} vpx_ref_frame_type_t; + +/*!\brief reference frame data struct + * + * Define the data struct to access vp8 reference frames. + */ +typedef struct vpx_ref_frame { + vpx_ref_frame_type_t frame_type; /**< which reference frame */ + vpx_image_t img; /**< reference frame data in image format */ +} vpx_ref_frame_t; + +/*!\brief VP9 specific reference frame data struct + * + * Define the data struct to access vp9 reference frames. + */ +typedef struct vp9_ref_frame { + int idx; /**< frame index to get (input) */ + vpx_image_t img; /**< img structure to populate (output) */ +} vp9_ref_frame_t; + +/*!\brief vp8 decoder control function parameter type + * + * defines the data type for each of VP8 decoder control function requires + */ +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_REFERENCE, vpx_ref_frame_t *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_COPY_REFERENCE, vpx_ref_frame_t *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_POSTPROC, vp8_postproc_cfg_t *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_DBG_COLOR_REF_FRAME, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_DBG_COLOR_MB_MODES, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_DBG_COLOR_B_MODES, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8_SET_DBG_DISPLAY_MV, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_GET_REFERENCE, vp9_ref_frame_t *) + +/*! @} - end defgroup vp8 */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif // VPX_VP8_H_ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vp8cx.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vp8cx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75caad8 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vp8cx.h @@ -0,0 +1,553 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ +#ifndef VPX_VP8CX_H_ +#define VPX_VP8CX_H_ + +/*!\defgroup vp8_encoder WebM VP8 Encoder + * \ingroup vp8 + * + * @{ + */ +#include "./vp8.h" + +/*!\file + * \brief Provides definitions for using the VP8 encoder algorithm within the + * vpx Codec Interface. + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/*!\name Algorithm interface for VP8 + * + * This interface provides the capability to encode raw VP8 streams, as would + * be found in AVI files. + * @{ + */ +extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp8_cx_algo; +extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp8_cx(void); + +/* TODO(jkoleszar): These move to VP9 in a later patch set. */ +extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp9_cx_algo; +extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp9_cx(void); + +/*!@} - end algorithm interface member group*/ + + +/* + * Algorithm Flags + */ + +/*!\brief Don't reference the last frame + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder will not use the last frame as a + * predictor. When not set, the encoder will choose whether to use the + * last frame or not automatically. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_NO_REF_LAST (1<<16) + + +/*!\brief Don't reference the golden frame + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder will not use the golden frame as a + * predictor. When not set, the encoder will choose whether to use the + * golden frame or not automatically. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_NO_REF_GF (1<<17) + + +/*!\brief Don't reference the alternate reference frame + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder will not use the alt ref frame as a + * predictor. When not set, the encoder will choose whether to use the + * alt ref frame or not automatically. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_NO_REF_ARF (1<<21) + + +/*!\brief Don't update the last frame + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder will not update the last frame with + * the contents of the current frame. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_NO_UPD_LAST (1<<18) + + +/*!\brief Don't update the golden frame + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder will not update the golden frame with + * the contents of the current frame. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_NO_UPD_GF (1<<22) + + +/*!\brief Don't update the alternate reference frame + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder will not update the alt ref frame with + * the contents of the current frame. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_NO_UPD_ARF (1<<23) + + +/*!\brief Force golden frame update + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder copy the contents of the current frame + * to the golden frame buffer. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_FORCE_GF (1<<19) + + +/*!\brief Force alternate reference frame update + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder copy the contents of the current frame + * to the alternate reference frame buffer. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_FORCE_ARF (1<<24) + + +/*!\brief Disable entropy update + * + * When this flag is set, the encoder will not update its internal entropy + * model based on the entropy of this frame. + */ +#define VP8_EFLAG_NO_UPD_ENTROPY (1<<20) + + +/*!\brief VP8 encoder control functions + * + * This set of macros define the control functions available for the VP8 + * encoder interface. + * + * \sa #vpx_codec_control + */ +enum vp8e_enc_control_id { + VP8E_UPD_ENTROPY = 5, /**< control function to set mode of entropy update in encoder */ + VP8E_UPD_REFERENCE, /**< control function to set reference update mode in encoder */ + VP8E_USE_REFERENCE, /**< control function to set which reference frame encoder can use */ + VP8E_SET_ROI_MAP, /**< control function to pass an ROI map to encoder */ + VP8E_SET_ACTIVEMAP, /**< control function to pass an Active map to encoder */ + VP8E_SET_SCALEMODE = 11, /**< control function to set encoder scaling mode */ + /*!\brief control function to set vp8 encoder cpuused + * + * Changes in this value influences, among others, the encoder's selection + * of motion estimation methods. Values greater than 0 will increase encoder + * speed at the expense of quality. + * The full set of adjustments can be found in + * onyx_if.c:vp8_set_speed_features(). + * \todo List highlights of the changes at various levels. + * + * \note Valid range: -16..16 + */ + VP8E_SET_CPUUSED = 13, + VP8E_SET_ENABLEAUTOALTREF, /**< control function to enable vp8 to automatic set and use altref frame */ + /*!\brief control function to set noise sensitivity + * + * 0: off, 1: OnYOnly, 2: OnYUV, + * 3: OnYUVAggressive, 4: Adaptive + */ + VP8E_SET_NOISE_SENSITIVITY, + VP8E_SET_SHARPNESS, /**< control function to set sharpness */ + VP8E_SET_STATIC_THRESHOLD, /**< control function to set the threshold for macroblocks treated static */ + VP8E_SET_TOKEN_PARTITIONS, /**< control function to set the number of token partitions */ + VP8E_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER, /**< return the quantizer chosen by the + encoder for the last frame using the internal + scale */ + VP8E_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER_64, /**< return the quantizer chosen by the + encoder for the last frame, using the 0..63 + scale as used by the rc_*_quantizer config + parameters */ + VP8E_SET_ARNR_MAXFRAMES, /**< control function to set the max number of frames blurred creating arf*/ + VP8E_SET_ARNR_STRENGTH, //!< control function to set the filter + //!< strength for the arf + + /*!\deprecated control function to set the filter type to use for the arf */ + VP8E_SET_ARNR_TYPE, + + VP8E_SET_TUNING, /**< control function to set visual tuning */ + /*!\brief control function to set constrained quality level + * + * \attention For this value to be used vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t::g_usage must be + * set to #VPX_CQ. + * \note Valid range: 0..63 + */ + VP8E_SET_CQ_LEVEL, + + /*!\brief Max data rate for Intra frames + * + * This value controls additional clamping on the maximum size of a + * keyframe. It is expressed as a percentage of the average + * per-frame bitrate, with the special (and default) value 0 meaning + * unlimited, or no additional clamping beyond the codec's built-in + * algorithm. + * + * For example, to allocate no more than 4.5 frames worth of bitrate + * to a keyframe, set this to 450. + * + */ + VP8E_SET_MAX_INTRA_BITRATE_PCT, + VP8E_SET_FRAME_FLAGS, /**< control function to set reference and update frame flags */ + + /*!\brief Max data rate for Inter frames + * + * This value controls additional clamping on the maximum size of an + * inter frame. It is expressed as a percentage of the average + * per-frame bitrate, with the special (and default) value 0 meaning + * unlimited, or no additional clamping beyond the codec's built-in + * algorithm. + * + * For example, to allow no more than 4.5 frames worth of bitrate + * to an inter frame, set this to 450. + * + */ + VP8E_SET_MAX_INTER_BITRATE_PCT, + + /*!\brief Boost percentage for Golden Frame in CBR mode + * + * This value controls the amount of boost given to Golden Frame in + * CBR mode. It is expressed as a percentage of the average + * per-frame bitrate, with the special (and default) value 0 meaning + * the feature is off, i.e., no golden frame boost in CBR mode and + * average bitrate target is used. + * + * For example, to allow 100% more bits, i.e, 2X, in a golden frame + * than average frame, set this to 100. + * + */ + VP8E_SET_GF_CBR_BOOST_PCT, + + /*!\brief Codec control function to set the temporal layer id + * + * For temporal scalability: this control allows the application to set the + * layer id for each frame to be encoded. Note that this control must be set + * for every frame prior to encoding. The usage of this control function + * supersedes the internal temporal pattern counter, which is now deprecated. + */ + VP8E_SET_TEMPORAL_LAYER_ID, + + VP8E_SET_SCREEN_CONTENT_MODE, /**<control function to set encoder screen content mode */ + + /*!\brief Codec control function to set lossless encoding mode + * + * VP9 can operate in lossless encoding mode, in which the bitstream + * produced will be able to decode and reconstruct a perfect copy of + * input source. This control function provides a mean to switch encoder + * into lossless coding mode(1) or normal coding mode(0) that may be lossy. + * 0 = lossy coding mode + * 1 = lossless coding mode + * + * By default, encoder operates in normal coding mode (maybe lossy). + */ + VP9E_SET_LOSSLESS, + + /*!\brief Codec control function to set number of tile columns + * + * In encoding and decoding, VP9 allows an input image frame be partitioned + * into separated vertical tile columns, which can be encoded or decoded + * independently. This enables easy implementation of parallel encoding and + * decoding. This control requests the encoder to use column tiles in + * encoding an input frame, with number of tile columns (in Log2 unit) as + * the parameter: + * 0 = 1 tile column + * 1 = 2 tile columns + * 2 = 4 tile columns + * ..... + * n = 2**n tile columns + * The requested tile columns will be capped by encoder based on image size + * limitation (The minimum width of a tile column is 256 pixel, the maximum + * is 4096). + * + * By default, the value is 0, i.e. one single column tile for entire image. + */ + VP9E_SET_TILE_COLUMNS, + + /*!\brief Codec control function to set number of tile rows + * + * In encoding and decoding, VP9 allows an input image frame be partitioned + * into separated horizontal tile rows. Tile rows are encoded or decoded + * sequentially. Even though encoding/decoding of later tile rows depends on + * earlier ones, this allows the encoder to output data packets for tile rows + * prior to completely processing all tile rows in a frame, thereby reducing + * the latency in processing between input and output. The parameter + * for this control describes the number of tile rows, which has a valid + * range [0, 2]: + * 0 = 1 tile row + * 1 = 2 tile rows + * 2 = 4 tile rows + * + * By default, the value is 0, i.e. one single row tile for entire image. + */ + VP9E_SET_TILE_ROWS, + + /*!\brief Codec control function to enable frame parallel decoding feature + * + * VP9 has a bitstream feature to reduce decoding dependency between frames + * by turning off backward update of probability context used in encoding + * and decoding. This allows staged parallel processing of more than one + * video frames in the decoder. This control function provides a mean to + * turn this feature on or off for bitstreams produced by encoder. + * + * By default, this feature is off. + */ + VP9E_SET_FRAME_PARALLEL_DECODING, + + /*!\brief Codec control function to set adaptive quantization mode + * + * VP9 has a segment based feature that allows encoder to adaptively change + * quantization parameter for each segment within a frame to improve the + * subjective quality. This control makes encoder operate in one of the + * several AQ_modes supported. + * + * By default, encoder operates with AQ_Mode 0(adaptive quantization off). + */ + VP9E_SET_AQ_MODE, + + /*!\brief Codec control function to enable/disable periodic Q boost + * + * One VP9 encoder speed feature is to enable quality boost by lowering + * frame level Q periodically. This control function provides a mean to + * turn on/off this feature. + * 0 = off + * 1 = on + * + * By default, the encoder is allowed to use this feature for appropriate + * encoding modes. + */ + VP9E_SET_FRAME_PERIODIC_BOOST, + + /*!\brief control function to set noise sensitivity + * + * 0: off, 1: OnYOnly + */ + VP9E_SET_NOISE_SENSITIVITY, + + /*!\brief control function to turn on/off SVC in encoder. + * \note Return value is VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM if the encoder does not + * support SVC in its current encoding mode + * 0: off, 1: on + */ + VP9E_SET_SVC, + + /*!\brief control function to set parameters for SVC. + * \note Parameters contain min_q, max_q, scaling factor for each of the + * SVC layers. + */ + VP9E_SET_SVC_PARAMETERS, + + /*!\brief control function to set svc layer for spatial and temporal. + * \note Valid ranges: 0..#vpx_codec_enc_cfg::ss_number_layers for spatial + * layer and 0..#vpx_codec_enc_cfg::ts_number_layers for + * temporal layer. + */ + VP9E_SET_SVC_LAYER_ID, + + /*!\brief control function to set content type. + * \note Valid parameter range: + * VP9E_CONTENT_DEFAULT = Regular video content (Default) + * VP9E_CONTENT_SCREEN = Screen capture content + */ + VP9E_SET_TUNE_CONTENT, + + /*!\brief control function to get svc layer ID. + * \note The layer ID returned is for the data packet from the registered + * callback function. + */ + VP9E_GET_SVC_LAYER_ID, + + /*!\brief control function to register callback for getting per layer packet. + * \note Parameter for this control function is a structure with a callback + * function and a pointer to private data used by the callback. + */ + VP9E_REGISTER_CX_CALLBACK, + + /*!\brief control function to set color space info. + * \note Valid ranges: 0..7, default is "UNKNOWN". + * 0 = UNKNOWN, + * 1 = BT_601 + * 2 = BT_709 + * 3 = SMPTE_170 + * 4 = SMPTE_240 + * 5 = BT_2020 + * 6 = RESERVED + * 7 = SRGB + */ + VP9E_SET_COLOR_SPACE, +}; + +/*!\brief vpx 1-D scaling mode + * + * This set of constants define 1-D vpx scaling modes + */ +typedef enum vpx_scaling_mode_1d { + VP8E_NORMAL = 0, + VP8E_FOURFIVE = 1, + VP8E_THREEFIVE = 2, + VP8E_ONETWO = 3 +} VPX_SCALING_MODE; + + +/*!\brief vpx region of interest map + * + * These defines the data structures for the region of interest map + * + */ + +typedef struct vpx_roi_map { + /*! An id between 0 and 3 for each 16x16 region within a frame. */ + unsigned char *roi_map; + unsigned int rows; /**< Number of rows. */ + unsigned int cols; /**< Number of columns. */ + // TODO(paulwilkins): broken for VP9 which has 8 segments + // q and loop filter deltas for each segment + // (see MAX_MB_SEGMENTS) + int delta_q[4]; /**< Quantizer deltas. */ + int delta_lf[4]; /**< Loop filter deltas. */ + /*! Static breakout threshold for each segment. */ + unsigned int static_threshold[4]; +} vpx_roi_map_t; + +/*!\brief vpx active region map + * + * These defines the data structures for active region map + * + */ + + +typedef struct vpx_active_map { + unsigned char *active_map; /**< specify an on (1) or off (0) each 16x16 region within a frame */ + unsigned int rows; /**< number of rows */ + unsigned int cols; /**< number of cols */ +} vpx_active_map_t; + +/*!\brief vpx image scaling mode + * + * This defines the data structure for image scaling mode + * + */ +typedef struct vpx_scaling_mode { + VPX_SCALING_MODE h_scaling_mode; /**< horizontal scaling mode */ + VPX_SCALING_MODE v_scaling_mode; /**< vertical scaling mode */ +} vpx_scaling_mode_t; + +/*!\brief VP8 token partition mode + * + * This defines VP8 partitioning mode for compressed data, i.e., the number of + * sub-streams in the bitstream. Used for parallelized decoding. + * + */ + +typedef enum { + VP8_ONE_TOKENPARTITION = 0, + VP8_TWO_TOKENPARTITION = 1, + VP8_FOUR_TOKENPARTITION = 2, + VP8_EIGHT_TOKENPARTITION = 3 +} vp8e_token_partitions; + +/*!brief VP9 encoder content type */ +typedef enum { + VP9E_CONTENT_DEFAULT, + VP9E_CONTENT_SCREEN, + VP9E_CONTENT_INVALID +} vp9e_tune_content; + +/*!\brief VP8 model tuning parameters + * + * Changes the encoder to tune for certain types of input material. + * + */ +typedef enum { + VP8_TUNE_PSNR, + VP8_TUNE_SSIM +} vp8e_tuning; + +/*!\brief vp9 svc layer parameters + * + * This defines the spatial and temporal layer id numbers for svc encoding. + * This is used with the #VP9E_SET_SVC_LAYER_ID control to set the spatial and + * temporal layer id for the current frame. + * + */ +typedef struct vpx_svc_layer_id { + int spatial_layer_id; /**< Spatial layer id number. */ + int temporal_layer_id; /**< Temporal layer id number. */ +} vpx_svc_layer_id_t; + +/*!\brief VP8 encoder control function parameter type + * + * Defines the data types that VP8E control functions take. Note that + * additional common controls are defined in vp8.h + * + */ + + +/* These controls have been deprecated in favor of the flags parameter to + * vpx_codec_encode(). See the definition of VP8_EFLAG_* above. + */ +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(VP8E_UPD_ENTROPY, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(VP8E_UPD_REFERENCE, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(VP8E_USE_REFERENCE, int) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_FRAME_FLAGS, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_TEMPORAL_LAYER_ID, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_ROI_MAP, vpx_roi_map_t *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_ACTIVEMAP, vpx_active_map_t *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_SCALEMODE, vpx_scaling_mode_t *) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_SVC, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_SVC_PARAMETERS, void *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_REGISTER_CX_CALLBACK, void *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_SVC_LAYER_ID, vpx_svc_layer_id_t *) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_CPUUSED, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_ENABLEAUTOALTREF, unsigned int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_NOISE_SENSITIVITY, unsigned int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_SHARPNESS, unsigned int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_STATIC_THRESHOLD, unsigned int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_TOKEN_PARTITIONS, int) /* vp8e_token_partitions */ + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_ARNR_MAXFRAMES, unsigned int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_ARNR_STRENGTH, unsigned int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(VP8E_SET_ARNR_TYPE, unsigned int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_TUNING, int) /* vp8e_tuning */ +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_CQ_LEVEL, unsigned int) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_TILE_COLUMNS, int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_TILE_ROWS, int) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER, int *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_GET_LAST_QUANTIZER_64, int *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_GET_SVC_LAYER_ID, vpx_svc_layer_id_t *) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_MAX_INTRA_BITRATE_PCT, unsigned int) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_MAX_INTER_BITRATE_PCT, unsigned int) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_GF_CBR_BOOST_PCT, unsigned int) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8E_SET_SCREEN_CONTENT_MODE, unsigned int) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_LOSSLESS, unsigned int) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_FRAME_PARALLEL_DECODING, unsigned int) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_AQ_MODE, unsigned int) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_FRAME_PERIODIC_BOOST, unsigned int) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_NOISE_SENSITIVITY, unsigned int) + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_TUNE_CONTENT, int) /* vp9e_tune_content */ + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9E_SET_COLOR_SPACE, int) +/*! @} - end defgroup vp8_encoder */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif // VPX_VP8CX_H_ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vp8dx.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vp8dx.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5475c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vp8dx.h @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + + +/*!\defgroup vp8_decoder WebM VP8 Decoder + * \ingroup vp8 + * + * @{ + */ +/*!\file + * \brief Provides definitions for using the VP8 algorithm within the vpx Decoder + * interface. + */ +#ifndef VPX_VP8DX_H_ +#define VPX_VP8DX_H_ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Include controls common to both the encoder and decoder */ +#include "./vp8.h" + +/*!\name Algorithm interface for VP8 + * + * This interface provides the capability to decode raw VP8 streams, as would + * be found in AVI files and other non-Flash uses. + * @{ + */ +extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp8_dx_algo; +extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp8_dx(void); + +/* TODO(jkoleszar): These move to VP9 in a later patch set. */ +extern vpx_codec_iface_t vpx_codec_vp9_dx_algo; +extern vpx_codec_iface_t *vpx_codec_vp9_dx(void); +/*!@} - end algorithm interface member group*/ + + +/*!\enum vp8_dec_control_id + * \brief VP8 decoder control functions + * + * This set of macros define the control functions available for the VP8 + * decoder interface. + * + * \sa #vpx_codec_control + */ +enum vp8_dec_control_id { + /** control function to get info on which reference frames were updated + * by the last decode + */ + VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES = VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_START, + + /** check if the indicated frame is corrupted */ + VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED, + + /** control function to get info on which reference frames were used + * by the last decode + */ + VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED, + + /** decryption function to decrypt encoded buffer data immediately + * before decoding. Takes a vpx_decrypt_init, which contains + * a callback function and opaque context pointer. + */ + VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR, + VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR = VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR, + + /** control function to get the display dimensions for the current frame. */ + VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE, + + /** control function to get the bit depth of the stream. */ + VP9D_GET_BIT_DEPTH, + + /** control function to set the byte alignment of the planes in the reference + * buffers. Valid values are power of 2, from 32 to 1024. A value of 0 sets + * legacy alignment. I.e. Y plane is aligned to 32 bytes, U plane directly + * follows Y plane, and V plane directly follows U plane. Default value is 0. + */ + VP9_SET_BYTE_ALIGNMENT, + + /** control function to invert the decoding order to from right to left. The + * function is used in a test to confirm the decoding independence of tile + * columns. The function may be used in application where this order + * of decoding is desired. + * + * TODO(yaowu): Rework the unit test that uses this control, and in a future + * release, this test-only control shall be removed. + */ + VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER, + + VP8_DECODER_CTRL_ID_MAX +}; + +/** Decrypt n bytes of data from input -> output, using the decrypt_state + * passed in VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR. + */ +typedef void (*vpx_decrypt_cb)(void *decrypt_state, const unsigned char *input, + unsigned char *output, int count); + +/*!\brief Structure to hold decryption state + * + * Defines a structure to hold the decryption state and access function. + */ +typedef struct vpx_decrypt_init { + /*! Decrypt callback. */ + vpx_decrypt_cb decrypt_cb; + + /*! Decryption state. */ + void *decrypt_state; +} vpx_decrypt_init; + +/*!\brief A deprecated alias for vpx_decrypt_init. + */ +typedef vpx_decrypt_init vp8_decrypt_init; + + +/*!\brief VP8 decoder control function parameter type + * + * Defines the data types that VP8D control functions take. Note that + * additional common controls are defined in vp8.h + * + */ + + +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_UPDATES, int *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_FRAME_CORRUPTED, int *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_GET_LAST_REF_USED, int *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VPXD_SET_DECRYPTOR, vpx_decrypt_init *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP8D_SET_DECRYPTOR, vpx_decrypt_init *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_GET_DISPLAY_SIZE, int *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9D_GET_BIT_DEPTH, unsigned int *) +VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(VP9_INVERT_TILE_DECODE_ORDER, int) + +/*! @} - end defgroup vp8_decoder */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif // VPX_VP8DX_H_ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_codec.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_codec.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b25308e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_codec.h @@ -0,0 +1,479 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + + +/*!\defgroup codec Common Algorithm Interface + * This abstraction allows applications to easily support multiple video + * formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes the interface + * common to all codecs (both encoders and decoders). + * @{ + */ + +/*!\file + * \brief Describes the codec algorithm interface to applications. + * + * This file describes the interface between an application and a + * video codec algorithm. + * + * An application instantiates a specific codec instance by using + * vpx_codec_init() and a pointer to the algorithm's interface structure: + * <pre> + * my_app.c: + * extern vpx_codec_iface_t my_codec; + * { + * vpx_codec_ctx_t algo; + * res = vpx_codec_init(&algo, &my_codec); + * } + * </pre> + * + * Once initialized, the instance is manged using other functions from + * the vpx_codec_* family. + */ +#ifndef VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_ +#define VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "./vpx_integer.h" +#include "./vpx_image.h" + + /*!\brief Decorator indicating a function is deprecated */ +#ifndef DEPRECATED +#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ +#define DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((deprecated)) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +#define DEPRECATED +#else +#define DEPRECATED +#endif +#endif /* DEPRECATED */ + +#ifndef DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED +#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ +#define DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED /**< \copydoc #DEPRECATED */ +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +#define DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated) /**< \copydoc #DEPRECATED */ +#else +#define DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED /**< \copydoc #DEPRECATED */ +#endif +#endif /* DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED */ + + /*!\brief Decorator indicating a function is potentially unused */ +#ifdef UNUSED +#elif __GNUC__ +#define UNUSED __attribute__ ((unused)) +#else +#define UNUSED +#endif + + /*!\brief Current ABI version number + * + * \internal + * If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value + * must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing + * types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging + * fields to structures + */ +#define VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION (2 + VPX_IMAGE_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/ + + /*!\brief Algorithm return codes */ + typedef enum { + /*!\brief Operation completed without error */ + VPX_CODEC_OK, + + /*!\brief Unspecified error */ + VPX_CODEC_ERROR, + + /*!\brief Memory operation failed */ + VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR, + + /*!\brief ABI version mismatch */ + VPX_CODEC_ABI_MISMATCH, + + /*!\brief Algorithm does not have required capability */ + VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE, + + /*!\brief The given bitstream is not supported. + * + * The bitstream was unable to be parsed at the highest level. The decoder + * is unable to proceed. This error \ref SHOULD be treated as fatal to the + * stream. */ + VPX_CODEC_UNSUP_BITSTREAM, + + /*!\brief Encoded bitstream uses an unsupported feature + * + * The decoder does not implement a feature required by the encoder. This + * return code should only be used for features that prevent future + * pictures from being properly decoded. This error \ref MAY be treated as + * fatal to the stream or \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the current GOP. + */ + VPX_CODEC_UNSUP_FEATURE, + + /*!\brief The coded data for this stream is corrupt or incomplete + * + * There was a problem decoding the current frame. This return code + * should only be used for failures that prevent future pictures from + * being properly decoded. This error \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the + * stream or \ref MAY be treated as fatal to the current GOP. If decoding + * is continued for the current GOP, artifacts may be present. + */ + VPX_CODEC_CORRUPT_FRAME, + + /*!\brief An application-supplied parameter is not valid. + * + */ + VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM, + + /*!\brief An iterator reached the end of list. + * + */ + VPX_CODEC_LIST_END + + } + vpx_codec_err_t; + + + /*! \brief Codec capabilities bitfield + * + * Each codec advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its + * ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra interfaces + * or functionality, and are not required to be supported. + * + * The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines. + */ + typedef long vpx_codec_caps_t; +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_DECODER 0x1 /**< Is a decoder */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER 0x2 /**< Is an encoder */ + + + /*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling + * + * Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow for + * proper memory allocation. + * + * The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines. + */ + typedef long vpx_codec_flags_t; + + + /*!\brief Codec interface structure. + * + * Contains function pointers and other data private to the codec + * implementation. This structure is opaque to the application. + */ + typedef const struct vpx_codec_iface vpx_codec_iface_t; + + + /*!\brief Codec private data structure. + * + * Contains data private to the codec implementation. This structure is opaque + * to the application. + */ + typedef struct vpx_codec_priv vpx_codec_priv_t; + + + /*!\brief Iterator + * + * Opaque storage used for iterating over lists. + */ + typedef const void *vpx_codec_iter_t; + + + /*!\brief Codec context structure + * + * All codecs \ref MUST support this context structure fully. In general, + * this data should be considered private to the codec algorithm, and + * not be manipulated or examined by the calling application. Applications + * may reference the 'name' member to get a printable description of the + * algorithm. + */ + typedef struct vpx_codec_ctx { + const char *name; /**< Printable interface name */ + vpx_codec_iface_t *iface; /**< Interface pointers */ + vpx_codec_err_t err; /**< Last returned error */ + const char *err_detail; /**< Detailed info, if available */ + vpx_codec_flags_t init_flags; /**< Flags passed at init time */ + union { + /**< Decoder Configuration Pointer */ + const struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg *dec; + /**< Encoder Configuration Pointer */ + const struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg *enc; + const void *raw; + } config; /**< Configuration pointer aliasing union */ + vpx_codec_priv_t *priv; /**< Algorithm private storage */ + } vpx_codec_ctx_t; + + /*!\brief Bit depth for codec + * * + * This enumeration determines the bit depth of the codec. + */ + typedef enum vpx_bit_depth { + VPX_BITS_8 = 8, /**< 8 bits */ + VPX_BITS_10 = 10, /**< 10 bits */ + VPX_BITS_12 = 12, /**< 12 bits */ + } vpx_bit_depth_t; + + /* + * Library Version Number Interface + * + * For example, see the following sample return values: + * vpx_codec_version() (1<<16 | 2<<8 | 3) + * vpx_codec_version_str() "v1.2.3-rc1-16-gec6a1ba" + * vpx_codec_version_extra_str() "rc1-16-gec6a1ba" + */ + + /*!\brief Return the version information (as an integer) + * + * Returns a packed encoding of the library version number. This will only include + * the major.minor.patch component of the version number. Note that this encoded + * value should be accessed through the macros provided, as the encoding may change + * in the future. + * + */ + int vpx_codec_version(void); +#define VPX_VERSION_MAJOR(v) ((v>>16)&0xff) /**< extract major from packed version */ +#define VPX_VERSION_MINOR(v) ((v>>8)&0xff) /**< extract minor from packed version */ +#define VPX_VERSION_PATCH(v) ((v>>0)&0xff) /**< extract patch from packed version */ + + /*!\brief Return the version major number */ +#define vpx_codec_version_major() ((vpx_codec_version()>>16)&0xff) + + /*!\brief Return the version minor number */ +#define vpx_codec_version_minor() ((vpx_codec_version()>>8)&0xff) + + /*!\brief Return the version patch number */ +#define vpx_codec_version_patch() ((vpx_codec_version()>>0)&0xff) + + + /*!\brief Return the version information (as a string) + * + * Returns a printable string containing the full library version number. This may + * contain additional text following the three digit version number, as to indicate + * release candidates, prerelease versions, etc. + * + */ + const char *vpx_codec_version_str(void); + + + /*!\brief Return the version information (as a string) + * + * Returns a printable "extra string". This is the component of the string returned + * by vpx_codec_version_str() following the three digit version number. + * + */ + const char *vpx_codec_version_extra_str(void); + + + /*!\brief Return the build configuration + * + * Returns a printable string containing an encoded version of the build + * configuration. This may be useful to vpx support. + * + */ + const char *vpx_codec_build_config(void); + + + /*!\brief Return the name for a given interface + * + * Returns a human readable string for name of the given codec interface. + * + * \param[in] iface Interface pointer + * + */ + const char *vpx_codec_iface_name(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface); + + + /*!\brief Convert error number to printable string + * + * Returns a human readable string for the last error returned by the + * algorithm. The returned error will be one line and will not contain + * any newline characters. + * + * + * \param[in] err Error number. + * + */ + const char *vpx_codec_err_to_string(vpx_codec_err_t err); + + + /*!\brief Retrieve error synopsis for codec context + * + * Returns a human readable string for the last error returned by the + * algorithm. The returned error will be one line and will not contain + * any newline characters. + * + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context. + * + */ + const char *vpx_codec_error(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx); + + + /*!\brief Retrieve detailed error information for codec context + * + * Returns a human readable string providing detailed information about + * the last error. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context. + * + * \retval NULL + * No detailed information is available. + */ + const char *vpx_codec_error_detail(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx); + + + /* REQUIRED FUNCTIONS + * + * The following functions are required to be implemented for all codecs. + * They represent the base case functionality expected of all codecs. + */ + + /*!\brief Destroy a codec instance + * + * Destroys a codec context, freeing any associated memory buffers. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The codec algorithm initialized. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR + * Memory allocation failed. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_destroy(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx); + + + /*!\brief Get the capabilities of an algorithm. + * + * Retrieves the capabilities bitfield from the algorithm's interface. + * + * \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface + * + */ + vpx_codec_caps_t vpx_codec_get_caps(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface); + + + /*!\brief Control algorithm + * + * This function is used to exchange algorithm specific data with the codec + * instance. This can be used to implement features specific to a particular + * algorithm. + * + * This wrapper function dispatches the request to the helper function + * associated with the given ctrl_id. It tries to call this function + * transparently, but will return #VPX_CODEC_ERROR if the request could not + * be dispatched. + * + * Note that this function should not be used directly. Call the + * #vpx_codec_control wrapper macro instead. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in] ctrl_id Algorithm specific control identifier + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The control request was processed. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR + * The control request was not processed. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM + * The data was not valid. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_control_(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + int ctrl_id, + ...); +#if defined(VPX_DISABLE_CTRL_TYPECHECKS) && VPX_DISABLE_CTRL_TYPECHECKS +# define vpx_codec_control(ctx,id,data) vpx_codec_control_(ctx,id,data) +# define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(id, typ) +# define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(id, typ) +# define VPX_CTRL_VOID(id, typ) + +#else + /*!\brief vpx_codec_control wrapper macro + * + * This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter + * to vpx_codec_control_(). + * + * \internal + * It works by dispatching the call to the control function through a wrapper + * function named with the id parameter. + */ +# define vpx_codec_control(ctx,id,data) vpx_codec_control_##id(ctx,id,data)\ + /**<\hideinitializer*/ + + + /*!\brief vpx_codec_control type definition macro + * + * This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter + * to vpx_codec_control_(). It defines the type of the argument for a given + * control identifier. + * + * \internal + * It defines a static function with + * the correctly typed arguments as a wrapper to the type-unsafe internal + * function. + */ +# define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE(id, typ) \ + static vpx_codec_err_t \ + vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t*, int, typ) UNUSED;\ + \ + static vpx_codec_err_t \ + vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id, typ data) {\ + return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id, data);\ + } /**<\hideinitializer*/ + + + /*!\brief vpx_codec_control deprecated type definition macro + * + * Like #VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE, but indicates that the specified control is + * deprecated and should not be used. Consult the documentation for your + * codec for more information. + * + * \internal + * It defines a static function with the correctly typed arguments as a + * wrapper to the type-unsafe internal function. + */ +# define VPX_CTRL_USE_TYPE_DEPRECATED(id, typ) \ + DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED static vpx_codec_err_t \ + vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t*, int, typ) DEPRECATED UNUSED;\ + \ + DECLSPEC_DEPRECATED static vpx_codec_err_t \ + vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id, typ data) {\ + return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id, data);\ + } /**<\hideinitializer*/ + + + /*!\brief vpx_codec_control void type definition macro + * + * This macro allows for type safe conversions across the variadic parameter + * to vpx_codec_control_(). It indicates that a given control identifier takes + * no argument. + * + * \internal + * It defines a static function without a data argument as a wrapper to the + * type-unsafe internal function. + */ +# define VPX_CTRL_VOID(id) \ + static vpx_codec_err_t \ + vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t*, int) UNUSED;\ + \ + static vpx_codec_err_t \ + vpx_codec_control_##id(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, int ctrl_id) {\ + return vpx_codec_control_(ctx, ctrl_id);\ + } /**<\hideinitializer*/ + + +#endif + + /*!@} - end defgroup codec*/ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif // VPX_VPX_CODEC_H_ + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_decoder.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_decoder.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..62fd919 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_decoder.h @@ -0,0 +1,378 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ +#ifndef VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_ +#define VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_ + +/*!\defgroup decoder Decoder Algorithm Interface + * \ingroup codec + * This abstraction allows applications using this decoder to easily support + * multiple video formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes + * the interface common to all decoders. + * @{ + */ + +/*!\file + * \brief Describes the decoder algorithm interface to applications. + * + * This file describes the interface between an application and a + * video decoder algorithm. + * + */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "./vpx_codec.h" +#include "./vpx_frame_buffer.h" + + /*!\brief Current ABI version number + * + * \internal + * If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value + * must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing + * types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging + * fields to structures + */ +#define VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION (3 + VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/ + + /*! \brief Decoder capabilities bitfield + * + * Each decoder advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its + * ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra interfaces + * or functionality, and are not required to be supported by a decoder. + * + * The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines. + */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_SLICE 0x10000 /**< Will issue put_slice callbacks */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_FRAME 0x20000 /**< Will issue put_frame callbacks */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_POSTPROC 0x40000 /**< Can postprocess decoded frame */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_ERROR_CONCEALMENT 0x80000 /**< Can conceal errors due to + packet loss */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_INPUT_FRAGMENTS 0x100000 /**< Can receive encoded frames + one fragment at a time */ + + /*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling + * + * Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow for + * proper memory allocation. + * + * The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines. + */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADING 0x200000 /**< Can support frame-based + multi-threading */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_EXTERNAL_FRAME_BUFFER 0x400000 /**< Can support external + frame buffers */ + +#define VPX_CODEC_USE_POSTPROC 0x10000 /**< Postprocess decoded frame */ +#define VPX_CODEC_USE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT 0x20000 /**< Conceal errors in decoded + frames */ +#define VPX_CODEC_USE_INPUT_FRAGMENTS 0x40000 /**< The input frame should be + passed to the decoder one + fragment at a time */ +#define VPX_CODEC_USE_FRAME_THREADING 0x80000 /**< Enable frame-based + multi-threading */ + + /*!\brief Stream properties + * + * This structure is used to query or set properties of the decoded + * stream. Algorithms may extend this structure with data specific + * to their bitstream by setting the sz member appropriately. + */ + typedef struct vpx_codec_stream_info { + unsigned int sz; /**< Size of this structure */ + unsigned int w; /**< Width (or 0 for unknown/default) */ + unsigned int h; /**< Height (or 0 for unknown/default) */ + unsigned int is_kf; /**< Current frame is a keyframe */ + } vpx_codec_stream_info_t; + + /* REQUIRED FUNCTIONS + * + * The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders. + * They represent the base case functionality expected of all decoders. + */ + + + /*!\brief Initialization Configurations + * + * This structure is used to pass init time configuration options to the + * decoder. + */ + typedef struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg { + unsigned int threads; /**< Maximum number of threads to use, default 1 */ + unsigned int w; /**< Width */ + unsigned int h; /**< Height */ + } vpx_codec_dec_cfg_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_dec_cfg */ + + + /*!\brief Initialize a decoder instance + * + * Initializes a decoder context using the given interface. Applications + * should call the vpx_codec_dec_init convenience macro instead of this + * function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number parameter + * is properly initialized. + * + * If the library was configured with --disable-multithread, this call + * is not thread safe and should be guarded with a lock if being used + * in a multithreaded context. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context. + * \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use. + * \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL. + * \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags + * \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to + * VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The decoder algorithm initialized. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR + * Memory allocation failed. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_dec_init_ver(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_iface_t *iface, + const vpx_codec_dec_cfg_t *cfg, + vpx_codec_flags_t flags, + int ver); + + /*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_dec_init_ver() + * + * Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set. + */ +#define vpx_codec_dec_init(ctx, iface, cfg, flags) \ + vpx_codec_dec_init_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, flags, VPX_DECODER_ABI_VERSION) + + + /*!\brief Parse stream info from a buffer + * + * Performs high level parsing of the bitstream. Construction of a decoder + * context is not necessary. Can be used to determine if the bitstream is + * of the proper format, and to extract information from the stream. + * + * \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface + * \param[in] data Pointer to a block of data to parse + * \param[in] data_sz Size of the data buffer + * \param[in,out] si Pointer to stream info to update. The size member + * \ref MUST be properly initialized, but \ref MAY be + * clobbered by the algorithm. This parameter \ref MAY + * be NULL. + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * Bitstream is parsable and stream information updated + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_peek_stream_info(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface, + const uint8_t *data, + unsigned int data_sz, + vpx_codec_stream_info_t *si); + + + /*!\brief Return information about the current stream. + * + * Returns information about the stream that has been parsed during decoding. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in,out] si Pointer to stream info to update. The size member + * \ref MUST be properly initialized, but \ref MAY be + * clobbered by the algorithm. This parameter \ref MAY + * be NULL. + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * Bitstream is parsable and stream information updated + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_get_stream_info(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_stream_info_t *si); + + + /*!\brief Decode data + * + * Processes a buffer of coded data. If the processing results in a new + * decoded frame becoming available, PUT_SLICE and PUT_FRAME events may be + * generated, as appropriate. Encoded data \ref MUST be passed in DTS (decode + * time stamp) order. Frames produced will always be in PTS (presentation + * time stamp) order. + * If the decoder is configured with VPX_CODEC_USE_INPUT_FRAGMENTS enabled, + * data and data_sz can contain a fragment of the encoded frame. Fragment + * \#n must contain at least partition \#n, but can also contain subsequent + * partitions (\#n+1 - \#n+i), and if so, fragments \#n+1, .., \#n+i must + * be empty. When no more data is available, this function should be called + * with NULL as data and 0 as data_sz. The memory passed to this function + * must be available until the frame has been decoded. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in] data Pointer to this block of new coded data. If + * NULL, a VPX_CODEC_CB_PUT_FRAME event is posted + * for the previously decoded frame. + * \param[in] data_sz Size of the coded data, in bytes. + * \param[in] user_priv Application specific data to associate with + * this frame. + * \param[in] deadline Soft deadline the decoder should attempt to meet, + * in us. Set to zero for unlimited. + * + * \return Returns #VPX_CODEC_OK if the coded data was processed completely + * and future pictures can be decoded without error. Otherwise, + * see the descriptions of the other error codes in ::vpx_codec_err_t + * for recoverability capabilities. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_decode(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + const uint8_t *data, + unsigned int data_sz, + void *user_priv, + long deadline); + + + /*!\brief Decoded frames iterator + * + * Iterates over a list of the frames available for display. The iterator + * storage should be initialized to NULL to start the iteration. Iteration is + * complete when this function returns NULL. + * + * The list of available frames becomes valid upon completion of the + * vpx_codec_decode call, and remains valid until the next call to vpx_codec_decode. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in,out] iter Iterator storage, initialized to NULL + * + * \return Returns a pointer to an image, if one is ready for display. Frames + * produced will always be in PTS (presentation time stamp) order. + */ + vpx_image_t *vpx_codec_get_frame(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_iter_t *iter); + + + /*!\defgroup cap_put_frame Frame-Based Decoding Functions + * + * The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders + * that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_FRAME capability. Calling these functions + * for codecs that don't advertise this capability will result in an error + * code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR + * @{ + */ + + /*!\brief put frame callback prototype + * + * This callback is invoked by the decoder to notify the application of + * the availability of decoded image data. + */ + typedef void (*vpx_codec_put_frame_cb_fn_t)(void *user_priv, + const vpx_image_t *img); + + + /*!\brief Register for notification of frame completion. + * + * Registers a given function to be called when a decoded frame is + * available. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in] cb Pointer to the callback function + * \param[in] user_priv User's private data + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * Callback successfully registered. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR + * Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of + * posting slice completion. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_register_put_frame_cb(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_put_frame_cb_fn_t cb, + void *user_priv); + + + /*!@} - end defgroup cap_put_frame */ + + /*!\defgroup cap_put_slice Slice-Based Decoding Functions + * + * The following functions are required to be implemented for all decoders + * that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_PUT_SLICE capability. Calling these functions + * for codecs that don't advertise this capability will result in an error + * code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR + * @{ + */ + + /*!\brief put slice callback prototype + * + * This callback is invoked by the decoder to notify the application of + * the availability of partially decoded image data. The + */ + typedef void (*vpx_codec_put_slice_cb_fn_t)(void *user_priv, + const vpx_image_t *img, + const vpx_image_rect_t *valid, + const vpx_image_rect_t *update); + + + /*!\brief Register for notification of slice completion. + * + * Registers a given function to be called when a decoded slice is + * available. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in] cb Pointer to the callback function + * \param[in] user_priv User's private data + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * Callback successfully registered. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR + * Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of + * posting slice completion. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_register_put_slice_cb(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_put_slice_cb_fn_t cb, + void *user_priv); + + + /*!@} - end defgroup cap_put_slice*/ + + /*!\defgroup cap_external_frame_buffer External Frame Buffer Functions + * + * The following section is required to be implemented for all decoders + * that advertise the VPX_CODEC_CAP_EXTERNAL_FRAME_BUFFER capability. + * Calling this function for codecs that don't advertise this capability + * will result in an error code being returned, usually VPX_CODEC_ERROR. + * + * \note + * Currently this only works with VP9. + * @{ + */ + + /*!\brief Pass in external frame buffers for the decoder to use. + * + * Registers functions to be called when libvpx needs a frame buffer + * to decode the current frame and a function to be called when libvpx does + * not internally reference the frame buffer. This set function must + * be called before the first call to decode or libvpx will assume the + * default behavior of allocating frame buffers internally. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in] cb_get Pointer to the get callback function + * \param[in] cb_release Pointer to the release callback function + * \param[in] cb_priv Callback's private data + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * External frame buffers will be used by libvpx. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM + * One or more of the callbacks were NULL. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_ERROR + * Decoder context not initialized, or algorithm not capable of + * using external frame buffers. + * + * \note + * When decoding VP9, the application may be required to pass in at least + * #VP9_MAXIMUM_REF_BUFFERS + #VPX_MAXIMUM_WORK_BUFFERS external frame + * buffers. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_set_frame_buffer_functions( + vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_get_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t cb_get, + vpx_release_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t cb_release, void *cb_priv); + + /*!@} - end defgroup cap_external_frame_buffer */ + + /*!@} - end defgroup decoder*/ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif // VPX_VPX_DECODER_H_ + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_encoder.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_encoder.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8f7bff5 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_encoder.h @@ -0,0 +1,1023 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ +#ifndef VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_ +#define VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_ + +/*!\defgroup encoder Encoder Algorithm Interface + * \ingroup codec + * This abstraction allows applications using this encoder to easily support + * multiple video formats with minimal code duplication. This section describes + * the interface common to all encoders. + * @{ + */ + +/*!\file + * \brief Describes the encoder algorithm interface to applications. + * + * This file describes the interface between an application and a + * video encoder algorithm. + * + */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "./vpx_codec.h" + + /*! Temporal Scalability: Maximum length of the sequence defining frame + * layer membership + */ +#define VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY 16 + + /*! Temporal Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */ +#define VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS 5 + + /*!\deprecated Use #VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY instead. */ +#define MAX_PERIODICITY VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY + + /*!\deprecated Use #VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS instead. */ +#define MAX_LAYERS VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS + +/*! Spatial Scalability: Maximum number of coding layers */ +#define VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS 5 + +/*! Spatial Scalability: Default number of coding layers */ +#define VPX_SS_DEFAULT_LAYERS 1 + + /*!\brief Current ABI version number + * + * \internal + * If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value + * must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing + * types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging + * fields to structures + */ +#define VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION (3 + VPX_CODEC_ABI_VERSION) /**<\hideinitializer*/ + + + /*! \brief Encoder capabilities bitfield + * + * Each encoder advertises the capabilities it supports as part of its + * ::vpx_codec_iface_t interface structure. Capabilities are extra + * interfaces or functionality, and are not required to be supported + * by an encoder. + * + * The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_CAP_* defines. + */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_PSNR 0x10000 /**< Can issue PSNR packets */ + + /*! Can output one partition at a time. Each partition is returned in its + * own VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT, with the FRAME_IS_FRAGMENT flag set for + * every partition but the last. In this mode all frames are always + * returned partition by partition. + */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_OUTPUT_PARTITION 0x20000 + +/*! Can support input images at greater than 8 bitdepth. + */ +#define VPX_CODEC_CAP_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x40000 + + /*! \brief Initialization-time Feature Enabling + * + * Certain codec features must be known at initialization time, to allow + * for proper memory allocation. + * + * The available flags are specified by VPX_CODEC_USE_* defines. + */ +#define VPX_CODEC_USE_PSNR 0x10000 /**< Calculate PSNR on each frame */ +#define VPX_CODEC_USE_OUTPUT_PARTITION 0x20000 /**< Make the encoder output one + partition at a time. */ +#define VPX_CODEC_USE_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x40000 /**< Use high bitdepth */ + + + /*!\brief Generic fixed size buffer structure + * + * This structure is able to hold a reference to any fixed size buffer. + */ + typedef struct vpx_fixed_buf { + void *buf; /**< Pointer to the data */ + size_t sz; /**< Length of the buffer, in chars */ + } vpx_fixed_buf_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_fixed_buf */ + + + /*!\brief Time Stamp Type + * + * An integer, which when multiplied by the stream's time base, provides + * the absolute time of a sample. + */ + typedef int64_t vpx_codec_pts_t; + + + /*!\brief Compressed Frame Flags + * + * This type represents a bitfield containing information about a compressed + * frame that may be useful to an application. The most significant 16 bits + * can be used by an algorithm to provide additional detail, for example to + * support frame types that are codec specific (MPEG-1 D-frames for example) + */ + typedef uint32_t vpx_codec_frame_flags_t; +#define VPX_FRAME_IS_KEY 0x1 /**< frame is the start of a GOP */ +#define VPX_FRAME_IS_DROPPABLE 0x2 /**< frame can be dropped without affecting + the stream (no future frame depends on + this one) */ +#define VPX_FRAME_IS_INVISIBLE 0x4 /**< frame should be decoded but will not + be shown */ +#define VPX_FRAME_IS_FRAGMENT 0x8 /**< this is a fragment of the encoded + frame */ + + /*!\brief Error Resilient flags + * + * These flags define which error resilient features to enable in the + * encoder. The flags are specified through the + * vpx_codec_enc_cfg::g_error_resilient variable. + */ + typedef uint32_t vpx_codec_er_flags_t; +#define VPX_ERROR_RESILIENT_DEFAULT 0x1 /**< Improve resiliency against + losses of whole frames */ +#define VPX_ERROR_RESILIENT_PARTITIONS 0x2 /**< The frame partitions are + independently decodable by the + bool decoder, meaning that + partitions can be decoded even + though earlier partitions have + been lost. Note that intra + predicition is still done over + the partition boundary. */ + + /*!\brief Encoder output packet variants + * + * This enumeration lists the different kinds of data packets that can be + * returned by calls to vpx_codec_get_cx_data(). Algorithms \ref MAY + * extend this list to provide additional functionality. + */ + enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind { + VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT, /**< Compressed video frame */ + VPX_CODEC_STATS_PKT, /**< Two-pass statistics for this frame */ + VPX_CODEC_FPMB_STATS_PKT, /**< first pass mb statistics for this frame */ + VPX_CODEC_PSNR_PKT, /**< PSNR statistics for this frame */ + // TODO(minghai): This is for testing purporses. The released library can't + // depend on vpx_config.h +#if defined(CONFIG_SPATIAL_SVC) && CONFIG_SPATIAL_SVC + VPX_CODEC_SPATIAL_SVC_LAYER_SIZES, /**< Sizes for each layer in this frame*/ + VPX_CODEC_SPATIAL_SVC_LAYER_PSNR, /**< PSNR for each layer in this frame*/ +#endif + VPX_CODEC_CUSTOM_PKT = 256 /**< Algorithm extensions */ + }; + + + /*!\brief Encoder output packet + * + * This structure contains the different kinds of output data the encoder + * may produce while compressing a frame. + */ + typedef struct vpx_codec_cx_pkt { + enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind kind; /**< packet variant */ + union { + struct { + void *buf; /**< compressed data buffer */ + size_t sz; /**< length of compressed data */ + vpx_codec_pts_t pts; /**< time stamp to show frame + (in timebase units) */ + unsigned long duration; /**< duration to show frame + (in timebase units) */ + vpx_codec_frame_flags_t flags; /**< flags for this frame */ + int partition_id; /**< the partition id + defines the decoding order + of the partitions. Only + applicable when "output partition" + mode is enabled. First partition + has id 0.*/ + + } frame; /**< data for compressed frame packet */ + vpx_fixed_buf_t twopass_stats; /**< data for two-pass packet */ + vpx_fixed_buf_t firstpass_mb_stats; /**< first pass mb packet */ + struct vpx_psnr_pkt { + unsigned int samples[4]; /**< Number of samples, total/y/u/v */ + uint64_t sse[4]; /**< sum squared error, total/y/u/v */ + double psnr[4]; /**< PSNR, total/y/u/v */ + } psnr; /**< data for PSNR packet */ + vpx_fixed_buf_t raw; /**< data for arbitrary packets */ + // TODO(minghai): This is for testing purporses. The released library + // can't depend on vpx_config.h +#if defined(CONFIG_SPATIAL_SVC) && CONFIG_SPATIAL_SVC + size_t layer_sizes[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; + struct vpx_psnr_pkt layer_psnr[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; +#endif + + /* This packet size is fixed to allow codecs to extend this + * interface without having to manage storage for raw packets, + * i.e., if it's smaller than 128 bytes, you can store in the + * packet list directly. + */ + char pad[128 - sizeof(enum vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind)]; /**< fixed sz */ + } data; /**< packet data */ + } vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_cx_pkt */ + + + /*!\brief Encoder return output buffer callback + * + * This callback function, when registered, returns with packets when each + * spatial layer is encoded. + */ + // putting the definitions here for now. (agrange: find if there + // is a better place for this) + typedef void (* vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_pkt_cb_fn_t)(vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t *pkt, + void *user_data); + + /*!\brief Callback function pointer / user data pair storage */ + typedef struct vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_cb_pair { + vpx_codec_enc_output_cx_pkt_cb_fn_t output_cx_pkt; /**< Callback function */ + void *user_priv; /**< Pointer to private data */ + } vpx_codec_priv_output_cx_pkt_cb_pair_t; + + /*!\brief Rational Number + * + * This structure holds a fractional value. + */ + typedef struct vpx_rational { + int num; /**< fraction numerator */ + int den; /**< fraction denominator */ + } vpx_rational_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_rational */ + + + /*!\brief Multi-pass Encoding Pass */ + enum vpx_enc_pass { + VPX_RC_ONE_PASS, /**< Single pass mode */ + VPX_RC_FIRST_PASS, /**< First pass of multi-pass mode */ + VPX_RC_LAST_PASS /**< Final pass of multi-pass mode */ + }; + + + /*!\brief Rate control mode */ + enum vpx_rc_mode { + VPX_VBR, /**< Variable Bit Rate (VBR) mode */ + VPX_CBR, /**< Constant Bit Rate (CBR) mode */ + VPX_CQ, /**< Constrained Quality (CQ) mode */ + VPX_Q, /**< Constant Quality (Q) mode */ + }; + + + /*!\brief Keyframe placement mode. + * + * This enumeration determines whether keyframes are placed automatically by + * the encoder or whether this behavior is disabled. Older releases of this + * SDK were implemented such that VPX_KF_FIXED meant keyframes were disabled. + * This name is confusing for this behavior, so the new symbols to be used + * are VPX_KF_AUTO and VPX_KF_DISABLED. + */ + enum vpx_kf_mode { + VPX_KF_FIXED, /**< deprecated, implies VPX_KF_DISABLED */ + VPX_KF_AUTO, /**< Encoder determines optimal placement automatically */ + VPX_KF_DISABLED = 0 /**< Encoder does not place keyframes. */ + }; + + + /*!\brief Encoded Frame Flags + * + * This type indicates a bitfield to be passed to vpx_codec_encode(), defining + * per-frame boolean values. By convention, bits common to all codecs will be + * named VPX_EFLAG_*, and bits specific to an algorithm will be named + * /algo/_eflag_*. The lower order 16 bits are reserved for common use. + */ + typedef long vpx_enc_frame_flags_t; +#define VPX_EFLAG_FORCE_KF (1<<0) /**< Force this frame to be a keyframe */ + + + /*!\brief Encoder configuration structure + * + * This structure contains the encoder settings that have common representations + * across all codecs. This doesn't imply that all codecs support all features, + * however. + */ + typedef struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg { + /* + * generic settings (g) + */ + + /*!\brief Algorithm specific "usage" value + * + * Algorithms may define multiple values for usage, which may convey the + * intent of how the application intends to use the stream. If this value + * is non-zero, consult the documentation for the codec to determine its + * meaning. + */ + unsigned int g_usage; + + + /*!\brief Maximum number of threads to use + * + * For multi-threaded implementations, use no more than this number of + * threads. The codec may use fewer threads than allowed. The value + * 0 is equivalent to the value 1. + */ + unsigned int g_threads; + + + /*!\brief Bitstream profile to use + * + * Some codecs support a notion of multiple bitstream profiles. Typically + * this maps to a set of features that are turned on or off. Often the + * profile to use is determined by the features of the intended decoder. + * Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the valid values + * for this parameter, or set to zero for a sane default. + */ + unsigned int g_profile; /**< profile of bitstream to use */ + + + + /*!\brief Width of the frame + * + * This value identifies the presentation resolution of the frame, + * in pixels. Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must + * have this resolution. Frames will be presented by the decoder in this + * resolution, independent of any spatial resampling the encoder may do. + */ + unsigned int g_w; + + + /*!\brief Height of the frame + * + * This value identifies the presentation resolution of the frame, + * in pixels. Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must + * have this resolution. Frames will be presented by the decoder in this + * resolution, independent of any spatial resampling the encoder may do. + */ + unsigned int g_h; + + /*!\brief Bit-depth of the codec + * + * This value identifies the bit_depth of the codec, + * Only certain bit-depths are supported as identified in the + * vpx_bit_depth_t enum. + */ + vpx_bit_depth_t g_bit_depth; + + /*!\brief Bit-depth of the input frames + * + * This value identifies the bit_depth of the input frames in bits. + * Note that the frames passed as input to the encoder must have + * this bit-depth. + */ + unsigned int g_input_bit_depth; + + /*!\brief Stream timebase units + * + * Indicates the smallest interval of time, in seconds, used by the stream. + * For fixed frame rate material, or variable frame rate material where + * frames are timed at a multiple of a given clock (ex: video capture), + * the \ref RECOMMENDED method is to set the timebase to the reciprocal + * of the frame rate (ex: 1001/30000 for 29.970 Hz NTSC). This allows the + * pts to correspond to the frame number, which can be handy. For + * re-encoding video from containers with absolute time timestamps, the + * \ref RECOMMENDED method is to set the timebase to that of the parent + * container or multimedia framework (ex: 1/1000 for ms, as in FLV). + */ + struct vpx_rational g_timebase; + + + /*!\brief Enable error resilient modes. + * + * The error resilient bitfield indicates to the encoder which features + * it should enable to take measures for streaming over lossy or noisy + * links. + */ + vpx_codec_er_flags_t g_error_resilient; + + + /*!\brief Multi-pass Encoding Mode + * + * This value should be set to the current phase for multi-pass encoding. + * For single pass, set to #VPX_RC_ONE_PASS. + */ + enum vpx_enc_pass g_pass; + + + /*!\brief Allow lagged encoding + * + * If set, this value allows the encoder to consume a number of input + * frames before producing output frames. This allows the encoder to + * base decisions for the current frame on future frames. This does + * increase the latency of the encoding pipeline, so it is not appropriate + * in all situations (ex: realtime encoding). + * + * Note that this is a maximum value -- the encoder may produce frames + * sooner than the given limit. Set this value to 0 to disable this + * feature. + */ + unsigned int g_lag_in_frames; + + + /* + * rate control settings (rc) + */ + + /*!\brief Temporal resampling configuration, if supported by the codec. + * + * Temporal resampling allows the codec to "drop" frames as a strategy to + * meet its target data rate. This can cause temporal discontinuities in + * the encoded video, which may appear as stuttering during playback. This + * trade-off is often acceptable, but for many applications is not. It can + * be disabled in these cases. + * + * Note that not all codecs support this feature. All vpx VPx codecs do. + * For other codecs, consult the documentation for that algorithm. + * + * This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer. + * When the data buffer falls below this percentage of fullness, a + * dropped frame is indicated. Set the threshold to zero (0) to disable + * this feature. + */ + unsigned int rc_dropframe_thresh; + + + /*!\brief Enable/disable spatial resampling, if supported by the codec. + * + * Spatial resampling allows the codec to compress a lower resolution + * version of the frame, which is then upscaled by the encoder to the + * correct presentation resolution. This increases visual quality at + * low data rates, at the expense of CPU time on the encoder/decoder. + */ + unsigned int rc_resize_allowed; + + /*!\brief Internal coded frame width. + * + * If spatial resampling is enabled this specifies the width of the + * encoded frame. + */ + unsigned int rc_scaled_width; + + /*!\brief Internal coded frame height. + * + * If spatial resampling is enabled this specifies the height of the + * encoded frame. + */ + unsigned int rc_scaled_height; + + /*!\brief Spatial resampling up watermark. + * + * This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer. + * When the data buffer rises above this percentage of fullness, the + * encoder will step up to a higher resolution version of the frame. + */ + unsigned int rc_resize_up_thresh; + + + /*!\brief Spatial resampling down watermark. + * + * This threshold is described as a percentage of the target data buffer. + * When the data buffer falls below this percentage of fullness, the + * encoder will step down to a lower resolution version of the frame. + */ + unsigned int rc_resize_down_thresh; + + + /*!\brief Rate control algorithm to use. + * + * Indicates whether the end usage of this stream is to be streamed over + * a bandwidth constrained link, indicating that Constant Bit Rate (CBR) + * mode should be used, or whether it will be played back on a high + * bandwidth link, as from a local disk, where higher variations in + * bitrate are acceptable. + */ + enum vpx_rc_mode rc_end_usage; + + + /*!\brief Two-pass stats buffer. + * + * A buffer containing all of the stats packets produced in the first + * pass, concatenated. + */ + vpx_fixed_buf_t rc_twopass_stats_in; + + /*!\brief first pass mb stats buffer. + * + * A buffer containing all of the first pass mb stats packets produced + * in the first pass, concatenated. + */ + vpx_fixed_buf_t rc_firstpass_mb_stats_in; + + /*!\brief Target data rate + * + * Target bandwidth to use for this stream, in kilobits per second. + */ + unsigned int rc_target_bitrate; + + + /* + * quantizer settings + */ + + + /*!\brief Minimum (Best Quality) Quantizer + * + * The quantizer is the most direct control over the quality of the + * encoded image. The range of valid values for the quantizer is codec + * specific. Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the + * values to use. To determine the range programmatically, call + * vpx_codec_enc_config_default() with a usage value of 0. + */ + unsigned int rc_min_quantizer; + + + /*!\brief Maximum (Worst Quality) Quantizer + * + * The quantizer is the most direct control over the quality of the + * encoded image. The range of valid values for the quantizer is codec + * specific. Consult the documentation for the codec to determine the + * values to use. To determine the range programmatically, call + * vpx_codec_enc_config_default() with a usage value of 0. + */ + unsigned int rc_max_quantizer; + + + /* + * bitrate tolerance + */ + + + /*!\brief Rate control adaptation undershoot control + * + * This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, + * controls the maximum allowed adaptation speed of the codec. + * This factor controls the maximum amount of bits that can + * be subtracted from the target bitrate in order to compensate + * for prior overshoot. + * + * Valid values in the range 0-1000. + */ + unsigned int rc_undershoot_pct; + + + /*!\brief Rate control adaptation overshoot control + * + * This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, + * controls the maximum allowed adaptation speed of the codec. + * This factor controls the maximum amount of bits that can + * be added to the target bitrate in order to compensate for + * prior undershoot. + * + * Valid values in the range 0-1000. + */ + unsigned int rc_overshoot_pct; + + + /* + * decoder buffer model parameters + */ + + + /*!\brief Decoder Buffer Size + * + * This value indicates the amount of data that may be buffered by the + * decoding application. Note that this value is expressed in units of + * time (milliseconds). For example, a value of 5000 indicates that the + * client will buffer (at least) 5000ms worth of encoded data. Use the + * target bitrate (#rc_target_bitrate) to convert to bits/bytes, if + * necessary. + */ + unsigned int rc_buf_sz; + + + /*!\brief Decoder Buffer Initial Size + * + * This value indicates the amount of data that will be buffered by the + * decoding application prior to beginning playback. This value is + * expressed in units of time (milliseconds). Use the target bitrate + * (#rc_target_bitrate) to convert to bits/bytes, if necessary. + */ + unsigned int rc_buf_initial_sz; + + + /*!\brief Decoder Buffer Optimal Size + * + * This value indicates the amount of data that the encoder should try + * to maintain in the decoder's buffer. This value is expressed in units + * of time (milliseconds). Use the target bitrate (#rc_target_bitrate) + * to convert to bits/bytes, if necessary. + */ + unsigned int rc_buf_optimal_sz; + + + /* + * 2 pass rate control parameters + */ + + + /*!\brief Two-pass mode CBR/VBR bias + * + * Bias, expressed on a scale of 0 to 100, for determining target size + * for the current frame. The value 0 indicates the optimal CBR mode + * value should be used. The value 100 indicates the optimal VBR mode + * value should be used. Values in between indicate which way the + * encoder should "lean." + */ + unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_bias_pct; /**< RC mode bias between CBR and VBR(0-100: 0->CBR, 100->VBR) */ + + + /*!\brief Two-pass mode per-GOP minimum bitrate + * + * This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, indicates + * the minimum bitrate to be used for a single GOP (aka "section") + */ + unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_minsection_pct; + + + /*!\brief Two-pass mode per-GOP maximum bitrate + * + * This value, expressed as a percentage of the target bitrate, indicates + * the maximum bitrate to be used for a single GOP (aka "section") + */ + unsigned int rc_2pass_vbr_maxsection_pct; + + + /* + * keyframing settings (kf) + */ + + /*!\brief Keyframe placement mode + * + * This value indicates whether the encoder should place keyframes at a + * fixed interval, or determine the optimal placement automatically + * (as governed by the #kf_min_dist and #kf_max_dist parameters) + */ + enum vpx_kf_mode kf_mode; + + + /*!\brief Keyframe minimum interval + * + * This value, expressed as a number of frames, prevents the encoder from + * placing a keyframe nearer than kf_min_dist to the previous keyframe. At + * least kf_min_dist frames non-keyframes will be coded before the next + * keyframe. Set kf_min_dist equal to kf_max_dist for a fixed interval. + */ + unsigned int kf_min_dist; + + + /*!\brief Keyframe maximum interval + * + * This value, expressed as a number of frames, forces the encoder to code + * a keyframe if one has not been coded in the last kf_max_dist frames. + * A value of 0 implies all frames will be keyframes. Set kf_min_dist + * equal to kf_max_dist for a fixed interval. + */ + unsigned int kf_max_dist; + + /* + * Spatial scalability settings (ss) + */ + + /*!\brief Number of spatial coding layers. + * + * This value specifies the number of spatial coding layers to be used. + */ + unsigned int ss_number_layers; + + /*!\brief Enable auto alt reference flags for each spatial layer. + * + * These values specify if auto alt reference frame is enabled for each + * spatial layer. + */ + int ss_enable_auto_alt_ref[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; + + /*!\brief Target bitrate for each spatial layer. + * + * These values specify the target coding bitrate to be used for each + * spatial layer. + */ + unsigned int ss_target_bitrate[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; + + /*!\brief Number of temporal coding layers. + * + * This value specifies the number of temporal layers to be used. + */ + unsigned int ts_number_layers; + + /*!\brief Target bitrate for each temporal layer. + * + * These values specify the target coding bitrate to be used for each + * temporal layer. + */ + unsigned int ts_target_bitrate[VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS]; + + /*!\brief Frame rate decimation factor for each temporal layer. + * + * These values specify the frame rate decimation factors to apply + * to each temporal layer. + */ + unsigned int ts_rate_decimator[VPX_TS_MAX_LAYERS]; + + /*!\brief Length of the sequence defining frame temporal layer membership. + * + * This value specifies the length of the sequence that defines the + * membership of frames to temporal layers. For example, if the + * ts_periodicity = 8, then the frames are assigned to coding layers with a + * repeated sequence of length 8. + */ + unsigned int ts_periodicity; + + /*!\brief Template defining the membership of frames to temporal layers. + * + * This array defines the membership of frames to temporal coding layers. + * For a 2-layer encoding that assigns even numbered frames to one temporal + * layer (0) and odd numbered frames to a second temporal layer (1) with + * ts_periodicity=8, then ts_layer_id = (0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1). + */ + unsigned int ts_layer_id[VPX_TS_MAX_PERIODICITY]; + } vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_codec_enc_cfg */ + + /*!\brief vp9 svc extra configure parameters + * + * This defines max/min quantizers and scale factors for each layer + * + */ + typedef struct vpx_svc_parameters { + int max_quantizers[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Max Q for each layer */ + int min_quantizers[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Min Q for each layer */ + int scaling_factor_num[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Scaling factor-numerator*/ + int scaling_factor_den[VPX_SS_MAX_LAYERS]; /**< Scaling factor-denominator*/ + } vpx_svc_extra_cfg_t; + + + /*!\brief Initialize an encoder instance + * + * Initializes a encoder context using the given interface. Applications + * should call the vpx_codec_enc_init convenience macro instead of this + * function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number parameter + * is properly initialized. + * + * If the library was configured with --disable-multithread, this call + * is not thread safe and should be guarded with a lock if being used + * in a multithreaded context. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context. + * \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use. + * \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL. + * \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags + * \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to + * VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The decoder algorithm initialized. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR + * Memory allocation failed. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_init_ver(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_iface_t *iface, + const vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg, + vpx_codec_flags_t flags, + int ver); + + + /*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_enc_init_ver() + * + * Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set. + */ +#define vpx_codec_enc_init(ctx, iface, cfg, flags) \ + vpx_codec_enc_init_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, flags, VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION) + + + /*!\brief Initialize multi-encoder instance + * + * Initializes multi-encoder context using the given interface. + * Applications should call the vpx_codec_enc_init_multi convenience macro + * instead of this function directly, to ensure that the ABI version number + * parameter is properly initialized. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context. + * \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use. + * \param[in] cfg Configuration to use, if known. May be NULL. + * \param[in] num_enc Total number of encoders. + * \param[in] flags Bitfield of VPX_CODEC_USE_* flags + * \param[in] dsf Pointer to down-sampling factors. + * \param[in] ver ABI version number. Must be set to + * VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The decoder algorithm initialized. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_MEM_ERROR + * Memory allocation failed. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_iface_t *iface, + vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg, + int num_enc, + vpx_codec_flags_t flags, + vpx_rational_t *dsf, + int ver); + + + /*!\brief Convenience macro for vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver() + * + * Ensures the ABI version parameter is properly set. + */ +#define vpx_codec_enc_init_multi(ctx, iface, cfg, num_enc, flags, dsf) \ + vpx_codec_enc_init_multi_ver(ctx, iface, cfg, num_enc, flags, dsf, \ + VPX_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION) + + + /*!\brief Get a default configuration + * + * Initializes a encoder configuration structure with default values. Supports + * the notion of "usages" so that an algorithm may offer different default + * settings depending on the user's intended goal. This function \ref SHOULD + * be called by all applications to initialize the configuration structure + * before specializing the configuration with application specific values. + * + * \param[in] iface Pointer to the algorithm interface to use. + * \param[out] cfg Configuration buffer to populate + * \param[in] usage End usage. Set to 0 or use codec specific values. + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The configuration was populated. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE + * Interface is not an encoder interface. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM + * A parameter was NULL, or the usage value was not recognized. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_config_default(vpx_codec_iface_t *iface, + vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg, + unsigned int usage); + + + /*!\brief Set or change configuration + * + * Reconfigures an encoder instance according to the given configuration. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in] cfg Configuration buffer to use + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The configuration was populated. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE + * Interface is not an encoder interface. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM + * A parameter was NULL, or the usage value was not recognized. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_enc_config_set(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + const vpx_codec_enc_cfg_t *cfg); + + + /*!\brief Get global stream headers + * + * Retrieves a stream level global header packet, if supported by the codec. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * + * \retval NULL + * Encoder does not support global header + * \retval Non-NULL + * Pointer to buffer containing global header packet + */ + vpx_fixed_buf_t *vpx_codec_get_global_headers(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx); + + +#define VPX_DL_REALTIME (1) /**< deadline parameter analogous to + * VPx REALTIME mode. */ +#define VPX_DL_GOOD_QUALITY (1000000) /**< deadline parameter analogous to + * VPx GOOD QUALITY mode. */ +#define VPX_DL_BEST_QUALITY (0) /**< deadline parameter analogous to + * VPx BEST QUALITY mode. */ + /*!\brief Encode a frame + * + * Encodes a video frame at the given "presentation time." The presentation + * time stamp (PTS) \ref MUST be strictly increasing. + * + * The encoder supports the notion of a soft real-time deadline. Given a + * non-zero value to the deadline parameter, the encoder will make a "best + * effort" guarantee to return before the given time slice expires. It is + * implicit that limiting the available time to encode will degrade the + * output quality. The encoder can be given an unlimited time to produce the + * best possible frame by specifying a deadline of '0'. This deadline + * supercedes the VPx notion of "best quality, good quality, realtime". + * Applications that wish to map these former settings to the new deadline + * based system can use the symbols #VPX_DL_REALTIME, #VPX_DL_GOOD_QUALITY, + * and #VPX_DL_BEST_QUALITY. + * + * When the last frame has been passed to the encoder, this function should + * continue to be called, with the img parameter set to NULL. This will + * signal the end-of-stream condition to the encoder and allow it to encode + * any held buffers. Encoding is complete when vpx_codec_encode() is called + * and vpx_codec_get_cx_data() returns no data. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in] img Image data to encode, NULL to flush. + * \param[in] pts Presentation time stamp, in timebase units. + * \param[in] duration Duration to show frame, in timebase units. + * \param[in] flags Flags to use for encoding this frame. + * \param[in] deadline Time to spend encoding, in microseconds. (0=infinite) + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The configuration was populated. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INCAPABLE + * Interface is not an encoder interface. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM + * A parameter was NULL, the image format is unsupported, etc. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_encode(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + const vpx_image_t *img, + vpx_codec_pts_t pts, + unsigned long duration, + vpx_enc_frame_flags_t flags, + unsigned long deadline); + + /*!\brief Set compressed data output buffer + * + * Sets the buffer that the codec should output the compressed data + * into. This call effectively sets the buffer pointer returned in the + * next VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT packet. Subsequent packets will be + * appended into this buffer. The buffer is preserved across frames, + * so applications must periodically call this function after flushing + * the accumulated compressed data to disk or to the network to reset + * the pointer to the buffer's head. + * + * `pad_before` bytes will be skipped before writing the compressed + * data, and `pad_after` bytes will be appended to the packet. The size + * of the packet will be the sum of the size of the actual compressed + * data, pad_before, and pad_after. The padding bytes will be preserved + * (not overwritten). + * + * Note that calling this function does not guarantee that the returned + * compressed data will be placed into the specified buffer. In the + * event that the encoded data will not fit into the buffer provided, + * the returned packet \ref MAY point to an internal buffer, as it would + * if this call were never used. In this event, the output packet will + * NOT have any padding, and the application must free space and copy it + * to the proper place. This is of particular note in configurations + * that may output multiple packets for a single encoded frame (e.g., lagged + * encoding) or if the application does not reset the buffer periodically. + * + * Applications may restore the default behavior of the codec providing + * the compressed data buffer by calling this function with a NULL + * buffer. + * + * Applications \ref MUSTNOT call this function during iteration of + * vpx_codec_get_cx_data(). + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in] buf Buffer to store compressed data into + * \param[in] pad_before Bytes to skip before writing compressed data + * \param[in] pad_after Bytes to skip after writing compressed data + * + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_OK + * The buffer was set successfully. + * \retval #VPX_CODEC_INVALID_PARAM + * A parameter was NULL, the image format is unsupported, etc. + */ + vpx_codec_err_t vpx_codec_set_cx_data_buf(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + const vpx_fixed_buf_t *buf, + unsigned int pad_before, + unsigned int pad_after); + + + /*!\brief Encoded data iterator + * + * Iterates over a list of data packets to be passed from the encoder to the + * application. The different kinds of packets available are enumerated in + * #vpx_codec_cx_pkt_kind. + * + * #VPX_CODEC_CX_FRAME_PKT packets should be passed to the application's + * muxer. Multiple compressed frames may be in the list. + * #VPX_CODEC_STATS_PKT packets should be appended to a global buffer. + * + * The application \ref MUST silently ignore any packet kinds that it does + * not recognize or support. + * + * The data buffers returned from this function are only guaranteed to be + * valid until the application makes another call to any vpx_codec_* function. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * \param[in,out] iter Iterator storage, initialized to NULL + * + * \return Returns a pointer to an output data packet (compressed frame data, + * two-pass statistics, etc.) or NULL to signal end-of-list. + * + */ + const vpx_codec_cx_pkt_t *vpx_codec_get_cx_data(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx, + vpx_codec_iter_t *iter); + + + /*!\brief Get Preview Frame + * + * Returns an image that can be used as a preview. Shows the image as it would + * exist at the decompressor. The application \ref MUST NOT write into this + * image buffer. + * + * \param[in] ctx Pointer to this instance's context + * + * \return Returns a pointer to a preview image, or NULL if no image is + * available. + * + */ + const vpx_image_t *vpx_codec_get_preview_frame(vpx_codec_ctx_t *ctx); + + + /*!@} - end defgroup encoder*/ +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif +#endif // VPX_VPX_ENCODER_H_ + diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_frame_buffer.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_frame_buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..41038b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_frame_buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2014 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + +#ifndef VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_ +#define VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_ + +/*!\file + * \brief Describes the decoder external frame buffer interface. + */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#include "./vpx_integer.h" + +/*!\brief The maximum number of work buffers used by libvpx. + */ +#define VPX_MAXIMUM_WORK_BUFFERS 1 + +/*!\brief The maximum number of reference buffers that a VP9 encoder may use. + */ +#define VP9_MAXIMUM_REF_BUFFERS 8 + +/*!\brief External frame buffer + * + * This structure holds allocated frame buffers used by the decoder. + */ +typedef struct vpx_codec_frame_buffer { + uint8_t *data; /**< Pointer to the data buffer */ + size_t size; /**< Size of data in bytes */ + void *priv; /**< Frame's private data */ +} vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t; + +/*!\brief get frame buffer callback prototype + * + * This callback is invoked by the decoder to retrieve data for the frame + * buffer in order for the decode call to complete. The callback must + * allocate at least min_size in bytes and assign it to fb->data. The callback + * must zero out all the data allocated. Then the callback must set fb->size + * to the allocated size. The application does not need to align the allocated + * data. The callback is triggered when the decoder needs a frame buffer to + * decode a compressed image into. This function may be called more than once + * for every call to vpx_codec_decode. The application may set fb->priv to + * some data which will be passed back in the ximage and the release function + * call. |fb| is guaranteed to not be NULL. On success the callback must + * return 0. Any failure the callback must return a value less than 0. + * + * \param[in] priv Callback's private data + * \param[in] new_size Size in bytes needed by the buffer + * \param[in,out] fb Pointer to vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t + */ +typedef int (*vpx_get_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t)( + void *priv, size_t min_size, vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t *fb); + +/*!\brief release frame buffer callback prototype + * + * This callback is invoked by the decoder when the frame buffer is not + * referenced by any other buffers. |fb| is guaranteed to not be NULL. On + * success the callback must return 0. Any failure the callback must return + * a value less than 0. + * + * \param[in] priv Callback's private data + * \param[in] fb Pointer to vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t + */ +typedef int (*vpx_release_frame_buffer_cb_fn_t)( + void *priv, vpx_codec_frame_buffer_t *fb); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif // VPX_VPX_FRAME_BUFFER_H_ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_image.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_image.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c06d351 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_image.h @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + + +/*!\file + * \brief Describes the vpx image descriptor and associated operations + * + */ +#ifndef VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_ +#define VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + /*!\brief Current ABI version number + * + * \internal + * If this file is altered in any way that changes the ABI, this value + * must be bumped. Examples include, but are not limited to, changing + * types, removing or reassigning enums, adding/removing/rearranging + * fields to structures + */ +#define VPX_IMAGE_ABI_VERSION (3) /**<\hideinitializer*/ + + +#define VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR 0x100 /**< Image is a planar format. */ +#define VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP 0x200 /**< V plane precedes U in memory. */ +#define VPX_IMG_FMT_HAS_ALPHA 0x400 /**< Image has an alpha channel. */ +#define VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH 0x800 /**< Image uses 16bit framebuffer. */ + + /*!\brief List of supported image formats */ + typedef enum vpx_img_fmt { + VPX_IMG_FMT_NONE, + VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB24, /**< 24 bit per pixel packed RGB */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB32, /**< 32 bit per pixel packed 0RGB */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB565, /**< 16 bit per pixel, 565 */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB555, /**< 16 bit per pixel, 555 */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_UYVY, /**< UYVY packed YUV */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_YUY2, /**< YUYV packed YUV */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_YVYU, /**< YVYU packed YUV */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_BGR24, /**< 24 bit per pixel packed BGR */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB32_LE, /**< 32 bit packed BGR0 */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_ARGB, /**< 32 bit packed ARGB, alpha=255 */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_ARGB_LE, /**< 32 bit packed BGRA, alpha=255 */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB565_LE, /**< 16 bit per pixel, gggbbbbb rrrrrggg */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_RGB555_LE, /**< 16 bit per pixel, gggbbbbb 0rrrrrgg */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_YV12 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP | 1, /**< planar YVU */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_I420 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 2, + VPX_IMG_FMT_VPXYV12 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | VPX_IMG_FMT_UV_FLIP | 3, /** < planar 4:2:0 format with vpx color space */ + VPX_IMG_FMT_VPXI420 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 4, + VPX_IMG_FMT_I422 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 5, + VPX_IMG_FMT_I444 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 6, + VPX_IMG_FMT_I440 = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | 7, + VPX_IMG_FMT_444A = VPX_IMG_FMT_PLANAR | VPX_IMG_FMT_HAS_ALPHA | 6, + VPX_IMG_FMT_I42016 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I420 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH, + VPX_IMG_FMT_I42216 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I422 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH, + VPX_IMG_FMT_I44416 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I444 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH, + VPX_IMG_FMT_I44016 = VPX_IMG_FMT_I440 | VPX_IMG_FMT_HIGHBITDEPTH + } vpx_img_fmt_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_img_fmt */ + + /*!\brief List of supported color spaces */ + typedef enum vpx_color_space { + VPX_CS_UNKNOWN = 0, /**< Unknown */ + VPX_CS_BT_601 = 1, /**< BT.601 */ + VPX_CS_BT_709 = 2, /**< BT.709 */ + VPX_CS_SMPTE_170 = 3, /**< SMPTE.170 */ + VPX_CS_SMPTE_240 = 4, /**< SMPTE.240 */ + VPX_CS_BT_2020 = 5, /**< BT.2020 */ + VPX_CS_RESERVED = 6, /**< Reserved */ + VPX_CS_SRGB = 7 /**< sRGB */ + } vpx_color_space_t; /**< alias for enum vpx_color_space */ + + /**\brief Image Descriptor */ + typedef struct vpx_image { + vpx_img_fmt_t fmt; /**< Image Format */ + vpx_color_space_t cs; /**< Color Space */ + + /* Image storage dimensions */ + unsigned int w; /**< Stored image width */ + unsigned int h; /**< Stored image height */ + unsigned int bit_depth; /**< Stored image bit-depth */ + + /* Image display dimensions */ + unsigned int d_w; /**< Displayed image width */ + unsigned int d_h; /**< Displayed image height */ + + /* Chroma subsampling info */ + unsigned int x_chroma_shift; /**< subsampling order, X */ + unsigned int y_chroma_shift; /**< subsampling order, Y */ + + /* Image data pointers. */ +#define VPX_PLANE_PACKED 0 /**< To be used for all packed formats */ +#define VPX_PLANE_Y 0 /**< Y (Luminance) plane */ +#define VPX_PLANE_U 1 /**< U (Chroma) plane */ +#define VPX_PLANE_V 2 /**< V (Chroma) plane */ +#define VPX_PLANE_ALPHA 3 /**< A (Transparency) plane */ + unsigned char *planes[4]; /**< pointer to the top left pixel for each plane */ + int stride[4]; /**< stride between rows for each plane */ + + int bps; /**< bits per sample (for packed formats) */ + + /* The following member may be set by the application to associate data + * with this image. + */ + void *user_priv; /**< may be set by the application to associate data + * with this image. */ + + /* The following members should be treated as private. */ + unsigned char *img_data; /**< private */ + int img_data_owner; /**< private */ + int self_allocd; /**< private */ + + void *fb_priv; /**< Frame buffer data associated with the image. */ + } vpx_image_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_image */ + + /**\brief Representation of a rectangle on a surface */ + typedef struct vpx_image_rect { + unsigned int x; /**< leftmost column */ + unsigned int y; /**< topmost row */ + unsigned int w; /**< width */ + unsigned int h; /**< height */ + } vpx_image_rect_t; /**< alias for struct vpx_image_rect */ + + /*!\brief Open a descriptor, allocating storage for the underlying image + * + * Returns a descriptor for storing an image of the given format. The + * storage for the descriptor is allocated on the heap. + * + * \param[in] img Pointer to storage for descriptor. If this parameter + * is NULL, the storage for the descriptor will be + * allocated on the heap. + * \param[in] fmt Format for the image + * \param[in] d_w Width of the image + * \param[in] d_h Height of the image + * \param[in] align Alignment, in bytes, of the image buffer and + * each row in the image(stride). + * + * \return Returns a pointer to the initialized image descriptor. If the img + * parameter is non-null, the value of the img parameter will be + * returned. + */ + vpx_image_t *vpx_img_alloc(vpx_image_t *img, + vpx_img_fmt_t fmt, + unsigned int d_w, + unsigned int d_h, + unsigned int align); + + /*!\brief Open a descriptor, using existing storage for the underlying image + * + * Returns a descriptor for storing an image of the given format. The + * storage for descriptor has been allocated elsewhere, and a descriptor is + * desired to "wrap" that storage. + * + * \param[in] img Pointer to storage for descriptor. If this parameter + * is NULL, the storage for the descriptor will be + * allocated on the heap. + * \param[in] fmt Format for the image + * \param[in] d_w Width of the image + * \param[in] d_h Height of the image + * \param[in] align Alignment, in bytes, of each row in the image. + * \param[in] img_data Storage to use for the image + * + * \return Returns a pointer to the initialized image descriptor. If the img + * parameter is non-null, the value of the img parameter will be + * returned. + */ + vpx_image_t *vpx_img_wrap(vpx_image_t *img, + vpx_img_fmt_t fmt, + unsigned int d_w, + unsigned int d_h, + unsigned int align, + unsigned char *img_data); + + + /*!\brief Set the rectangle identifying the displayed portion of the image + * + * Updates the displayed rectangle (aka viewport) on the image surface to + * match the specified coordinates and size. + * + * \param[in] img Image descriptor + * \param[in] x leftmost column + * \param[in] y topmost row + * \param[in] w width + * \param[in] h height + * + * \return 0 if the requested rectangle is valid, nonzero otherwise. + */ + int vpx_img_set_rect(vpx_image_t *img, + unsigned int x, + unsigned int y, + unsigned int w, + unsigned int h); + + + /*!\brief Flip the image vertically (top for bottom) + * + * Adjusts the image descriptor's pointers and strides to make the image + * be referenced upside-down. + * + * \param[in] img Image descriptor + */ + void vpx_img_flip(vpx_image_t *img); + + /*!\brief Close an image descriptor + * + * Frees all allocated storage associated with an image descriptor. + * + * \param[in] img Image descriptor + */ + void vpx_img_free(vpx_image_t *img); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif // VPX_VPX_IMAGE_H_ diff --git a/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_integer.h b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_integer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..500f9b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparties/iphone/include/vpx/vpx_integer.h @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010 The WebM project authors. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license + * that can be found in the LICENSE file in the root of the source + * tree. An additional intellectual property rights grant can be found + * in the file PATENTS. All contributing project authors may + * be found in the AUTHORS file in the root of the source tree. + */ + + +#ifndef VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_ +#define VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_ + +/* get ptrdiff_t, size_t, wchar_t, NULL */ +#include <stddef.h> + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#define VPX_FORCE_INLINE __forceinline +#define VPX_INLINE __inline +#else +#define VPX_FORCE_INLINE __inline__ __attribute__(always_inline) +// TODO(jbb): Allow a way to force inline off for older compilers. +#define VPX_INLINE inline +#endif + +#if (defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1600)) || defined(VPX_EMULATE_INTTYPES) +typedef signed char int8_t; +typedef signed short int16_t; +typedef signed int int32_t; + +typedef unsigned char uint8_t; +typedef unsigned short uint16_t; +typedef unsigned int uint32_t; + +#if (defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1600)) +typedef signed __int64 int64_t; +typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t; +#define INT64_MAX _I64_MAX +#define INT16_MAX _I16_MAX +#define INT16_MIN _I16_MIN +#endif + +#ifndef _UINTPTR_T_DEFINED +typedef size_t uintptr_t; +#endif + +#else + +/* Most platforms have the C99 standard integer types. */ + +#if defined(__cplusplus) +# if !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) +# define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS +# endif +# if !defined(__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS) +# define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS +# endif +#endif // __cplusplus + +#include <stdint.h> + +#endif + +/* VS2010 defines stdint.h, but not inttypes.h */ +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1800 +#define PRId64 "I64d" +#else +#include <inttypes.h> +#endif + +#endif // VPX_VPX_INTEGER_H_ |
